Init project

.clang-format

@@ -0,0 +1,9 @@
+BasedOnStyle: "LLVM"
+
+AccessModifierOffset: "-4"
+AllowShortFunctionsOnASingleLine: "false"
+BreakBeforeBraces: "Allman"
+ColumnLimit: "100"
+IndentCaseLabels: "false"
+IndentWidth: "4"
+AlwaysBreakTemplateDeclarations: "true"

.gitignore

@@ -0,0 +1,6 @@
+build/
+.vscode/**
+!.vscode/c_cpp_properties.json
+!.vscode/launch.json
+!.vscode/tasks.json
+*.cubemx/*.mxproject

.vscode/c_cpp_properties.json

@@ -0,0 +1,27 @@
+{
+    "configurations": [
+        {
+            "name": "Linux",
+            "includePath": [
+                "${workspaceFolder}/",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Core/Inc",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32L1xx/Include",
+                "${workspaceFolder}/cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include"
+            ],
+            "defines": [
+                "STM32F1",
+                "STM32F103CB",
+                "STM32F103xB"
+            ],
+            "compilerPath": "arm-none-eabi-gcc",
+            "cStandard": "c11",
+            "cppStandard": "c++17"
+        }
+    ],
+    "version": 4
+}

.vscode/launch.json

@@ -0,0 +1,18 @@
+{
+    // Use IntelliSense to learn about possible attributes.
+    // Hover to view descriptions of existing attributes.
+    // For more information, visit: https://go.microsoft.com/fwlink/?linkid=830387
+    "version": "0.2.0",
+    "configurations": [
+        {
+            "type": "cortex-debug",
+            "request": "launch",
+            "name": "Debug (ST-LINK)",
+            "cwd": "${workspaceFolder}",
+            "executable": "${workspaceFolder}/build/debug/roomlightV2.elf",
+            "servertype": "stutil",
+            "device": "STM32F103CB",
+            "runToMain": true
+        }
+    ]
+}

Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,13 @@
+TARGET	:= voc-sensor
+RTOS    := freertos
+DEVICE	:= stm32l152rc
+
+INCDIRS			:=  \
+src 				\
+
+SOURCES			:=		\
+src/main.cxx            \
+src/handlers.cxx
+
+# Actual build engine
+include core/mk/include.mk

core/mk/gcc-config.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,36 @@
+##
+## This file is part of the libopencm3 project.
+##
+## Copyright (C) 2014 Frantisek Burian <BuFran@seznam.cz>
+##
+## This library is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
+## it under the terms of the GNU Lesser General Public License as published by
+## the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
+## (at your option) any later version.
+##
+## This library is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
+## but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
+## MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.  See the
+## GNU Lesser General Public License for more details.
+##
+## You should have received a copy of the GNU Lesser General Public License
+## along with this library.  If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
+##
+
+###############################################################################
+# The support makefile for GCC compiler toolchain, the rules part.
+#
+# please read mk/README for specification how to use this file in your project
+
+
+PREFIX      ?= arm-none-eabi
+
+CC          := $(PREFIX)-gcc
+CXX         := $(PREFIX)-g++
+LD          := $(PREFIX)-gcc
+ar          := $(PREFIX)-ar
+as          := $(PREFIX)-as
+OBJCOPY     := $(PREFIX)-objcopy
+OBJDUMP     := $(PREFIX)-objdump
+GDB         := $(PREFIX)-gdb
+SIZE        := $(PREFIX)-size

core/mk/include.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,34 @@
+ifeq ($(RELEASE),1)
+CONFIGURATION	:= release
+RELEASE_OPT		?= 3
+OPTIMIZATION	:= -O$(RELEASE_OPT) -g
+else
+CONFIGURATION	:= debug
+OPTIMIZATION	:= -Og -g
+DEFS			+= DEBUG
+endif
+
+ROOTDIR		:= $(dir $(firstword $(MAKEFILE_LIST)))
+BASEDIR		:= $(dir $(lastword $(MAKEFILE_LIST)))../
+MXDIR		:= $(ROOTDIR)cubemx/
+OUTPUT_DIR	:= $(ROOTDIR)build/$(CONFIGURATION)/
+OBJDIR		:= $(OUTPUT_DIR)/obj
+
+INCDIRS		+= \
+$(BASEDIR)include \
+
+SOURCES		+= \
+$(BASEDIR)src/abi.cpp \
+$(BASEDIR)src/std.cpp
+
+# CubeMX
+include cubemx/Makefile
+
+SOURCES += $(foreach source,$(C_SOURCES) $(ASM_SOURCES),$(MXDIR)$(source))
+INCDIRS += $(C_INCLUDES:-I%=$(MXDIR)%)
+INCDIRS += $(AS_INCLUDES:-I%=$(MXDIR)%)
+
+LDSCRIPT := $(MXDIR)$(LDSCRIPT)
+
+# Include actual rules
+include $(BASEDIR)mk/rules.mk

core/mk/rules.mk

@@ -0,0 +1,100 @@
+STFLASH			= $(shell which st-flash)
+JFLASH			= $(shell which JLinkExe)
+
+# Object files
+TMP1			:= $(patsubst %.c, $(OBJDIR)/%.o, $(SOURCES))
+TMP2			:= $(patsubst %.cpp, $(OBJDIR)/%.o, $(TMP1))
+TMP3			:= $(patsubst %.cxx, $(OBJDIR)/%.o, $(TMP2))
+OBJS			:= $(patsubst %.s, $(OBJDIR)/%.o, $(TMP3))
+
+BINARY			:= $(OUTPUT_DIR)$(TARGET)
+
+# C/C++ standards
+CSTD			?= c11
+CXXSTD			?= c++17
+
+# Compiler flags
+SPECS			?= --specs=nano.specs
+
+CFLAGS			+= -std=$(CSTD) $(OPTIMIZATION) -fno-builtin-log
+
+CPPFLAGS		+= -ffunction-sections -fdata-sections -fno-common
+CPPFLAGS		+= -pedantic -Wall -Wextra
+CPPFLAGS		+= -Wno-unused-parameter -Wno-unused-variable
+CPPFLAGS		+= -fexec-charset=cp1252
+CPPFLAGS		+= $(DEFS:%=-D%)
+CPPFLAGS		+= $(C_DEFS) $(AS_DEFS)
+CPPFLAGS		+= $(INCDIRS:%=-I%)
+CPPFLAGS		+= -MMD -MP -MF"$(@:%.o=%.d)"
+CPPFLAGS		+= $(SPECS)
+
+CXXFLAGS		+= -std=$(CXXSTD) $(OPTIMIZATION)
+CXXFLAGS		+= -fno-exceptions -fno-rtti -fno-unwind-tables -Wno-register -fno-math-errno
+
+# Linker flags
+LDFLAGS			+= $(SPECS)
+LDFLAGS			+= --static
+LDFLAGS			+= -Wl,--gc-sections
+LDFLAGS			+= -Wl,--print-memory-usage
+LDFLAGS			+= -Wl,-Map=$(BINARY).map
+LDLIBS			+= -Wl,--start-group -lc -lgcc -lnosys -Wl,--end-group
+
+# Be silent per default, but 'make V=1' will show all compiler calls.
+ifneq ($(V),1)
+Q			:= @
+endif
+
+# Toolchain stuff
+include $(BASEDIR)mk/gcc-config.mk
+
+# Rules
+.PHONY: clean all stflash jflash
+.SECONDARY:
+
+all: $(BINARY).bin $(BINARY).list
+
+print-%:
+	@echo $*=$($*)
+
+%.bin:	%.elf
+	@printf "  OBJCOPY $@\n"
+	$(Q)$(OBJCOPY) -Obinary $< $@
+
+%.list: %.elf
+	@printf "  OBJDUMP $@\n"
+	$(Q)$(OBJDUMP) -S $< > $@
+
+%.elf: $(OBJS) $(LIBDEPS)
+	@printf "  LD      $@\n"
+	$(Q)$(LD) $(OBJS) $(LDLIBS) $(LDFLAGS) -T$(LDSCRIPT) $(MCU) -o $@
+
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.s
+	@printf "  AS      $<\n"
+	@mkdir -p $(dir $@)
+	$(Q)$(CC) -x assembler-with-cpp $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(MCU) -c $< -o $@
+
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.c
+	@printf "  CC      $<\n"
+	@mkdir -p $(dir $@)
+	$(Q)$(CC) $(CFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(MCU) -c $< -o $@
+
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cpp
+	@printf "  CXX     $<\n"
+	@mkdir -p $(dir $@)
+	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(MCU) -c $< -o $@
+
+$(OBJDIR)/%.o: %.cxx
+	@printf "  CXX     $<\n"
+	@mkdir -p $(dir $@)
+	$(Q)$(CXX) $(CXXFLAGS) $(CPPFLAGS) $(MCU) -c $< -o $@
+
+clean:
+	@$(RM) -Rf build dsdlc_generated
+
+stflash:$(BINARY).bin
+	$(STFLASH) $(FLASHSIZE) write $(BINARY).bin 0x8000000
+
+jflash:	$(BINARY).bin
+	$(JFLASH) -Autoconnect 1 -Device $(DEVICE) -If SWD -Speed 4000 -CommandFile flash_commands.jlink
+
+-include $(OBJS:.o=.d)

core/src/abi.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,116 @@
+#include <cstddef>
+
+#if FW_USE_RTOS
+extern "C"
+{
+#include <FreeRTOS.h>
+#include <task.h>
+}
+#endif
+
+void *operator new(std::size_t size)
+{
+#if FW_USE_RTOS
+    return pvPortMalloc(size);
+#else
+    return reinterpret_cast<void *>(0xffffffff);
+#endif
+}
+
+void *operator new[](std::size_t size)
+{
+    return operator new(size);
+}
+
+void operator delete(void *ptr)
+{
+#if FW_USE_RTOS
+    vPortFree(ptr);
+#else
+    while (1)
+    {
+    }
+#endif
+}
+
+void operator delete(void *ptr, unsigned int)
+{
+    operator delete(ptr);
+}
+
+void operator delete[](void *ptr)
+{
+    operator delete(ptr);
+}
+
+void operator delete[](void *ptr, unsigned int)
+{
+    operator delete[](ptr);
+}
+
+extern "C"
+{
+
+    int __aeabi_atexit(void *, void (*)(void *), void *)
+    {
+        return 0;
+    }
+
+    /**
+     * Many faulty implementations are available where __guard is defined as a 64-bit integer by
+     *
+     * __extension__ typedef int __guard __attribute__((mode(__DI__)));
+     *
+     * This is correct for the Generic C++ ABI (GC++ABI), but not for the ARM C++ ABI. See section
+     * 3.1 "Summary of differences from and additions to the generic C++ ABI" of "C++ ABI for the
+     * ARM Architectur" (version 2.10):
+     *
+     * ===
+     *
+     * GC++ABI §2.8 Initialization guard variables
+     * Static initialization guard variables are 4 bytes long not 8, and there is a different
+     * protocol for using them which allows a guard variable to implement a semaphore when used as
+     * the target of ARM SWP or LDREX and STREX instructions. See §3.2.3.
+     *
+     * GC++ABI §3.3.2 One-time construction API
+     * The type of parameters to __cxa_guard_acquire, __cxa_guard_release and __cxa_guard_abort is
+     * 'int*' (not '__int64_t*'), and use of fields in the guard variable differs. See §3.2.3.
+     *
+     * ===
+     *
+     * Using a 64-bit here will lead to reading beyond the actual guard variable and can thus lead
+     * to serious bugs.
+     */
+    typedef int __guard;
+
+    void __cxa_atexit(void (*)(void *), void *, void *)
+    {
+    }
+
+    int __cxa_guard_acquire(__guard *g)
+    {
+        return !*g;
+    }
+
+    void __cxa_guard_release(__guard *g)
+    {
+        *g = 1;
+    }
+
+    void __cxa_guard_abort(__guard *)
+    {
+    }
+
+    void __cxa_pure_virtual()
+    {
+        while (1)
+        {
+        }
+    }
+
+    // some functions in cmath follow the compiler flag -fno-math-errno
+    // but not so for std::pow...
+    void __errno() {
+        
+    }
+}

core/src/std.cpp

@@ -0,0 +1,10 @@
+namespace std
+{
+void __throw_bad_function_call()
+{
+}
+
+void __throw_out_of_range_fmt(char const *, ...)
+{
+}
+} // namespace std

cubemx/Core/Inc/FreeRTOSConfig.h

@@ -0,0 +1,150 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+#define FREERTOS_CONFIG_H
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Application specific definitions.
+ *
+ * These definitions should be adjusted for your particular hardware and
+ * application requirements.
+ *
+ * These parameters and more are described within the 'configuration' section of the
+ * FreeRTOS API documentation available on the FreeRTOS.org web site.
+ *
+ * See http://www.freertos.org/a00110.html
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+/* Section where include file can be added */
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Ensure definitions are only used by the compiler, and not by the assembler. */
+#if defined(__ICCARM__) || defined(__CC_ARM) || defined(__GNUC__)
+  #include <stdint.h>
+  extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;
+#endif
+#define configUSE_PREEMPTION                     1
+#define configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION          1
+#define configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION         1
+#define configUSE_IDLE_HOOK                      0
+#define configUSE_TICK_HOOK                      0
+#define configCPU_CLOCK_HZ                       ( SystemCoreClock )
+#define configTICK_RATE_HZ                       ((TickType_t)1000)
+#define configMAX_PRIORITIES                     ( 56 )
+#define configMINIMAL_STACK_SIZE                 ((uint16_t)128)
+#define configTOTAL_HEAP_SIZE                    ((size_t)3072)
+#define configMAX_TASK_NAME_LEN                  ( 16 )
+#define configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY                 1
+#define configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS                   0
+#define configUSE_MUTEXES                        1
+#define configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE                8
+#define configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW           2
+#define configUSE_RECURSIVE_MUTEXES              1
+#define configUSE_COUNTING_SEMAPHORES            1
+#define configUSE_PORT_OPTIMISED_TASK_SELECTION  0
+
+/* Co-routine definitions. */
+#define configUSE_CO_ROUTINES                    0
+#define configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES          ( 2 )
+
+/* Software timer definitions. */
+#define configUSE_TIMERS                         1
+#define configTIMER_TASK_PRIORITY                ( 2 )
+#define configTIMER_QUEUE_LENGTH                 10
+#define configTIMER_TASK_STACK_DEPTH             256
+
+/* Set the following definitions to 1 to include the API function, or zero
+to exclude the API function. */
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskPrioritySet            1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskPriorityGet           1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelete                 1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskCleanUpResources       0
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend                1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelayUntil             1
+#define INCLUDE_vTaskDelay                  1
+#define INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState      1
+#define INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall      1
+#define INCLUDE_xQueueGetMutexHolder        1
+#define INCLUDE_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark 1
+#define INCLUDE_eTaskGetState               1
+
+/*
+ * The CMSIS-RTOS V2 FreeRTOS wrapper is dependent on the heap implementation used
+ * by the application thus the correct define need to be enabled below
+ */
+#define USE_FreeRTOS_HEAP_4
+
+/* Cortex-M specific definitions. */
+#ifdef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+ /* __BVIC_PRIO_BITS will be specified when CMSIS is being used. */
+ #define configPRIO_BITS         __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+#else
+ #define configPRIO_BITS         4
+#endif
+
+/* The lowest interrupt priority that can be used in a call to a "set priority"
+function. */
+#define configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY   15
+
+/* The highest interrupt priority that can be used by any interrupt service
+routine that makes calls to interrupt safe FreeRTOS API functions.  DO NOT CALL
+INTERRUPT SAFE FREERTOS API FUNCTIONS FROM ANY INTERRUPT THAT HAS A HIGHER
+PRIORITY THAN THIS! (higher priorities are lower numeric values. */
+#define configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 5
+
+/* Interrupt priorities used by the kernel port layer itself.  These are generic
+to all Cortex-M ports, and do not rely on any particular library functions. */
+#define configKERNEL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 		( configLIBRARY_LOWEST_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+/* !!!! configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY must not be set to zero !!!!
+See http://www.FreeRTOS.org/RTOS-Cortex-M3-M4.html. */
+#define configMAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY 	( configLIBRARY_MAX_SYSCALL_INTERRUPT_PRIORITY << (8 - configPRIO_BITS) )
+
+/* Normal assert() semantics without relying on the provision of an assert.h
+header file. */
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+#define configASSERT( x ) if ((x) == 0) {taskDISABLE_INTERRUPTS(); for( ;; );}
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+/* Definitions that map the FreeRTOS port interrupt handlers to their CMSIS
+standard names. */
+#define vPortSVCHandler    SVC_Handler
+#define xPortPendSVHandler PendSV_Handler
+
+/* IMPORTANT: This define is commented when used with STM32Cube firmware, when the timebase source is SysTick,
+              to prevent overwriting SysTick_Handler defined within STM32Cube HAL */
+
+#define xPortSysTickHandler SysTick_Handler
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Defines */
+/* Section where parameter definitions can be added (for instance, to override default ones in FreeRTOS.h) */
+/* USER CODE END Defines */
+
+#endif /* FREERTOS_CONFIG_H */

cubemx/Core/Inc/dma.h

@@ -0,0 +1,56 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : dma.h
+  * Description        : This file contains all the function prototypes for
+  *                      the dma.c file
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __dma_H
+#define __dma_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* DMA memory to memory transfer handles -------------------------------------*/
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
+
+/* USER CODE END Private defines */
+
+void MX_DMA_Init(void);
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Prototypes */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __dma_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Inc/gpio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,57 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : gpio.h
+  * Description        : This file contains all the functions prototypes for
+  *                      the gpio
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __gpio_H
+#define __gpio_H
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
+
+/* USER CODE END Private defines */
+
+void MX_GPIO_Init(void);
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Prototypes */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /*__ pinoutConfig_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Inc/main.h

@@ -0,0 +1,71 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file           : main.h
+  * @brief          : Header for main.c file.
+  *                   This file contains the common defines of the application.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __MAIN_H
+#define __MAIN_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */
+
+/* USER CODE END ET */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */
+
+/* USER CODE END EC */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */
+
+/* USER CODE END EM */
+
+/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/
+void Error_Handler(void);
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */
+
+/* USER CODE END EFP */
+
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
+
+/* USER CODE END Private defines */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __MAIN_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Inc/spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,58 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : SPI.h
+  * Description        : This file provides code for the configuration
+  *                      of the SPI instances.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __spi_H
+#define __spi_H
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+extern SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi2;
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Private defines */
+
+/* USER CODE END Private defines */
+
+void MX_SPI2_Init(void);
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Prototypes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Prototypes */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+#endif /*__ spi_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_conf.h

@@ -0,0 +1,335 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_conf.h
+  * @brief   HAL configuration file.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; COPYRIGHT(c) 2021 STMicroelectronics</center></h2>
+  *
+  * Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification,
+  * are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
+  *   1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
+  *   2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice,
+  *      this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation
+  *      and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
+  *   3. Neither the name of STMicroelectronics nor the names of its contributors
+  *      may be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software
+  *      without specific prior written permission.
+  *
+  * THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND CONTRIBUTORS "AS IS"
+  * AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE
+  * IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
+  * DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE COPYRIGHT HOLDER OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE
+  * FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL
+  * DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR
+  * SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER
+  * CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY,
+  * OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE
+  * OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_CONF_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_CONF_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* ########################## Module Selection ############################## */
+/**
+  * @brief This is the list of modules to be used in the HAL driver
+  */
+
+#define HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+/*#define HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+/*#define HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+/*#define HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+/*#define HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED   */
+#define HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+#define HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* ########################## Oscillator Values adaptation ####################*/
+/**
+  * @brief Adjust the value of External High Speed oscillator (HSE) used in your application.
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+  *        (when HSE is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+  */
+#if !defined  (HSE_VALUE)
+  #define HSE_VALUE    ((uint32_t)24000000) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz */
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
+
+#if !defined  (HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+  #define HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)100)   /*!< Time out for HSE start up, in ms */
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Internal Multiple Speed oscillator (MSI) default value.
+  *        This value is the default MSI range value after Reset.
+  */
+#if !defined  (MSI_VALUE)
+  #define MSI_VALUE    ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
+#endif /* MSI_VALUE */
+/**
+  * @brief Internal High Speed oscillator (HSI) value.
+  *        This value is used by the RCC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+  *        (when HSI is used as system clock source, directly or through the PLL).
+  */
+#if !defined  (HSI_VALUE)
+  #define HSI_VALUE    ((uint32_t)16000000) /*!< Value of the Internal oscillator in Hz*/
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Internal Low Speed oscillator (LSI) value.
+  */
+#if !defined  (LSI_VALUE)
+  #define LSI_VALUE    (37000U) /*!< LSI Typical Value in Hz*/
+#endif /* LSI_VALUE */          /*!< Value of the Internal Low Speed oscillator in Hz
+                                     The real value may vary depending on the variations
+                                     in voltage and temperature.*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief External Low Speed oscillator (LSE) value.
+  *        This value is used by the UART, RTC HAL module to compute the system frequency
+  */
+#if !defined  (LSE_VALUE)
+  #define LSE_VALUE    ((uint32_t)32768) /*!< Value of the External oscillator in Hz*/
+#endif /* LSE_VALUE */
+
+#if !defined  (LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT)
+  #define LSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT    ((uint32_t)5000)   /*!< Time out for LSE start up, in ms */
+#endif /* HSE_STARTUP_TIMEOUT */
+
+/* Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to use different HSE,
+   ===  you can define the HSE value in your toolchain compiler preprocessor. */
+
+/* ########################### System Configuration ######################### */
+/**
+  * @brief This is the HAL system configuration section
+  */
+
+#define  VDD_VALUE					  ((uint32_t)3300) /*!< Value of VDD in mv */
+#define  TICK_INT_PRIORITY            ((uint32_t)0)    /*!< tick interrupt priority */
+#define  USE_RTOS                     0
+#define  PREFETCH_ENABLE              0
+#define  INSTRUCTION_CACHE_ENABLE     1
+#define  DATA_CACHE_ENABLE            1
+
+/* ########################## Assert Selection ############################## */
+/**
+  * @brief Uncomment the line below to expanse the "assert_param" macro in the
+  *        HAL drivers code
+  */
+/* #define USE_FULL_ASSERT    1U */
+
+/* ################## Register callback feature configuration ############### */
+/**
+  * @brief Set below the peripheral configuration  to "1U" to add the support
+  *        of HAL callback registration/deregistration feature for the HAL
+  *        driver(s). This allows user application to provide specific callback
+  *        functions thanks to HAL_PPP_RegisterCallback() rather than overwriting
+  *        the default weak callback functions (see each stm32l0xx_hal_ppp.h file
+  *        for possible callback identifiers defined in HAL_PPP_CallbackIDTypeDef
+  *        for each PPP peripheral).
+  */
+#define USE_HAL_ADC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_COMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U
+#define USE_HAL_DAC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_I2C_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_I2S_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_IRDA_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U
+#define USE_HAL_OPAMP_REGISTER_CALLBACKS      0U
+#define USE_HAL_PCD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_RTC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_SDMMC_REGISTER_CALLBACKS      0U
+#define USE_HAL_SMARTCARD_REGISTER_CALLBACKS  0U
+#define USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_TIM_REGISTER_CALLBACKS        0U
+#define USE_HAL_UART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U
+#define USE_HAL_USART_REGISTER_CALLBACKS      0U
+#define USE_HAL_WWDG_REGISTER_CALLBACKS       0U
+
+/* ################## SPI peripheral configuration ########################## */
+
+/* CRC FEATURE: Use to activate CRC feature inside HAL SPI Driver
+ * Activated: CRC code is present inside driver
+ * Deactivated: CRC code cleaned from driver
+ */
+
+#define USE_SPI_CRC                   0U
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/**
+  * @brief Include module's header file
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_rcc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.h"
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+  #include "stm32l1xx_hal_dma.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_adc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_ADC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+  #include "stm32l1xx_hal_comp.h"
+#endif /* HAL_COMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_crc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CRC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_cryp.h"
+#endif /* HAL_CRYP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_dac.h"
+#endif /* HAL_DAC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_flash.h"
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_sram.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SRAM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_nor.h"
+#endif /* HAL_NOR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_i2c.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2C_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_i2s.h"
+#endif /* HAL_I2S_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_iwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_lcd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_LCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_opamp.h"
+#endif /* HAL_OPAMP_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_rtc.h"
+#endif /* HAL_RTC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_sd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_spi.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SPI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_tim.h"
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_uart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_UART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_usart.h"
+#endif /* HAL_USART_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_irda.h"
+#endif /* HAL_IRDA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_smartcard.h"
+#endif /* HAL_SMARTCARD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_wwdg.h"
+#endif /* HAL_WWDG_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_pcd.h"
+#endif /* HAL_PCD_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal_exti.h"
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+/**
+  * @brief  The assert_param macro is used for function's parameters check.
+  * @param  expr: If expr is false, it calls assert_failed function
+  *         which reports the name of the source file and the source
+  *         line number of the call that failed.
+  *         If expr is true, it returns no value.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((expr) ? (void)0U : assert_failed((uint8_t *)__FILE__, __LINE__))
+/* Exported functions ------------------------------------------------------- */
+  void assert_failed(uint8_t* file, uint32_t line);
+#else
+  #define assert_param(expr) ((void)0U)
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_CONF_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Inc/stm32l1xx_it.h

@@ -0,0 +1,69 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_it.h
+  * @brief   This file contains the headers of the interrupt handlers.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+ ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_IT_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_IT_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN ET */
+
+/* USER CODE END ET */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EC */
+
+/* USER CODE END EC */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EM */
+
+/* USER CODE END EM */
+
+/* Exported functions prototypes ---------------------------------------------*/
+void NMI_Handler(void);
+void HardFault_Handler(void);
+void MemManage_Handler(void);
+void BusFault_Handler(void);
+void UsageFault_Handler(void);
+void DebugMon_Handler(void);
+void DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler(void);
+void DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler(void);
+void TIM2_IRQHandler(void);
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EFP */
+
+/* USER CODE END EFP */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_IT_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,66 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : dma.c
+  * Description        : This file provides code for the configuration
+  *                      of all the requested memory to memory DMA transfers.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "dma.h"
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Configure DMA                                                              */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+/**
+  * Enable DMA controller clock
+  */
+void MX_DMA_Init(void)
+{
+
+  /* DMA controller clock enable */
+  __HAL_RCC_DMA1_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* DMA interrupt init */
+  /* DMA1_Channel4_IRQn interrupt configuration */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(DMA1_Channel4_IRQn, 0, 0);
+  HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMA1_Channel4_IRQn);
+  /* DMA1_Channel5_IRQn interrupt configuration */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(DMA1_Channel5_IRQn, 0, 0);
+  HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(DMA1_Channel5_IRQn);
+
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/freertos.c

@@ -0,0 +1,139 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : freertos.c
+  * Description        : Code for freertos applications
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "main.h"
+#include "cmsis_os.h"
+
+/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */
+
+/* USER CODE END PTD */
+
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */
+
+/* USER CODE END PD */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */
+
+/* USER CODE END PM */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Variables */
+
+/* USER CODE END Variables */
+/* Definitions for defaultTask */
+osThreadId_t defaultTaskHandle;
+const osThreadAttr_t defaultTask_attributes = {
+  .name = "defaultTask",
+  .priority = (osPriority_t) osPriorityNormal,
+  .stack_size = 128 * 4
+};
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN FunctionPrototypes */
+
+/* USER CODE END FunctionPrototypes */
+
+void StartDefaultTask(void *argument);
+
+void MX_FREERTOS_Init(void); /* (MISRA C 2004 rule 8.1) */
+
+/* Hook prototypes */
+void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(xTaskHandle xTask, signed char *pcTaskName);
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 4 */
+__weak void vApplicationStackOverflowHook(xTaskHandle xTask, signed char *pcTaskName)
+{
+   /* Run time stack overflow checking is performed if
+   configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW is defined to 1 or 2. This hook function is
+   called if a stack overflow is detected. */
+}
+/* USER CODE END 4 */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FreeRTOS initialization
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void MX_FREERTOS_Init(void) {
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN Init */
+
+  /* USER CODE END Init */
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_MUTEX */
+  /* add mutexes, ... */
+  /* USER CODE END RTOS_MUTEX */
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_SEMAPHORES */
+  /* add semaphores, ... */
+  /* USER CODE END RTOS_SEMAPHORES */
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_TIMERS */
+  /* start timers, add new ones, ... */
+  /* USER CODE END RTOS_TIMERS */
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_QUEUES */
+  /* add queues, ... */
+  /* USER CODE END RTOS_QUEUES */
+
+  /* Create the thread(s) */
+  /* creation of defaultTask */
+  defaultTaskHandle = osThreadNew(StartDefaultTask, NULL, &defaultTask_attributes);
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN RTOS_THREADS */
+  /* add threads, ... */
+  /* USER CODE END RTOS_THREADS */
+
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header_StartDefaultTask */
+/**
+  * @brief  Function implementing the defaultTask thread.
+  * @param  argument: Not used
+  * @retval None
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header_StartDefaultTask */
+void StartDefaultTask(void *argument)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN StartDefaultTask */
+  /* Infinite loop */
+  for(;;)
+  {
+    osDelay(1);
+  }
+  /* USER CODE END StartDefaultTask */
+}
+
+/* Private application code --------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Application */
+
+/* USER CODE END Application */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : gpio.c
+  * Description        : This file provides code for the configuration
+  *                      of all used GPIO pins.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "gpio.h"
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Configure GPIO                                                             */
+/*----------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+/** Configure pins as
+        * Analog
+        * Input
+        * Output
+        * EVENT_OUT
+        * EXTI
+        * Free pins are configured automatically as Analog (this feature is enabled through
+        * the Code Generation settings)
+*/
+void MX_GPIO_Init(void)
+{
+
+  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0};
+
+  /* GPIO Ports Clock Enable */
+  __HAL_RCC_GPIOC_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_GPIOH_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_GPIOA_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_GPIOD_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /*Configure GPIO pins : PC13 PC14 PC15 PC0
+                           PC1 PC2 PC3 PC4
+                           PC5 PC6 PC7 PC8
+                           PC9 PC10 PC11 PC12 */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_13|GPIO_PIN_14|GPIO_PIN_15|GPIO_PIN_0
+                          |GPIO_PIN_1|GPIO_PIN_2|GPIO_PIN_3|GPIO_PIN_4
+                          |GPIO_PIN_5|GPIO_PIN_6|GPIO_PIN_7|GPIO_PIN_8
+                          |GPIO_PIN_9|GPIO_PIN_10|GPIO_PIN_11|GPIO_PIN_12;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOC, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /*Configure GPIO pins : PH0 PH1 */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0|GPIO_PIN_1;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOH, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /*Configure GPIO pins : PA0 PA1 PA2 PA3
+                           PA4 PA5 PA6 PA7
+                           PA8 PA9 PA10 PA11
+                           PA12 PA15 */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0|GPIO_PIN_1|GPIO_PIN_2|GPIO_PIN_3
+                          |GPIO_PIN_4|GPIO_PIN_5|GPIO_PIN_6|GPIO_PIN_7
+                          |GPIO_PIN_8|GPIO_PIN_9|GPIO_PIN_10|GPIO_PIN_11
+                          |GPIO_PIN_12|GPIO_PIN_15;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOA, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /*Configure GPIO pins : PB0 PB1 PB2 PB10
+                           PB11 PB12 PB3 PB4
+                           PB5 PB6 PB7 PB8
+                           PB9 */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_0|GPIO_PIN_1|GPIO_PIN_2|GPIO_PIN_10
+                          |GPIO_PIN_11|GPIO_PIN_12|GPIO_PIN_3|GPIO_PIN_4
+                          |GPIO_PIN_5|GPIO_PIN_6|GPIO_PIN_7|GPIO_PIN_8
+                          |GPIO_PIN_9;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+  /*Configure GPIO pin : PD2 */
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_2;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_ANALOG;
+  GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+  HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOD, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 2 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/main.c

@@ -0,0 +1,211 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file           : main.c
+  * @brief          : Main program body
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+#include "cmsis_os.h"
+#include "dma.h"
+#include "spi.h"
+#include "gpio.h"
+
+/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PTD */
+
+/* USER CODE END PTD */
+
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */
+/* USER CODE END PD */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */
+
+/* USER CODE END PM */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */
+
+/* USER CODE END PV */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+void SystemClock_Config(void);
+void MX_FREERTOS_Init(void);
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */
+
+/* USER CODE END PFP */
+
+/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  The application entry point.
+  * @retval int
+  */
+int main(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+  /* MCU Configuration--------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+  /* Reset of all peripherals, Initializes the Flash interface and the Systick. */
+  HAL_Init();
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN Init */
+
+  /* USER CODE END Init */
+
+  /* Configure the system clock */
+  SystemClock_Config();
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN SysInit */
+
+  /* USER CODE END SysInit */
+
+  /* Initialize all configured peripherals */
+  MX_GPIO_Init();
+  MX_DMA_Init();
+  MX_SPI2_Init();
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN 2 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END 2 */
+
+  /* Init scheduler */
+  osKernelInitialize();  /* Call init function for freertos objects (in freertos.c) */
+  MX_FREERTOS_Init();
+  /* Start scheduler */
+  osKernelStart();
+
+  /* We should never get here as control is now taken by the scheduler */
+  /* Infinite loop */
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN WHILE */
+  while (1)
+  {
+    /* USER CODE END WHILE */
+
+    /* USER CODE BEGIN 3 */
+  }
+  /* USER CODE END 3 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief System Clock Configuration
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SystemClock_Config(void)
+{
+  RCC_OscInitTypeDef RCC_OscInitStruct = {0};
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef RCC_ClkInitStruct = {0};
+
+  /** Configure the main internal regulator output voltage
+  */
+  __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1);
+  /** Initializes the RCC Oscillators according to the specified parameters
+  * in the RCC_OscInitTypeDef structure.
+  */
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.OscillatorType = RCC_OSCILLATORTYPE_HSI;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSIState = RCC_HSI_ON;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.HSICalibrationValue = RCC_HSICALIBRATION_DEFAULT;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLState = RCC_PLL_ON;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLSource = RCC_PLLSOURCE_HSI;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLMUL = RCC_PLL_MUL4;
+  RCC_OscInitStruct.PLL.PLLDIV = RCC_PLL_DIV2;
+  if (HAL_RCC_OscConfig(&RCC_OscInitStruct) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    Error_Handler();
+  }
+  /** Initializes the CPU, AHB and APB buses clocks
+  */
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.ClockType = RCC_CLOCKTYPE_HCLK|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_SYSCLK
+                              |RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK1|RCC_CLOCKTYPE_PCLK2;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.SYSCLKSource = RCC_SYSCLKSOURCE_PLLCLK;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.AHBCLKDivider = RCC_SYSCLK_DIV1;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB1CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;
+  RCC_ClkInitStruct.APB2CLKDivider = RCC_HCLK_DIV1;
+
+  if (HAL_RCC_ClockConfig(&RCC_ClkInitStruct, FLASH_LATENCY_1) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    Error_Handler();
+  }
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 4 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 4 */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Period elapsed callback in non blocking mode
+  * @note   This function is called  when TIM2 interrupt took place, inside
+  * HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(). It makes a direct call to HAL_IncTick() to increment
+  * a global variable "uwTick" used as application time base.
+  * @param  htim : TIM handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_TIM_PeriodElapsedCallback(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN Callback 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END Callback 0 */
+  if (htim->Instance == TIM2) {
+    HAL_IncTick();
+  }
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN Callback 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END Callback 1 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function is executed in case of error occurrence.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void Error_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN Error_Handler_Debug */
+  /* User can add his own implementation to report the HAL error return state */
+
+  /* USER CODE END Error_Handler_Debug */
+}
+
+#ifdef  USE_FULL_ASSERT
+/**
+  * @brief  Reports the name of the source file and the source line number
+  *         where the assert_param error has occurred.
+  * @param  file: pointer to the source file name
+  * @param  line: assert_param error line source number
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void assert_failed(uint8_t *file, uint32_t line)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN 6 */
+  /* User can add his own implementation to report the file name and line number,
+     tex: printf("Wrong parameters value: file %s on line %d\r\n", file, line) */
+  /* USER CODE END 6 */
+}
+#endif /* USE_FULL_ASSERT */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/spi.c

@@ -0,0 +1,149 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : SPI.c
+  * Description        : This file provides code for the configuration
+  *                      of the SPI instances.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "spi.h"
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+
+SPI_HandleTypeDef hspi2;
+DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_spi2_rx;
+DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_spi2_tx;
+
+/* SPI2 init function */
+void MX_SPI2_Init(void)
+{
+
+  hspi2.Instance = SPI2;
+  hspi2.Init.Mode = SPI_MODE_MASTER;
+  hspi2.Init.Direction = SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES;
+  hspi2.Init.DataSize = SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT;
+  hspi2.Init.CLKPolarity = SPI_POLARITY_LOW;
+  hspi2.Init.CLKPhase = SPI_PHASE_1EDGE;
+  hspi2.Init.NSS = SPI_NSS_SOFT;
+  hspi2.Init.BaudRatePrescaler = SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2;
+  hspi2.Init.FirstBit = SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB;
+  hspi2.Init.TIMode = SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE;
+  hspi2.Init.CRCCalculation = SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE;
+  hspi2.Init.CRCPolynomial = 10;
+  if (HAL_SPI_Init(&hspi2) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    Error_Handler();
+  }
+
+}
+
+void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* spiHandle)
+{
+
+  GPIO_InitTypeDef GPIO_InitStruct = {0};
+  if(spiHandle->Instance==SPI2)
+  {
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 0 */
+    /* SPI2 clock enable */
+    __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+    __HAL_RCC_GPIOB_CLK_ENABLE();
+    /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration
+    PB13     ------> SPI2_SCK
+    PB14     ------> SPI2_MISO
+    PB15     ------> SPI2_MOSI
+    */
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pin = GPIO_PIN_13|GPIO_PIN_14|GPIO_PIN_15;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Mode = GPIO_MODE_AF_PP;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Pull = GPIO_NOPULL;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Speed = GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH;
+    GPIO_InitStruct.Alternate = GPIO_AF5_SPI2;
+    HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIOB, &GPIO_InitStruct);
+
+    /* SPI2 DMA Init */
+    /* SPI2_RX Init */
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Instance = DMA1_Channel4;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.Direction = DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.PeriphInc = DMA_PINC_DISABLE;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.MemInc = DMA_MINC_ENABLE;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.PeriphDataAlignment = DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.MemDataAlignment = DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.Mode = DMA_NORMAL;
+    hdma_spi2_rx.Init.Priority = DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+    if (HAL_DMA_Init(&hdma_spi2_rx) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      Error_Handler();
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LINKDMA(spiHandle,hdmarx,hdma_spi2_rx);
+
+    /* SPI2_TX Init */
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Instance = DMA1_Channel5;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.Direction = DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.PeriphInc = DMA_PINC_DISABLE;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.MemInc = DMA_MINC_ENABLE;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.PeriphDataAlignment = DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.MemDataAlignment = DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.Mode = DMA_NORMAL;
+    hdma_spi2_tx.Init.Priority = DMA_PRIORITY_LOW;
+    if (HAL_DMA_Init(&hdma_spi2_tx) != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      Error_Handler();
+    }
+
+    __HAL_LINKDMA(spiHandle,hdmatx,hdma_spi2_tx);
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspInit 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspInit 1 */
+  }
+}
+
+void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef* spiHandle)
+{
+
+  if(spiHandle->Instance==SPI2)
+  {
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 0 */
+    /* Peripheral clock disable */
+    __HAL_RCC_SPI2_CLK_DISABLE();
+
+    /**SPI2 GPIO Configuration
+    PB13     ------> SPI2_SCK
+    PB14     ------> SPI2_MISO
+    PB15     ------> SPI2_MOSI
+    */
+    HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIOB, GPIO_PIN_13|GPIO_PIN_14|GPIO_PIN_15);
+
+    /* SPI2 DMA DeInit */
+    HAL_DMA_DeInit(spiHandle->hdmarx);
+    HAL_DMA_DeInit(spiHandle->hdmatx);
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END SPI2_MspDeInit 1 */
+  }
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_msp.c

@@ -0,0 +1,85 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * File Name          : stm32l1xx_hal_msp.c
+  * Description        : This file provides code for the MSP Initialization
+  *                      and de-Initialization codes.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */
+
+/* USER CODE END TD */
+
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Define */
+
+/* USER CODE END Define */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Macro */
+
+/* USER CODE END Macro */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */
+
+/* USER CODE END PV */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */
+
+/* USER CODE END PFP */
+
+/* External functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN ExternalFunctions */
+
+/* USER CODE END ExternalFunctions */
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+/**
+  * Initializes the Global MSP.
+  */
+void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END MspInit 0 */
+
+  __HAL_RCC_COMP_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* System interrupt init*/
+
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN MspInit 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END MspInit 1 */
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_timebase_tim.c

@@ -0,0 +1,112 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_timebase_TIM.c
+  * @brief   HAL time base based on the hardware TIM.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under Ultimate Liberty license
+  * SLA0044, the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with
+  * the License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                             www.st.com/SLA0044
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_tim.h"
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+TIM_HandleTypeDef        htim2;
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function configures the TIM2 as a time base source.
+  *         The time source is configured  to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *         Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note   This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *         reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @param  TickPriority: Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  RCC_ClkInitTypeDef    clkconfig;
+  uint32_t              uwTimclock = 0;
+  uint32_t              uwPrescalerValue = 0;
+  uint32_t              pFLatency;
+  /*Configure the TIM2 IRQ priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(TIM2_IRQn, TickPriority ,0);
+
+  /* Enable the TIM2 global Interrupt */
+  HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(TIM2_IRQn);
+  /* Enable TIM2 clock */
+  __HAL_RCC_TIM2_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+  /* Get clock configuration */
+  HAL_RCC_GetClockConfig(&clkconfig, &pFLatency);
+
+  /* Compute TIM2 clock */
+  uwTimclock = HAL_RCC_GetPCLK1Freq();
+
+  /* Compute the prescaler value to have TIM2 counter clock equal to 1MHz */
+  uwPrescalerValue = (uint32_t) ((uwTimclock / 1000000) - 1);
+
+  /* Initialize TIM2 */
+  htim2.Instance = TIM2;
+
+  /* Initialize TIMx peripheral as follow:
+  + Period = [(TIM2CLK/1000) - 1]. to have a (1/1000) s time base.
+  + Prescaler = (uwTimclock/1000000 - 1) to have a 1MHz counter clock.
+  + ClockDivision = 0
+  + Counter direction = Up
+  */
+  htim2.Init.Period = (1000000 / 1000) - 1;
+  htim2.Init.Prescaler = uwPrescalerValue;
+  htim2.Init.ClockDivision = 0;
+  htim2.Init.CounterMode = TIM_COUNTERMODE_UP;
+  if(HAL_TIM_Base_Init(&htim2) == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Start the TIM time Base generation in interrupt mode */
+    return HAL_TIM_Base_Start_IT(&htim2);
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_ERROR;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Suspend Tick increment.
+  * @note   Disable the tick increment by disabling TIM2 update interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable TIM2 update Interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_DISABLE_IT(&htim2, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Resume Tick increment.
+  * @note   Enable the tick increment by Enabling TIM2 update interrupt.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable TIM2 Update interrupt */
+  __HAL_TIM_ENABLE_IT(&htim2, TIM_IT_UPDATE);
+}
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/stm32l1xx_it.c

@@ -0,0 +1,208 @@
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Header */
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_it.c
+  * @brief   Interrupt Service Routines.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2021 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+/* USER CODE END Header */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "main.h"
+#include "stm32l1xx_it.h"
+/* Private includes ----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN Includes */
+/* USER CODE END Includes */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN TD */
+
+/* USER CODE END TD */
+
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PD */
+
+/* USER CODE END PD */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PM */
+
+/* USER CODE END PM */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PV */
+
+/* USER CODE END PV */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN PFP */
+
+/* USER CODE END PFP */
+
+/* Private user code ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 0 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 0 */
+
+/* External variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+extern DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_spi2_rx;
+extern DMA_HandleTypeDef hdma_spi2_tx;
+extern TIM_HandleTypeDef htim2;
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN EV */
+
+/* USER CODE END EV */
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/*           Cortex-M3 Processor Interruption and Exception Handlers          */
+/******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Non maskable interrupt.
+  */
+void NMI_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 0 */
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END NonMaskableInt_IRQn 1 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Hard fault interrupt.
+  */
+void HardFault_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN HardFault_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END HardFault_IRQn 0 */
+  while (1)
+  {
+    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */
+    /* USER CODE END W1_HardFault_IRQn 0 */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Memory management fault.
+  */
+void MemManage_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
+  while (1)
+  {
+    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
+    /* USER CODE END W1_MemoryManagement_IRQn 0 */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Pre-fetch fault, memory access fault.
+  */
+void BusFault_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN BusFault_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END BusFault_IRQn 0 */
+  while (1)
+  {
+    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */
+    /* USER CODE END W1_BusFault_IRQn 0 */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Undefined instruction or illegal state.
+  */
+void UsageFault_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
+  while (1)
+  {
+    /* USER CODE BEGIN W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
+    /* USER CODE END W1_UsageFault_IRQn 0 */
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles Debug monitor.
+  */
+void DebugMon_Handler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 0 */
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DebugMonitor_IRQn 1 */
+}
+
+/******************************************************************************/
+/* STM32L1xx Peripheral Interrupt Handlers                                    */
+/* Add here the Interrupt Handlers for the used peripherals.                  */
+/* For the available peripheral interrupt handler names,                      */
+/* please refer to the startup file (startup_stm32l1xx.s).                    */
+/******************************************************************************/
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles DMA1 channel4 global interrupt.
+  */
+void DMA1_Channel4_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DMA1_Channel4_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DMA1_Channel4_IRQn 0 */
+  HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&hdma_spi2_rx);
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DMA1_Channel4_IRQn 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DMA1_Channel4_IRQn 1 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles DMA1 channel5 global interrupt.
+  */
+void DMA1_Channel5_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DMA1_Channel5_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DMA1_Channel5_IRQn 0 */
+  HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(&hdma_spi2_tx);
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN DMA1_Channel5_IRQn 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END DMA1_Channel5_IRQn 1 */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles TIM2 global interrupt.
+  */
+void TIM2_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM2_IRQn 0 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END TIM2_IRQn 0 */
+  HAL_TIM_IRQHandler(&htim2);
+  /* USER CODE BEGIN TIM2_IRQn 1 */
+
+  /* USER CODE END TIM2_IRQn 1 */
+}
+
+/* USER CODE BEGIN 1 */
+
+/* USER CODE END 1 */
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Core/Src/system_stm32l1xx.c

@@ -0,0 +1,408 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    system_stm32l1xx.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device Peripheral Access Layer System Source File.
+  *             
+  *   This file provides two functions and one global variable to be called from 
+  *   user application:
+  *      - SystemInit(): This function is called at startup just after reset and 
+  *                      before branch to main program. This call is made inside
+  *                      the "startup_stm32l1xx.s" file.
+  *                        
+  *      - SystemCoreClock variable: Contains the core clock (HCLK), it can be used
+  *                                  by the user application to setup the SysTick 
+  *                                  timer or configure other parameters.
+  *                                     
+  *      - SystemCoreClockUpdate(): Updates the variable SystemCoreClock and must
+  *                                 be called whenever the core clock is changed
+  *                                 during program execution.   
+  *      
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx_system
+  * @{
+  */  
+  
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Includes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_TypesDefinitions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+#if !defined  (HSE_VALUE) 
+  #define HSE_VALUE    ((uint32_t)8000000U) /*!< Default value of the External oscillator in Hz.
+                                                This value can be provided and adapted by the user application. */
+#endif /* HSE_VALUE */
+
+#if !defined  (HSI_VALUE)
+  #define HSI_VALUE    ((uint32_t)8000000U) /*!< Default value of the Internal oscillator in Hz.
+                                                This value can be provided and adapted by the user application. */
+#endif /* HSI_VALUE */
+
+/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to use external SRAM mounted
+     on STM32L152D_EVAL board as data memory  */
+/* #define DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+  
+/*!< Uncomment the following line if you need to relocate your vector Table in
+     Internal SRAM. */ 
+/* #define VECT_TAB_SRAM */
+#define VECT_TAB_OFFSET  0x00U /*!< Vector Table base offset field. 
+                                  This value must be a multiple of 0x200. */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+  /* This variable is updated in three ways:
+      1) by calling CMSIS function SystemCoreClockUpdate()
+      2) by calling HAL API function HAL_RCC_GetHCLKFreq()
+      3) each time HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() is called to configure the system clock frequency
+         Note: If you use this function to configure the system clock; then there
+               is no need to call the 2 first functions listed above, since SystemCoreClock
+               variable is updated automatically.
+  */
+uint32_t SystemCoreClock        = 2097000U;
+const uint8_t PLLMulTable[9]    = {3U, 4U, 6U, 8U, 12U, 16U, 24U, 32U, 48U};
+const uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16] = {0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 1U, 2U, 3U, 4U, 6U, 7U, 8U, 9U};
+const uint8_t APBPrescTable[8]  = {0U, 0U, 0U, 0U, 1U, 2U, 3U, 4U};
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_FunctionPrototypes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xD)
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+  static void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void); 
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Setup the microcontroller system.
+  *         Initialize the Embedded Flash Interface, the PLL and update the 
+  *         SystemCoreClock variable.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SystemInit (void)
+{
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+  SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(); 
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+    
+#ifdef VECT_TAB_SRAM
+  SCB->VTOR = SRAM_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal SRAM. */
+#else
+  SCB->VTOR = FLASH_BASE | VECT_TAB_OFFSET; /* Vector Table Relocation in Internal FLASH. */
+#endif
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Update SystemCoreClock according to Clock Register Values
+  *         The SystemCoreClock variable contains the core clock (HCLK), it can
+  *         be used by the user application to setup the SysTick timer or configure
+  *         other parameters.
+  *           
+  * @note   Each time the core clock (HCLK) changes, this function must be called
+  *         to update SystemCoreClock variable value. Otherwise, any configuration
+  *         based on this variable will be incorrect.         
+  *     
+  * @note   - The system frequency computed by this function is not the real 
+  *           frequency in the chip. It is calculated based on the predefined 
+  *           constant and the selected clock source:
+  *             
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is MSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the MSI 
+  *             value as defined by the MSI range.
+  *                                   
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is HSI, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSI_VALUE(*)
+  *                                              
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is HSE, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+  *                          
+  *           - If SYSCLK source is PLL, SystemCoreClock will contain the HSE_VALUE(**)
+  *             or HSI_VALUE(*) multiplied/divided by the PLL factors.
+  *         
+  *         (*) HSI_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+  *             16 MHz) but the real value may vary depending on the variations
+  *             in voltage and temperature.   
+  *    
+  *         (**) HSE_VALUE is a constant defined in stm32l1xx.h file (default value
+  *              8 MHz), user has to ensure that HSE_VALUE is same as the real
+  *              frequency of the crystal used. Otherwise, this function may
+  *              have wrong result.
+  *                
+  *         - The result of this function could be not correct when using fractional
+  *           value for HSE crystal.
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SystemCoreClockUpdate (void)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp = 0, pllmul = 0, plldiv = 0, pllsource = 0, msirange = 0;
+
+  /* Get SYSCLK source -------------------------------------------------------*/
+  tmp = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_SWS;
+  
+  switch (tmp)
+  {
+    case 0x00:  /* MSI used as system clock */
+      msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE) >> 13;
+      SystemCoreClock = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+      break;
+    case 0x04:  /* HSI used as system clock */
+      SystemCoreClock = HSI_VALUE;
+      break;
+    case 0x08:  /* HSE used as system clock */
+      SystemCoreClock = HSE_VALUE;
+      break;
+    case 0x0C:  /* PLL used as system clock */
+      /* Get PLL clock source and multiplication factor ----------------------*/
+      pllmul = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLMUL;
+      plldiv = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLDIV;
+      pllmul = PLLMulTable[(pllmul >> 18)];
+      plldiv = (plldiv >> 22) + 1;
+      
+      pllsource = RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_PLLSRC;
+
+      if (pllsource == 0x00)
+      {
+        /* HSI oscillator clock selected as PLL clock entry */
+        SystemCoreClock = (((HSI_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* HSE selected as PLL clock entry */
+        SystemCoreClock = (((HSE_VALUE) * pllmul) / plldiv);
+      }
+      break;
+    default: /* MSI used as system clock */
+      msirange = (RCC->ICSCR & RCC_ICSCR_MSIRANGE) >> 13;
+      SystemCoreClock = (32768 * (1 << (msirange + 1)));
+      break;
+  }
+  /* Compute HCLK clock frequency --------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Get HCLK prescaler */
+  tmp = AHBPrescTable[((RCC->CFGR & RCC_CFGR_HPRE) >> 4)];
+  /* HCLK clock frequency */
+  SystemCoreClock >>= tmp;
+}
+
+#if defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xD)
+#ifdef DATA_IN_ExtSRAM
+/**
+  * @brief  Setup the external memory controller.
+  *         Called in SystemInit() function before jump to main.
+  *         This function configures the external SRAM mounted on STM32L152D_EVAL board
+  *         This SRAM will be used as program data memory (including heap and stack).
+  * @param  None
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void SystemInit_ExtMemCtl(void)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmpreg = 0;
+
+  /* Flash 1 wait state */
+  FLASH->ACR |= FLASH_ACR_LATENCY;
+  
+  /* Power enable */
+  RCC->APB1ENR |= RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN;
+  
+  /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
+  tmpreg = READ_BIT(RCC->APB1ENR, RCC_APB1ENR_PWREN);
+
+  /* Select the Voltage Range 1 (1.8 V) */
+  PWR->CR = PWR_CR_VOS_0;
+  
+  /* Wait Until the Voltage Regulator is ready */
+  while((PWR->CSR & PWR_CSR_VOSF) != RESET)
+  {
+  }
+  
+/*-- GPIOs Configuration -----------------------------------------------------*/
+/*
+ +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+
+ +                       SRAM pins assignment                                   +
+ +-------------------+--------------------+------------------+------------------+
+ | PD0  <-> FSMC_D2  | PE0  <-> FSMC_NBL0 | PF0  <-> FSMC_A0 | PG0 <-> FSMC_A10 |
+ | PD1  <-> FSMC_D3  | PE1  <-> FSMC_NBL1 | PF1  <-> FSMC_A1 | PG1 <-> FSMC_A11 |
+ | PD4  <-> FSMC_NOE | PE7  <-> FSMC_D4   | PF2  <-> FSMC_A2 | PG2 <-> FSMC_A12 |
+ | PD5  <-> FSMC_NWE | PE8  <-> FSMC_D5   | PF3  <-> FSMC_A3 | PG3 <-> FSMC_A13 |
+ | PD8  <-> FSMC_D13 | PE9  <-> FSMC_D6   | PF4  <-> FSMC_A4 | PG4 <-> FSMC_A14 |
+ | PD9  <-> FSMC_D14 | PE10 <-> FSMC_D7   | PF5  <-> FSMC_A5 | PG5 <-> FSMC_A15 |
+ | PD10 <-> FSMC_D15 | PE11 <-> FSMC_D8   | PF12 <-> FSMC_A6 | PG10<-> FSMC_NE2 |
+ | PD11 <-> FSMC_A16 | PE12 <-> FSMC_D9   | PF13 <-> FSMC_A7 |------------------+
+ | PD12 <-> FSMC_A17 | PE13 <-> FSMC_D10  | PF14 <-> FSMC_A8 | 
+ | PD13 <-> FSMC_A18 | PE14 <-> FSMC_D11  | PF15 <-> FSMC_A9 | 
+ | PD14 <-> FSMC_D0  | PE15 <-> FSMC_D12  |------------------+
+ | PD15 <-> FSMC_D1  |--------------------+ 
+ +-------------------+
+*/
+
+  /* Enable GPIOD, GPIOE, GPIOF and GPIOG interface clock */
+  RCC->AHBENR   = 0x000080D8;
+  
+  /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
+  tmpreg = READ_BIT(RCC->AHBENR, RCC_AHBENR_GPIODEN);
+  
+  /* Connect PDx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+  GPIOD->AFR[0]  = 0x00CC00CC;
+  GPIOD->AFR[1]  = 0xCCCCCCCC;
+  /* Configure PDx pins in Alternate function mode */  
+  GPIOD->MODER   = 0xAAAA0A0A;
+  /* Configure PDx pins speed to 40 MHz */  
+  GPIOD->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFF0F0F;
+  /* Configure PDx pins Output type to push-pull */  
+  GPIOD->OTYPER  = 0x00000000;
+  /* No pull-up, pull-down for PDx pins */ 
+  GPIOD->PUPDR   = 0x00000000;
+
+  /* Connect PEx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+  GPIOE->AFR[0]  = 0xC00000CC;
+  GPIOE->AFR[1]  = 0xCCCCCCCC;
+  /* Configure PEx pins in Alternate function mode */ 
+  GPIOE->MODER   = 0xAAAA800A;
+  /* Configure PEx pins speed to 40 MHz */ 
+  GPIOE->OSPEEDR = 0xFFFFC00F;
+  /* Configure PEx pins Output type to push-pull */  
+  GPIOE->OTYPER  = 0x00000000;
+  /* No pull-up, pull-down for PEx pins */ 
+  GPIOE->PUPDR   = 0x00000000;
+
+  /* Connect PFx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+  GPIOF->AFR[0]  = 0x00CCCCCC;
+  GPIOF->AFR[1]  = 0xCCCC0000;
+  /* Configure PFx pins in Alternate function mode */   
+  GPIOF->MODER   = 0xAA000AAA;
+  /* Configure PFx pins speed to 40 MHz */ 
+  GPIOF->OSPEEDR = 0xFF000FFF;
+  /* Configure PFx pins Output type to push-pull */  
+  GPIOF->OTYPER  = 0x00000000;
+  /* No pull-up, pull-down for PFx pins */ 
+  GPIOF->PUPDR   = 0x00000000;
+
+  /* Connect PGx pins to FSMC Alternate function */
+  GPIOG->AFR[0]  = 0x00CCCCCC;
+  GPIOG->AFR[1]  = 0x00000C00;
+  /* Configure PGx pins in Alternate function mode */ 
+  GPIOG->MODER   = 0x00200AAA;
+  /* Configure PGx pins speed to 40 MHz */ 
+  GPIOG->OSPEEDR = 0x00300FFF;
+  /* Configure PGx pins Output type to push-pull */  
+  GPIOG->OTYPER  = 0x00000000;
+  /* No pull-up, pull-down for PGx pins */ 
+  GPIOG->PUPDR   = 0x00000000;
+  
+/*-- FSMC Configuration ------------------------------------------------------*/
+  /* Enable the FSMC interface clock */
+  RCC->AHBENR    = 0x400080D8;
+
+  /* Delay after an RCC peripheral clock enabling */
+  tmpreg = READ_BIT(RCC->AHBENR, RCC_AHBENR_FSMCEN);
+  
+  (void)(tmpreg);
+  
+  /* Configure and enable Bank1_SRAM3 */
+  FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[4]  = 0x00001011;
+  FSMC_Bank1->BTCR[5]  = 0x00000300;
+  FSMC_Bank1E->BWTR[4] = 0x0FFFFFFF;
+/*
+  Bank1_SRAM3 is configured as follow:
+
+  p.FSMC_AddressSetupTime = 0;
+  p.FSMC_AddressHoldTime = 0;
+  p.FSMC_DataSetupTime = 3;
+  p.FSMC_BusTurnAroundDuration = 0;
+  p.FSMC_CLKDivision = 0;
+  p.FSMC_DataLatency = 0;
+  p.FSMC_AccessMode = FSMC_AccessMode_A;
+
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_Bank = FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_DataAddressMux = FSMC_DataAddressMux_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryType = FSMC_MemoryType_SRAM;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_MemoryDataWidth = FSMC_MemoryDataWidth_16b;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_BurstAccessMode = FSMC_BurstAccessMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_AsynchronousWait = FSMC_AsynchronousWait_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity = FSMC_WaitSignalPolarity_Low;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WrapMode = FSMC_WrapMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignalActive = FSMC_WaitSignalActive_BeforeWaitState;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteOperation = FSMC_WriteOperation_Enable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WaitSignal = FSMC_WaitSignal_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ExtendedMode = FSMC_ExtendedMode_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteBurst = FSMC_WriteBurst_Disable;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_ReadWriteTimingStruct = &p;
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure.FSMC_WriteTimingStruct = &p;
+
+  FSMC_NORSRAMInit(&FSMC_NORSRAMInitStructure); 
+
+  FSMC_NORSRAMCmd(FSMC_Bank1_NORSRAM3, ENABLE);
+*/
+  
+}
+#endif /* DATA_IN_ExtSRAM */
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32L1xx/Include/stm32l1xx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,246 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CMSIS STM32L1xx Device Peripheral Access Layer Header File. 
+  *
+  *          The file is the unique include file that the application programmer
+  *          is using in the C source code, usually in main.c. This file contains:
+  *            - Configuration section that allows to select:
+  *              - The STM32L1xx device used in the target application
+  *              - To use or not the peripheral’s drivers in application code(i.e. 
+  *                code will be based on direct access to peripheral’s registers 
+  *                rather than drivers API), this option is controlled by 
+  *                "#define USE_HAL_DRIVER"
+  *  
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx
+  * @{
+  */
+    
+#ifndef __STM32L1XX_H
+#define __STM32L1XX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+  
+/** @addtogroup Library_configuration_section
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief STM32 Family
+  */
+#if !defined (STM32L1)
+#define STM32L1
+#endif /* STM32L1 */
+
+
+/* Uncomment the line below according to the target STM32L device used in your 
+   application 
+  */
+
+#if !defined (STM32L100xB) && !defined (STM32L100xBA) && !defined (STM32L100xC) && \
+    !defined (STM32L151xB) && !defined (STM32L151xBA) && !defined (STM32L151xC) && !defined (STM32L151xCA) && !defined (STM32L151xD) && !defined (STM32L151xDX) && !defined (STM32L151xE) && \
+    !defined (STM32L152xB) && !defined (STM32L152xBA) && !defined (STM32L152xC) && !defined (STM32L152xCA) && !defined (STM32L152xD) && !defined (STM32L152xDX) && !defined (STM32L152xE) && \
+    !defined (STM32L162xC) && !defined (STM32L162xCA) && !defined (STM32L162xD) && !defined (STM32L162xDX) && !defined (STM32L162xE)
+  /* #define STM32L100xB  */   /*!< STM32L100C6, STM32L100R and STM32L100RB Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L100xBA */   /*!< STM32L100C6-A, STM32L100R8-A and STM32L100RB-A Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L100xC  */   /*!< STM32L100RC Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L151xB  */   /*!< STM32L151C6, STM32L151R6, STM32L151C8, STM32L151R8, STM32L151V8, STM32L151CB, STM32L151RB and STM32L151VB */
+  /* #define STM32L151xBA */   /*!< STM32L151C6-A, STM32L151R6-A, STM32L151C8-A, STM32L151R8-A, STM32L151V8-A, STM32L151CB-A, STM32L151RB-A and STM32L151VB-A */ 
+  /* #define STM32L151xC  */   /*!< STM32L151CC, STM32L151UC, STM32L151RC and STM32L151VC */
+  /* #define STM32L151xCA */   /*!< STM32L151RC-A, STM32L151VC-A, STM32L151QC and STM32L151ZC */
+  /* #define STM32L151xD  */   /*!< STM32L151QD, STM32L151RD, STM32L151VD & STM32L151ZD */
+  /* #define STM32L151xDX  */  /*!< STM32L151VD-X Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L151xE  */   /*!< STM32L151QE, STM32L151RE, STM32L151VE and STM32L151ZE */
+  /* #define STM32L152xB  */   /*!< STM32L152C6, STM32L152R6, STM32L152C8, STM32L152R8, STM32L152V8, STM32L152CB, STM32L152RB and STM32L152VB */
+  /* #define STM32L152xBA */   /*!< STM32L152C6-A, STM32L152R6-A, STM32L152C8-A, STM32L152R8-A, STM32L152V8-A, STM32L152CB-A, STM32L152RB-A and STM32L152VB-A */
+  /* #define STM32L152xC  */   /*!< STM32L152CC, STM32L152UC, STM32L152RC and STM32L152VC */
+  /* #define STM32L152xCA */   /*!< STM32L152RC-A, STM32L152VC-A, STM32L152QC and STM32L152ZC */
+  /* #define STM32L152xD  */   /*!< STM32L152QD, STM32L152RD, STM32L152VD and STM32L152ZD */
+  /* #define STM32L152xDX  */  /*!< STM32L152VD-X Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L152xE  */   /*!< STM32L152QE, STM32L152RE, STM32L152VE and STM32L152ZE */
+  /* #define STM32L162xC  */   /*!< STM32L162RC and STM32L162VC */
+  /* #define STM32L162xCA */   /*!< STM32L162RC-A, STM32L162VC-A, STM32L162QC and STM32L162ZC */
+  /* #define STM32L162xD  */   /*!< STM32L162QD, STM32L162RD, STM32L162VD and STM32L162ZD */
+  /* #define STM32L162xDX  */  /*!< STM32L162VD-X Devices */
+  /* #define STM32L162xE  */   /*!< STM32L162RE, STM32L162VE and STM32L162ZE */
+#endif
+
+/*  Tip: To avoid modifying this file each time you need to switch between these
+        devices, you can define the device in your toolchain compiler preprocessor.
+  */
+  
+#if !defined  (USE_HAL_DRIVER)
+/**
+ * @brief Comment the line below if you will not use the peripherals drivers.
+   In this case, these drivers will not be included and the application code will 
+   be based on direct access to peripherals registers 
+   */
+  /*#define USE_HAL_DRIVER */
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DRIVER */
+
+/**
+  * @brief CMSIS Device version number V2.3.1
+  */
+#define __STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN   (0x02) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB1   (0x03) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB2   (0x01) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_RC     (0x00) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */ 
+#define __STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION        ((__STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+                                         |(__STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+                                         |(__STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
+                                         |(__STM32L1xx_CMSIS_VERSION_RC))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup Device_Included
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(STM32L100xB)
+  #include "stm32l100xb.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L100xBA)
+  #include "stm32l100xba.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L100xC)
+  #include "stm32l100xc.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xB)
+  #include "stm32l151xb.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xBA)
+  #include "stm32l151xba.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xC)
+  #include "stm32l151xc.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xCA)
+  #include "stm32l151xca.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xD)
+  #include "stm32l151xd.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xDX)
+  #include "stm32l151xdx.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L151xE)
+  #include "stm32l151xe.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xB)
+  #include "stm32l152xb.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xBA)
+  #include "stm32l152xba.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xC)
+  #include "stm32l152xc.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xCA)
+  #include "stm32l152xca.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xD)
+  #include "stm32l152xd.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xDX)
+  #include "stm32l152xdx.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L152xE)
+  #include "stm32l152xe.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L162xC)
+  #include "stm32l162xc.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L162xCA)
+  #include "stm32l162xca.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L162xD)
+  #include "stm32l162xd.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L162xDX)
+  #include "stm32l162xdx.h"
+#elif defined(STM32L162xE)
+  #include "stm32l162xe.h"
+#else
+ #error "Please select first the target STM32L1xx device used in your application (in stm32l1xx.h file)"
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup Exported_types
+  * @{
+  */  
+typedef enum 
+{
+  RESET = 0, 
+  SET = !RESET
+} FlagStatus, ITStatus;
+
+typedef enum 
+{
+  DISABLE = 0, 
+  ENABLE = !DISABLE
+} FunctionalState;
+#define IS_FUNCTIONAL_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DISABLE) || ((STATE) == ENABLE))
+
+typedef enum 
+{
+  SUCCESS = 0,
+  ERROR = !SUCCESS
+} ErrorStatus;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup Exported_macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SET_BIT(REG, BIT)     ((REG) |= (BIT))
+
+#define CLEAR_BIT(REG, BIT)   ((REG) &= ~(BIT))
+
+#define READ_BIT(REG, BIT)    ((REG) & (BIT))
+
+#define CLEAR_REG(REG)        ((REG) = (0x0))
+
+#define WRITE_REG(REG, VAL)   ((REG) = (VAL))
+
+#define READ_REG(REG)         ((REG))
+
+#define MODIFY_REG(REG, CLEARMASK, SETMASK)  WRITE_REG((REG), (((READ_REG(REG)) & (~(CLEARMASK))) | (SETMASK)))
+
+#define POSITION_VAL(VAL)     (__CLZ(__RBIT(VAL))) 
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined (USE_HAL_DRIVER)
+ #include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+#endif /* USE_HAL_DRIVER */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif /* __cplusplus */
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_H */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+
+
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32L1xx/Include/system_stm32l1xx.h

@@ -0,0 +1,108 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    system_stm32l1xx.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CMSIS Cortex-M3 Device System Source File for STM32L1xx devices.  
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CMSIS
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup stm32l1xx_system
+  * @{
+  */  
+  
+/**
+  * @brief Define to prevent recursive inclusion
+  */
+#ifndef __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H
+#define __SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif 
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Includes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_types
+  * @{
+  */
+  /* This variable is updated in three ways:
+      1) by calling CMSIS function SystemCoreClockUpdate()
+      2) by calling HAL API function HAL_RCC_GetSysClockFreq()
+      3) each time HAL_RCC_ClockConfig() is called to configure the system clock frequency 
+         Note: If you use this function to configure the system clock; then there
+               is no need to call the 2 first functions listed above, since SystemCoreClock
+               variable is updated automatically.
+  */
+extern uint32_t SystemCoreClock;          /*!< System Clock Frequency (Core Clock) */
+/*
+*/
+extern const uint8_t AHBPrescTable[16];   /*!< AHB prescalers table values */
+extern const uint8_t APBPrescTable[8];    /*!< APB prescalers table values */
+extern const uint8_t PLLMulTable[9];      /*!< PLL multipiers table values */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_System_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+extern void SystemInit(void);
+extern void SystemCoreClockUpdate(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /*__SYSTEM_STM32L1XX_H */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_armcc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,865 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     cmsis_armcc.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS compiler ARMCC (Arm Compiler 5) header file
+ * @version  V5.0.4
+ * @date     10. January 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_ARMCC_H
+#define __CMSIS_ARMCC_H
+
+
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 400677)
+  #error "Please use Arm Compiler Toolchain V4.0.677 or later!"
+#endif
+
+/* CMSIS compiler control architecture macros */
+#if ((defined (__TARGET_ARCH_6_M  ) && (__TARGET_ARCH_6_M   == 1)) || \
+     (defined (__TARGET_ARCH_6S_M ) && (__TARGET_ARCH_6S_M  == 1))   )
+  #define __ARM_ARCH_6M__           1
+#endif
+
+#if (defined (__TARGET_ARCH_7_M ) && (__TARGET_ARCH_7_M  == 1))
+  #define __ARM_ARCH_7M__           1
+#endif
+
+#if (defined (__TARGET_ARCH_7E_M) && (__TARGET_ARCH_7E_M == 1))
+  #define __ARM_ARCH_7EM__          1
+#endif
+
+  /* __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__  not applicable */
+  /* __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__  not applicable */
+
+
+/* CMSIS compiler specific defines */
+#ifndef   __ASM
+  #define __ASM                                  __asm
+#endif
+#ifndef   __INLINE
+  #define __INLINE                               __inline
+#endif
+#ifndef   __STATIC_INLINE
+  #define __STATIC_INLINE                        static __inline
+#endif
+#ifndef   __STATIC_FORCEINLINE                 
+  #define __STATIC_FORCEINLINE                   static __forceinline
+#endif           
+#ifndef   __NO_RETURN
+  #define __NO_RETURN                            __declspec(noreturn)
+#endif
+#ifndef   __USED
+  #define __USED                                 __attribute__((used))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __WEAK
+  #define __WEAK                                 __attribute__((weak))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __PACKED
+  #define __PACKED                               __attribute__((packed))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __PACKED_STRUCT
+  #define __PACKED_STRUCT                        __packed struct
+#endif
+#ifndef   __PACKED_UNION
+  #define __PACKED_UNION                         __packed union
+#endif
+#ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32        /* deprecated */
+  #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32(x)                  (*((__packed uint32_t *)(x)))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE
+  #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE(addr, val)    ((*((__packed uint16_t *)(addr))) = (val))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ
+  #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ(addr)          (*((const __packed uint16_t *)(addr)))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE
+  #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(addr, val)    ((*((__packed uint32_t *)(addr))) = (val))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ
+  #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(addr)          (*((const __packed uint32_t *)(addr)))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __ALIGNED
+  #define __ALIGNED(x)                           __attribute__((aligned(x)))
+#endif
+#ifndef   __RESTRICT
+  #define __RESTRICT                             __restrict
+#endif
+
+/* ###########################  Core Function Access  ########################### */
+/** \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+    \defgroup CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions CMSIS Core Register Access Functions
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief   Enable IRQ Interrupts
+  \details Enables IRQ interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CPSR.
+           Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+/* intrinsic void __enable_irq();     */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Disable IRQ Interrupts
+  \details Disables IRQ interrupts by setting the I-bit in the CPSR.
+           Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+/* intrinsic void __disable_irq();    */
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Control Register
+  \details Returns the content of the Control Register.
+  \return               Control Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_CONTROL(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regControl         __ASM("control");
+  return(__regControl);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Control Register
+  \details Writes the given value to the Control Register.
+  \param [in]    control  Control Register value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_CONTROL(uint32_t control)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regControl         __ASM("control");
+  __regControl = control;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get IPSR Register
+  \details Returns the content of the IPSR Register.
+  \return               IPSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_IPSR(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regIPSR          __ASM("ipsr");
+  return(__regIPSR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get APSR Register
+  \details Returns the content of the APSR Register.
+  \return               APSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regAPSR          __ASM("apsr");
+  return(__regAPSR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get xPSR Register
+  \details Returns the content of the xPSR Register.
+  \return               xPSR Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_xPSR(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regXPSR          __ASM("xpsr");
+  return(__regXPSR);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Process Stack Pointer
+  \details Returns the current value of the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+  \return               PSP Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PSP(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer  __ASM("psp");
+  return(__regProcessStackPointer);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Process Stack Pointer
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Process Stack Pointer (PSP).
+  \param [in]    topOfProcStack  Process Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PSP(uint32_t topOfProcStack)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regProcessStackPointer  __ASM("psp");
+  __regProcessStackPointer = topOfProcStack;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Main Stack Pointer
+  \details Returns the current value of the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+  \return               MSP Register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_MSP(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer     __ASM("msp");
+  return(__regMainStackPointer);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Main Stack Pointer
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Main Stack Pointer (MSP).
+  \param [in]    topOfMainStack  Main Stack Pointer value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_MSP(uint32_t topOfMainStack)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regMainStackPointer     __ASM("msp");
+  __regMainStackPointer = topOfMainStack;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Priority Mask
+  \details Returns the current state of the priority mask bit from the Priority Mask Register.
+  \return               Priority Mask value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_PRIMASK(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regPriMask         __ASM("primask");
+  return(__regPriMask);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Priority Mask
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Priority Mask Register.
+  \param [in]    priMask  Priority Mask
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_PRIMASK(uint32_t priMask)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regPriMask         __ASM("primask");
+  __regPriMask = (priMask);
+}
+
+
+#if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+     (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     )
+
+/**
+  \brief   Enable FIQ
+  \details Enables FIQ interrupts by clearing the F-bit in the CPSR.
+           Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __enable_fault_irq                __enable_fiq
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Disable FIQ
+  \details Disables FIQ interrupts by setting the F-bit in the CPSR.
+           Can only be executed in Privileged modes.
+ */
+#define __disable_fault_irq               __disable_fiq
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Base Priority
+  \details Returns the current value of the Base Priority register.
+  \return               Base Priority register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t  __get_BASEPRI(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regBasePri         __ASM("basepri");
+  return(__regBasePri);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Base Priority
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Base Priority register.
+  \param [in]    basePri  Base Priority value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI(uint32_t basePri)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regBasePri         __ASM("basepri");
+  __regBasePri = (basePri & 0xFFU);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Base Priority with condition
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Base Priority register only if BASEPRI masking is disabled,
+           or the new value increases the BASEPRI priority level.
+  \param [in]    basePri  Base Priority value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_BASEPRI_MAX(uint32_t basePri)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regBasePriMax      __ASM("basepri_max");
+  __regBasePriMax = (basePri & 0xFFU);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Fault Mask
+  \details Returns the current value of the Fault Mask register.
+  \return               Fault Mask register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FAULTMASK(void)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regFaultMask       __ASM("faultmask");
+  return(__regFaultMask);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Fault Mask
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Fault Mask register.
+  \param [in]    faultMask  Fault Mask value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FAULTMASK(uint32_t faultMask)
+{
+  register uint32_t __regFaultMask       __ASM("faultmask");
+  __regFaultMask = (faultMask & (uint32_t)1U);
+}
+
+#endif /* ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+           (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     ) */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get FPSCR
+  \details Returns the current value of the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+  \return               Floating Point Status/Control register value
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __get_FPSCR(void)
+{
+#if ((defined (__FPU_PRESENT) && (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U)) && \
+     (defined (__FPU_USED   ) && (__FPU_USED    == 1U))     )
+  register uint32_t __regfpscr         __ASM("fpscr");
+  return(__regfpscr);
+#else
+   return(0U);
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set FPSCR
+  \details Assigns the given value to the Floating Point Status/Control register.
+  \param [in]    fpscr  Floating Point Status/Control value to set
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __set_FPSCR(uint32_t fpscr)
+{
+#if ((defined (__FPU_PRESENT) && (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U)) && \
+     (defined (__FPU_USED   ) && (__FPU_USED    == 1U))     )
+  register uint32_t __regfpscr         __ASM("fpscr");
+  __regfpscr = (fpscr);
+#else
+  (void)fpscr;
+#endif
+}
+
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_RegAccFunctions */
+
+
+/* ##########################  Core Instruction Access  ######################### */
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface CMSIS Core Instruction Interface
+  Access to dedicated instructions
+  @{
+*/
+
+/**
+  \brief   No Operation
+  \details No Operation does nothing. This instruction can be used for code alignment purposes.
+ */
+#define __NOP                             __nop
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Wait For Interrupt
+  \details Wait For Interrupt is a hint instruction that suspends execution until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFI                             __wfi
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Wait For Event
+  \details Wait For Event is a hint instruction that permits the processor to enter
+           a low-power state until one of a number of events occurs.
+ */
+#define __WFE                             __wfe
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Send Event
+  \details Send Event is a hint instruction. It causes an event to be signaled to the CPU.
+ */
+#define __SEV                             __sev
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Instruction Synchronization Barrier
+  \details Instruction Synchronization Barrier flushes the pipeline in the processor,
+           so that all instructions following the ISB are fetched from cache or memory,
+           after the instruction has been completed.
+ */
+#define __ISB() do {\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                   __isb(0xF);\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                } while (0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   Data Synchronization Barrier
+  \details Acts as a special kind of Data Memory Barrier.
+           It completes when all explicit memory accesses before this instruction complete.
+ */
+#define __DSB() do {\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                   __dsb(0xF);\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                } while (0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   Data Memory Barrier
+  \details Ensures the apparent order of the explicit memory operations before
+           and after the instruction, without ensuring their completion.
+ */
+#define __DMB() do {\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                   __dmb(0xF);\
+                   __schedule_barrier();\
+                } while (0U)
+
+                  
+/**
+  \brief   Reverse byte order (32 bit)
+  \details Reverses the byte order in unsigned integer value. For example, 0x12345678 becomes 0x78563412.
+  \param [in]    value  Value to reverse
+  \return               Reversed value
+ */
+#define __REV                             __rev
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+  \details Reverses the byte order within each halfword of a word. For example, 0x12345678 becomes 0x34127856.
+  \param [in]    value  Value to reverse
+  \return               Reversed value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".rev16_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __REV16(uint32_t value)
+{
+  rev16 r0, r0
+  bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Reverse byte order (16 bit)
+  \details Reverses the byte order in a 16-bit value and returns the signed 16-bit result. For example, 0x0080 becomes 0x8000.
+  \param [in]    value  Value to reverse
+  \return               Reversed value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".revsh_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM int16_t __REVSH(int16_t value)
+{
+  revsh r0, r0
+  bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Rotate Right in unsigned value (32 bit)
+  \details Rotate Right (immediate) provides the value of the contents of a register rotated by a variable number of bits.
+  \param [in]    op1  Value to rotate
+  \param [in]    op2  Number of Bits to rotate
+  \return               Rotated value
+ */
+#define __ROR                             __ror
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Breakpoint
+  \details Causes the processor to enter Debug state.
+           Debug tools can use this to investigate system state when the instruction at a particular address is reached.
+  \param [in]    value  is ignored by the processor.
+                 If required, a debugger can use it to store additional information about the breakpoint.
+ */
+#define __BKPT(value)                       __breakpoint(value)
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Reverse bit order of value
+  \details Reverses the bit order of the given value.
+  \param [in]    value  Value to reverse
+  \return               Reversed value
+ */
+#if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+     (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     )
+  #define __RBIT                          __rbit
+#else
+__attribute__((always_inline)) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t value)
+{
+  uint32_t result;
+  uint32_t s = (4U /*sizeof(v)*/ * 8U) - 1U; /* extra shift needed at end */
+
+  result = value;                      /* r will be reversed bits of v; first get LSB of v */
+  for (value >>= 1U; value != 0U; value >>= 1U)
+  {
+    result <<= 1U;
+    result |= value & 1U;
+    s--;
+  }
+  result <<= s;                        /* shift when v's highest bits are zero */
+  return result;
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Count leading zeros
+  \details Counts the number of leading zeros of a data value.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to count the leading zeros
+  \return             number of leading zeros in value
+ */
+#define __CLZ                             __clz
+
+
+#if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+     (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     )
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDR Exclusive (8 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 8 bit value.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return             value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __LDREXB(ptr)                                                        ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+#else
+  #define __LDREXB(ptr)          _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint8_t ) __ldrex(ptr))  _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDR Exclusive (16 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 16 bit values.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return        value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __LDREXH(ptr)                                                        ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr))
+#else
+  #define __LDREXH(ptr)          _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint16_t) __ldrex(ptr))  _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDR Exclusive (32 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive LDR instruction for 32 bit values.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return        value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __LDREXW(ptr)                                                        ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr))
+#else
+  #define __LDREXW(ptr)          _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") ((uint32_t ) __ldrex(ptr))  _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STR Exclusive (8 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 8 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+  \return          0  Function succeeded
+  \return          1  Function failed
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __STREXB(value, ptr)                                                 __strex(value, ptr)
+#else
+  #define __STREXB(value, ptr)   _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr)        _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STR Exclusive (16 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 16 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+  \return          0  Function succeeded
+  \return          1  Function failed
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __STREXH(value, ptr)                                                 __strex(value, ptr)
+#else
+  #define __STREXH(value, ptr)   _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr)        _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STR Exclusive (32 bit)
+  \details Executes a exclusive STR instruction for 32 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+  \return          0  Function succeeded
+  \return          1  Function failed
+ */
+#if defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION < 5060020)
+  #define __STREXW(value, ptr)                                                 __strex(value, ptr)
+#else
+  #define __STREXW(value, ptr)   _Pragma("push") _Pragma("diag_suppress 3731") __strex(value, ptr)        _Pragma("pop")
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Remove the exclusive lock
+  \details Removes the exclusive lock which is created by LDREX.
+ */
+#define __CLREX                           __clrex
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Signed Saturate
+  \details Saturates a signed value.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to be saturated
+  \param [in]    sat  Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+  \return             Saturated value
+ */
+#define __SSAT                            __ssat
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Unsigned Saturate
+  \details Saturates an unsigned value.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to be saturated
+  \param [in]    sat  Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+  \return             Saturated value
+ */
+#define __USAT                            __usat
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Rotate Right with Extend (32 bit)
+  \details Moves each bit of a bitstring right by one bit.
+           The carry input is shifted in at the left end of the bitstring.
+  \param [in]    value  Value to rotate
+  \return               Rotated value
+ */
+#ifndef __NO_EMBEDDED_ASM
+__attribute__((section(".rrx_text"))) __STATIC_INLINE __ASM uint32_t __RRX(uint32_t value)
+{
+  rrx r0, r0
+  bx lr
+}
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 8 bit value.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return             value of type uint8_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRBT(ptr)                      ((uint8_t )  __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return        value of type uint16_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRHT(ptr)                      ((uint16_t)  __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   LDRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged LDRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to data
+  \return        value of type uint32_t at (*ptr)
+ */
+#define __LDRT(ptr)                       ((uint32_t ) __ldrt(ptr))
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STRT Unprivileged (8 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 8 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRBT(value, ptr)               __strt(value, ptr)
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STRT Unprivileged (16 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 16 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRHT(value, ptr)               __strt(value, ptr)
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   STRT Unprivileged (32 bit)
+  \details Executes a Unprivileged STRT instruction for 32 bit values.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to store
+  \param [in]    ptr  Pointer to location
+ */
+#define __STRT(value, ptr)                __strt(value, ptr)
+
+#else  /* ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+           (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     ) */
+
+/**
+  \brief   Signed Saturate
+  \details Saturates a signed value.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to be saturated
+  \param [in]    sat  Bit position to saturate to (1..32)
+  \return             Saturated value
+ */
+__attribute__((always_inline)) __STATIC_INLINE int32_t __SSAT(int32_t val, uint32_t sat)
+{
+  if ((sat >= 1U) && (sat <= 32U))
+  {
+    const int32_t max = (int32_t)((1U << (sat - 1U)) - 1U);
+    const int32_t min = -1 - max ;
+    if (val > max)
+    {
+      return max;
+    }
+    else if (val < min)
+    {
+      return min;
+    }
+  }
+  return val;
+}
+
+/**
+  \brief   Unsigned Saturate
+  \details Saturates an unsigned value.
+  \param [in]  value  Value to be saturated
+  \param [in]    sat  Bit position to saturate to (0..31)
+  \return             Saturated value
+ */
+__attribute__((always_inline)) __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAT(int32_t val, uint32_t sat)
+{
+  if (sat <= 31U)
+  {
+    const uint32_t max = ((1U << sat) - 1U);
+    if (val > (int32_t)max)
+    {
+      return max;
+    }
+    else if (val < 0)
+    {
+      return 0U;
+    }
+  }
+  return (uint32_t)val;
+}
+
+#endif /* ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7M__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_7M__  == 1)) || \
+           (defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     ) */
+
+/*@}*/ /* end of group CMSIS_Core_InstructionInterface */
+
+
+/* ###################  Compiler specific Intrinsics  ########################### */
+/** \defgroup CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics CMSIS SIMD Intrinsics
+  Access to dedicated SIMD instructions
+  @{
+*/
+
+#if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     )
+
+#define __SADD8                           __sadd8
+#define __QADD8                           __qadd8
+#define __SHADD8                          __shadd8
+#define __UADD8                           __uadd8
+#define __UQADD8                          __uqadd8
+#define __UHADD8                          __uhadd8
+#define __SSUB8                           __ssub8
+#define __QSUB8                           __qsub8
+#define __SHSUB8                          __shsub8
+#define __USUB8                           __usub8
+#define __UQSUB8                          __uqsub8
+#define __UHSUB8                          __uhsub8
+#define __SADD16                          __sadd16
+#define __QADD16                          __qadd16
+#define __SHADD16                         __shadd16
+#define __UADD16                          __uadd16
+#define __UQADD16                         __uqadd16
+#define __UHADD16                         __uhadd16
+#define __SSUB16                          __ssub16
+#define __QSUB16                          __qsub16
+#define __SHSUB16                         __shsub16
+#define __USUB16                          __usub16
+#define __UQSUB16                         __uqsub16
+#define __UHSUB16                         __uhsub16
+#define __SASX                            __sasx
+#define __QASX                            __qasx
+#define __SHASX                           __shasx
+#define __UASX                            __uasx
+#define __UQASX                           __uqasx
+#define __UHASX                           __uhasx
+#define __SSAX                            __ssax
+#define __QSAX                            __qsax
+#define __SHSAX                           __shsax
+#define __USAX                            __usax
+#define __UQSAX                           __uqsax
+#define __UHSAX                           __uhsax
+#define __USAD8                           __usad8
+#define __USADA8                          __usada8
+#define __SSAT16                          __ssat16
+#define __USAT16                          __usat16
+#define __UXTB16                          __uxtb16
+#define __UXTAB16                         __uxtab16
+#define __SXTB16                          __sxtb16
+#define __SXTAB16                         __sxtab16
+#define __SMUAD                           __smuad
+#define __SMUADX                          __smuadx
+#define __SMLAD                           __smlad
+#define __SMLADX                          __smladx
+#define __SMLALD                          __smlald
+#define __SMLALDX                         __smlaldx
+#define __SMUSD                           __smusd
+#define __SMUSDX                          __smusdx
+#define __SMLSD                           __smlsd
+#define __SMLSDX                          __smlsdx
+#define __SMLSLD                          __smlsld
+#define __SMLSLDX                         __smlsldx
+#define __SEL                             __sel
+#define __QADD                            __qadd
+#define __QSUB                            __qsub
+
+#define __PKHBT(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3)          ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1))          ) & 0x0000FFFFUL) |  \
+                                           ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) << (ARG3)) & 0xFFFF0000UL)  )
+
+#define __PKHTB(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3)          ( ((((uint32_t)(ARG1))          ) & 0xFFFF0000UL) |  \
+                                           ((((uint32_t)(ARG2)) >> (ARG3)) & 0x0000FFFFUL)  )
+
+#define __SMMLA(ARG1,ARG2,ARG3)          ( (int32_t)((((int64_t)(ARG1) * (ARG2)) + \
+                                                      ((int64_t)(ARG3) << 32U)     ) >> 32U))
+
+#endif /* ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && (__ARM_ARCH_7EM__ == 1))     ) */
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SIMD_intrinsics */
+
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_ARMCC_H */

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_compiler.h

@@ -0,0 +1,266 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     cmsis_compiler.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS compiler generic header file
+ * @version  V5.0.4
+ * @date     10. January 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_COMPILER_H
+#define __CMSIS_COMPILER_H
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+/*
+ * Arm Compiler 4/5
+ */
+#if   defined ( __CC_ARM )
+  #include "cmsis_armcc.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * Arm Compiler 6 (armclang)
+ */
+#elif defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
+  #include "cmsis_armclang.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * GNU Compiler
+ */
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+  #include "cmsis_gcc.h"
+
+
+/*
+ * IAR Compiler
+ */
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #include <cmsis_iccarm.h>
+
+
+/*
+ * TI Arm Compiler
+ */
+#elif defined ( __TI_ARM__ )
+  #include <cmsis_ccs.h>
+
+  #ifndef   __ASM
+    #define __ASM                                  __asm
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __INLINE
+    #define __INLINE                               inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_INLINE
+    #define __STATIC_INLINE                        static inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_FORCEINLINE
+    #define __STATIC_FORCEINLINE                   __STATIC_INLINE
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __NO_RETURN
+    #define __NO_RETURN                            __attribute__((noreturn))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __USED
+    #define __USED                                 __attribute__((used))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __WEAK
+    #define __WEAK                                 __attribute__((weak))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED
+    #define __PACKED                               __attribute__((packed))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_STRUCT
+    #define __PACKED_STRUCT                        struct __attribute__((packed))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_UNION
+    #define __PACKED_UNION                         union __attribute__((packed))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32        /* deprecated */
+    struct __attribute__((packed)) T_UINT32 { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32(x)                  (((struct T_UINT32 *)(x))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_WRITE { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT16_WRITE *)(void*)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_READ { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT16_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_WRITE { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT32_WRITE *)(void *)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_READ { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT32_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __ALIGNED
+    #define __ALIGNED(x)                           __attribute__((aligned(x)))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __RESTRICT
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __RESTRICT. __RESTRICT is ignored.
+    #define __RESTRICT
+  #endif
+
+
+/*
+ * TASKING Compiler
+ */
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+  /*
+   * The CMSIS functions have been implemented as intrinsics in the compiler.
+   * Please use "carm -?i" to get an up to date list of all intrinsics,
+   * Including the CMSIS ones.
+   */
+
+  #ifndef   __ASM
+    #define __ASM                                  __asm
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __INLINE
+    #define __INLINE                               inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_INLINE
+    #define __STATIC_INLINE                        static inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_FORCEINLINE
+    #define __STATIC_FORCEINLINE                   __STATIC_INLINE
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __NO_RETURN
+    #define __NO_RETURN                            __attribute__((noreturn))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __USED
+    #define __USED                                 __attribute__((used))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __WEAK
+    #define __WEAK                                 __attribute__((weak))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED
+    #define __PACKED                               __packed__
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_STRUCT
+    #define __PACKED_STRUCT                        struct __packed__
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_UNION
+    #define __PACKED_UNION                         union __packed__
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32        /* deprecated */
+    struct __packed__ T_UINT32 { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32(x)                  (((struct T_UINT32 *)(x))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_WRITE { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT16_WRITE *)(void *)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_READ { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT16_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_WRITE { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT32_WRITE *)(void *)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_READ { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT32_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __ALIGNED
+    #define __ALIGNED(x)              __align(x)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __RESTRICT
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __RESTRICT. __RESTRICT is ignored.
+    #define __RESTRICT
+  #endif
+
+
+/*
+ * COSMIC Compiler
+ */
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
+   #include <cmsis_csm.h>
+
+ #ifndef   __ASM
+    #define __ASM                                  _asm
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __INLINE
+    #define __INLINE                               inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_INLINE
+    #define __STATIC_INLINE                        static inline
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __STATIC_FORCEINLINE
+    #define __STATIC_FORCEINLINE                   __STATIC_INLINE
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __NO_RETURN
+    // NO RETURN is automatically detected hence no warning here
+    #define __NO_RETURN
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __USED
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __USED. __USED is ignored.
+    #define __USED
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __WEAK
+    #define __WEAK                                 __weak
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED
+    #define __PACKED                               @packed
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_STRUCT
+    #define __PACKED_STRUCT                        @packed struct
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __PACKED_UNION
+    #define __PACKED_UNION                         @packed union
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32        /* deprecated */
+    @packed struct T_UINT32 { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32(x)                  (((struct T_UINT32 *)(x))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_WRITE { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT16_WRITE *)(void *)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT16_READ { uint16_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT16_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_WRITE { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(addr, val)    (void)((((struct T_UINT32_WRITE *)(void *)(addr))->v) = (val))
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ
+    __PACKED_STRUCT T_UINT32_READ { uint32_t v; };
+    #define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(addr)          (((const struct T_UINT32_READ *)(const void *)(addr))->v)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __ALIGNED
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __ALIGNED. __ALIGNED is ignored.
+    #define __ALIGNED(x)
+  #endif
+  #ifndef   __RESTRICT
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __RESTRICT. __RESTRICT is ignored.
+    #define __RESTRICT
+  #endif
+
+
+#else
+  #error Unknown compiler.
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_COMPILER_H */
+

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_iccarm.h

@@ -0,0 +1,935 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     cmsis_iccarm.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS compiler ICCARM (IAR Compiler for Arm) header file
+ * @version  V5.0.7
+ * @date     19. June 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+//
+// Copyright (c) 2017-2018 IAR Systems
+//
+// Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the "License")
+// you may not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+// You may obtain a copy of the License at
+//     http://www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+//
+// Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+// distributed under the License is distributed on an "AS IS" BASIS,
+// WITHOUT WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+// See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+// limitations under the License.
+//
+//------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_ICCARM_H__
+#define __CMSIS_ICCARM_H__
+
+#ifndef __ICCARM__
+  #error This file should only be compiled by ICCARM
+#endif
+
+#pragma system_include
+
+#define __IAR_FT _Pragma("inline=forced") __intrinsic
+
+#if (__VER__ >= 8000000)
+  #define __ICCARM_V8 1
+#else
+  #define __ICCARM_V8 0
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __ALIGNED
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __ALIGNED(x) __attribute__((aligned(x)))
+  #elif (__VER__ >= 7080000)
+    /* Needs IAR language extensions */
+    #define __ALIGNED(x) __attribute__((aligned(x)))
+  #else
+    #warning No compiler specific solution for __ALIGNED.__ALIGNED is ignored.
+    #define __ALIGNED(x)
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+/* Define compiler macros for CPU architecture, used in CMSIS 5.
+ */
+#if __ARM_ARCH_6M__ || __ARM_ARCH_7M__ || __ARM_ARCH_7EM__ || __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ || __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__
+/* Macros already defined */
+#else
+  #if defined(__ARM8M_MAINLINE__) || defined(__ARM8EM_MAINLINE__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM8M_BASELINE__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_PROFILE) && __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE == 'M'
+    #if __ARM_ARCH == 6
+      #define __ARM_ARCH_6M__ 1
+    #elif __ARM_ARCH == 7
+      #if __ARM_FEATURE_DSP
+        #define __ARM_ARCH_7EM__ 1
+      #else
+        #define __ARM_ARCH_7M__ 1
+      #endif
+    #endif /* __ARM_ARCH */
+  #endif /* __ARM_ARCH_PROFILE == 'M' */
+#endif
+
+/* Alternativ core deduction for older ICCARM's */
+#if !defined(__ARM_ARCH_6M__) && !defined(__ARM_ARCH_7M__) && !defined(__ARM_ARCH_7EM__) && \
+    !defined(__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__) && !defined(__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__)
+  #if defined(__ARM6M__) && (__CORE__ == __ARM6M__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_6M__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM7M__) && (__CORE__ == __ARM7M__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_7M__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM7EM__) && (__CORE__ == __ARM7EM__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_7EM__  1
+  #elif defined(__ARM8M_BASELINE__) && (__CORE == __ARM8M_BASELINE__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM8M_MAINLINE__) && (__CORE == __ARM8M_MAINLINE__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ 1
+  #elif defined(__ARM8EM_MAINLINE__) && (__CORE == __ARM8EM_MAINLINE__)
+    #define __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ 1
+  #else
+    #error "Unknown target."
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+
+#if defined(__ARM_ARCH_6M__) && __ARM_ARCH_6M__==1
+  #define __IAR_M0_FAMILY  1
+#elif defined(__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__) && __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__==1
+  #define __IAR_M0_FAMILY  1
+#else
+  #define __IAR_M0_FAMILY  0
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef __ASM
+  #define __ASM __asm
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __INLINE
+  #define __INLINE inline
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __NO_RETURN
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+  #else
+    #define __NO_RETURN _Pragma("object_attribute=__noreturn")
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __PACKED
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __PACKED __attribute__((packed, aligned(1)))
+  #else
+    /* Needs IAR language extensions */
+    #define __PACKED __packed
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __PACKED_STRUCT
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __PACKED_STRUCT struct __attribute__((packed, aligned(1)))
+  #else
+    /* Needs IAR language extensions */
+    #define __PACKED_STRUCT __packed struct
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __PACKED_UNION
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __PACKED_UNION union __attribute__((packed, aligned(1)))
+  #else
+    /* Needs IAR language extensions */
+    #define __PACKED_UNION __packed union
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __RESTRICT
+  #define __RESTRICT            __restrict
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __STATIC_INLINE
+  #define __STATIC_INLINE       static inline
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __FORCEINLINE
+  #define __FORCEINLINE         _Pragma("inline=forced")
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __STATIC_FORCEINLINE
+  #define __STATIC_FORCEINLINE  __FORCEINLINE __STATIC_INLINE
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ
+#pragma language=save
+#pragma language=extended
+__IAR_FT uint16_t __iar_uint16_read(void const *ptr)
+{
+  return *(__packed uint16_t*)(ptr);
+}
+#pragma language=restore
+#define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_READ(PTR) __iar_uint16_read(PTR)
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE
+#pragma language=save
+#pragma language=extended
+__IAR_FT void __iar_uint16_write(void const *ptr, uint16_t val)
+{
+  *(__packed uint16_t*)(ptr) = val;;
+}
+#pragma language=restore
+#define __UNALIGNED_UINT16_WRITE(PTR,VAL) __iar_uint16_write(PTR,VAL)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ
+#pragma language=save
+#pragma language=extended
+__IAR_FT uint32_t __iar_uint32_read(void const *ptr)
+{
+  return *(__packed uint32_t*)(ptr);
+}
+#pragma language=restore
+#define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_READ(PTR) __iar_uint32_read(PTR)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE
+#pragma language=save
+#pragma language=extended
+__IAR_FT void __iar_uint32_write(void const *ptr, uint32_t val)
+{
+  *(__packed uint32_t*)(ptr) = val;;
+}
+#pragma language=restore
+#define __UNALIGNED_UINT32_WRITE(PTR,VAL) __iar_uint32_write(PTR,VAL)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __UNALIGNED_UINT32   /* deprecated */
+#pragma language=save
+#pragma language=extended
+__packed struct  __iar_u32 { uint32_t v; };
+#pragma language=restore
+#define __UNALIGNED_UINT32(PTR) (((struct __iar_u32 *)(PTR))->v)
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __USED
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __USED __attribute__((used))
+  #else
+    #define __USED _Pragma("__root")
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifndef   __WEAK
+  #if __ICCARM_V8
+    #define __WEAK __attribute__((weak))
+  #else
+    #define __WEAK _Pragma("__weak")
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+
+#ifndef __ICCARM_INTRINSICS_VERSION__
+  #define __ICCARM_INTRINSICS_VERSION__  0
+#endif
+
+#if __ICCARM_INTRINSICS_VERSION__ == 2
+
+  #if defined(__CLZ)
+    #undef __CLZ
+  #endif
+  #if defined(__REVSH)
+    #undef __REVSH
+  #endif
+  #if defined(__RBIT)
+    #undef __RBIT
+  #endif
+  #if defined(__SSAT)
+    #undef __SSAT
+  #endif
+  #if defined(__USAT)
+    #undef __USAT
+  #endif
+
+  #include "iccarm_builtin.h"
+
+  #define __disable_fault_irq __iar_builtin_disable_fiq
+  #define __disable_irq       __iar_builtin_disable_interrupt
+  #define __enable_fault_irq  __iar_builtin_enable_fiq
+  #define __enable_irq        __iar_builtin_enable_interrupt
+  #define __arm_rsr           __iar_builtin_rsr
+  #define __arm_wsr           __iar_builtin_wsr
+
+
+  #define __get_APSR()                (__arm_rsr("APSR"))
+  #define __get_BASEPRI()             (__arm_rsr("BASEPRI"))
+  #define __get_CONTROL()             (__arm_rsr("CONTROL"))
+  #define __get_FAULTMASK()           (__arm_rsr("FAULTMASK"))
+
+  #if ((defined (__FPU_PRESENT) && (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U)) && \
+       (defined (__FPU_USED   ) && (__FPU_USED    == 1U))     )
+    #define __get_FPSCR()             (__arm_rsr("FPSCR"))
+    #define __set_FPSCR(VALUE)        (__arm_wsr("FPSCR", (VALUE)))
+  #else
+    #define __get_FPSCR()             ( 0 )
+    #define __set_FPSCR(VALUE)        ((void)VALUE)
+  #endif
+
+  #define __get_IPSR()                (__arm_rsr("IPSR"))
+  #define __get_MSP()                 (__arm_rsr("MSP"))
+  #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+       (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE < 3)))
+    // without main extensions, the non-secure MSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+    #define __get_MSPLIM()            (0U)
+  #else
+    #define __get_MSPLIM()            (__arm_rsr("MSPLIM"))
+  #endif
+  #define __get_PRIMASK()             (__arm_rsr("PRIMASK"))
+  #define __get_PSP()                 (__arm_rsr("PSP"))
+
+  #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+       (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE < 3)))
+    // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+    #define __get_PSPLIM()            (0U)
+  #else
+    #define __get_PSPLIM()            (__arm_rsr("PSPLIM"))
+  #endif
+
+  #define __get_xPSR()                (__arm_rsr("xPSR"))
+
+  #define __set_BASEPRI(VALUE)        (__arm_wsr("BASEPRI", (VALUE)))
+  #define __set_BASEPRI_MAX(VALUE)    (__arm_wsr("BASEPRI_MAX", (VALUE)))
+  #define __set_CONTROL(VALUE)        (__arm_wsr("CONTROL", (VALUE)))
+  #define __set_FAULTMASK(VALUE)      (__arm_wsr("FAULTMASK", (VALUE)))
+  #define __set_MSP(VALUE)            (__arm_wsr("MSP", (VALUE)))
+
+  #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+       (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE < 3)))
+    // without main extensions, the non-secure MSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+    #define __set_MSPLIM(VALUE)       ((void)(VALUE))
+  #else
+    #define __set_MSPLIM(VALUE)       (__arm_wsr("MSPLIM", (VALUE)))
+  #endif
+  #define __set_PRIMASK(VALUE)        (__arm_wsr("PRIMASK", (VALUE)))
+  #define __set_PSP(VALUE)            (__arm_wsr("PSP", (VALUE)))
+  #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+       (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE < 3)))
+    // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+    #define __set_PSPLIM(VALUE)       ((void)(VALUE))
+  #else
+    #define __set_PSPLIM(VALUE)       (__arm_wsr("PSPLIM", (VALUE)))
+  #endif
+
+  #define __TZ_get_CONTROL_NS()       (__arm_rsr("CONTROL_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_CONTROL_NS(VALUE)  (__arm_wsr("CONTROL_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_PSP_NS()           (__arm_rsr("PSP_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_PSP_NS(VALUE)      (__arm_wsr("PSP_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_MSP_NS()           (__arm_rsr("MSP_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_MSP_NS(VALUE)      (__arm_wsr("MSP_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_SP_NS()            (__arm_rsr("SP_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_SP_NS(VALUE)       (__arm_wsr("SP_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_PRIMASK_NS()       (__arm_rsr("PRIMASK_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_PRIMASK_NS(VALUE)  (__arm_wsr("PRIMASK_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_BASEPRI_NS()       (__arm_rsr("BASEPRI_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_BASEPRI_NS(VALUE)  (__arm_wsr("BASEPRI_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #define __TZ_get_FAULTMASK_NS()     (__arm_rsr("FAULTMASK_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_FAULTMASK_NS(VALUE)(__arm_wsr("FAULTMASK_NS", (VALUE)))
+
+  #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+       (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE < 3)))
+    // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+    #define __TZ_get_PSPLIM_NS()      (0U)
+    #define __TZ_set_PSPLIM_NS(VALUE) ((void)(VALUE))
+  #else
+    #define __TZ_get_PSPLIM_NS()      (__arm_rsr("PSPLIM_NS"))
+    #define __TZ_set_PSPLIM_NS(VALUE) (__arm_wsr("PSPLIM_NS", (VALUE)))
+  #endif
+
+  #define __TZ_get_MSPLIM_NS()        (__arm_rsr("MSPLIM_NS"))
+  #define __TZ_set_MSPLIM_NS(VALUE)   (__arm_wsr("MSPLIM_NS", (VALUE)))
+
+  #define __NOP     __iar_builtin_no_operation
+
+  #define __CLZ     __iar_builtin_CLZ
+  #define __CLREX   __iar_builtin_CLREX
+
+  #define __DMB     __iar_builtin_DMB
+  #define __DSB     __iar_builtin_DSB
+  #define __ISB     __iar_builtin_ISB
+
+  #define __LDREXB  __iar_builtin_LDREXB
+  #define __LDREXH  __iar_builtin_LDREXH
+  #define __LDREXW  __iar_builtin_LDREX
+
+  #define __RBIT    __iar_builtin_RBIT
+  #define __REV     __iar_builtin_REV
+  #define __REV16   __iar_builtin_REV16
+
+  __IAR_FT int16_t __REVSH(int16_t val)
+  {
+    return (int16_t) __iar_builtin_REVSH(val);
+  }
+
+  #define __ROR     __iar_builtin_ROR
+  #define __RRX     __iar_builtin_RRX
+
+  #define __SEV     __iar_builtin_SEV
+
+  #if !__IAR_M0_FAMILY
+    #define __SSAT    __iar_builtin_SSAT
+  #endif
+
+  #define __STREXB  __iar_builtin_STREXB
+  #define __STREXH  __iar_builtin_STREXH
+  #define __STREXW  __iar_builtin_STREX
+
+  #if !__IAR_M0_FAMILY
+    #define __USAT    __iar_builtin_USAT
+  #endif
+
+  #define __WFE     __iar_builtin_WFE
+  #define __WFI     __iar_builtin_WFI
+
+  #if __ARM_MEDIA__
+    #define __SADD8   __iar_builtin_SADD8
+    #define __QADD8   __iar_builtin_QADD8
+    #define __SHADD8  __iar_builtin_SHADD8
+    #define __UADD8   __iar_builtin_UADD8
+    #define __UQADD8  __iar_builtin_UQADD8
+    #define __UHADD8  __iar_builtin_UHADD8
+    #define __SSUB8   __iar_builtin_SSUB8
+    #define __QSUB8   __iar_builtin_QSUB8
+    #define __SHSUB8  __iar_builtin_SHSUB8
+    #define __USUB8   __iar_builtin_USUB8
+    #define __UQSUB8  __iar_builtin_UQSUB8
+    #define __UHSUB8  __iar_builtin_UHSUB8
+    #define __SADD16  __iar_builtin_SADD16
+    #define __QADD16  __iar_builtin_QADD16
+    #define __SHADD16 __iar_builtin_SHADD16
+    #define __UADD16  __iar_builtin_UADD16
+    #define __UQADD16 __iar_builtin_UQADD16
+    #define __UHADD16 __iar_builtin_UHADD16
+    #define __SSUB16  __iar_builtin_SSUB16
+    #define __QSUB16  __iar_builtin_QSUB16
+    #define __SHSUB16 __iar_builtin_SHSUB16
+    #define __USUB16  __iar_builtin_USUB16
+    #define __UQSUB16 __iar_builtin_UQSUB16
+    #define __UHSUB16 __iar_builtin_UHSUB16
+    #define __SASX    __iar_builtin_SASX
+    #define __QASX    __iar_builtin_QASX
+    #define __SHASX   __iar_builtin_SHASX
+    #define __UASX    __iar_builtin_UASX
+    #define __UQASX   __iar_builtin_UQASX
+    #define __UHASX   __iar_builtin_UHASX
+    #define __SSAX    __iar_builtin_SSAX
+    #define __QSAX    __iar_builtin_QSAX
+    #define __SHSAX   __iar_builtin_SHSAX
+    #define __USAX    __iar_builtin_USAX
+    #define __UQSAX   __iar_builtin_UQSAX
+    #define __UHSAX   __iar_builtin_UHSAX
+    #define __USAD8   __iar_builtin_USAD8
+    #define __USADA8  __iar_builtin_USADA8
+    #define __SSAT16  __iar_builtin_SSAT16
+    #define __USAT16  __iar_builtin_USAT16
+    #define __UXTB16  __iar_builtin_UXTB16
+    #define __UXTAB16 __iar_builtin_UXTAB16
+    #define __SXTB16  __iar_builtin_SXTB16
+    #define __SXTAB16 __iar_builtin_SXTAB16
+    #define __SMUAD   __iar_builtin_SMUAD
+    #define __SMUADX  __iar_builtin_SMUADX
+    #define __SMMLA   __iar_builtin_SMMLA
+    #define __SMLAD   __iar_builtin_SMLAD
+    #define __SMLADX  __iar_builtin_SMLADX
+    #define __SMLALD  __iar_builtin_SMLALD
+    #define __SMLALDX __iar_builtin_SMLALDX
+    #define __SMUSD   __iar_builtin_SMUSD
+    #define __SMUSDX  __iar_builtin_SMUSDX
+    #define __SMLSD   __iar_builtin_SMLSD
+    #define __SMLSDX  __iar_builtin_SMLSDX
+    #define __SMLSLD  __iar_builtin_SMLSLD
+    #define __SMLSLDX __iar_builtin_SMLSLDX
+    #define __SEL     __iar_builtin_SEL
+    #define __QADD    __iar_builtin_QADD
+    #define __QSUB    __iar_builtin_QSUB
+    #define __PKHBT   __iar_builtin_PKHBT
+    #define __PKHTB   __iar_builtin_PKHTB
+  #endif
+
+#else /* __ICCARM_INTRINSICS_VERSION__ == 2 */
+
+  #if __IAR_M0_FAMILY
+   /* Avoid clash between intrinsics.h and arm_math.h when compiling for Cortex-M0. */
+    #define __CLZ  __cmsis_iar_clz_not_active
+    #define __SSAT __cmsis_iar_ssat_not_active
+    #define __USAT __cmsis_iar_usat_not_active
+    #define __RBIT __cmsis_iar_rbit_not_active
+    #define __get_APSR  __cmsis_iar_get_APSR_not_active
+  #endif
+
+
+  #if (!((defined (__FPU_PRESENT) && (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U)) && \
+         (defined (__FPU_USED   ) && (__FPU_USED    == 1U))     ))
+    #define __get_FPSCR __cmsis_iar_get_FPSR_not_active
+    #define __set_FPSCR __cmsis_iar_set_FPSR_not_active
+  #endif
+
+  #ifdef __INTRINSICS_INCLUDED
+  #error intrinsics.h is already included previously!
+  #endif
+
+  #include <intrinsics.h>
+
+  #if __IAR_M0_FAMILY
+   /* Avoid clash between intrinsics.h and arm_math.h when compiling for Cortex-M0. */
+    #undef __CLZ
+    #undef __SSAT
+    #undef __USAT
+    #undef __RBIT
+    #undef __get_APSR
+
+    __STATIC_INLINE uint8_t __CLZ(uint32_t data)
+    {
+      if (data == 0U) { return 32U; }
+
+      uint32_t count = 0U;
+      uint32_t mask = 0x80000000U;
+
+      while ((data & mask) == 0U)
+      {
+        count += 1U;
+        mask = mask >> 1U;
+      }
+      return count;
+    }
+
+    __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __RBIT(uint32_t v)
+    {
+      uint8_t sc = 31U;
+      uint32_t r = v;
+      for (v >>= 1U; v; v >>= 1U)
+      {
+        r <<= 1U;
+        r |= v & 1U;
+        sc--;
+      }
+      return (r << sc);
+    }
+
+    __STATIC_INLINE  uint32_t __get_APSR(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm("MRS      %0,APSR" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+  #endif
+
+  #if (!((defined (__FPU_PRESENT) && (__FPU_PRESENT == 1U)) && \
+         (defined (__FPU_USED   ) && (__FPU_USED    == 1U))     ))
+    #undef __get_FPSCR
+    #undef __set_FPSCR
+    #define __get_FPSCR()       (0)
+    #define __set_FPSCR(VALUE)  ((void)VALUE)
+  #endif
+
+  #pragma diag_suppress=Pe940
+  #pragma diag_suppress=Pe177
+
+  #define __enable_irq    __enable_interrupt
+  #define __disable_irq   __disable_interrupt
+  #define __NOP           __no_operation
+
+  #define __get_xPSR      __get_PSR
+
+  #if (!defined(__ARM_ARCH_6M__) || __ARM_ARCH_6M__==0)
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t __LDREXW(uint32_t volatile *ptr)
+    {
+      return __LDREX((unsigned long *)ptr);
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t __STREXW(uint32_t value, uint32_t volatile *ptr)
+    {
+      return __STREX(value, (unsigned long *)ptr);
+    }
+  #endif
+
+
+  /* __CORTEX_M is defined in core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h and core_cm4.h. */
+  #if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t __RRX(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      uint32_t result;
+      __ASM("RRX      %0, %1" : "=r"(result) : "r" (value) : "cc");
+      return(result);
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void __set_BASEPRI_MAX(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      BASEPRI_MAX,%0"::"r" (value));
+    }
+
+
+    #define __enable_fault_irq  __enable_fiq
+    #define __disable_fault_irq __disable_fiq
+
+
+  #endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __ROR(uint32_t op1, uint32_t op2)
+  {
+    return (op1 >> op2) | (op1 << ((sizeof(op1)*8)-op2));
+  }
+
+  #if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) || \
+       (defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ == 1))    )
+
+   __IAR_FT uint32_t __get_MSPLIM(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure MSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      res = 0U;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,MSPLIM" : "=r" (res));
+    #endif
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __set_MSPLIM(uint32_t value)
+    {
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure MSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      (void)value;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MSR      MSPLIM,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    #endif
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t __get_PSPLIM(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      res = 0U;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,PSPLIM" : "=r" (res));
+    #endif
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __set_PSPLIM(uint32_t value)
+    {
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      (void)value;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MSR      PSPLIM,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    #endif
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t __TZ_get_CONTROL_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,CONTROL_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_CONTROL_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      CONTROL_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_PSP_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,PSP_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_PSP_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      PSP_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_MSP_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,MSP_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_MSP_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      MSP_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_SP_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,SP_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_SP_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      SP_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_PRIMASK_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,PRIMASK_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_PRIMASK_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      PRIMASK_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_BASEPRI_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,BASEPRI_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_BASEPRI_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      BASEPRI_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_FAULTMASK_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,FAULTMASK_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_FAULTMASK_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      FAULTMASK_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_PSPLIM_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      res = 0U;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,PSPLIM_NS" : "=r" (res));
+    #endif
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_PSPLIM_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+    #if (!(defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) && \
+         (!defined (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE  ) || (__ARM_FEATURE_CMSE   < 3)))
+      // without main extensions, the non-secure PSPLIM is RAZ/WI
+      (void)value;
+    #else
+      __asm volatile("MSR      PSPLIM_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    #endif
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT uint32_t   __TZ_get_MSPLIM_NS(void)
+    {
+      uint32_t res;
+      __asm volatile("MRS      %0,MSPLIM_NS" : "=r" (res));
+      return res;
+    }
+
+    __IAR_FT void   __TZ_set_MSPLIM_NS(uint32_t value)
+    {
+      __asm volatile("MSR      MSPLIM_NS,%0" :: "r" (value));
+    }
+
+  #endif /* __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ or __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ */
+
+#endif   /* __ICCARM_INTRINSICS_VERSION__ == 2 */
+
+#define __BKPT(value)    __asm volatile ("BKPT     %0" : : "i"(value))
+
+#if __IAR_M0_FAMILY
+  __STATIC_INLINE int32_t __SSAT(int32_t val, uint32_t sat)
+  {
+    if ((sat >= 1U) && (sat <= 32U))
+    {
+      const int32_t max = (int32_t)((1U << (sat - 1U)) - 1U);
+      const int32_t min = -1 - max ;
+      if (val > max)
+      {
+        return max;
+      }
+      else if (val < min)
+      {
+        return min;
+      }
+    }
+    return val;
+  }
+
+  __STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __USAT(int32_t val, uint32_t sat)
+  {
+    if (sat <= 31U)
+    {
+      const uint32_t max = ((1U << sat) - 1U);
+      if (val > (int32_t)max)
+      {
+        return max;
+      }
+      else if (val < 0)
+      {
+        return 0U;
+      }
+    }
+    return (uint32_t)val;
+  }
+#endif
+
+#if (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03)   /* __CORTEX_M is defined in core_cm0.h, core_cm3.h and core_cm4.h. */
+
+  __IAR_FT uint8_t __LDRBT(volatile uint8_t *addr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM("LDRBT %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (addr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint8_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint16_t __LDRHT(volatile uint16_t *addr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM("LDRHT %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (addr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint16_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __LDRT(volatile uint32_t *addr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM("LDRT %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (addr) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STRBT(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *addr)
+  {
+    __ASM("STRBT %1, [%0]" : : "r" (addr), "r" ((uint32_t)value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STRHT(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *addr)
+  {
+    __ASM("STRHT %1, [%0]" : : "r" (addr), "r" ((uint32_t)value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STRT(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *addr)
+  {
+    __ASM("STRT %1, [%0]" : : "r" (addr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+#endif /* (__CORTEX_M >= 0x03) */
+
+#if ((defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ == 1)) || \
+     (defined (__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ ) && (__ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ == 1))    )
+
+
+  __IAR_FT uint8_t __LDAB(volatile uint8_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDAB %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint8_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint16_t __LDAH(volatile uint16_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDAH %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint16_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __LDA(volatile uint32_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDA %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STLB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *ptr)
+  {
+    __ASM volatile ("STLB %1, [%0]" :: "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STLH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *ptr)
+  {
+    __ASM volatile ("STLH %1, [%0]" :: "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT void __STL(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *ptr)
+  {
+    __ASM volatile ("STL %1, [%0]" :: "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint8_t __LDAEXB(volatile uint8_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDAEXB %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint8_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint16_t __LDAEXH(volatile uint16_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDAEXH %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return ((uint16_t)res);
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __LDAEX(volatile uint32_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("LDAEX %0, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __STLEXB(uint8_t value, volatile uint8_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("STLEXB %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __STLEXH(uint16_t value, volatile uint16_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("STLEXH %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+  __IAR_FT uint32_t __STLEX(uint32_t value, volatile uint32_t *ptr)
+  {
+    uint32_t res;
+    __ASM volatile ("STLEX %0, %2, [%1]" : "=r" (res) : "r" (ptr), "r" (value) : "memory");
+    return res;
+  }
+
+#endif /* __ARM_ARCH_8M_MAIN__ or __ARM_ARCH_8M_BASE__ */
+
+#undef __IAR_FT
+#undef __IAR_M0_FAMILY
+#undef __ICCARM_V8
+
+#pragma diag_default=Pe940
+#pragma diag_default=Pe177
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_ICCARM_H__ */

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/cmsis_version.h

@@ -0,0 +1,39 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     cmsis_version.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS Core(M) Version definitions
+ * @version  V5.0.2
+ * @date     19. April 2017
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2017 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header   /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_VERSION_H
+#define __CMSIS_VERSION_H
+
+/*  CMSIS Version definitions */
+#define __CM_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN  ( 5U)                                      /*!< [31:16] CMSIS Core(M) main version */
+#define __CM_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB   ( 1U)                                      /*!< [15:0]  CMSIS Core(M) sub version */
+#define __CM_CMSIS_VERSION       ((__CM_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
+                                   __CM_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB           )       /*!< CMSIS Core(M) version number */
+#endif

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm0.h

@@ -0,0 +1,949 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     core_cm0.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS Cortex-M0 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
+ * @version  V5.0.5
+ * @date     28. May 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header   /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC
+#define __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+  \page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions  MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
+  CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
+
+   \li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.<br>
+     Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
+
+   \li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.<br>
+     Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
+
+   \li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.<br>
+     Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
+ */
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                 CMSIS definitions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \ingroup Cortex_M0
+  @{
+ */
+
+#include "cmsis_version.h"
+ 
+/*  CMSIS CM0 definitions */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN  (__CM_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN)              /*!< \deprecated [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB   (__CM_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)               /*!< \deprecated [15:0]  CMSIS HAL sub version */
+#define __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION       ((__CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
+                                    __CM0_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB           )  /*!< \deprecated CMSIS HAL version number */
+
+#define __CORTEX_M                (0U)                                   /*!< Cortex-M Core */
+
+/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
+    This core does not support an FPU at all
+*/
+#define __FPU_USED       0U
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+  #if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
+  #if defined __ARM_PCS_VFP
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+  #if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #if defined __ARMVFP__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TI_ARM__ )
+  #if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+  #if defined __FPU_VFP__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
+  #if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400U)
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#include "cmsis_compiler.h"               /* CMSIS compiler specific defines */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM0_H_GENERIC */
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT
+#define __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* check device defines and use defaults */
+#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
+  #ifndef __CM0_REV
+    #define __CM0_REV               0x0000U
+    #warning "__CM0_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+
+  #ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+    #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS          2U
+    #warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+
+  #ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
+    #define __Vendor_SysTickConfig    0U
+    #warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
+/**
+    \defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
+
+    <strong>IO Type Qualifiers</strong> are used
+    \li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
+    \li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  #define   __I     volatile             /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#else
+  #define   __I     volatile const       /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#endif
+#define     __O     volatile             /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
+#define     __IO    volatile             /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
+
+/* following defines should be used for structure members */
+#define     __IM     volatile const      /*! Defines 'read only' structure member permissions */
+#define     __OM     volatile            /*! Defines 'write only' structure member permissions */
+#define     __IOM    volatile            /*! Defines 'read / write' structure member permissions */
+
+/*@} end of group Cortex_M0 */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                 Register Abstraction
+  Core Register contain:
+  - Core Register
+  - Core NVIC Register
+  - Core SCB Register
+  - Core SysTick Register
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
+  \brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
+*/
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_CORE  Status and Control Registers
+  \brief      Core Register type definitions.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t _reserved0:28;              /*!< bit:  0..27  Reserved */
+    uint32_t V:1;                        /*!< bit:     28  Overflow condition code flag */
+    uint32_t C:1;                        /*!< bit:     29  Carry condition code flag */
+    uint32_t Z:1;                        /*!< bit:     30  Zero condition code flag */
+    uint32_t N:1;                        /*!< bit:     31  Negative condition code flag */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} APSR_Type;
+
+/* APSR Register Definitions */
+#define APSR_N_Pos                         31U                                            /*!< APSR: N Position */
+#define APSR_N_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_N_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: N Mask */
+
+#define APSR_Z_Pos                         30U                                            /*!< APSR: Z Position */
+#define APSR_Z_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_Z_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: Z Mask */
+
+#define APSR_C_Pos                         29U                                            /*!< APSR: C Position */
+#define APSR_C_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_C_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: C Mask */
+
+#define APSR_V_Pos                         28U                                            /*!< APSR: V Position */
+#define APSR_V_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_V_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: V Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t ISR:9;                      /*!< bit:  0.. 8  Exception number */
+    uint32_t _reserved0:23;              /*!< bit:  9..31  Reserved */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} IPSR_Type;
+
+/* IPSR Register Definitions */
+#define IPSR_ISR_Pos                        0U                                            /*!< IPSR: ISR Position */
+#define IPSR_ISR_Msk                       (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/)                  /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t ISR:9;                      /*!< bit:  0.. 8  Exception number */
+    uint32_t _reserved0:15;              /*!< bit:  9..23  Reserved */
+    uint32_t T:1;                        /*!< bit:     24  Thumb bit        (read 0) */
+    uint32_t _reserved1:3;               /*!< bit: 25..27  Reserved */
+    uint32_t V:1;                        /*!< bit:     28  Overflow condition code flag */
+    uint32_t C:1;                        /*!< bit:     29  Carry condition code flag */
+    uint32_t Z:1;                        /*!< bit:     30  Zero condition code flag */
+    uint32_t N:1;                        /*!< bit:     31  Negative condition code flag */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} xPSR_Type;
+
+/* xPSR Register Definitions */
+#define xPSR_N_Pos                         31U                                            /*!< xPSR: N Position */
+#define xPSR_N_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_N_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: N Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_Z_Pos                         30U                                            /*!< xPSR: Z Position */
+#define xPSR_Z_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_Z_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: Z Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_C_Pos                         29U                                            /*!< xPSR: C Position */
+#define xPSR_C_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_C_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: C Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_V_Pos                         28U                                            /*!< xPSR: V Position */
+#define xPSR_V_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_V_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: V Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_T_Pos                         24U                                            /*!< xPSR: T Position */
+#define xPSR_T_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_T_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: T Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_ISR_Pos                        0U                                            /*!< xPSR: ISR Position */
+#define xPSR_ISR_Msk                       (0x1FFUL /*<< xPSR_ISR_Pos*/)                  /*!< xPSR: ISR Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t _reserved0:1;               /*!< bit:      0  Reserved */
+    uint32_t SPSEL:1;                    /*!< bit:      1  Stack to be used */
+    uint32_t _reserved1:30;              /*!< bit:  2..31  Reserved */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} CONTROL_Type;
+
+/* CONTROL Register Definitions */
+#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos                   1U                                            /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Position */
+#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Msk                  (1UL << CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos)                     /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_NVIC  Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
+  \brief      Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IOM uint32_t ISER[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W)  Interrupt Set Enable Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED0[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ICER[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W)  Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
+        uint32_t RSERVED1[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ISPR[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W)  Interrupt Set Pending Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED2[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ICPR[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W)  Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED3[31U];
+        uint32_t RESERVED4[64U];
+  __IOM uint32_t IP[8U];                 /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W)  Interrupt Priority Register */
+}  NVIC_Type;
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_SCB     System Control Block (SCB)
+  \brief    Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IM  uint32_t CPUID;                  /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ )  CPUID Base Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t ICSR;                   /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W)  Interrupt Control and State Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED0;
+  __IOM uint32_t AIRCR;                  /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W)  Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t SCR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W)  System Control Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t CCR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W)  Configuration Control Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED1;
+  __IOM uint32_t SHP[2U];                /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W)  System Handlers Priority Registers. [0] is RESERVED */
+  __IOM uint32_t SHCSR;                  /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W)  System Handler Control and State Register */
+} SCB_Type;
+
+/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos          24U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk          (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos)          /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos              20U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk              (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos)               /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos         16U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk         (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos)          /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos                4U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk               (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos)              /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos              0U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk             (0xFUL /*<< SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos*/)          /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
+
+/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos            31U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos             28U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos             27U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos             26U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos             25U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos            23U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos            22U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos           12U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk           (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos)          /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk            (0x1FFUL /*<< SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos*/)       /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos              16U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk              (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos)            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos          16U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk          (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos)        /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos            15U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk            (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos)               /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos           2U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk          (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos)             /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos         1U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk        (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos)           /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos               4U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk              (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos)                 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos               2U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk              (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos)                 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos             1U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk            (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos)               /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos                9U                                            /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk               (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos)                  /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos             3U                                            /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk            (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos)               /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos         15U                                            /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk         (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos)            /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick     System Tick Timer (SysTick)
+  \brief    Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IOM uint32_t CTRL;                   /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W)  SysTick Control and Status Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t LOAD;                   /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W)  SysTick Reload Value Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t VAL;                    /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W)  SysTick Current Value Register */
+  __IM  uint32_t CALIB;                  /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ )  SysTick Calibration Register */
+} SysTick_Type;
+
+/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos         16U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk         (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos          2U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk         (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos            1U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk           (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos)              /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk            (1UL /*<< SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/)           /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos            31U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk            (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos)               /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos             30U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk             (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos)                /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug       Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
+  \brief    Cortex-M0 Core Debug Registers (DCB registers, SHCSR, and DFSR) are only accessible over DAP and not via processor.
+            Therefore they are not covered by the Cortex-M0 header file.
+  @{
+ */
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_core_bitfield     Core register bit field macros
+  \brief      Macros for use with bit field definitions (xxx_Pos, xxx_Msk).
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief   Mask and shift a bit field value for use in a register bit range.
+  \param[in] field  Name of the register bit field.
+  \param[in] value  Value of the bit field. This parameter is interpreted as an uint32_t type.
+  \return           Masked and shifted value.
+*/
+#define _VAL2FLD(field, value)    (((uint32_t)(value) << field ## _Pos) & field ## _Msk)
+
+/**
+  \brief     Mask and shift a register value to extract a bit filed value.
+  \param[in] field  Name of the register bit field.
+  \param[in] value  Value of register. This parameter is interpreted as an uint32_t type.
+  \return           Masked and shifted bit field value.
+*/
+#define _FLD2VAL(field, value)    (((uint32_t)(value) & field ## _Msk) >> field ## _Pos)
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_bitfield */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_core_base     Core Definitions
+  \brief      Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/* Memory mapping of Core Hardware */
+#define SCS_BASE            (0xE000E000UL)                            /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
+#define SysTick_BASE        (SCS_BASE +  0x0010UL)                    /*!< SysTick Base Address */
+#define NVIC_BASE           (SCS_BASE +  0x0100UL)                    /*!< NVIC Base Address */
+#define SCB_BASE            (SCS_BASE +  0x0D00UL)                    /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
+
+#define SCB                 ((SCB_Type       *)     SCB_BASE      )   /*!< SCB configuration struct */
+#define SysTick             ((SysTick_Type   *)     SysTick_BASE  )   /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
+#define NVIC                ((NVIC_Type      *)     NVIC_BASE     )   /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
+
+
+/*@} */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                Hardware Abstraction Layer
+  Core Function Interface contains:
+  - Core NVIC Functions
+  - Core SysTick Functions
+  - Core Register Access Functions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
+*/
+
+
+
+/* ##########################   NVIC functions  #################################### */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
+  \brief    Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
+  @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL
+  #ifndef CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+    #define CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE "cmsis_nvic_virtual.h"
+  #endif
+  #include CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+#else
+  #define NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping    __NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
+  #define NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping    __NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
+  #define NVIC_EnableIRQ              __NVIC_EnableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_GetEnableIRQ           __NVIC_GetEnableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_DisableIRQ             __NVIC_DisableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_GetPendingIRQ          __NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
+  #define NVIC_SetPendingIRQ          __NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
+  #define NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ        __NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
+/*#define NVIC_GetActive              __NVIC_GetActive             not available for Cortex-M0 */
+  #define NVIC_SetPriority            __NVIC_SetPriority
+  #define NVIC_GetPriority            __NVIC_GetPriority
+  #define NVIC_SystemReset            __NVIC_SystemReset
+#endif /* CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL */
+
+#ifdef CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL
+  #ifndef CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+    #define CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE "cmsis_vectab_virtual.h"
+  #endif
+  #include CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+#else
+  #define NVIC_SetVector              __NVIC_SetVector
+  #define NVIC_GetVector              __NVIC_GetVector
+#endif  /* (CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL) */
+
+#define NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET          16
+
+
+/* The following EXC_RETURN values are saved the LR on exception entry */
+#define EXC_RETURN_HANDLER         (0xFFFFFFF1UL)     /* return to Handler mode, uses MSP after return                               */
+#define EXC_RETURN_THREAD_MSP      (0xFFFFFFF9UL)     /* return to Thread mode, uses MSP after return                                */
+#define EXC_RETURN_THREAD_PSP      (0xFFFFFFFDUL)     /* return to Thread mode, uses PSP after return                                */
+
+
+/* Interrupt Priorities are WORD accessible only under Armv6-M                  */
+/* The following MACROS handle generation of the register offset and byte masks */
+#define _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)         (  ((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn))         )      &  0x03UL) * 8UL)
+#define _SHP_IDX(IRQn)           ( (((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) & 0x0FUL)-8UL) >>    2UL)      )
+#define _IP_IDX(IRQn)            (   (((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn))                >>    2UL)      )
+
+#define __NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(X) (void)(X)
+#define __NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping()  (0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   Enable Interrupt
+  \details Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ISER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Enable status
+  \details Returns a device specific interrupt enable status from the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \return             0  Interrupt is not enabled.
+  \return             1  Interrupt is enabled.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetEnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISER[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return(0U);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Disable Interrupt
+  \details Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ICER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+    __DSB();
+    __ISB();
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Pending Interrupt
+  \details Reads the NVIC pending register and returns the pending bit for the specified device specific interrupt.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \return             0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  \return             1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISPR[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return(0U);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Pending Interrupt
+  \details Sets the pending bit of a device specific interrupt in the NVIC pending register.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ISPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Clear Pending Interrupt
+  \details Clears the pending bit of a device specific interrupt in the NVIC pending register.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ICPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Interrupt Priority
+  \details Sets the priority of a device specific interrupt or a processor exception.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Interrupt number.
+  \param [in]  priority  Priority to set.
+  \note    The priority cannot be set for every processor exception.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)]  = ((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)]  & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
+       (((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
+       (((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Priority
+  \details Reads the priority of a device specific interrupt or a processor exception.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]   IRQn  Interrupt number.
+  \return             Interrupt Priority.
+                      Value is aligned automatically to the implemented priority bits of the microcontroller.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->IP[ _IP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Encode Priority
+  \details Encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group,
+           preemptive priority value, and subpriority value.
+           In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+           priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the smallest possible priority group is set.
+  \param [in]     PriorityGroup  Used priority group.
+  \param [in]   PreemptPriority  Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  \param [in]       SubPriority  Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  \return                        Encoded priority. Value can be used in the function \ref NVIC_SetPriority().
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07UL);   /* only values 0..7 are used          */
+  uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+  uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+  PreemptPriorityBits = ((7UL - PriorityGroupTmp) > (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) ? (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) : (uint32_t)(7UL - PriorityGroupTmp);
+  SubPriorityBits     = ((PriorityGroupTmp + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) < (uint32_t)7UL) ? (uint32_t)0UL : (uint32_t)((PriorityGroupTmp - 7UL) + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS));
+
+  return (
+           ((PreemptPriority & (uint32_t)((1UL << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1UL)) << SubPriorityBits) |
+           ((SubPriority     & (uint32_t)((1UL << (SubPriorityBits    )) - 1UL)))
+         );
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Decode Priority
+  \details Decodes an interrupt priority value with a given priority group to
+           preemptive priority value and subpriority value.
+           In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+           priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set.
+  \param [in]         Priority   Priority value, which can be retrieved with the function \ref NVIC_GetPriority().
+  \param [in]     PriorityGroup  Used priority group.
+  \param [out] pPreemptPriority  Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  \param [out]     pSubPriority  Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* const pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* const pSubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07UL);   /* only values 0..7 are used          */
+  uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+  uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+  PreemptPriorityBits = ((7UL - PriorityGroupTmp) > (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) ? (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) : (uint32_t)(7UL - PriorityGroupTmp);
+  SubPriorityBits     = ((PriorityGroupTmp + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) < (uint32_t)7UL) ? (uint32_t)0UL : (uint32_t)((PriorityGroupTmp - 7UL) + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS));
+
+  *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & (uint32_t)((1UL << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1UL);
+  *pSubPriority     = (Priority                   ) & (uint32_t)((1UL << (SubPriorityBits    )) - 1UL);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Interrupt Vector
+  \details Sets an interrupt vector in SRAM based interrupt vector table.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+           Address 0 must be mapped to SRAM.
+  \param [in]   IRQn      Interrupt number
+  \param [in]   vector    Address of interrupt handler function
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t vector)
+{
+  uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t *)0x0U;
+  vectors[(int32_t)IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET] = vector;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Vector
+  \details Reads an interrupt vector from interrupt vector table.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]   IRQn      Interrupt number.
+  \return                 Address of interrupt handler function
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t *)0x0U;
+  return vectors[(int32_t)IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET];
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   System Reset
+  \details Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ */
+__NO_RETURN __STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  __DSB();                                                          /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
+                                                                       buffered write are completed before reset */
+  SCB->AIRCR  = ((0x5FAUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+                 SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk);
+  __DSB();                                                          /* Ensure completion of memory access */
+
+  for(;;)                                                           /* wait until reset */
+  {
+    __NOP();
+  }
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
+
+
+/* ##########################  FPU functions  #################################### */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FpuFunctions FPU Functions
+  \brief    Function that provides FPU type.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief   get FPU type
+  \details returns the FPU type
+  \returns
+   - \b  0: No FPU
+   - \b  1: Single precision FPU
+   - \b  2: Double + Single precision FPU
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SCB_GetFPUType(void)
+{
+    return 0U;           /* No FPU */
+}
+
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_FpuFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ##################################    SysTick function  ############################################ */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
+  \brief    Functions that configure the System.
+  @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (__Vendor_SysTickConfig) && (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   System Tick Configuration
+  \details Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+           Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  \param [in]  ticks  Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  \return          0  Function succeeded.
+  \return          1  Function failed.
+  \note    When the variable <b>__Vendor_SysTickConfig</b> is set to 1, then the
+           function <b>SysTick_Config</b> is not included. In this case, the file <b><i>device</i>.h</b>
+           must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
+{
+  if ((ticks - 1UL) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk)
+  {
+    return (1UL);                                                   /* Reload value impossible */
+  }
+
+  SysTick->LOAD  = (uint32_t)(ticks - 1UL);                         /* set reload register */
+  NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1UL); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->VAL   = 0UL;                                             /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
+  SysTick->CTRL  = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
+                   SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk   |
+                   SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;                         /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
+  return (0UL);                                                     /* Function successful */
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM0_H_DEPENDANT */
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/core_cm1.h

@@ -0,0 +1,976 @@
+/**************************************************************************//**
+ * @file     core_cm1.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS Cortex-M1 Core Peripheral Access Layer Header File
+ * @version  V1.0.0
+ * @date     23. July 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2009-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header   /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM1_H_GENERIC
+#define __CORE_CM1_H_GENERIC
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+  \page CMSIS_MISRA_Exceptions  MISRA-C:2004 Compliance Exceptions
+  CMSIS violates the following MISRA-C:2004 rules:
+
+   \li Required Rule 8.5, object/function definition in header file.<br>
+     Function definitions in header files are used to allow 'inlining'.
+
+   \li Required Rule 18.4, declaration of union type or object of union type: '{...}'.<br>
+     Unions are used for effective representation of core registers.
+
+   \li Advisory Rule 19.7, Function-like macro defined.<br>
+     Function-like macros are used to allow more efficient code.
+ */
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                 CMSIS definitions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \ingroup Cortex_M1
+  @{
+ */
+
+#include "cmsis_version.h"
+ 
+/*  CMSIS CM1 definitions */
+#define __CM1_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN  (__CM_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN)              /*!< \deprecated [31:16] CMSIS HAL main version */
+#define __CM1_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB   (__CM_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB)               /*!< \deprecated [15:0]  CMSIS HAL sub version */
+#define __CM1_CMSIS_VERSION       ((__CM1_CMSIS_VERSION_MAIN << 16U) | \
+                                    __CM1_CMSIS_VERSION_SUB           )  /*!< \deprecated CMSIS HAL version number */
+
+#define __CORTEX_M                (1U)                                   /*!< Cortex-M Core */
+
+/** __FPU_USED indicates whether an FPU is used or not.
+    This core does not support an FPU at all
+*/
+#define __FPU_USED       0U
+
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM )
+  #if defined __TARGET_FPU_VFP
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined (__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
+  #if defined __ARM_PCS_VFP
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __GNUC__ )
+  #if defined (__VFP_FP__) && !defined(__SOFTFP__)
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #if defined __ARMVFP__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TI_ARM__ )
+  #if defined __TI_VFP_SUPPORT__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __TASKING__ )
+  #if defined __FPU_VFP__
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#elif defined ( __CSMC__ )
+  #if ( __CSMC__ & 0x400U)
+    #error "Compiler generates FPU instructions for a device without an FPU (check __FPU_PRESENT)"
+  #endif
+
+#endif
+
+#include "cmsis_compiler.h"               /* CMSIS compiler specific defines */
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM1_H_GENERIC */
+
+#ifndef __CMSIS_GENERIC
+
+#ifndef __CORE_CM1_H_DEPENDANT
+#define __CORE_CM1_H_DEPENDANT
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* check device defines and use defaults */
+#if defined __CHECK_DEVICE_DEFINES
+  #ifndef __CM1_REV
+    #define __CM1_REV               0x0100U
+    #warning "__CM1_REV not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+
+  #ifndef __NVIC_PRIO_BITS
+    #define __NVIC_PRIO_BITS          2U
+    #warning "__NVIC_PRIO_BITS not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+
+  #ifndef __Vendor_SysTickConfig
+    #define __Vendor_SysTickConfig    0U
+    #warning "__Vendor_SysTickConfig not defined in device header file; using default!"
+  #endif
+#endif
+
+/* IO definitions (access restrictions to peripheral registers) */
+/**
+    \defgroup CMSIS_glob_defs CMSIS Global Defines
+
+    <strong>IO Type Qualifiers</strong> are used
+    \li to specify the access to peripheral variables.
+    \li for automatic generation of peripheral register debug information.
+*/
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+  #define   __I     volatile             /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#else
+  #define   __I     volatile const       /*!< Defines 'read only' permissions */
+#endif
+#define     __O     volatile             /*!< Defines 'write only' permissions */
+#define     __IO    volatile             /*!< Defines 'read / write' permissions */
+
+/* following defines should be used for structure members */
+#define     __IM     volatile const      /*! Defines 'read only' structure member permissions */
+#define     __OM     volatile            /*! Defines 'write only' structure member permissions */
+#define     __IOM    volatile            /*! Defines 'read / write' structure member permissions */
+
+/*@} end of group Cortex_M1 */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                 Register Abstraction
+  Core Register contain:
+  - Core Register
+  - Core NVIC Register
+  - Core SCB Register
+  - Core SysTick Register
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \defgroup CMSIS_core_register Defines and Type Definitions
+  \brief Type definitions and defines for Cortex-M processor based devices.
+*/
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_CORE  Status and Control Registers
+  \brief      Core Register type definitions.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Application Program Status Register (APSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t _reserved0:28;              /*!< bit:  0..27  Reserved */
+    uint32_t V:1;                        /*!< bit:     28  Overflow condition code flag */
+    uint32_t C:1;                        /*!< bit:     29  Carry condition code flag */
+    uint32_t Z:1;                        /*!< bit:     30  Zero condition code flag */
+    uint32_t N:1;                        /*!< bit:     31  Negative condition code flag */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} APSR_Type;
+
+/* APSR Register Definitions */
+#define APSR_N_Pos                         31U                                            /*!< APSR: N Position */
+#define APSR_N_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_N_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: N Mask */
+
+#define APSR_Z_Pos                         30U                                            /*!< APSR: Z Position */
+#define APSR_Z_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_Z_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: Z Mask */
+
+#define APSR_C_Pos                         29U                                            /*!< APSR: C Position */
+#define APSR_C_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_C_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: C Mask */
+
+#define APSR_V_Pos                         28U                                            /*!< APSR: V Position */
+#define APSR_V_Msk                         (1UL << APSR_V_Pos)                            /*!< APSR: V Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Interrupt Program Status Register (IPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t ISR:9;                      /*!< bit:  0.. 8  Exception number */
+    uint32_t _reserved0:23;              /*!< bit:  9..31  Reserved */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} IPSR_Type;
+
+/* IPSR Register Definitions */
+#define IPSR_ISR_Pos                        0U                                            /*!< IPSR: ISR Position */
+#define IPSR_ISR_Msk                       (0x1FFUL /*<< IPSR_ISR_Pos*/)                  /*!< IPSR: ISR Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Special-Purpose Program Status Registers (xPSR).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t ISR:9;                      /*!< bit:  0.. 8  Exception number */
+    uint32_t _reserved0:15;              /*!< bit:  9..23  Reserved */
+    uint32_t T:1;                        /*!< bit:     24  Thumb bit        (read 0) */
+    uint32_t _reserved1:3;               /*!< bit: 25..27  Reserved */
+    uint32_t V:1;                        /*!< bit:     28  Overflow condition code flag */
+    uint32_t C:1;                        /*!< bit:     29  Carry condition code flag */
+    uint32_t Z:1;                        /*!< bit:     30  Zero condition code flag */
+    uint32_t N:1;                        /*!< bit:     31  Negative condition code flag */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} xPSR_Type;
+
+/* xPSR Register Definitions */
+#define xPSR_N_Pos                         31U                                            /*!< xPSR: N Position */
+#define xPSR_N_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_N_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: N Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_Z_Pos                         30U                                            /*!< xPSR: Z Position */
+#define xPSR_Z_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_Z_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: Z Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_C_Pos                         29U                                            /*!< xPSR: C Position */
+#define xPSR_C_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_C_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: C Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_V_Pos                         28U                                            /*!< xPSR: V Position */
+#define xPSR_V_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_V_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: V Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_T_Pos                         24U                                            /*!< xPSR: T Position */
+#define xPSR_T_Msk                         (1UL << xPSR_T_Pos)                            /*!< xPSR: T Mask */
+
+#define xPSR_ISR_Pos                        0U                                            /*!< xPSR: ISR Position */
+#define xPSR_ISR_Msk                       (0x1FFUL /*<< xPSR_ISR_Pos*/)                  /*!< xPSR: ISR Mask */
+
+
+/**
+  \brief  Union type to access the Control Registers (CONTROL).
+ */
+typedef union
+{
+  struct
+  {
+    uint32_t _reserved0:1;               /*!< bit:      0  Reserved */
+    uint32_t SPSEL:1;                    /*!< bit:      1  Stack to be used */
+    uint32_t _reserved1:30;              /*!< bit:  2..31  Reserved */
+  } b;                                   /*!< Structure used for bit  access */
+  uint32_t w;                            /*!< Type      used for word access */
+} CONTROL_Type;
+
+/* CONTROL Register Definitions */
+#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos                   1U                                            /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Position */
+#define CONTROL_SPSEL_Msk                  (1UL << CONTROL_SPSEL_Pos)                     /*!< CONTROL: SPSEL Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CORE */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_NVIC  Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC)
+  \brief      Type definitions for the NVIC Registers
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the Nested Vectored Interrupt Controller (NVIC).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IOM uint32_t ISER[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W)  Interrupt Set Enable Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED0[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ICER[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x080 (R/W)  Interrupt Clear Enable Register */
+        uint32_t RSERVED1[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ISPR[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x100 (R/W)  Interrupt Set Pending Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED2[31U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ICPR[1U];               /*!< Offset: 0x180 (R/W)  Interrupt Clear Pending Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED3[31U];
+        uint32_t RESERVED4[64U];
+  __IOM uint32_t IP[8U];                 /*!< Offset: 0x300 (R/W)  Interrupt Priority Register */
+}  NVIC_Type;
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_NVIC */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_SCB     System Control Block (SCB)
+  \brief    Type definitions for the System Control Block Registers
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the System Control Block (SCB).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IM  uint32_t CPUID;                  /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/ )  CPUID Base Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t ICSR;                   /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W)  Interrupt Control and State Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED0;
+  __IOM uint32_t AIRCR;                  /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/W)  Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t SCR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x010 (R/W)  System Control Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t CCR;                    /*!< Offset: 0x014 (R/W)  Configuration Control Register */
+        uint32_t RESERVED1;
+  __IOM uint32_t SHP[2U];                /*!< Offset: 0x01C (R/W)  System Handlers Priority Registers. [0] is RESERVED */
+  __IOM uint32_t SHCSR;                  /*!< Offset: 0x024 (R/W)  System Handler Control and State Register */
+} SCB_Type;
+
+/* SCB CPUID Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos          24U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Msk          (0xFFUL << SCB_CPUID_IMPLEMENTER_Pos)          /*!< SCB CPUID: IMPLEMENTER Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos              20U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Msk              (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_VARIANT_Pos)               /*!< SCB CPUID: VARIANT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos         16U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Msk         (0xFUL << SCB_CPUID_ARCHITECTURE_Pos)          /*!< SCB CPUID: ARCHITECTURE Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos                4U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Msk               (0xFFFUL << SCB_CPUID_PARTNO_Pos)              /*!< SCB CPUID: PARTNO Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos              0U                                            /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Position */
+#define SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Msk             (0xFUL /*<< SCB_CPUID_REVISION_Pos*/)          /*!< SCB CPUID: REVISION Mask */
+
+/* SCB Interrupt Control State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos            31U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_NMIPENDSET_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: NMIPENDSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos             28U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVSET_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos             27U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSVCLR_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSVCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos             26U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTSET_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTSET Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos             25U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Msk             (1UL << SCB_ICSR_PENDSTCLR_Pos)                /*!< SCB ICSR: PENDSTCLR Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos            23U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPREEMPT_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPREEMPT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos            22U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Msk            (1UL << SCB_ICSR_ISRPENDING_Pos)               /*!< SCB ICSR: ISRPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos           12U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Msk           (0x1FFUL << SCB_ICSR_VECTPENDING_Pos)          /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTPENDING Mask */
+
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Msk            (0x1FFUL /*<< SCB_ICSR_VECTACTIVE_Pos*/)       /*!< SCB ICSR: VECTACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB Application Interrupt and Reset Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos              16U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Msk              (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos)            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEY Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos          16U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Msk          (0xFFFFUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEYSTAT_Pos)        /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTKEYSTAT Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos            15U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Msk            (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_ENDIANESS_Pos)               /*!< SCB AIRCR: ENDIANESS Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos           2U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk          (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Pos)             /*!< SCB AIRCR: SYSRESETREQ Mask */
+
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos         1U                                            /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Position */
+#define SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Msk        (1UL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTCLRACTIVE_Pos)           /*!< SCB AIRCR: VECTCLRACTIVE Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos               4U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk              (1UL << SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Pos)                 /*!< SCB SCR: SEVONPEND Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos               2U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk              (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Pos)                 /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPDEEP Mask */
+
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos             1U                                            /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Position */
+#define SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk            (1UL << SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Pos)               /*!< SCB SCR: SLEEPONEXIT Mask */
+
+/* SCB Configuration Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos                9U                                            /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Msk               (1UL << SCB_CCR_STKALIGN_Pos)                  /*!< SCB CCR: STKALIGN Mask */
+
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos             3U                                            /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Position */
+#define SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Msk            (1UL << SCB_CCR_UNALIGN_TRP_Pos)               /*!< SCB CCR: UNALIGN_TRP Mask */
+
+/* SCB System Handler Control and State Register Definitions */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos         15U                                            /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Position */
+#define SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Msk         (1UL << SCB_SHCSR_SVCALLPENDED_Pos)            /*!< SCB SHCSR: SVCALLPENDED Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCB */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_SCnSCB System Controls not in SCB (SCnSCB)
+  \brief    Type definitions for the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the System Control and ID Register not in the SCB.
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+        uint32_t RESERVED0[2U];
+  __IOM uint32_t ACTLR;                  /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W)  Auxiliary Control Register */
+} SCnSCB_Type;
+
+/* Auxiliary Control Register Definitions */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMUAEN_Pos            4U                                        /*!< ACTLR: Instruction TCM Upper Alias Enable Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMUAEN_Msk           (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMUAEN_Pos)         /*!< ACTLR: Instruction TCM Upper Alias Enable Mask */
+
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMLAEN_Pos            3U                                        /*!< ACTLR: Instruction TCM Lower Alias Enable Position */
+#define SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMLAEN_Msk           (1UL << SCnSCB_ACTLR_ITCMLAEN_Pos)         /*!< ACTLR: Instruction TCM Lower Alias Enable Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SCnotSCB */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_SysTick     System Tick Timer (SysTick)
+  \brief    Type definitions for the System Timer Registers.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief  Structure type to access the System Timer (SysTick).
+ */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IOM uint32_t CTRL;                   /*!< Offset: 0x000 (R/W)  SysTick Control and Status Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t LOAD;                   /*!< Offset: 0x004 (R/W)  SysTick Reload Value Register */
+  __IOM uint32_t VAL;                    /*!< Offset: 0x008 (R/W)  SysTick Current Value Register */
+  __IM  uint32_t CALIB;                  /*!< Offset: 0x00C (R/ )  SysTick Calibration Register */
+} SysTick_Type;
+
+/* SysTick Control / Status Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos         16U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Msk         (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_COUNTFLAG_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: COUNTFLAG Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos          2U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk         (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Pos)            /*!< SysTick CTRL: CLKSOURCE Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos            1U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk           (1UL << SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Pos)              /*!< SysTick CTRL: TICKINT Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Position */
+#define SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk            (1UL /*<< SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Pos*/)           /*!< SysTick CTRL: ENABLE Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Reload Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Position */
+#define SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick LOAD: RELOAD Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Current Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Position */
+#define SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_VAL_CURRENT_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick VAL: CURRENT Mask */
+
+/* SysTick Calibration Register Definitions */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos            31U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Msk            (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_NOREF_Pos)               /*!< SysTick CALIB: NOREF Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos             30U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Msk             (1UL << SysTick_CALIB_SKEW_Pos)                /*!< SysTick CALIB: SKEW Mask */
+
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos             0U                                            /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Position */
+#define SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Msk            (0xFFFFFFUL /*<< SysTick_CALIB_TENMS_Pos*/)    /*!< SysTick CALIB: TENMS Mask */
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_SysTick */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup CMSIS_CoreDebug       Core Debug Registers (CoreDebug)
+  \brief    Cortex-M1 Core Debug Registers (DCB registers, SHCSR, and DFSR) are only accessible over DAP and not via processor.
+            Therefore they are not covered by the Cortex-M1 header file.
+  @{
+ */
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_CoreDebug */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_core_bitfield     Core register bit field macros
+  \brief      Macros for use with bit field definitions (xxx_Pos, xxx_Msk).
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief   Mask and shift a bit field value for use in a register bit range.
+  \param[in] field  Name of the register bit field.
+  \param[in] value  Value of the bit field. This parameter is interpreted as an uint32_t type.
+  \return           Masked and shifted value.
+*/
+#define _VAL2FLD(field, value)    (((uint32_t)(value) << field ## _Pos) & field ## _Msk)
+
+/**
+  \brief     Mask and shift a register value to extract a bit filed value.
+  \param[in] field  Name of the register bit field.
+  \param[in] value  Value of register. This parameter is interpreted as an uint32_t type.
+  \return           Masked and shifted bit field value.
+*/
+#define _FLD2VAL(field, value)    (((uint32_t)(value) & field ## _Msk) >> field ## _Pos)
+
+/*@} end of group CMSIS_core_bitfield */
+
+
+/**
+  \ingroup    CMSIS_core_register
+  \defgroup   CMSIS_core_base     Core Definitions
+  \brief      Definitions for base addresses, unions, and structures.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/* Memory mapping of Core Hardware */
+#define SCS_BASE            (0xE000E000UL)                            /*!< System Control Space Base Address */
+#define SysTick_BASE        (SCS_BASE +  0x0010UL)                    /*!< SysTick Base Address */
+#define NVIC_BASE           (SCS_BASE +  0x0100UL)                    /*!< NVIC Base Address */
+#define SCB_BASE            (SCS_BASE +  0x0D00UL)                    /*!< System Control Block Base Address */
+
+#define SCnSCB              ((SCnSCB_Type    *)     SCS_BASE      )   /*!< System control Register not in SCB */
+#define SCB                 ((SCB_Type       *)     SCB_BASE      )   /*!< SCB configuration struct */
+#define SysTick             ((SysTick_Type   *)     SysTick_BASE  )   /*!< SysTick configuration struct */
+#define NVIC                ((NVIC_Type      *)     NVIC_BASE     )   /*!< NVIC configuration struct */
+
+
+/*@} */
+
+
+
+/*******************************************************************************
+ *                Hardware Abstraction Layer
+  Core Function Interface contains:
+  - Core NVIC Functions
+  - Core SysTick Functions
+  - Core Register Access Functions
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/**
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface Functions and Instructions Reference
+*/
+
+
+
+/* ##########################   NVIC functions  #################################### */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions NVIC Functions
+  \brief    Functions that manage interrupts and exceptions via the NVIC.
+  @{
+ */
+
+#ifdef CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL
+  #ifndef CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+    #define CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE "cmsis_nvic_virtual.h"
+  #endif
+  #include CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+#else
+  #define NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping    __NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping
+  #define NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping    __NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping
+  #define NVIC_EnableIRQ              __NVIC_EnableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_GetEnableIRQ           __NVIC_GetEnableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_DisableIRQ             __NVIC_DisableIRQ
+  #define NVIC_GetPendingIRQ          __NVIC_GetPendingIRQ
+  #define NVIC_SetPendingIRQ          __NVIC_SetPendingIRQ
+  #define NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ        __NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ
+/*#define NVIC_GetActive              __NVIC_GetActive             not available for Cortex-M1 */
+  #define NVIC_SetPriority            __NVIC_SetPriority
+  #define NVIC_GetPriority            __NVIC_GetPriority
+  #define NVIC_SystemReset            __NVIC_SystemReset
+#endif /* CMSIS_NVIC_VIRTUAL */
+
+#ifdef CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL
+  #ifndef CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+    #define CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE "cmsis_vectab_virtual.h"
+  #endif
+  #include CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL_HEADER_FILE
+#else
+  #define NVIC_SetVector              __NVIC_SetVector
+  #define NVIC_GetVector              __NVIC_GetVector
+#endif  /* (CMSIS_VECTAB_VIRTUAL) */
+
+#define NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET          16
+
+
+/* The following EXC_RETURN values are saved the LR on exception entry */
+#define EXC_RETURN_HANDLER         (0xFFFFFFF1UL)     /* return to Handler mode, uses MSP after return                               */
+#define EXC_RETURN_THREAD_MSP      (0xFFFFFFF9UL)     /* return to Thread mode, uses MSP after return                                */
+#define EXC_RETURN_THREAD_PSP      (0xFFFFFFFDUL)     /* return to Thread mode, uses PSP after return                                */
+
+
+/* Interrupt Priorities are WORD accessible only under Armv6-M                  */
+/* The following MACROS handle generation of the register offset and byte masks */
+#define _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)         (  ((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn))         )      &  0x03UL) * 8UL)
+#define _SHP_IDX(IRQn)           ( (((((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn)) & 0x0FUL)-8UL) >>    2UL)      )
+#define _IP_IDX(IRQn)            (   (((uint32_t)(int32_t)(IRQn))                >>    2UL)      )
+
+#define __NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(X) (void)(X)
+#define __NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping()  (0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   Enable Interrupt
+  \details Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ISER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Enable status
+  \details Returns a device specific interrupt enable status from the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \return             0  Interrupt is not enabled.
+  \return             1  Interrupt is enabled.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetEnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISER[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return(0U);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Disable Interrupt
+  \details Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ICER[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+    __DSB();
+    __ISB();
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Pending Interrupt
+  \details Reads the NVIC pending register and returns the pending bit for the specified device specific interrupt.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \return             0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  \return             1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->ISPR[0U] & (1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL))) != 0UL) ? 1UL : 0UL));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return(0U);
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Pending Interrupt
+  \details Sets the pending bit of a device specific interrupt in the NVIC pending register.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ISPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Clear Pending Interrupt
+  \details Clears the pending bit of a device specific interrupt in the NVIC pending register.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Device specific interrupt number.
+  \note    IRQn must not be negative.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->ICPR[0U] = (uint32_t)(1UL << (((uint32_t)IRQn) & 0x1FUL));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Interrupt Priority
+  \details Sets the priority of a device specific interrupt or a processor exception.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]      IRQn  Interrupt number.
+  \param [in]  priority  Priority to set.
+  \note    The priority cannot be set for every processor exception.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t priority)
+{
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)]  = ((uint32_t)(NVIC->IP[_IP_IDX(IRQn)]  & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
+       (((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] = ((uint32_t)(SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] & ~(0xFFUL << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn))) |
+       (((priority << (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) << _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn)));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Priority
+  \details Reads the priority of a device specific interrupt or a processor exception.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]   IRQn  Interrupt number.
+  \return             Interrupt Priority.
+                      Value is aligned automatically to the implemented priority bits of the microcontroller.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+
+  if ((int32_t)(IRQn) >= 0)
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((NVIC->IP[ _IP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return((uint32_t)(((SCB->SHP[_SHP_IDX(IRQn)] >> _BIT_SHIFT(IRQn) ) & (uint32_t)0xFFUL) >> (8U - __NVIC_PRIO_BITS)));
+  }
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Encode Priority
+  \details Encodes the priority for an interrupt with the given priority group,
+           preemptive priority value, and subpriority value.
+           In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+           priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS), the smallest possible priority group is set.
+  \param [in]     PriorityGroup  Used priority group.
+  \param [in]   PreemptPriority  Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  \param [in]       SubPriority  Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  \return                        Encoded priority. Value can be used in the function \ref NVIC_SetPriority().
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t NVIC_EncodePriority (uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07UL);   /* only values 0..7 are used          */
+  uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+  uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+  PreemptPriorityBits = ((7UL - PriorityGroupTmp) > (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) ? (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) : (uint32_t)(7UL - PriorityGroupTmp);
+  SubPriorityBits     = ((PriorityGroupTmp + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) < (uint32_t)7UL) ? (uint32_t)0UL : (uint32_t)((PriorityGroupTmp - 7UL) + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS));
+
+  return (
+           ((PreemptPriority & (uint32_t)((1UL << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1UL)) << SubPriorityBits) |
+           ((SubPriority     & (uint32_t)((1UL << (SubPriorityBits    )) - 1UL)))
+         );
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Decode Priority
+  \details Decodes an interrupt priority value with a given priority group to
+           preemptive priority value and subpriority value.
+           In case of a conflict between priority grouping and available
+           priority bits (__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) the smallest possible priority group is set.
+  \param [in]         Priority   Priority value, which can be retrieved with the function \ref NVIC_GetPriority().
+  \param [in]     PriorityGroup  Used priority group.
+  \param [out] pPreemptPriority  Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  \param [out]     pSubPriority  Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void NVIC_DecodePriority (uint32_t Priority, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* const pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* const pSubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t PriorityGroupTmp = (PriorityGroup & (uint32_t)0x07UL);   /* only values 0..7 are used          */
+  uint32_t PreemptPriorityBits;
+  uint32_t SubPriorityBits;
+
+  PreemptPriorityBits = ((7UL - PriorityGroupTmp) > (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) ? (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS) : (uint32_t)(7UL - PriorityGroupTmp);
+  SubPriorityBits     = ((PriorityGroupTmp + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS)) < (uint32_t)7UL) ? (uint32_t)0UL : (uint32_t)((PriorityGroupTmp - 7UL) + (uint32_t)(__NVIC_PRIO_BITS));
+
+  *pPreemptPriority = (Priority >> SubPriorityBits) & (uint32_t)((1UL << (PreemptPriorityBits)) - 1UL);
+  *pSubPriority     = (Priority                   ) & (uint32_t)((1UL << (SubPriorityBits    )) - 1UL);
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Set Interrupt Vector
+  \details Sets an interrupt vector in SRAM based interrupt vector table.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+           Address 0 must be mapped to SRAM.
+  \param [in]   IRQn      Interrupt number
+  \param [in]   vector    Address of interrupt handler function
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t vector)
+{
+  uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t *)0x0U;
+  vectors[(int32_t)IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET] = vector;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   Get Interrupt Vector
+  \details Reads an interrupt vector from interrupt vector table.
+           The interrupt number can be positive to specify a device specific interrupt,
+           or negative to specify a processor exception.
+  \param [in]   IRQn      Interrupt number.
+  \return                 Address of interrupt handler function
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t __NVIC_GetVector(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  uint32_t *vectors = (uint32_t *)0x0U;
+  return vectors[(int32_t)IRQn + NVIC_USER_IRQ_OFFSET];
+}
+
+
+/**
+  \brief   System Reset
+  \details Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+ */
+__NO_RETURN __STATIC_INLINE void __NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  __DSB();                                                          /* Ensure all outstanding memory accesses included
+                                                                       buffered write are completed before reset */
+  SCB->AIRCR  = ((0x5FAUL << SCB_AIRCR_VECTKEY_Pos) |
+                 SCB_AIRCR_SYSRESETREQ_Msk);
+  __DSB();                                                          /* Ensure completion of memory access */
+
+  for(;;)                                                           /* wait until reset */
+  {
+    __NOP();
+  }
+}
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_NVICFunctions */
+
+
+/* ##########################  FPU functions  #################################### */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_FpuFunctions FPU Functions
+  \brief    Function that provides FPU type.
+  @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  \brief   get FPU type
+  \details returns the FPU type
+  \returns
+   - \b  0: No FPU
+   - \b  1: Single precision FPU
+   - \b  2: Double + Single precision FPU
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SCB_GetFPUType(void)
+{
+    return 0U;           /* No FPU */
+}
+
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_FpuFunctions */
+
+
+
+/* ##################################    SysTick function  ############################################ */
+/**
+  \ingroup  CMSIS_Core_FunctionInterface
+  \defgroup CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions SysTick Functions
+  \brief    Functions that configure the System.
+  @{
+ */
+
+#if defined (__Vendor_SysTickConfig) && (__Vendor_SysTickConfig == 0U)
+
+/**
+  \brief   System Tick Configuration
+  \details Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+           Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  \param [in]  ticks  Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  \return          0  Function succeeded.
+  \return          1  Function failed.
+  \note    When the variable <b>__Vendor_SysTickConfig</b> is set to 1, then the
+           function <b>SysTick_Config</b> is not included. In this case, the file <b><i>device</i>.h</b>
+           must contain a vendor-specific implementation of this function.
+ */
+__STATIC_INLINE uint32_t SysTick_Config(uint32_t ticks)
+{
+  if ((ticks - 1UL) > SysTick_LOAD_RELOAD_Msk)
+  {
+    return (1UL);                                                   /* Reload value impossible */
+  }
+
+  SysTick->LOAD  = (uint32_t)(ticks - 1UL);                         /* set reload register */
+  NVIC_SetPriority (SysTick_IRQn, (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS) - 1UL); /* set Priority for Systick Interrupt */
+  SysTick->VAL   = 0UL;                                             /* Load the SysTick Counter Value */
+  SysTick->CTRL  = SysTick_CTRL_CLKSOURCE_Msk |
+                   SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk   |
+                   SysTick_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;                         /* Enable SysTick IRQ and SysTick Timer */
+  return (0UL);                                                     /* Function successful */
+}
+
+#endif
+
+/*@} end of CMSIS_Core_SysTickFunctions */
+
+
+
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __CORE_CM1_H_DEPENDANT */
+
+#endif /* __CMSIS_GENERIC */

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/mpu_armv7.h

@@ -0,0 +1,270 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * @file     mpu_armv7.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS MPU API for Armv7-M MPU
+ * @version  V5.0.4
+ * @date     10. January 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+ 
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header    /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+ 
+#ifndef ARM_MPU_ARMV7_H
+#define ARM_MPU_ARMV7_H
+
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B      ((uint8_t)0x04U) ///!< MPU Region Size 32 Bytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B      ((uint8_t)0x05U) ///!< MPU Region Size 64 Bytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B     ((uint8_t)0x06U) ///!< MPU Region Size 128 Bytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B     ((uint8_t)0x07U) ///!< MPU Region Size 256 Bytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B     ((uint8_t)0x08U) ///!< MPU Region Size 512 Bytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB      ((uint8_t)0x09U) ///!< MPU Region Size 1 KByte
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB      ((uint8_t)0x0AU) ///!< MPU Region Size 2 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB      ((uint8_t)0x0BU) ///!< MPU Region Size 4 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB      ((uint8_t)0x0CU) ///!< MPU Region Size 8 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB     ((uint8_t)0x0DU) ///!< MPU Region Size 16 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB     ((uint8_t)0x0EU) ///!< MPU Region Size 32 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB     ((uint8_t)0x0FU) ///!< MPU Region Size 64 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB    ((uint8_t)0x10U) ///!< MPU Region Size 128 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB    ((uint8_t)0x11U) ///!< MPU Region Size 256 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB    ((uint8_t)0x12U) ///!< MPU Region Size 512 KBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB      ((uint8_t)0x13U) ///!< MPU Region Size 1 MByte
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB      ((uint8_t)0x14U) ///!< MPU Region Size 2 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB      ((uint8_t)0x15U) ///!< MPU Region Size 4 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB      ((uint8_t)0x16U) ///!< MPU Region Size 8 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB     ((uint8_t)0x17U) ///!< MPU Region Size 16 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB     ((uint8_t)0x18U) ///!< MPU Region Size 32 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB     ((uint8_t)0x19U) ///!< MPU Region Size 64 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB    ((uint8_t)0x1AU) ///!< MPU Region Size 128 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB    ((uint8_t)0x1BU) ///!< MPU Region Size 256 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB    ((uint8_t)0x1CU) ///!< MPU Region Size 512 MBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB      ((uint8_t)0x1DU) ///!< MPU Region Size 1 GByte
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB      ((uint8_t)0x1EU) ///!< MPU Region Size 2 GBytes
+#define ARM_MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB      ((uint8_t)0x1FU) ///!< MPU Region Size 4 GBytes
+
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_NONE 0U ///!< MPU Access Permission no access
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_PRIV 1U ///!< MPU Access Permission privileged access only
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_URO  2U ///!< MPU Access Permission unprivileged access read-only
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_FULL 3U ///!< MPU Access Permission full access
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_PRO  5U ///!< MPU Access Permission privileged access read-only
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_RO   6U ///!< MPU Access Permission read-only access
+
+/** MPU Region Base Address Register Value
+*
+* \param Region The region to be configured, number 0 to 15.
+* \param BaseAddress The base address for the region.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_RBAR(Region, BaseAddress) \
+  (((BaseAddress) & MPU_RBAR_ADDR_Msk) |  \
+   ((Region) & MPU_RBAR_REGION_Msk)    |  \
+   (MPU_RBAR_VALID_Msk))
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attributes
+* 
+* \param TypeExtField      Type extension field, allows you to configure memory access type, for example strongly ordered, peripheral.
+* \param IsShareable       Region is shareable between multiple bus masters.
+* \param IsCacheable       Region is cacheable, i.e. its value may be kept in cache.
+* \param IsBufferable      Region is bufferable, i.e. using write-back caching. Cacheable but non-bufferable regions use write-through policy.
+*/  
+#define ARM_MPU_ACCESS_(TypeExtField, IsShareable, IsCacheable, IsBufferable)   \
+  ((((TypeExtField ) << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos) & MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk)                 | \
+   (((IsShareable ) << MPU_RASR_S_Pos) & MPU_RASR_S_Msk)                      | \
+   (((IsCacheable ) << MPU_RASR_C_Pos) & MPU_RASR_C_Msk)                      | \
+   (((IsBufferable ) << MPU_RASR_B_Pos) & MPU_RASR_B_Msk))
+
+/**
+* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register Value
+* 
+* \param DisableExec       Instruction access disable bit, 1= disable instruction fetches.
+* \param AccessPermission  Data access permissions, allows you to configure read/write access for User and Privileged mode.
+* \param AccessAttributes  Memory access attribution, see \ref ARM_MPU_ACCESS_.
+* \param SubRegionDisable  Sub-region disable field.
+* \param Size              Region size of the region to be configured, for example 4K, 8K.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_RASR_EX(DisableExec, AccessPermission, AccessAttributes, SubRegionDisable, Size)      \
+  ((((DisableExec ) << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos) & MPU_RASR_XN_Msk)                                          | \
+   (((AccessPermission) << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos) & MPU_RASR_AP_Msk)                                      | \
+   (((AccessAttributes) ) & (MPU_RASR_TEX_Msk | MPU_RASR_S_Msk | MPU_RASR_C_Msk | MPU_RASR_B_Msk)))
+  
+/**
+* MPU Region Attribute and Size Register Value
+* 
+* \param DisableExec       Instruction access disable bit, 1= disable instruction fetches.
+* \param AccessPermission  Data access permissions, allows you to configure read/write access for User and Privileged mode.
+* \param TypeExtField      Type extension field, allows you to configure memory access type, for example strongly ordered, peripheral.
+* \param IsShareable       Region is shareable between multiple bus masters.
+* \param IsCacheable       Region is cacheable, i.e. its value may be kept in cache.
+* \param IsBufferable      Region is bufferable, i.e. using write-back caching. Cacheable but non-bufferable regions use write-through policy.
+* \param SubRegionDisable  Sub-region disable field.
+* \param Size              Region size of the region to be configured, for example 4K, 8K.
+*/                         
+#define ARM_MPU_RASR(DisableExec, AccessPermission, TypeExtField, IsShareable, IsCacheable, IsBufferable, SubRegionDisable, Size) \
+  ARM_MPU_RASR_EX(DisableExec, AccessPermission, ARM_MPU_ACCESS_(TypeExtField, IsShareable, IsCacheable, IsBufferable), SubRegionDisable, Size)
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute for strongly ordered memory.
+*  - TEX: 000b
+*  - Shareable
+*  - Non-cacheable
+*  - Non-bufferable
+*/ 
+#define ARM_MPU_ACCESS_ORDERED ARM_MPU_ACCESS_(0U, 1U, 0U, 0U)
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute for device memory.
+*  - TEX: 000b (if non-shareable) or 010b (if shareable)
+*  - Shareable or non-shareable
+*  - Non-cacheable
+*  - Bufferable (if shareable) or non-bufferable (if non-shareable)
+*
+* \param IsShareable Configures the device memory as shareable or non-shareable.
+*/ 
+#define ARM_MPU_ACCESS_DEVICE(IsShareable) ((IsShareable) ? ARM_MPU_ACCESS_(0U, 1U, 0U, 1U) : ARM_MPU_ACCESS_(2U, 0U, 0U, 0U))
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute for normal memory.
+*  - TEX: 1BBb (reflecting outer cacheability rules)
+*  - Shareable or non-shareable
+*  - Cacheable or non-cacheable (reflecting inner cacheability rules)
+*  - Bufferable or non-bufferable (reflecting inner cacheability rules)
+*
+* \param OuterCp Configures the outer cache policy.
+* \param InnerCp Configures the inner cache policy.
+* \param IsShareable Configures the memory as shareable or non-shareable.
+*/ 
+#define ARM_MPU_ACCESS_NORMAL(OuterCp, InnerCp, IsShareable) ARM_MPU_ACCESS_((4U | (OuterCp)), IsShareable, ((InnerCp) & 2U), ((InnerCp) & 1U))
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute non-cacheable policy.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_CACHEP_NOCACHE 0U
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute write-back, write and read allocate policy.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_CACHEP_WB_WRA 1U
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute write-through, no write allocate policy.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_CACHEP_WT_NWA 2U
+
+/**
+* MPU Memory Access Attribute write-back, no write allocate policy.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_CACHEP_WB_NWA 3U
+
+
+/**
+* Struct for a single MPU Region
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  uint32_t RBAR; //!< The region base address register value (RBAR)
+  uint32_t RASR; //!< The region attribute and size register value (RASR) \ref MPU_RASR
+} ARM_MPU_Region_t;
+    
+/** Enable the MPU.
+* \param MPU_Control Default access permissions for unconfigured regions.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+  MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+}
+
+/** Disable the MPU.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+  MPU->CTRL  &= ~MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+}
+
+/** Clear and disable the given MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be cleared.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_ClrRegion(uint32_t rnr)
+{
+  MPU->RNR = rnr;
+  MPU->RASR = 0U;
+}
+
+/** Configure an MPU region.
+* \param rbar Value for RBAR register.
+* \param rsar Value for RSAR register.
+*/   
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetRegion(uint32_t rbar, uint32_t rasr)
+{
+  MPU->RBAR = rbar;
+  MPU->RASR = rasr;
+}
+
+/** Configure the given MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be configured.
+* \param rbar Value for RBAR register.
+* \param rsar Value for RSAR register.
+*/   
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetRegionEx(uint32_t rnr, uint32_t rbar, uint32_t rasr)
+{
+  MPU->RNR = rnr;
+  MPU->RBAR = rbar;
+  MPU->RASR = rasr;
+}
+
+/** Memcopy with strictly ordered memory access, e.g. for register targets.
+* \param dst Destination data is copied to.
+* \param src Source data is copied from.
+* \param len Amount of data words to be copied.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void orderedCpy(volatile uint32_t* dst, const uint32_t* __RESTRICT src, uint32_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0U; i < len; ++i) 
+  {
+    dst[i] = src[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/** Load the given number of MPU regions from a table.
+* \param table Pointer to the MPU configuration table.
+* \param cnt Amount of regions to be configured.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Load(ARM_MPU_Region_t const* table, uint32_t cnt) 
+{
+  const uint32_t rowWordSize = sizeof(ARM_MPU_Region_t)/4U;
+  while (cnt > MPU_TYPE_RALIASES) {
+    orderedCpy(&(MPU->RBAR), &(table->RBAR), MPU_TYPE_RALIASES*rowWordSize);
+    table += MPU_TYPE_RALIASES;
+    cnt -= MPU_TYPE_RALIASES;
+  }
+  orderedCpy(&(MPU->RBAR), &(table->RBAR), cnt*rowWordSize);
+}
+
+#endif

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/mpu_armv8.h

@@ -0,0 +1,333 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * @file     mpu_armv8.h
+ * @brief    CMSIS MPU API for Armv8-M MPU
+ * @version  V5.0.4
+ * @date     10. January 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header    /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef ARM_MPU_ARMV8_H
+#define ARM_MPU_ARMV8_H
+
+/** \brief Attribute for device memory (outer only) */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE                           ( 0U )
+
+/** \brief Attribute for non-cacheable, normal memory */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_NON_CACHEABLE                    ( 4U )
+
+/** \brief Attribute for normal memory (outer and inner)
+* \param NT Non-Transient: Set to 1 for non-transient data.
+* \param WB Write-Back: Set to 1 to use write-back update policy.
+* \param RA Read Allocation: Set to 1 to use cache allocation on read miss.
+* \param WA Write Allocation: Set to 1 to use cache allocation on write miss.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_MEMORY_(NT, WB, RA, WA) \
+  (((NT & 1U) << 3U) | ((WB & 1U) << 2U) | ((RA & 1U) << 1U) | (WA & 1U))
+
+/** \brief Device memory type non Gathering, non Re-ordering, non Early Write Acknowledgement */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE_nGnRnE (0U)
+
+/** \brief Device memory type non Gathering, non Re-ordering, Early Write Acknowledgement */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE_nGnRE  (1U)
+
+/** \brief Device memory type non Gathering, Re-ordering, Early Write Acknowledgement */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE_nGRE   (2U)
+
+/** \brief Device memory type Gathering, Re-ordering, Early Write Acknowledgement */
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE_GRE    (3U)
+
+/** \brief Memory Attribute
+* \param O Outer memory attributes
+* \param I O == ARM_MPU_ATTR_DEVICE: Device memory attributes, else: Inner memory attributes
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_ATTR(O, I) (((O & 0xFU) << 4U) | (((O & 0xFU) != 0U) ? (I & 0xFU) : ((I & 0x3U) << 2U)))
+
+/** \brief Normal memory non-shareable  */
+#define ARM_MPU_SH_NON   (0U)
+
+/** \brief Normal memory outer shareable  */
+#define ARM_MPU_SH_OUTER (2U)
+
+/** \brief Normal memory inner shareable  */
+#define ARM_MPU_SH_INNER (3U)
+
+/** \brief Memory access permissions
+* \param RO Read-Only: Set to 1 for read-only memory.
+* \param NP Non-Privileged: Set to 1 for non-privileged memory.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_AP_(RO, NP) (((RO & 1U) << 1U) | (NP & 1U))
+
+/** \brief Region Base Address Register value
+* \param BASE The base address bits [31:5] of a memory region. The value is zero extended. Effective address gets 32 byte aligned.
+* \param SH Defines the Shareability domain for this memory region.
+* \param RO Read-Only: Set to 1 for a read-only memory region.
+* \param NP Non-Privileged: Set to 1 for a non-privileged memory region.
+* \oaram XN eXecute Never: Set to 1 for a non-executable memory region.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_RBAR(BASE, SH, RO, NP, XN) \
+  ((BASE & MPU_RBAR_BASE_Msk) | \
+  ((SH << MPU_RBAR_SH_Pos) & MPU_RBAR_SH_Msk) | \
+  ((ARM_MPU_AP_(RO, NP) << MPU_RBAR_AP_Pos) & MPU_RBAR_AP_Msk) | \
+  ((XN << MPU_RBAR_XN_Pos) & MPU_RBAR_XN_Msk))
+
+/** \brief Region Limit Address Register value
+* \param LIMIT The limit address bits [31:5] for this memory region. The value is one extended.
+* \param IDX The attribute index to be associated with this memory region.
+*/
+#define ARM_MPU_RLAR(LIMIT, IDX) \
+  ((LIMIT & MPU_RLAR_LIMIT_Msk) | \
+  ((IDX << MPU_RLAR_AttrIndx_Pos) & MPU_RLAR_AttrIndx_Msk) | \
+  (MPU_RLAR_EN_Msk))
+
+/**
+* Struct for a single MPU Region
+*/
+typedef struct {
+  uint32_t RBAR;                   /*!< Region Base Address Register value */
+  uint32_t RLAR;                   /*!< Region Limit Address Register value */
+} ARM_MPU_Region_t;
+    
+/** Enable the MPU.
+* \param MPU_Control Default access permissions for unconfigured regions.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+  MPU->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+}
+
+/** Disable the MPU.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+  MPU->CTRL  &= ~MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+}
+
+#ifdef MPU_NS
+/** Enable the Non-secure MPU.
+* \param MPU_Control Default access permissions for unconfigured regions.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Enable_NS(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+  MPU_NS->CTRL = MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB_NS->SHCSR |= SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+}
+
+/** Disable the Non-secure MPU.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Disable_NS(void)
+{
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+#ifdef SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk
+  SCB_NS->SHCSR &= ~SCB_SHCSR_MEMFAULTENA_Msk;
+#endif
+  MPU_NS->CTRL  &= ~MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk;
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Set the memory attribute encoding to the given MPU.
+* \param mpu Pointer to the MPU to be configured.
+* \param idx The attribute index to be set [0-7]
+* \param attr The attribute value to be set.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetMemAttrEx(MPU_Type* mpu, uint8_t idx, uint8_t attr)
+{
+  const uint8_t reg = idx / 4U;
+  const uint32_t pos = ((idx % 4U) * 8U);
+  const uint32_t mask = 0xFFU << pos;
+  
+  if (reg >= (sizeof(mpu->MAIR) / sizeof(mpu->MAIR[0]))) {
+    return; // invalid index
+  }
+  
+  mpu->MAIR[reg] = ((mpu->MAIR[reg] & ~mask) | ((attr << pos) & mask));
+}
+
+/** Set the memory attribute encoding.
+* \param idx The attribute index to be set [0-7]
+* \param attr The attribute value to be set.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetMemAttr(uint8_t idx, uint8_t attr)
+{
+  ARM_MPU_SetMemAttrEx(MPU, idx, attr);
+}
+
+#ifdef MPU_NS
+/** Set the memory attribute encoding to the Non-secure MPU.
+* \param idx The attribute index to be set [0-7]
+* \param attr The attribute value to be set.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetMemAttr_NS(uint8_t idx, uint8_t attr)
+{
+  ARM_MPU_SetMemAttrEx(MPU_NS, idx, attr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Clear and disable the given MPU region of the given MPU.
+* \param mpu Pointer to MPU to be used.
+* \param rnr Region number to be cleared.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_ClrRegionEx(MPU_Type* mpu, uint32_t rnr)
+{
+  mpu->RNR = rnr;
+  mpu->RLAR = 0U;
+}
+
+/** Clear and disable the given MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be cleared.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_ClrRegion(uint32_t rnr)
+{
+  ARM_MPU_ClrRegionEx(MPU, rnr);
+}
+
+#ifdef MPU_NS
+/** Clear and disable the given Non-secure MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be cleared.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_ClrRegion_NS(uint32_t rnr)
+{  
+  ARM_MPU_ClrRegionEx(MPU_NS, rnr);
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Configure the given MPU region of the given MPU.
+* \param mpu Pointer to MPU to be used.
+* \param rnr Region number to be configured.
+* \param rbar Value for RBAR register.
+* \param rlar Value for RLAR register.
+*/   
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetRegionEx(MPU_Type* mpu, uint32_t rnr, uint32_t rbar, uint32_t rlar)
+{
+  mpu->RNR = rnr;
+  mpu->RBAR = rbar;
+  mpu->RLAR = rlar;
+}
+
+/** Configure the given MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be configured.
+* \param rbar Value for RBAR register.
+* \param rlar Value for RLAR register.
+*/   
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetRegion(uint32_t rnr, uint32_t rbar, uint32_t rlar)
+{
+  ARM_MPU_SetRegionEx(MPU, rnr, rbar, rlar);
+}
+
+#ifdef MPU_NS
+/** Configure the given Non-secure MPU region.
+* \param rnr Region number to be configured.
+* \param rbar Value for RBAR register.
+* \param rlar Value for RLAR register.
+*/   
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_SetRegion_NS(uint32_t rnr, uint32_t rbar, uint32_t rlar)
+{
+  ARM_MPU_SetRegionEx(MPU_NS, rnr, rbar, rlar);  
+}
+#endif
+
+/** Memcopy with strictly ordered memory access, e.g. for register targets.
+* \param dst Destination data is copied to.
+* \param src Source data is copied from.
+* \param len Amount of data words to be copied.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void orderedCpy(volatile uint32_t* dst, const uint32_t* __RESTRICT src, uint32_t len)
+{
+  uint32_t i;
+  for (i = 0U; i < len; ++i) 
+  {
+    dst[i] = src[i];
+  }
+}
+
+/** Load the given number of MPU regions from a table to the given MPU.
+* \param mpu Pointer to the MPU registers to be used.
+* \param rnr First region number to be configured.
+* \param table Pointer to the MPU configuration table.
+* \param cnt Amount of regions to be configured.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_LoadEx(MPU_Type* mpu, uint32_t rnr, ARM_MPU_Region_t const* table, uint32_t cnt) 
+{
+  const uint32_t rowWordSize = sizeof(ARM_MPU_Region_t)/4U;
+  if (cnt == 1U) {
+    mpu->RNR = rnr;
+    orderedCpy(&(mpu->RBAR), &(table->RBAR), rowWordSize);
+  } else {
+    uint32_t rnrBase   = rnr & ~(MPU_TYPE_RALIASES-1U);
+    uint32_t rnrOffset = rnr % MPU_TYPE_RALIASES;
+    
+    mpu->RNR = rnrBase;
+    while ((rnrOffset + cnt) > MPU_TYPE_RALIASES) {
+      uint32_t c = MPU_TYPE_RALIASES - rnrOffset;
+      orderedCpy(&(mpu->RBAR)+(rnrOffset*2U), &(table->RBAR), c*rowWordSize);
+      table += c;
+      cnt -= c;
+      rnrOffset = 0U;
+      rnrBase += MPU_TYPE_RALIASES;
+      mpu->RNR = rnrBase;
+    }
+    
+    orderedCpy(&(mpu->RBAR)+(rnrOffset*2U), &(table->RBAR), cnt*rowWordSize);
+  }
+}
+
+/** Load the given number of MPU regions from a table.
+* \param rnr First region number to be configured.
+* \param table Pointer to the MPU configuration table.
+* \param cnt Amount of regions to be configured.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Load(uint32_t rnr, ARM_MPU_Region_t const* table, uint32_t cnt) 
+{
+  ARM_MPU_LoadEx(MPU, rnr, table, cnt);
+}
+
+#ifdef MPU_NS
+/** Load the given number of MPU regions from a table to the Non-secure MPU.
+* \param rnr First region number to be configured.
+* \param table Pointer to the MPU configuration table.
+* \param cnt Amount of regions to be configured.
+*/
+__STATIC_INLINE void ARM_MPU_Load_NS(uint32_t rnr, ARM_MPU_Region_t const* table, uint32_t cnt) 
+{
+  ARM_MPU_LoadEx(MPU_NS, rnr, table, cnt);
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+

cubemx/Drivers/CMSIS/Include/tz_context.h

@@ -0,0 +1,70 @@
+/******************************************************************************
+ * @file     tz_context.h
+ * @brief    Context Management for Armv8-M TrustZone
+ * @version  V1.0.1
+ * @date     10. January 2018
+ ******************************************************************************/
+/*
+ * Copyright (c) 2017-2018 Arm Limited. All rights reserved.
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ */
+
+#if   defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+  #pragma system_include         /* treat file as system include file for MISRA check */
+#elif defined (__clang__)
+  #pragma clang system_header   /* treat file as system include file */
+#endif
+
+#ifndef TZ_CONTEXT_H
+#define TZ_CONTEXT_H
+ 
+#include <stdint.h>
+ 
+#ifndef TZ_MODULEID_T
+#define TZ_MODULEID_T
+/// \details Data type that identifies secure software modules called by a process.
+typedef uint32_t TZ_ModuleId_t;
+#endif
+ 
+/// \details TZ Memory ID identifies an allocated memory slot.
+typedef uint32_t TZ_MemoryId_t;
+  
+/// Initialize secure context memory system
+/// \return execution status (1: success, 0: error)
+uint32_t TZ_InitContextSystem_S (void);
+ 
+/// Allocate context memory for calling secure software modules in TrustZone
+/// \param[in]  module   identifies software modules called from non-secure mode
+/// \return value != 0 id TrustZone memory slot identifier
+/// \return value 0    no memory available or internal error
+TZ_MemoryId_t TZ_AllocModuleContext_S (TZ_ModuleId_t module);
+ 
+/// Free context memory that was previously allocated with \ref TZ_AllocModuleContext_S
+/// \param[in]  id  TrustZone memory slot identifier
+/// \return execution status (1: success, 0: error)
+uint32_t TZ_FreeModuleContext_S (TZ_MemoryId_t id);
+ 
+/// Load secure context (called on RTOS thread context switch)
+/// \param[in]  id  TrustZone memory slot identifier
+/// \return execution status (1: success, 0: error)
+uint32_t TZ_LoadContext_S (TZ_MemoryId_t id);
+ 
+/// Store secure context (called on RTOS thread context switch)
+/// \param[in]  id  TrustZone memory slot identifier
+/// \return execution status (1: success, 0: error)
+uint32_t TZ_StoreContext_S (TZ_MemoryId_t id);
+ 
+#endif  // TZ_CONTEXT_H

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal.h

@@ -0,0 +1,996 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains all the functions prototypes for the HAL
+  *          module driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_conf.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Constants HAL Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_TICK_FREQ Tick Frequency
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ         100U
+#define  HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ        10U
+#define  HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ         1U
+#define  HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT      HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ
+
+#define IS_TICKFREQ(__FREQ__) (((__FREQ__) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_10HZ)  || \
+                               ((__FREQ__) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_100HZ) || \
+                               ((__FREQ__) == HAL_TICK_FREQ_1KHZ))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Exported_Constants SYSCFG Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Constants SYSCFG: SYStem ConFiG
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_BootMode Boot Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define SYSCFG_BOOT_MAINFLASH          (0x00000000U)
+#define SYSCFG_BOOT_SYSTEMFLASH        ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_BOOT_MODE_0)
+#if defined(FSMC_R_BASE)
+#define SYSCFG_BOOT_FSMC               ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_BOOT_MODE_1)
+#endif /* FSMC_R_BASE  */
+#define SYSCFG_BOOT_SRAM               ((uint32_t)SYSCFG_MEMRMP_BOOT_MODE)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Constants RI: Routing Interface
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_InputCapture Input Capture
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC1  RI_ICR_IC1    /*!< Input Capture 1 */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC2  RI_ICR_IC2    /*!< Input Capture 2 */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC3  RI_ICR_IC3    /*!< Input Capture 3 */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC4  RI_ICR_IC4    /*!< Input Capture 4 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIM_Select TIM Select
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define TIM_SELECT_NONE  (0x00000000U)    /*!< None selected */
+#define TIM_SELECT_TIM2  ((uint32_t)RI_ICR_TIM_0)  /*!< Timer 2 selected */
+#define TIM_SELECT_TIM3  ((uint32_t)RI_ICR_TIM_1)  /*!< Timer 3 selected */
+#define TIM_SELECT_TIM4  ((uint32_t)RI_ICR_TIM)    /*!< Timer 4 selected */
+
+#define IS_RI_TIM(__TIM__) (((__TIM__) == TIM_SELECT_NONE) || \
+                        ((__TIM__) == TIM_SELECT_TIM2) || \
+                        ((__TIM__) == TIM_SELECT_TIM3) || \
+                        ((__TIM__) == TIM_SELECT_TIM4))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_InputCaptureRouting Input Capture Routing
+  * @{
+  */
+                                                          /* TIMx_IC1 TIMx_IC2  TIMx_IC3  TIMx_IC4 */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_0   (0x00000000U) /* PA0       PA1      PA2       PA3      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_1   (0x00000001U) /* PA4       PA5      PA6       PA7      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_2   (0x00000002U) /* PA8       PA9      PA10      PA11     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_3   (0x00000003U) /* PA12      PA13     PA14      PA15     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_4   (0x00000004U) /* PC0       PC1      PC2       PC3      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_5   (0x00000005U) /* PC4       PC5      PC6       PC7      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_6   (0x00000006U) /* PC8       PC9      PC10      PC11     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_7   (0x00000007U) /* PC12      PC13     PC14      PC15     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_8   (0x00000008U) /* PD0       PD1      PD2       PD3      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_9   (0x00000009U) /* PD4       PD5      PD6       PD7      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_10  (0x0000000AU) /* PD8       PD9      PD10      PD11     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_11  (0x0000000BU) /* PD12      PD13     PD14      PD15     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_12  (0x0000000CU) /* PE0       PE1      PE2       PE3      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_13  (0x0000000DU) /* PE4       PE5      PE6       PE7      */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_14  (0x0000000EU) /* PE8       PE9      PE10      PE11     */
+#define RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_15  (0x0000000FU) /* PE12      PE13     PE14      PE15     */
+
+#define IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(__ROUTING__) (((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_0) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_1) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_2) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_3) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_4) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_5) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_6) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_7) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_8) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_9) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_10) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_11) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_12) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_13) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_14) || \
+                                             ((__ROUTING__) == RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_15))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_IOSwitch IO Switch
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RI_ASCR1_REGISTER       (0x80000000U)
+/* ASCR1 I/O switch: bit 31 is set to '1' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR1 register */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH0         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_0)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH1         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_1)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH2         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_2)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH3         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_3)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH4         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_4)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH5         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_5)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH6         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_6)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH7         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_7)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH8         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_8)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH9         ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_9)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH10        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_10)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH11        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_11)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH12        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_12)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH13        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_13)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH14        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_14)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH15        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_15)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH18        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_18)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH19        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_19)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH20        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_20)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH21        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_21)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH22        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_22)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH23        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_23)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH24        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_24)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH25        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_25)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_VCOMP       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_VCOMP) /* VCOMP (ADC channel 26) is an internal switch used to connect selected channel to COMP1 non inverting input */
+#if defined (RI_ASCR2_CH1b) /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.4 and Cat.5 */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH27        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_27)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH28        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_28)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH29        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_29)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH30        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_30)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH31        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR1_REGISTER | RI_ASCR1_CH_31)
+#endif /* RI_ASCR2_CH1b */
+
+/* ASCR2 IO switch: bit 31 is set to '0' to indicate that the mask is in ASCR2 register */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_1      ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR10_1)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_2      ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR10_2)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_3      ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR10_3)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_4      ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR10_4)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_1       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR6_1)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_2       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR6_2)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_1       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR5_1)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_2       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR5_2)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_3       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR5_3)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_1       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR4_1)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_2       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR4_2)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_3       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR4_3)
+#if defined (RI_ASCR2_CH0b) /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.3, Cat.4 and Cat.5 */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH0b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH0b)
+#if defined (RI_ASCR2_CH1b) /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.4 and Cat.5 */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH1b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH1b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH2b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH2b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH3b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH3b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH6b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH6b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH7b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH7b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH8b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH8b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH9b        ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH9b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH10b       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH10b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH11b       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH11b)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_CH12b       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_CH12b)
+#endif /* RI_ASCR2_CH1b */
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_3       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR6_3)
+#define RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_4       ((uint32_t)RI_ASCR2_GR6_4)
+#endif /* RI_ASCR2_CH0b */
+
+
+#if defined (RI_ASCR2_CH1b) /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.4 and Cat.5 */
+
+#define IS_RI_IOSWITCH(__IOSWITCH__) (((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH0) || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH1)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH2)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH3)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH4)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH5)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH6)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH7)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH8)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH9)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH10)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH11)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH12)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH13)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH14)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH15)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH18)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH19)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH20)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH21)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH22)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH23)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH24)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH25)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_VCOMP)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH27)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH28)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH29)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH30)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH31)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_1)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_2) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_3)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_4) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_1)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_2)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_3)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_4)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_1)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_2)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_3)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_1)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_2)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_3)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH0b)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH1b)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH2b)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH3b)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH6b)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH7b)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH8b)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH9b)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH10b)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH11b)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH12b))
+
+#else /* !RI_ASCR2_CH1b */
+
+#if defined (RI_ASCR2_CH0b) /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.3 */
+
+#define IS_RI_IOSWITCH(__IOSWITCH__) (((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH0) || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH1)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH2)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH3)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH4)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH5)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH6)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH7)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH8)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH9)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH10)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH11)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH12)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH13)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH14)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH15)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH18)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH19)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH20)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH21)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH22)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH23)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH24)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH25)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_VCOMP)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_1) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_2)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_3) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_4)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_1)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_2)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_1)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_2)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_3)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_1)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_2)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_3)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH0b))
+
+#else /* !RI_ASCR2_CH0b */  /* STM32L1 devices category Cat.1 and Cat.2 */
+
+#define IS_RI_IOSWITCH(__IOSWITCH__) (((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH0) || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH1)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH2)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH3)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH4)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH5)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH6)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH7)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH8)     || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH9)    || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH10)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH11)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH12)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH13)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH14)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH15)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH18)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH19)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH20)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH21)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH22)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH23)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH24)    || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_CH25)   || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_VCOMP)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_1) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_2)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_3) || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR10_4)  || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_1)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR6_2)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_1)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_2)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR5_3)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_1)   || ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_2)  || \
+                                  ((__IOSWITCH__) == RI_IOSWITCH_GR4_3))
+
+#endif /* RI_ASCR2_CH0b */
+#endif /* RI_ASCR2_CH1b */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Pin PIN define
+  * @{
+  */
+#define RI_PIN_0                 ((uint16_t)0x0001)  /*!< Pin 0 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_1                 ((uint16_t)0x0002)  /*!< Pin 1 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_2                 ((uint16_t)0x0004)  /*!< Pin 2 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_3                 ((uint16_t)0x0008)  /*!< Pin 3 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_4                 ((uint16_t)0x0010)  /*!< Pin 4 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_5                 ((uint16_t)0x0020)  /*!< Pin 5 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_6                 ((uint16_t)0x0040)  /*!< Pin 6 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_7                 ((uint16_t)0x0080)  /*!< Pin 7 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_8                 ((uint16_t)0x0100)  /*!< Pin 8 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_9                 ((uint16_t)0x0200)  /*!< Pin 9 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_10                ((uint16_t)0x0400)  /*!< Pin 10 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_11                ((uint16_t)0x0800)  /*!< Pin 11 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_12                ((uint16_t)0x1000)  /*!< Pin 12 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_13                ((uint16_t)0x2000)  /*!< Pin 13 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_14                ((uint16_t)0x4000)  /*!< Pin 14 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_15                ((uint16_t)0x8000)  /*!< Pin 15 selected */
+#define RI_PIN_ALL               ((uint16_t)0xFFFF)  /*!< All pins selected */
+
+#define IS_RI_PIN(__PIN__) ((__PIN__) != (uint16_t)0x00)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Macros HAL Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Macros DBGMCU: Debug MCU
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DBGMCU_Freeze_Unfreeze Freeze Unfreeze Peripherals in Debug mode
+  * @brief   Freeze/Unfreeze Peripherals in Debug mode
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM2 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM2()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM2()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM2_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM3 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM3()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM3()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM3_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM4 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM4()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM4()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM4_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM5 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM5()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM5()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM5_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM6 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM6()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM6()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM6_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM7 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM7()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM7()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_TIM7_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RTC Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_RTC()             SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_RTC()           CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_RTC_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  WWDG Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_WWDG()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_WWDG()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_WWDG_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  IWDG Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_IWDG()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_IWDG()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_IWDG_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C1 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT()    SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C1_TIMEOUT()  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C1_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  I2C2 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT()    SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_I2C2_TIMEOUT()  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB1FZ, DBGMCU_APB1_FZ_DBG_I2C2_SMBUS_TIMEOUT)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM9 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM9()            SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM9()          CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM9_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM10 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM10()           SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM10()         CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM10_STOP)
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  TIM11 Peripherals Debug mode
+  */
+#if defined (DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_FREEZE_TIM11()           SET_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP)
+#define __HAL_DBGMCU_UNFREEZE_TIM11()         CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->APB2FZ, DBGMCU_APB2_FZ_DBG_TIM11_STOP)
+#endif
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_Macros SYSCFG: SYStem ConFiG
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_VrefInt VREFINT configuration
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables or disables the output of internal reference voltage
+  *         (VrefInt) on I/O pin.
+  * @note   The VrefInt output can be routed to any I/O in group 3:
+  *          - For Cat.1 and Cat.2 devices: CH8 (PB0) or CH9 (PB1).
+  *          - For Cat.3 devices: CH8 (PB0), CH9 (PB1) or CH0b (PB2).
+  *          - For Cat.4 and Cat.5 devices: CH8 (PB0), CH9 (PB1), CH0b (PB2),
+  *            CH1b (PF11) or CH2b (PF12).
+  *         Note: Comparator peripheral clock must be preliminarily enabled,
+  *               either in COMP user function "HAL_COMP_MspInit()" (should be
+  *               done if comparators are used) or by direct clock enable:
+  *               Refer to macro "__HAL_RCC_COMP_CLK_ENABLE()".
+  *         Note: In addition with this macro, VrefInt output buffer must be
+  *               connected to the selected I/O pin. Refer to macro
+  *               "__HAL_RI_IOSWITCH_CLOSE()".
+  * @note  VrefInt output enable: Internal reference voltage connected to I/O group 3
+  *        VrefInt output disable: Internal reference voltage disconnected from I/O group 3
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_ENABLE()       SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN)
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_VREFINT_OUT_DISABLE()      CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_VREFOUTEN)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_BootModeConfig Boot Mode Configuration
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Main Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FLASH()             CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE)
+
+/** @brief  System Flash memory mapped at 0x00000000
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SYSTEMFLASH()       MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0)
+
+/** @brief  Embedded SRAM mapped at 0x00000000
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_SRAM()              MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_0 | SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1)
+
+#if defined(FSMC_R_BASE)
+/** @brief  FSMC Bank1 (NOR/PSRAM 1 and 2) mapped at 0x00000000
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_REMAPMEMORY_FSMC()              MODIFY_REG(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_MEM_MODE_1)
+
+#endif /* FSMC_R_BASE */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Returns the boot mode as configured by user.
+  * @retval The boot mode as configured by user. The returned value can be one
+  *         of the following values:
+  *           @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_MAINFLASH
+  *           @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_SYSTEMFLASH
+  *           @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_FSMC (available only for STM32L151xD, STM32L152xD & STM32L162xD)
+  *           @arg SYSCFG_BOOT_SRAM
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_GET_BOOT_MODE()          READ_BIT(SYSCFG->MEMRMP, SYSCFG_MEMRMP_BOOT_MODE)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SYSCFG_USBConfig USB DP line Configuration
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Control the internal pull-up on USB DP line.
+  */
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_USBPULLUP_ENABLE()       SET_BIT(SYSCFG->PMC, SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU)
+
+#define __HAL_SYSCFG_USBPULLUP_DISABLE()      CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->PMC, SYSCFG_PMC_USB_PU)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_Macris RI: Routing Interface
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_InputCaputureConfig Input Capture configuration
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 1 of TIMx to a selected I/O pin.
+  * @param  __TIMSELECT__ Timer select.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_NONE: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed.
+  * @param  __INPUT__ selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_InputCaptureRouting
+  *     e.g.
+  *       __HAL_RI_REMAP_INPUTCAPTURE1(TIM_SELECT_TIM2, RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_1)
+  *       allows routing of Input capture IC1 of TIM2 to PA4.
+  *       For details about correspondence between RI_INPUTCAPTUREROUTING_x
+  *       and I/O pins refer to the parameters' description in the header file
+  *       or refer to the product reference manual.
+  * @note Input capture selection bits are not reset by this function.
+  *       To reset input capture selection bits, use SYSCFG_RIDeInit() function.
+  * @note The I/O should be configured in alternate function mode (AF14) using
+  *       GPIO_PinAFConfig() function.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_REMAP_INPUTCAPTURE1(__TIMSELECT__, __INPUT__)  \
+          do {assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(__INPUT__)); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_TIM, (__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ICR, RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC1); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_IC1OS, (__INPUT__) << POSITION_VAL(RI_ICR_IC1OS)); \
+          }while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 2 of TIMx to a selected I/O pin.
+  * @param  __TIMSELECT__ Timer select.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_NONE: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed.
+  * @param  __INPUT__ selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_InputCaptureRouting
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_REMAP_INPUTCAPTURE2(__TIMSELECT__, __INPUT__)  \
+          do {assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(__INPUT__)); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_TIM, (__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ICR, RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC2); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_IC2OS, (__INPUT__) << POSITION_VAL(RI_ICR_IC2OS)); \
+          }while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 3 of TIMx to a selected I/O pin.
+  * @param  __TIMSELECT__ Timer select.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_NONE: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed.
+  * @param  __INPUT__ selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_InputCaptureRouting
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_REMAP_INPUTCAPTURE3(__TIMSELECT__, __INPUT__)  \
+          do {assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(__INPUT__)); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_TIM, (__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ICR, RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC3); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_IC3OS, (__INPUT__) << POSITION_VAL(RI_ICR_IC3OS)); \
+          }while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the routing interface to map Input Capture 4 of TIMx to a selected I/O pin.
+  * @param  __TIMSELECT__ Timer select.
+  *   This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_NONE: No timer selected and default Timer mapping is enabled.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM2: Timer 2 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM3: Timer 3 Input Captures to be routed.
+  *     @arg TIM_SELECT_TIM4: Timer 4 Input Captures to be routed.
+  * @param  __INPUT__ selects which pin to be routed to Input Capture.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_InputCaptureRouting
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_REMAP_INPUTCAPTURE4(__TIMSELECT__, __INPUT__)  \
+          do {assert_param(IS_RI_TIM(__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              assert_param(IS_RI_INPUTCAPTURE_ROUTING(__INPUT__)); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_TIM, (__TIMSELECT__)); \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ICR, RI_INPUTCAPTURE_IC4); \
+              MODIFY_REG(RI->ICR, RI_ICR_IC4OS, (__INPUT__) << POSITION_VAL(RI_ICR_IC4OS)); \
+          }while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_SwitchControlConfig Switch Control configuration
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable the switch control mode.
+  * @note  ENABLE: ADC analog switches closed if the corresponding
+  *                    I/O switch is also closed.
+  *                    When using COMP1, switch control mode must be enabled.
+  * @note  DISABLE: ADC analog switches open or controlled by the ADC interface.
+  *                    When using the ADC for acquisition, switch control mode
+  *                    must be disabled.
+  * @note COMP1 comparator and ADC cannot be used at the same time since
+  *       they share the ADC switch matrix.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_SWITCHCONTROLMODE_ENABLE()       SET_BIT(RI->ASCR1, RI_ASCR1_SCM)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_SWITCHCONTROLMODE_DISABLE()      CLEAR_BIT(RI->ASCR1, RI_ASCR1_SCM)
+
+/*
+  * @brief  Close or Open the routing interface Input Output switches.
+  * @param  __IOSWITCH__ selects the I/O analog switch number.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_IOSwitch
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_IOSWITCH_CLOSE(__IOSWITCH__) do { assert_param(IS_RI_IOSWITCH(__IOSWITCH__)); \
+            if ((__IOSWITCH__) >> 31 != 0 ) \
+            { \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ASCR1, (__IOSWITCH__) & 0x7FFFFFFF); \
+            } \
+            else \
+            { \
+              SET_BIT(RI->ASCR2, (__IOSWITCH__)); \
+            } \
+          }while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_IOSWITCH_OPEN(__IOSWITCH__) do { assert_param(IS_RI_IOSWITCH(__IOSWITCH__)); \
+            if ((__IOSWITCH__) >> 31 != 0 ) \
+            { \
+              CLEAR_BIT(RI->ASCR1, (__IOSWITCH__) & 0x7FFFFFFF); \
+            } \
+            else \
+            { \
+              CLEAR_BIT(RI->ASCR2, (__IOSWITCH__)); \
+            } \
+          }while(0)
+
+#if defined (COMP_CSR_SW1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Close or open the internal switch COMP1_SW1.
+  *         This switch connects I/O pin PC3 (can be used as ADC channel 13)
+  *         and OPAMP3 ouput to ADC switch matrix (ADC channel VCOMP, channel
+  *         26) and COMP1 non-inverting input.
+  *         Pin PC3 connection depends on another switch setting, refer to
+  *         macro "__HAL_ADC_CHANNEL_SPEED_FAST()".
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_SWITCH_COMP1_SW1_CLOSE()  SET_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_SW1)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_SWITCH_COMP1_SW1_OPEN()   CLEAR_BIT(COMP->CSR, COMP_CSR_SW1)
+#endif /* COMP_CSR_SW1 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RI_HystConfig Hysteresis Activation and Deactivation
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports A
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTA_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR1, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTA_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR1, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports B
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTB_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR1, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTB_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR1, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports C
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTC_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR2, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTC_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR2, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports D
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTD_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR2, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTD_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR2, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#if defined (GPIOE_BASE)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports E
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTE_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR3, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTE_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR3, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#endif /* GPIOE_BASE */
+
+#if defined(GPIOF_BASE) || defined(GPIOG_BASE)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports F
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTF_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR3, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTF_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR3, (__IOPIN__) << 16 ); \
+          } while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable or disable Hysteresis of the input schmitt triger of Ports G
+  *         When the I/Os are programmed in input mode by standard I/O port
+  *         registers, the Schmitt trigger and the hysteresis are enabled by default.
+  *         When hysteresis is disabled, it is possible to read the
+  *         corresponding port with a trigger level of VDDIO/2.
+  *  @param __IOPIN__ : Selects the pin(s) on which to enable or disable hysteresis.
+  *   This parameter must be a value of @ref RI_Pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTG_ON(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            CLEAR_BIT(RI->HYSCR4, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#define __HAL_RI_HYSTERIS_PORTG_OFF(__IOPIN__) do {assert_param(IS_RI_PIN(__IOPIN__)); \
+            SET_BIT(RI->HYSCR4, (__IOPIN__)); \
+          } while(0)
+
+#endif /* GPIOF_BASE || GPIOG_BASE */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Variables HAL Exported Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+extern __IO uint32_t uwTick;
+extern uint32_t uwTickPrio;
+extern uint32_t uwTickFreq;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions  ******************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void);
+void              HAL_MspInit(void);
+void              HAL_MspDeInit(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions  ************************************************/
+void               HAL_IncTick(void);
+void               HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetTick(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetTickPrio(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef  HAL_SetTickFreq(uint32_t Freq);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetTickFreq(void);
+void               HAL_SuspendTick(void);
+void               HAL_ResumeTick(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetHalVersion(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetREVID(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetDEVID(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetUIDw0(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetUIDw1(void);
+uint32_t           HAL_GetUIDw2(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* DBGMCU Peripheral Control functions  *****************************************/
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void);
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void);
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void);
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void);
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void);
+void              HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,437 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of CORTEX HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_CORTEX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Types Cortex Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Initialization_Structure_definition MPU Region Initialization Structure Definition
+  * @brief  MPU Region initialization structure 
+  * @{
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint8_t                Enable;                /*!< Specifies the status of the region. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable                 */
+  uint8_t                Number;                /*!< Specifies the number of the region to protect. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number                 */
+  uint32_t               BaseAddress;           /*!< Specifies the base address of the region to protect.                           */
+  uint8_t                Size;                  /*!< Specifies the size of the region to protect. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size                   */
+  uint8_t                SubRegionDisable;      /*!< Specifies the number of the subregion protection to disable. 
+                                                     This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0x00 and Max_Data = 0xFF    */         
+  uint8_t                TypeExtField;          /*!< Specifies the TEX field level.
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels                    */                 
+  uint8_t                AccessPermission;      /*!< Specifies the region access permission type. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes  */
+  uint8_t                DisableExec;           /*!< Specifies the instruction access status. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access            */
+  uint8_t                IsShareable;           /*!< Specifies the shareability status of the protected region. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable              */
+  uint8_t                IsCacheable;           /*!< Specifies the cacheable status of the region protected. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable              */
+  uint8_t                IsBufferable;          /*!< Specifies the bufferable status of the protected region. 
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable             */
+}MPU_Region_InitTypeDef;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Constants CORTEX Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Preemption_Priority_Group  CORTEX Preemption Priority Group 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0         (0x00000007U) /*!< 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                        4 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1         (0x00000006U) /*!< 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                        3 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2         (0x00000005U) /*!< 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                        2 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3         (0x00000004U) /*!< 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                        1 bits for subpriority */
+#define NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4         (0x00000003U) /*!< 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                                                        0 bits for subpriority */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source CORTEX SysTick clock source
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8    (0x00000000U)
+#define SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK         (0x00000004U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_Control MPU HFNMI and PRIVILEGED Access control
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE      (0x00000000U)  
+#define  MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI           (MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk)
+#define  MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT      (MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk)
+#define  MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF           (MPU_CTRL_HFNMIENA_Msk | MPU_CTRL_PRIVDEFENA_Msk)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Enable CORTEX MPU Region Enable
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_REGION_ENABLE     ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define  MPU_REGION_DISABLE    ((uint8_t)0x00)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Instruction_Access CORTEX MPU Instruction Access
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE      ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define  MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE     ((uint8_t)0x01)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Shareable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Shareable
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE        ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE    ((uint8_t)0x00)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Cacheable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Cacheable
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE         ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE     ((uint8_t)0x00)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Access_Bufferable CORTEX MPU Instruction Access Bufferable
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE         ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define  MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE     ((uint8_t)0x00)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_TEX_Levels MPU TEX Levels
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_TEX_LEVEL0    ((uint8_t)0x00)
+#define  MPU_TEX_LEVEL1    ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define  MPU_TEX_LEVEL2    ((uint8_t)0x02)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Size CORTEX MPU Region Size
+  * @{
+  */
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B      ((uint8_t)0x04)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B      ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B     ((uint8_t)0x06) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B     ((uint8_t)0x07) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B     ((uint8_t)0x08) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB      ((uint8_t)0x09)  
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB      ((uint8_t)0x0A)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB      ((uint8_t)0x0B) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB      ((uint8_t)0x0C) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB     ((uint8_t)0x0D) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB     ((uint8_t)0x0E) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB     ((uint8_t)0x0F) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB    ((uint8_t)0x10)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB    ((uint8_t)0x11)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB    ((uint8_t)0x12)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB      ((uint8_t)0x13) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB      ((uint8_t)0x14) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB      ((uint8_t)0x15) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB      ((uint8_t)0x16) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB     ((uint8_t)0x17)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB     ((uint8_t)0x18)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB     ((uint8_t)0x19)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB    ((uint8_t)0x1A)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB    ((uint8_t)0x1B)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB    ((uint8_t)0x1C)
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB      ((uint8_t)0x1D) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB      ((uint8_t)0x1E) 
+#define   MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB      ((uint8_t)0x1F)
+/**                                
+  * @}
+  */
+   
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Permission_Attributes CORTEX MPU Region Permission Attributes 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS      ((uint8_t)0x00)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW        ((uint8_t)0x01) 
+#define  MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO    ((uint8_t)0x02)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS    ((uint8_t)0x03)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO        ((uint8_t)0x05) 
+#define  MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO    ((uint8_t)0x06)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_MPU_Region_Number CORTEX MPU Region Number
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER0    ((uint8_t)0x00)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER1    ((uint8_t)0x01) 
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER2    ((uint8_t)0x02)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER3    ((uint8_t)0x03)  
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER4    ((uint8_t)0x04) 
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER5    ((uint8_t)0x05)
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER6    ((uint8_t)0x06)
+#define  MPU_REGION_NUMBER7    ((uint8_t)0x07)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/* Exported Macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Macros CORTEX Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Preemption_Priority_Group_Macro  CORTEX Preemption Priority Group 
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(GROUP) (((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3) || \
+                                       ((GROUP) == NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4))
+
+#define IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PRIORITY)  ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(PRIORITY)  ((PRIORITY) < 0x10)
+
+#define IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQ)  ((IRQ) >= 0x00)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Macros CORTEX Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */  
+                                  
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_SysTick_clock_source_Macro_Private CORTEX SysTick clock source
+  * @{
+  */                       
+#define IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(SOURCE) (((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK) || \
+                                       ((SOURCE) == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+#define IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_REGION_ENABLE) || \
+                                     ((STATE) == MPU_REGION_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(STATE) (((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_ENABLE) || \
+                                          ((STATE) == MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(STATE)   (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE) || \
+                                          ((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_SHAREABLE))
+
+#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(STATE)   (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE) || \
+                                          ((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_CACHEABLE))
+
+#define IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(STATE)   (((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE) || \
+                                          ((STATE) == MPU_ACCESS_NOT_BUFFERABLE))
+
+#define IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL0)  || \
+                                ((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL1)  || \
+                                ((TYPE) == MPU_TEX_LEVEL2))
+
+#define IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(TYPE) (((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_NO_ACCESS)   || \
+                                                  ((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW)     || \
+                                                  ((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RW_URO) || \
+                                                  ((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_FULL_ACCESS) || \
+                                                  ((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO)     || \
+                                                  ((TYPE) == MPU_REGION_PRIV_RO_URO))
+
+#define IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(NUMBER)    (((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER0) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER1) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER2) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER3) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER4) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER5) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER6) || \
+                                         ((NUMBER) == MPU_REGION_NUMBER7))
+
+#define IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(SIZE)    (((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32B)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64B)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128B)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256B)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512B)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1KB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2KB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4KB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8KB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16KB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32KB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64KB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128KB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256KB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512KB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1MB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2MB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4MB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_8MB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_16MB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_32MB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_64MB)  || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_128MB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_256MB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_512MB) || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_1GB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_2GB)   || \
+                                     ((SIZE) == MPU_REGION_SIZE_4GB))
+
+#define IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(SUBREGION)  ((SUBREGION) < (uint16_t)0x00FF)
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+                                                                                   
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/   
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Private_Functions CORTEX Private Functions
+  * @brief    CORTEX private  functions 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+  
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */  
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
+void     HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup);
+void     HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority);
+void     HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void     HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void     HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void);
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */ 
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control);
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void);
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init);
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void);
+void     HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority);
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void     HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void     HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn);
+void     HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource);
+void     HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void);
+void     HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_CORTEX_H */
+ 
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_def.h

@@ -0,0 +1,198 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_def.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   This file contains HAL common defines, enumeration, macros and
+  *          structures definitions.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_DEF
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_DEF
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx.h"
+#include "Legacy/stm32_hal_legacy.h"
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL Status structures definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_OK       = 0x00U,
+  HAL_ERROR    = 0x01U,
+  HAL_BUSY     = 0x02U,
+  HAL_TIMEOUT  = 0x03U
+} HAL_StatusTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL Lock structures definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_UNLOCKED = 0x00U,
+  HAL_LOCKED   = 0x01U
+} HAL_LockTypeDef;
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#define UNUSED(X) (void)X      /* To avoid gcc/g++ warnings */
+
+#define HAL_MAX_DELAY      0xFFFFFFFFU
+
+#define HAL_IS_BIT_SET(REG, BIT)         (((REG) & (BIT)) == (BIT))
+#define HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(REG, BIT)         (((REG) & (BIT)) == 0U)
+
+#define __HAL_LINKDMA(__HANDLE__, __PPP_DMA_FIELD_, __DMA_HANDLE_)           \
+                        do{                                                  \
+                              (__HANDLE__)->__PPP_DMA_FIELD_ = &(__DMA_HANDLE_); \
+                              (__DMA_HANDLE_).Parent = (__HANDLE__);             \
+                          } while(0)
+
+/** @brief Reset the Handle's State field.
+  * @param __HANDLE__: specifies the Peripheral Handle.
+  * @note  This macro can be used for the following purpose:
+  *          - When the Handle is declared as local variable; before passing it as parameter
+  *            to HAL_PPP_Init() for the first time, it is mandatory to use this macro
+  *            to set to 0 the Handle's "State" field.
+  *            Otherwise, "State" field may have any random value and the first time the function
+  *            HAL_PPP_Init() is called, the low level hardware initialization will be missed
+  *            (i.e. HAL_PPP_MspInit() will not be executed).
+  *          - When there is a need to reconfigure the low level hardware: instead of calling
+  *            HAL_PPP_DeInit() then HAL_PPP_Init(), user can make a call to this macro then HAL_PPP_Init().
+  *            In this later function, when the Handle's "State" field is set to 0, it will execute the function
+  *            HAL_PPP_MspInit() which will reconfigure the low level hardware.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = 0U)
+
+#if (USE_RTOS == 1)
+
+  /* Reserved for future use */
+  #error "USE_RTOS should be 0 in the current HAL release"
+
+#else
+  #define __HAL_LOCK(__HANDLE__)                                               \
+                                do{                                            \
+                                    if((__HANDLE__)->Lock == HAL_LOCKED)       \
+                                    {                                          \
+                                       return HAL_BUSY;                        \
+                                    }                                          \
+                                    else                                       \
+                                    {                                          \
+                                       (__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_LOCKED;        \
+                                    }                                          \
+                                  }while (0)
+
+  #define __HAL_UNLOCK(__HANDLE__)                                             \
+                                  do{                                          \
+                                      (__HANDLE__)->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;       \
+                                    }while (0)
+#endif /* USE_RTOS */
+
+#if  defined ( __GNUC__ ) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
+  #ifndef __weak
+    #define __weak   __attribute__((weak))
+  #endif /* __weak */
+  #ifndef __packed
+    #define __packed __attribute__((__packed__))
+  #endif /* __packed */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+
+/* Macro to get variable aligned on 4-bytes, for __ICCARM__ the directive "#pragma data_alignment=4" must be used instead */
+#if defined   (__GNUC__) && !defined (__CC_ARM) /* GNU Compiler */
+  #ifndef __ALIGN_END
+    #define __ALIGN_END    __attribute__ ((aligned (4)))
+  #endif /* __ALIGN_END */
+  #ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
+    #define __ALIGN_BEGIN
+  #endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
+#else
+  #ifndef __ALIGN_END
+    #define __ALIGN_END
+  #endif /* __ALIGN_END */
+  #ifndef __ALIGN_BEGIN
+    #if defined   (__CC_ARM)      /* ARM Compiler */
+      #define __ALIGN_BEGIN    __align(4)
+    #elif defined (__ICCARM__)    /* IAR Compiler */
+      #define __ALIGN_BEGIN
+    #endif /* __CC_ARM */
+  #endif /* __ALIGN_BEGIN */
+#endif /* __GNUC__ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  __RAM_FUNC definition
+  */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM   )
+/* ARM Compiler
+   ------------
+   RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options.
+   Functions that are executed in RAM should reside in a separate source module.
+   Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change the 'Code / Const'
+   area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+   Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 'Options for Target'
+   dialog.
+*/
+#define __RAM_FUNC
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+/* ICCARM Compiler
+   ---------------
+   RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+*/
+#define __RAM_FUNC __ramfunc
+
+#elif defined   (  __GNUC__  )
+/* GNU Compiler
+   ------------
+  RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+   "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+*/
+#define __RAM_FUNC  __attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))
+
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @brief  __NOINLINE definition
+  */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM   ) || defined   (  __GNUC__  )
+/* ARM & GNUCompiler
+   ----------------
+*/
+#define __NOINLINE __attribute__ ( (noinline) )
+
+#elif defined ( __ICCARM__ )
+/* ICCARM Compiler
+   ---------------
+*/
+#define __NOINLINE _Pragma("optimize = no_inline")
+
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* ___STM32L1xx_HAL_DEF */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_dma.h

@@ -0,0 +1,652 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_dma.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of DMA HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef STM32L1xx_HAL_DMA_H
+#define STM32L1xx_HAL_DMA_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Types DMA Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA Configuration Structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t Direction;                 /*!< Specifies if the data will be transferred from memory to peripheral,
+                                           from memory to memory or from peripheral to memory.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Data_transfer_direction */
+
+  uint32_t PeriphInc;                 /*!< Specifies whether the Peripheral address register should be incremented or not.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode */
+
+  uint32_t MemInc;                    /*!< Specifies whether the memory address register should be incremented or not.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_incremented_mode */
+
+  uint32_t PeriphDataAlignment;       /*!< Specifies the Peripheral data width.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Peripheral_data_size */
+
+  uint32_t MemDataAlignment;          /*!< Specifies the Memory data width.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Memory_data_size */
+
+  uint32_t Mode;                      /*!< Specifies the operation mode of the DMAy Channelx.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_mode
+                                           @note The circular buffer mode cannot be used if the memory-to-memory
+                                                 data transfer is configured on the selected Channel */
+
+  uint32_t Priority;                  /*!< Specifies the software priority for the DMAy Channelx.
+                                           This parameter can be a value of @ref DMA_Priority_level */
+} DMA_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL DMA State structures definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET             = 0x00U,  /*!< DMA not yet initialized or disabled    */
+  HAL_DMA_STATE_READY             = 0x01U,  /*!< DMA initialized and ready for use      */
+  HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY              = 0x02U,  /*!< DMA process is ongoing                 */
+  HAL_DMA_STATE_TIMEOUT           = 0x03U,  /*!< DMA timeout state                      */
+}HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL DMA Error Code structure definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER      = 0x00U,    /*!< Full transfer     */
+  HAL_DMA_HALF_TRANSFER      = 0x01U     /*!< Half Transfer     */
+}HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef;
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL DMA Callback ID structure definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID          = 0x00U,    /*!< Full transfer     */
+  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID      = 0x01U,    /*!< Half transfer     */
+  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID         = 0x02U,    /*!< Error             */
+  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID         = 0x03U,    /*!< Abort             */
+  HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID           = 0x04U     /*!< All               */
+}HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DMA handle Structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef
+{
+  DMA_Channel_TypeDef    *Instance;                                                     /*!< Register base address                */
+
+  DMA_InitTypeDef       Init;                                                           /*!< DMA communication parameters         */
+
+  HAL_LockTypeDef       Lock;                                                           /*!< DMA locking object                   */
+
+  __IO HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef  State;                                                     /*!< DMA transfer state                   */
+
+  void                  *Parent;                                                        /*!< Parent object state                  */
+
+  void                  (* XferCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma);        /*!< DMA transfer complete callback       */
+
+  void                  (* XferHalfCpltCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma);    /*!< DMA Half transfer complete callback  */
+
+  void                  (* XferErrorCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma);       /*!< DMA transfer error callback          */
+
+  void                  (* XferAbortCallback)(struct __DMA_HandleTypeDef * hdma);       /*!< DMA transfer abort callback          */
+
+  __IO uint32_t         ErrorCode;                                                      /*!< DMA Error code                       */
+
+  DMA_TypeDef           *DmaBaseAddress;                                                /*!< DMA Channel Base Address             */
+
+  uint32_t              ChannelIndex;                                                   /*!< DMA Channel Index                    */
+
+}DMA_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Constants DMA Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Error_Code DMA Error Code
+  * @{
+  */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE                 0x00000000U    /*!< No error                                */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE                   0x00000001U    /*!< Transfer error                          */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER              0x00000004U    /*!< Abort requested with no Xfer ongoing    */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT              0x00000020U    /*!< Timeout error                           */
+#define HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED        0x00000100U    /*!< Not supported mode                      */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Data_transfer_direction DMA Data transfer direction
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY         0x00000000U        /*!< Peripheral to memory direction */
+#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH         DMA_CCR_DIR        /*!< Memory to peripheral direction */
+#define DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY         DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM    /*!< Memory to memory direction     */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_incremented_mode DMA Peripheral incremented mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_PINC_ENABLE              DMA_CCR_PINC  /*!< Peripheral increment mode Enable */
+#define DMA_PINC_DISABLE             0x00000000U   /*!< Peripheral increment mode Disable */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_incremented_mode DMA Memory incremented mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_MINC_ENABLE              DMA_CCR_MINC   /*!< Memory increment mode Enable  */
+#define DMA_MINC_DISABLE             0x00000000U    /*!< Memory increment mode Disable */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Peripheral_data_size DMA Peripheral data size
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE          0x00000000U       /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Byte     */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD      DMA_CCR_PSIZE_0   /*!< Peripheral data alignment : HalfWord */
+#define DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD          DMA_CCR_PSIZE_1   /*!< Peripheral data alignment : Word     */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Memory_data_size DMA Memory data size
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE          0x00000000U       /*!< Memory data alignment : Byte     */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD      DMA_CCR_MSIZE_0   /*!< Memory data alignment : HalfWord */
+#define DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD          DMA_CCR_MSIZE_1   /*!< Memory data alignment : Word     */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_mode DMA mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_NORMAL                0x00000000U                /*!< Normal mode                                    */
+#define DMA_CIRCULAR              DMA_CCR_CIRC               /*!< Circular mode                                  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Priority_level DMA Priority level
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_LOW             0x00000000U     /*!< Priority level : Low       */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM          DMA_CCR_PL_0    /*!< Priority level : Medium    */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH            DMA_CCR_PL_1    /*!< Priority level : High      */
+#define DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH       DMA_CCR_PL      /*!< Priority level : Very_High */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_interrupt_enable_definitions DMA interrupt enable definitions
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_IT_TC                         DMA_CCR_TCIE
+#define DMA_IT_HT                         DMA_CCR_HTIE
+#define DMA_IT_TE                         DMA_CCR_TEIE
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_flag_definitions DMA flag definitions
+  * @{
+  */
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL1                      DMA_ISR_GIF1
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC1                      DMA_ISR_TCIF1
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT1                      DMA_ISR_HTIF1
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE1                      DMA_ISR_TEIF1
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL2                      DMA_ISR_GIF2
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC2                      DMA_ISR_TCIF2
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT2                      DMA_ISR_HTIF2
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE2                      DMA_ISR_TEIF2
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL3                      DMA_ISR_GIF3
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC3                      DMA_ISR_TCIF3
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT3                      DMA_ISR_HTIF3
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE3                      DMA_ISR_TEIF3
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL4                      DMA_ISR_GIF4
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC4                      DMA_ISR_TCIF4
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT4                      DMA_ISR_HTIF4
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE4                      DMA_ISR_TEIF4
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL5                      DMA_ISR_GIF5
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC5                      DMA_ISR_TCIF5
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT5                      DMA_ISR_HTIF5
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE5                      DMA_ISR_TEIF5
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL6                      DMA_ISR_GIF6
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC6                      DMA_ISR_TCIF6
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT6                      DMA_ISR_HTIF6
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE6                      DMA_ISR_TEIF6
+#define DMA_FLAG_GL7                      DMA_ISR_GIF7
+#define DMA_FLAG_TC7                      DMA_ISR_TCIF7
+#define DMA_FLAG_HT7                      DMA_ISR_HTIF7
+#define DMA_FLAG_TE7                      DMA_ISR_TEIF7
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Macros DMA Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief  Reset DMA handle state.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)        ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |=  DMA_CCR_EN)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(__HANDLE__)       ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &=  ~DMA_CCR_EN)
+
+
+/* Interrupt & Flag management */
+#if defined(STM32L100xC) || defined (STM32L151xC) || defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L162xC) || \
+    defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || \
+    defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
+  */
+
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_TC7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_HT7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_TE7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel Global interrupt flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_ISR_GIF1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1))? DMA_ISR_GIF1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_ISR_GIF2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2))? DMA_ISR_GIF2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_ISR_GIF3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel3))? DMA_ISR_GIF3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_ISR_GIF4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel4))? DMA_ISR_GIF4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_ISR_GIF5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel5))? DMA_ISR_GIF5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_ISR_GIF6 :\
+   DMA_ISR_GIF7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __FLAG__ Get the specified flag.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx: Transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx: Half transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx: Transfer error flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_GLx: Global interrupt flag
+  *         Where x can be from 1 to 7 to select the DMA Channel x flag.
+  * @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? \
+ (DMA2->ISR & (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__)))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx:  Transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx:  Half transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx:  Transfer error flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_GLx: Global interrupt flag
+    *         Where x can be from 1 to 7 to select the DMA Channel x flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) > ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel7))? \
+(DMA2->IFCR = (__FLAG__)) : (DMA1->IFCR = (__FLAG__)))
+
+#else
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel transfer complete flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer complete flag index.
+  */
+
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TC_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__) \
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TC1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TC2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TC3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TC4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TC5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TC6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_TC7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel half transfer complete flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified half transfer complete flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_HT_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_HT1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_HT2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_HT3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_HT4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_HT5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_HT6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_HT7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel transfer error flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_TE_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_FLAG_TE1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_FLAG_TE2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_FLAG_TE3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_FLAG_TE4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_FLAG_TE5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_FLAG_TE6 :\
+   DMA_FLAG_TE7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the current DMA Channel Global interrupt flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The specified transfer error flag index.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_GI_FLAG_INDEX(__HANDLE__)\
+(((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1))? DMA_ISR_GIF1 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2))? DMA_ISR_GIF2 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel3))? DMA_ISR_GIF3 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel4))? DMA_ISR_GIF4 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel5))? DMA_ISR_GIF5 :\
+ ((uint32_t)((__HANDLE__)->Instance) == ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel6))? DMA_ISR_GIF6 :\
+   DMA_ISR_GIF7)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __FLAG__ Get the specified flag.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TCIFx:  Transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_HTIFx:  Half transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TEIFx:  Transfer error flag
+  *            @arg DMA_ISR_GIFx:    Global interrupt flag
+  *         Where x can be from 1 to 7 to select the DMA Channel x flag.
+  * @retval The state of FLAG (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__)   (DMA1->ISR & (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TCx:  Transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_HTx:  Half transfer complete flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_TEx:  Transfer error flag
+  *            @arg DMA_FLAG_GLx: Global interrupt flag
+  *         Where x can be from 1 to 7 to select the DMA Channel x flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) (DMA1->IFCR = (__FLAG__))
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xC || STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || STM32L162xC || STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || STM32L151xE || STM32L151xDX || STM32L152xE || STM32L152xDX || STM32L162xE || STM32L162xDX */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TC:  Transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_HT:  Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TE:  Transfer error interrupt mask
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)   ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR |= (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt sources to be enabled or disabled.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TC:  Transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_HT:  Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TE:  Transfer error interrupt mask
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)  ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR &= ~(__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or not.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the DMA interrupt source to check.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TC:  Transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_HT:  Half transfer complete interrupt mask
+  *            @arg DMA_IT_TE:  Transfer error interrupt mask
+  * @retval The state of DMA_IT (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)  (((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CCR & (__INTERRUPT__)))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the number of remaining data units in the current DMA Channel transfer.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ DMA handle
+  * @retval The number of remaining data units in the current DMA Channel transfer.
+  */
+#define __HAL_DMA_GET_COUNTER(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CNDTR)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start (DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout);
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma));
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+uint32_t             HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Macros DMA Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_DMA_DIRECTION(DIRECTION) (((DIRECTION) == DMA_PERIPH_TO_MEMORY ) || \
+                                     ((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)  || \
+                                     ((DIRECTION) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_MEMORY))
+
+#define IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) >= 0x1U) && ((SIZE) < 0x10000U))
+
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_PINC_ENABLE) || \
+                                            ((STATE) == DMA_PINC_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(STATE) (((STATE) == DMA_MINC_ENABLE)  || \
+                                        ((STATE) == DMA_MINC_DISABLE))
+
+#define IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_BYTE)     || \
+                                           ((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+                                           ((SIZE) == DMA_PDATAALIGN_WORD))
+
+#define IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(SIZE) (((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_BYTE)     || \
+                                       ((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_HALFWORD) || \
+                                       ((SIZE) == DMA_MDATAALIGN_WORD ))
+
+#define IS_DMA_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == DMA_NORMAL )  || \
+                           ((MODE) == DMA_CIRCULAR))
+
+#define IS_DMA_PRIORITY(PRIORITY) (((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_LOW )   || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_MEDIUM) || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_HIGH)   || \
+                                   ((PRIORITY) == DMA_PRIORITY_VERY_HIGH))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STM32L1xx_HAL_DMA_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_exti.h

@@ -0,0 +1,316 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_exti.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of EXTI HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2020 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef STM32L1xx_HAL_EXTI_H
+#define STM32L1xx_HAL_EXTI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI EXTI
+  * @brief EXTI HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Types EXTI Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID          = 0x00U
+} EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Handle structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t Line;                    /*!<  Exti line number */
+  void (* PendingCallback)(void);   /*!<  Exti pending callback */
+} EXTI_HandleTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Configuration structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t Line;      /*!< The Exti line to be configured. This parameter
+                           can be a value of @ref EXTI_Line */
+  uint32_t Mode;      /*!< The Exit Mode to be configured for a core.
+                           This parameter can be a combination of @ref EXTI_Mode */
+  uint32_t Trigger;   /*!< The Exti Trigger to be configured. This parameter
+                           can be a value of @ref EXTI_Trigger */
+  uint32_t GPIOSel;   /*!< The Exti GPIO multiplexer selection to be configured.
+                           This parameter is only possible for line 0 to 15. It
+                           can be a value of @ref EXTI_GPIOSel */
+} EXTI_ConfigTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Constants EXTI Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Line  EXTI Line
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_LINE_0                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x00u)    /*!< External interrupt line 0 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_1                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x01u)    /*!< External interrupt line 1 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_2                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x02u)    /*!< External interrupt line 2 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_3                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x03u)    /*!< External interrupt line 3 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_4                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x04u)    /*!< External interrupt line 4 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_5                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x05u)    /*!< External interrupt line 5 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_6                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x06u)    /*!< External interrupt line 6 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_7                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x07u)    /*!< External interrupt line 7 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_8                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x08u)    /*!< External interrupt line 8 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_9                        (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x09u)    /*!< External interrupt line 9 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_10                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Au)    /*!< External interrupt line 10 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_11                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Bu)    /*!< External interrupt line 11 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_12                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Cu)    /*!< External interrupt line 12 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_13                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Du)    /*!< External interrupt line 13 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_14                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Eu)    /*!< External interrupt line 14 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_15                       (EXTI_GPIO       | 0x0Fu)    /*!< External interrupt line 15 */
+#define EXTI_LINE_16                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x10u)    /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD Output */
+#define EXTI_LINE_17                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x11u)    /*!< External interrupt line 17 Connected to the RTC Alarm event */
+#define EXTI_LINE_18                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x12u)    /*!< External interrupt line 18 Connected to the USB Device FS Wakeup from suspend event */
+#define EXTI_LINE_19                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x13u)    /*!< External interrupt line 19 Connected to the RTC Tamper and Time Stamp events */
+#define EXTI_LINE_20                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x14u)    /*!< External interrupt line 20 Connected to the RTC Wakeup event */
+#define EXTI_LINE_21                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x15u)    /*!< External interrupt line 21 Connected to the Comparator 1 output */
+#define EXTI_LINE_22                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x16u)    /*!< External interrupt line 22 Connected to the Comparator 2 output */
+#if defined(EXTI_IMR_IM23)
+#define EXTI_LINE_23                       (EXTI_CONFIG     | 0x17u)    /*!< External interrupt line 23 Connected to the channel acquisition interrupt */
+#endif /* EXTI_IMR_IM23 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Mode  EXTI Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_MODE_NONE                      0x00000000u
+#define EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT                 0x00000001u
+#define EXTI_MODE_EVENT                     0x00000002u
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Trigger  EXTI Trigger
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE                   0x00000000u
+#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING                 0x00000001u
+#define EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING                0x00000002u
+#define EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING         (EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING | EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_GPIOSel  EXTI GPIOSel
+  * @brief
+  * @{
+  */
+#define EXTI_GPIOA                          0x00000000u
+#define EXTI_GPIOB                          0x00000001u
+#define EXTI_GPIOC                          0x00000002u
+#define EXTI_GPIOD                          0x00000003u
+#if defined (GPIOE)
+#define EXTI_GPIOE                          0x00000004u
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+#if defined (GPIOF)
+#define EXTI_GPIOF                          0x00000005u
+#endif /* GPIOF */
+#if defined (GPIOG)
+#define EXTI_GPIOG                          0x00000006u
+#endif /* GPIOG */
+#define EXTI_GPIOH                          0x00000007u
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Macros EXTI Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Line property definition
+  */
+#define EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT                  24u
+#define EXTI_CONFIG                         (0x02uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT)
+#define EXTI_GPIO                           ((0x04uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT) | EXTI_CONFIG)
+#define EXTI_RESERVED                       (0x08uL << EXTI_PROPERTY_SHIFT)
+#define EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK                  (EXTI_CONFIG | EXTI_GPIO)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI bit usage
+  */
+#define EXTI_PIN_MASK                       0x0000001Fu
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Mask for interrupt & event mode
+  */
+#define EXTI_MODE_MASK                      (EXTI_MODE_EVENT | EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Mask for trigger possibilities
+  */
+#define EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK                   (EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING | EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI Line number
+  */
+#if defined(EXTI_IMR_IM23)
+#define EXTI_LINE_NB                        24UL
+#else
+#define EXTI_LINE_NB                        23UL
+#endif /* EXTI_IMR_IM23 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Macros EXTI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_EXTI_LINE(__LINE__)          ((((__LINE__) & ~(EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK | EXTI_PIN_MASK)) == 0x00u) && \
+                                        ((((__LINE__) & EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK) == EXTI_CONFIG)              || \
+                                         (((__LINE__) & EXTI_PROPERTY_MASK) == EXTI_GPIO))               && \
+                                         (((__LINE__) & EXTI_PIN_MASK) < EXTI_LINE_NB))
+
+#define IS_EXTI_MODE(__LINE__)          ((((__LINE__) & EXTI_MODE_MASK) != 0x00u) && \
+                                         (((__LINE__) & ~EXTI_MODE_MASK) == 0x00u))
+
+#define IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(__LINE__)       (((__LINE__)  & ~EXTI_TRIGGER_MASK) == 0x00u)
+
+#define IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(__LINE__)  ((__LINE__) == EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING)
+
+#define IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(__LINE__)   (((__LINE__) & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+
+#if !defined (GPIOE)
+#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__)     (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOH))
+#elif !defined (GPIOF)
+#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__)     (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOE) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOH))
+#else
+#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(__PORT__)     (((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOA) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOB) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOC) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOD) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOE) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOF) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOG) || \
+                                         ((__PORT__) == EXTI_GPIOH))
+#endif /* GPIOE */
+
+#define IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(__PIN__)       ((__PIN__) < 16U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions EXTI Exported Functions
+  * @brief    EXTI Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1 Configuration functions
+  * @brief    Configuration functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Configuration functions ****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void));
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  * @brief    IO operation functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge);
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STM32l1xx_HAL_EXTI_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_flash.h

@@ -0,0 +1,409 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_flash.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of Flash HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+   
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE      (50000U) /* 50 s */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(_VALUE_)   ((_VALUE_) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+
+#define IS_FLASH_LATENCY(__LATENCY__) (((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_0) || \
+                                       ((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_1))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ 
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Types FLASH Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH Procedure structure definition
+  */
+typedef enum 
+{
+  FLASH_PROC_NONE              = 0U, 
+  FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE         = 1U,
+  FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM           = 2U,
+} FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef;
+
+/** 
+  * @brief  FLASH handle Structure definition  
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  __IO FLASH_ProcedureTypeDef ProcedureOnGoing; /*!< Internal variable to indicate which procedure is ongoing or not in IT context */
+  
+  __IO uint32_t               NbPagesToErase;   /*!< Internal variable to save the remaining sectors to erase in IT context*/
+
+  __IO uint32_t               Address;          /*!< Internal variable to save address selected for program or erase */
+
+  __IO uint32_t               Page;             /*!< Internal variable to define the current page which is erasing */
+
+  HAL_LockTypeDef             Lock;             /*!< FLASH locking object                */
+
+  __IO uint32_t               ErrorCode;        /*!< FLASH error code                    
+                                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Error_Codes  */
+} FLASH_ProcessTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Constants FLASH Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Error_Codes FLASH Error Codes
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE      0x00U  /*!< No error */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA       0x01U  /*!< Programming alignment error */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP       0x02U  /*!< Write protection error */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV      0x04U  /*!< Option validity error */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_SIZE      0x08U  /*!<  */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD        0x10U  /*!< Read protected error */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR   0x20U  /*!< Option UserValidity Error. */
+#define HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPERATION 0x40U  /*!< Not used */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Page_Size FLASH size information
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#define FLASH_SIZE                (uint32_t)((*((uint32_t *)FLASHSIZE_BASE)&0xFFFFU) * 1024U)
+#define FLASH_PAGE_SIZE           (256U)  /*!< FLASH Page Size in bytes */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Type_Program FLASH Type Program
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD       (0x02U)  /*!<Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Latency FLASH Latency
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define FLASH_LATENCY_0            (0x00000000U)    /*!< FLASH Zero Latency cycle */
+#define FLASH_LATENCY_1            FLASH_ACR_LATENCY         /*!< FLASH One Latency cycle */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupts FLASH Interrupts 
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define FLASH_IT_EOP               FLASH_PECR_EOPIE  /*!< End of programming interrupt source */
+#define FLASH_IT_ERR               FLASH_PECR_ERRIE  /*!< Error interrupt source */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Flags FLASH Flags 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_BSY             FLASH_SR_BSY        /*!< FLASH Busy flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_EOP             FLASH_SR_EOP        /*!< FLASH End of Programming flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV           FLASH_SR_ENDHV      /*!< FLASH End of High Voltage flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_READY           FLASH_SR_READY      /*!< FLASH Ready flag after low power mode */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR          FLASH_SR_WRPERR     /*!< FLASH Write protected error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR          FLASH_SR_PGAERR     /*!< FLASH Programming Alignment error flag */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR          FLASH_SR_SIZERR     /*!< FLASH Size error flag  */
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR         FLASH_SR_OPTVERR    /*!< FLASH Option Validity error flag  */
+/* Cat2 & Cat3*/
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+#define FLASH_FLAG_RDERR           FLASH_SR_RDERR    /*!< Read protected error flag  */
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+/* Cat3, Cat4 & Cat5*/
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+#define FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR      FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR /*!< FLASH Option User Validity error flag  */
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Keys FLASH Keys 
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+#define FLASH_PDKEY1               (0x04152637U) /*!< Flash power down key1 */
+#define FLASH_PDKEY2               (0xFAFBFCFDU) /*!< Flash power down key2: used with FLASH_PDKEY1 
+                                                              to unlock the RUN_PD bit in FLASH_ACR */
+
+#define FLASH_PEKEY1               (0x89ABCDEFU) /*!< Flash program erase key1 */
+#define FLASH_PEKEY2               (0x02030405U) /*!< Flash program erase key: used with FLASH_PEKEY2
+                                                               to unlock the write access to the FLASH_PECR register and
+                                                               data EEPROM */
+
+#define FLASH_PRGKEY1              (0x8C9DAEBFU) /*!< Flash program memory key1 */
+#define FLASH_PRGKEY2              (0x13141516U) /*!< Flash program memory key2: used with FLASH_PRGKEY2
+                                                               to unlock the program memory */
+
+#define FLASH_OPTKEY1              (0xFBEAD9C8U) /*!< Flash option key1 */
+#define FLASH_OPTKEY2              (0x24252627U) /*!< Flash option key2: used with FLASH_OPTKEY1 to
+                                                              unlock the write access to the option byte block */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+  
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Macros FLASH Exported Macros
+ *  @brief macros to control FLASH features 
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Interrupt FLASH Interrupts
+ *  @brief macros to handle FLASH interrupts
+ * @{
+ */ 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the specified FLASH interrupt.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__  FLASH interrupt 
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg @ref FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
+  *     @arg @ref FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt    
+  * @retval none
+  */  
+#define __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__)  SET_BIT((FLASH->PECR), (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the specified FLASH interrupt.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__  FLASH interrupt 
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *     @arg @ref FLASH_IT_EOP End of FLASH Operation Interrupt
+  *     @arg @ref FLASH_IT_ERR Error Interrupt    
+  * @retval none
+  */  
+#define __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(__INTERRUPT__)  CLEAR_BIT((FLASH->PECR), (uint32_t)(__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specified FLASH flag status. 
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flag to check.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_BSY         FLASH Busy flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_EOP         FLASH End of Operation flag 
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV       FLASH End of High Voltage flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_READY       FLASH Ready flag after low power mode
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR      FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR      FLASH Size error flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR     FLASH Option validity error error flag
+@if STM32L100xB
+@elif STM32L100xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L151xB
+@elif STM32L151xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L152xB
+@elif STM32L152xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L100xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L151xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L152xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L162xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@else
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@endif
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR      FLASH Write protected error flag 
+  * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__)   (((FLASH->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear the specified FLASH flag.
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the FLASH flags to clear.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_EOP         FLASH End of Operation flag 
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR      FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR      FLASH Size error flag
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR     FLASH Option validity error error flag
+@if STM32L100xB
+@elif STM32L100xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L151xB
+@elif STM32L151xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L152xB
+@elif STM32L152xBA
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L100xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L151xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L152xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L162xC
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_RDERR       FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@else
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR  FLASH Option User validity error
+@endif
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR      FLASH Write protected error flag 
+  * @retval none
+  */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__)   ((FLASH->SR) = (__FLAG__))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/* Include FLASH HAL Extended module */
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.h"  
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h"  
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+
+/* FLASH IRQ handler function */
+void       HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void);
+/* Callbacks in non blocking modes */ 
+void       HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
+void       HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Peripheral Control functions ***********************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function -------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef       FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,968 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of Flash HAL Extended module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR) && defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_MASK         ( FLASH_FLAG_EOP        | FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR    | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR | FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)
+
+#elif defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_MASK         ( FLASH_FLAG_EOP        | FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR    | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)
+
+#elif defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_MASK         ( FLASH_FLAG_EOP        | FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR    | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR)
+
+#else
+
+#define FLASH_FLAG_MASK         ( FLASH_FLAG_EOP        | FLASH_FLAG_ENDHV  | FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR | \
+                                  FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR    | FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR | FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR)
+
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR & FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+
+#if defined(STM32L100xB) || defined(STM32L151xB) || defined(STM32L152xB) || defined(STM32L100xBA) \
+ || defined(STM32L151xBA) || defined(STM32L152xBA)
+     
+/******* Devices with FLASH 128K *******/
+#define FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX       512U /* 512 pages from page 0 to page 511U */
+
+#elif defined(STM32L100xC) || defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC) \
+   || defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined(STM32L152xCA) || defined(STM32L162xCA)
+
+/******* Devices with FLASH 256K *******/
+#define FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX       1025U /* 1025 pages from page 0 to page 1024U */
+
+#elif defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined(STM32L152xD) || defined(STM32L152xDX) \
+   || defined(STM32L162xD) || defined(STM32L162xDX)
+
+/******* Devices with FLASH 384K *******/
+#define FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX       1536U /* 1536 pages from page 0 to page 1535U */
+
+#elif defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE)
+
+/******* Devices with FLASH 512K *******/
+#define FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX       2048U /* 2048 pages from page 0 to page 2047U */
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xB || STM32L151xB || STM32L152xB || STM32L100xBA || STM32L151xBA || STM32L152xBA */
+
+#define WRP_MASK_LOW                 (0x0000FFFFU)
+#define WRP_MASK_HIGH                (0xFFFF0000U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Private_Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_TYPEERASE(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES))
+
+#define IS_OPTIONBYTE(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) <= (OPTIONBYTE_WRP|OPTIONBYTE_RDP|OPTIONBYTE_USER|OPTIONBYTE_BOR)))
+
+#define IS_WRPSTATE(__VALUE__)          (((__VALUE__) == OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE))
+                                         
+#define IS_OB_WRP(__PAGE__)             (((__PAGE__) != 0x0000000U))
+
+#define IS_OB_RDP(__LEVEL__)            (((__LEVEL__) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_0) ||\
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_1) ||\
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_RDP_LEVEL_2))
+                                         
+#define IS_OB_BOR_LEVEL(__LEVEL__)      (((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_OFF)     || \
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_LEVEL1)  || \
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_LEVEL2)  || \
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_LEVEL3)  || \
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_LEVEL4)  || \
+                                         ((__LEVEL__) == OB_BOR_LEVEL5))
+
+#define IS_OB_IWDG_SOURCE(__SOURCE__)   (((__SOURCE__) == OB_IWDG_SW) || ((__SOURCE__) == OB_IWDG_HW))
+
+#define IS_OB_STOP_SOURCE(__SOURCE__)   (((__SOURCE__) == OB_STOP_NORST) || ((__SOURCE__) == OB_STOP_RST))
+
+#define IS_OB_STDBY_SOURCE(__SOURCE__)  (((__SOURCE__) == OB_STDBY_NORST) || ((__SOURCE__) == OB_STDBY_RST))
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD) && defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+    
+#define IS_OBEX(__VALUE__)              (((__VALUE__) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP) || ((__VALUE__) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG))
+
+#elif defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD) && !defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+
+#define IS_OBEX(__VALUE__)              ((__VALUE__) == OPTIONBYTE_PCROP)
+
+#elif !defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD) && defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+
+#define IS_OBEX(__VALUE__)              ((__VALUE__) == OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG)
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD && FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)
+
+#define IS_PCROPSTATE(__VALUE__)        (((__VALUE__) == OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE))  
+
+#define IS_OB_PCROP(__PAGE__)           (((__PAGE__) != 0x0000000U))
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+    
+#define IS_OB_BOOT_BANK(__BANK__)     (((__BANK__) == OB_BOOT_BANK2) || ((__BANK__) == OB_BOOT_BANK1))
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+#define IS_TYPEERASEDATA(__VALUE__)     (((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_BYTE) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_HALFWORD) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_WORD))
+#define IS_TYPEPROGRAMDATA(__VALUE__)   (((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_BYTE) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_HALFWORD) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_WORD) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTBYTE) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTHALFWORD) || \
+                                         ((__VALUE__) == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTWORD))
+
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Address FLASHEx Address
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_DATA_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__)          (((__ADDRESS__) >= FLASH_EEPROM_BASE) && ((__ADDRESS__) <= FLASH_EEPROM_END))
+
+#if defined(STM32L100xB) || defined(STM32L151xB) || defined(STM32L152xB) || defined(STM32L100xBA)  \
+ || defined(STM32L151xBA) || defined(STM32L152xBA) || defined(STM32L100xC) || defined(STM32L151xC) \
+ || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC) || defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined(STM32L152xCA) \
+ || defined(STM32L162xCA)
+
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__)       (((__ADDRESS__) >= FLASH_BASE) && ((__ADDRESS__) <= FLASH_END))  
+
+#else /*STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD || STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__)       (((__ADDRESS__) >= FLASH_BASE) && ((__ADDRESS__) <= FLASH_BANK2_END))  
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_BANK1_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) (((__ADDRESS__) >= FLASH_BASE) && ((__ADDRESS__) <= FLASH_BANK1_END))  
+#define IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_BANK2_ADDRESS(__ADDRESS__) (((__ADDRESS__) >= FLASH_BANK2_BASE) && ((__ADDRESS__) <= FLASH_BANK2_END))  
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xB || STM32L151xB || STM32L152xB || (...) || STM32L151xCA || STM32L152xCA || STM32L162xCA */
+
+#define IS_NBPAGES(__PAGES__) (((__PAGES__) >= 1U) && ((__PAGES__) <= FLASH_NBPAGES_MAX)) 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Types FLASHEx Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH Erase structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t TypeErase;   /*!< TypeErase: Page Erase only.
+                             This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Type_Erase */
+
+  uint32_t PageAddress; /*!< PageAddress: Initial FLASH address to be erased
+                             This parameter must be a value belonging to FLASH Programm address (depending on the devices)  */
+  
+  uint32_t NbPages;     /*!< NbPages: Number of pages to be erased.
+                             This parameter must be a value between 1 and (max number of pages - value of Initial page)*/
+  
+} FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH Option Bytes PROGRAM structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t  OptionType;       /*!< OptionType: Option byte to be configured.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Type */
+
+  uint32_t  WRPState;         /*!< WRPState: Write protection activation or deactivation.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_WRP_State */
+
+  uint32_t  WRPSector0To31;   /*!< WRPSector0To31: specifies the sector(s) which are write protected between Sector 0 to 31
+                                   This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection1 */  
+  
+#if defined(STM32L100xC) || defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC)    \
+ || defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined(STM32L152xCA) \
+ || defined(STM32L152xD) || defined(STM32L152xDX) || defined(STM32L162xCA) || defined(STM32L162xD)  \
+ || defined(STM32L162xDX) || defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE)
+  uint32_t  WRPSector32To63;  /*!< WRPSector32To63: specifies the sector(s) which are write protected between Sector 32 to 63
+                                   This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection2 */  
+#endif /* STM32L100xC || STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || (...) || STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined(STM32L152xD) || defined(STM32L152xDX) \
+ || defined(STM32L162xD) || defined(STM32L162xDX) || defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE)  \
+ || defined(STM32L162xE)
+  uint32_t  WRPSector64To95;  /*!< WRPSector64to95: specifies the sector(s) which are write protected between Sector 64 to 95
+                                   This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection3 */  
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD || STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE) || defined(STM32L151xDX) \
+ || defined(STM32L152xDX) || defined(STM32L162xDX)
+  uint32_t  WRPSector96To127; /*!< WRPSector96To127: specifies the sector(s) which are write protected between Sector 96 to 127 or
+                                   Sectors 96 to 111 for STM32L1xxxDX devices.
+                                   This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection4 */  
+#endif /* STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE || STM32L151xDX || ... */
+                              
+  uint8_t   RDPLevel;         /*!< RDPLevel: Set the read protection level.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection */
+
+  uint8_t   BORLevel;         /*!< BORLevel: Set the BOR Level.
+                                   This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOR_Level */
+                                
+  uint8_t   USERConfig;       /*!< USERConfig: Program the FLASH User Option Byte: IWDG_SW / RST_STOP / RST_STDBY.
+                                   This parameter can be a combination of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog, 
+                                   @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP and @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY*/
+} FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef;
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD) || defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH Advanced Option Bytes Program structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t OptionType;          /*!< OptionType: Option byte to be configured for extension .
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_OptionAdv_Type */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)
+  uint32_t PCROPState;          /*!< PCROPState: PCROP activation or deactivation.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_PCROP_State */
+
+  uint32_t  PCROPSector0To31;   /*!< PCROPSector0To31: specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection1 */
+  
+#if defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC)
+  uint32_t  PCROPSector32To63;  /*!< PCROPSector32To63: specifies the sector(s) set for PCROP
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection2 */
+#endif /* STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || STM32L162xC */
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD */
+ 
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+  uint16_t BootConfig;          /*!< BootConfig: specifies Option bytes for boot config
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOOT */
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2*/
+} FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD || FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Constants FLASHEx Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Type_Erase FLASHEx_Type_Erase
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FLASH_TYPEERASE_PAGES           (0x00U)  /*!<Page erase only*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Type FLASHEx Option Type
+  * @{
+  */
+#define OPTIONBYTE_WRP            (0x01U)  /*!<WRP option byte configuration*/
+#define OPTIONBYTE_RDP            (0x02U)  /*!<RDP option byte configuration*/
+#define OPTIONBYTE_USER           (0x04U)  /*!<USER option byte configuration*/
+#define OPTIONBYTE_BOR            (0x08U)  /*!<BOR option byte configuration*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_WRP_State FLASHEx WRP State
+  * @{
+  */
+#define OB_WRPSTATE_DISABLE        (0x00U)  /*!<Disable the write protection of the desired sectors*/
+#define OB_WRPSTATE_ENABLE         (0x01U)  /*!<Enable the write protection of the desired sectors*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection1 FLASHEx Option Bytes Write Protection1
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Common pages for Cat1, Cat2, Cat3, Cat4 & Cat5 devices */
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES0TO15    (0x00000001U) /* Write protection of Sector0 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES16TO31   (0x00000002U) /* Write protection of Sector1 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES32TO47   (0x00000004U) /* Write protection of Sector2 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES48TO63   (0x00000008U) /* Write protection of Sector3 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES64TO79   (0x00000010U) /* Write protection of Sector4 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES80TO95   (0x00000020U) /* Write protection of Sector5 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES96TO111  (0x00000040U) /* Write protection of Sector6 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES112TO127 (0x00000080U) /* Write protection of Sector7 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES128TO143 (0x00000100U) /* Write protection of Sector8 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES144TO159 (0x00000200U) /* Write protection of Sector9 */  
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES160TO175 (0x00000400U) /* Write protection of Sector10 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES176TO191 (0x00000800U) /* Write protection of Sector11 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES192TO207 (0x00001000U) /* Write protection of Sector12 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES208TO223 (0x00002000U) /* Write protection of Sector13 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES224TO239 (0x00004000U) /* Write protection of Sector14 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES240TO255 (0x00008000U) /* Write protection of Sector15 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES256TO271 (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of Sector16 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES272TO287 (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of Sector17 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES288TO303 (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of Sector18 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES304TO319 (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of Sector19 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES320TO335 (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of Sector20 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES336TO351 (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of Sector21 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES352TO367 (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of Sector22 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES368TO383 (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of Sector23 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES384TO399 (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of Sector24 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES400TO415 (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of Sector25 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES416TO431 (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of Sector26 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES432TO447 (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of Sector27 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES448TO463 (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of Sector28 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES464TO479 (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of Sector29 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES480TO495 (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of Sector30 */ 
+#define OB_WRP1_PAGES496TO511 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of Sector31 */ 
+  
+#define OB_WRP1_ALLPAGES      ((uint32_t)FLASH_WRPR1_WRP) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#if defined(STM32L100xC) || defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC)    \
+ || defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined(STM32L152xCA) \
+ || defined(STM32L152xD) || defined(STM32L152xDX) || defined(STM32L162xCA) || defined(STM32L162xD)  \
+ || defined(STM32L162xDX) || defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE)
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection2 FLASHEx Option Bytes Write Protection2
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Pages for Cat3, Cat4 & Cat5 devices*/
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES512TO527   (0x00000001U) /* Write protection of Sector32 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES528TO543   (0x00000002U) /* Write protection of Sector33 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES544TO559   (0x00000004U) /* Write protection of Sector34 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES560TO575   (0x00000008U) /* Write protection of Sector35 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES576TO591   (0x00000010U) /* Write protection of Sector36 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES592TO607   (0x00000020U) /* Write protection of Sector37 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES608TO623   (0x00000040U) /* Write protection of Sector38 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES624TO639   (0x00000080U) /* Write protection of Sector39 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES640TO655   (0x00000100U) /* Write protection of Sector40 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES656TO671   (0x00000200U) /* Write protection of Sector41 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES672TO687   (0x00000400U) /* Write protection of Sector42 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES688TO703   (0x00000800U) /* Write protection of Sector43 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES704TO719   (0x00001000U) /* Write protection of Sector44 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES720TO735   (0x00002000U) /* Write protection of Sector45 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES736TO751   (0x00004000U) /* Write protection of Sector46 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES752TO767   (0x00008000U) /* Write protection of Sector47 */  
+
+#if defined(STM32L100xC) || defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC)   \
+ || defined(STM32L151xCA) || defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L152xCA) || defined(STM32L152xD) \
+ || defined(STM32L162xCA) || defined(STM32L162xD) || defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE)  \
+ || defined(STM32L162xE)
+
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES768TO783   (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of Sector48 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES784TO799   (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of Sector49 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES800TO815   (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of Sector50 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES816TO831   (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of Sector51 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES832TO847   (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of Sector52 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES848TO863   (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of Sector53 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES864TO879   (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of Sector54 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES880TO895   (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of Sector55 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES896TO911   (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of Sector56 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES912TO927   (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of Sector57 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES928TO943   (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of Sector58 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES944TO959   (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of Sector59 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES960TO975   (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of Sector60 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES976TO991   (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of Sector61 */  
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES992TO1007  (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of Sector62 */
+#define OB_WRP2_PAGES1008TO1023 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of Sector63 */
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xC || STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || (...) || STM32L162xD || STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+      
+#define OB_WRP2_ALLPAGES        ((uint32_t)FLASH_WRPR2_WRP) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xC || STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || (...) || STM32L162xD || STM32L151xDX || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xD) || defined(STM32L151xDX) || defined(STM32L152xD) || defined(STM32L152xDX) \
+ || defined(STM32L162xD) || defined(STM32L162xDX) || defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE)  \
+ || defined(STM32L162xE)
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection3 FLASHEx Option Bytes Write Protection3
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Pages for devices with FLASH >= 256KB*/
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1024TO1039 (0x00000001U) /* Write protection of Sector64 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1040TO1055 (0x00000002U) /* Write protection of Sector65 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1056TO1071 (0x00000004U) /* Write protection of Sector66 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1072TO1087 (0x00000008U) /* Write protection of Sector67 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1088TO1103 (0x00000010U) /* Write protection of Sector68 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1104TO1119 (0x00000020U) /* Write protection of Sector69 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1120TO1135 (0x00000040U) /* Write protection of Sector70 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1136TO1151 (0x00000080U) /* Write protection of Sector71 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1152TO1167 (0x00000100U) /* Write protection of Sector72 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1168TO1183 (0x00000200U) /* Write protection of Sector73 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1184TO1199 (0x00000400U) /* Write protection of Sector74 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1200TO1215 (0x00000800U) /* Write protection of Sector75 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1216TO1231 (0x00001000U) /* Write protection of Sector76 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1232TO1247 (0x00002000U) /* Write protection of Sector77 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1248TO1263 (0x00004000U) /* Write protection of Sector78 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1264TO1279 (0x00008000U) /* Write protection of Sector79 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1280TO1295 (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of Sector80 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1296TO1311 (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of Sector81 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1312TO1327 (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of Sector82 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1328TO1343 (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of Sector83 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1344TO1359 (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of Sector84 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1360TO1375 (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of Sector85 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1376TO1391 (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of Sector86 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1392TO1407 (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of Sector87 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1408TO1423 (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of Sector88 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1424TO1439 (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of Sector89 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1440TO1455 (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of Sector90 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1456TO1471 (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of Sector91 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1472TO1487 (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of Sector92 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1488TO1503 (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of Sector93 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1504TO1519 (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of Sector94 */
+#define OB_WRP3_PAGES1520TO1535 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of Sector95 */
+
+#define OB_WRP3_ALLPAGES        ((uint32_t)FLASH_WRPR3_WRP) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD || STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE*/
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE) || defined(STM32L151xDX) \
+ || defined(STM32L152xDX) || defined(STM32L162xDX)
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Write_Protection4 FLASHEx Option Bytes Write Protection4
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Pages for Cat5 devices*/
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1536TO1551 (0x00000001U)/* Write protection of Sector96*/   
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1552TO1567 (0x00000002U)/* Write protection of Sector97*/   
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1568TO1583 (0x00000004U)/* Write protection of Sector98*/   
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1584TO1599 (0x00000008U)/* Write protection of Sector99*/   
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1600TO1615 (0x00000010U) /* Write protection of Sector100*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1616TO1631 (0x00000020U) /* Write protection of Sector101*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1632TO1647 (0x00000040U) /* Write protection of Sector102*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1648TO1663 (0x00000080U) /* Write protection of Sector103*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1664TO1679 (0x00000100U) /* Write protection of Sector104*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1680TO1695 (0x00000200U) /* Write protection of Sector105*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1696TO1711 (0x00000400U) /* Write protection of Sector106*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1712TO1727 (0x00000800U) /* Write protection of Sector107*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1728TO1743 (0x00001000U) /* Write protection of Sector108*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1744TO1759 (0x00002000U) /* Write protection of Sector109*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1760TO1775 (0x00004000U) /* Write protection of Sector110*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1776TO1791 (0x00008000U) /* Write protection of Sector111*/ 
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xE) || defined(STM32L152xE) || defined(STM32L162xE)
+
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1792TO1807 (0x00010000U) /* Write protection of Sector112*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1808TO1823 (0x00020000U) /* Write protection of Sector113*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1824TO1839 (0x00040000U) /* Write protection of Sector114*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1840TO1855 (0x00080000U) /* Write protection of Sector115*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1856TO1871 (0x00100000U) /* Write protection of Sector116*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1872TO1887 (0x00200000U) /* Write protection of Sector117*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1888TO1903 (0x00400000U) /* Write protection of Sector118*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1904TO1919 (0x00800000U) /* Write protection of Sector119*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1920TO1935 (0x01000000U) /* Write protection of Sector120*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1936TO1951 (0x02000000U) /* Write protection of Sector121*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1952TO1967 (0x04000000U) /* Write protection of Sector122*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1968TO1983 (0x08000000U) /* Write protection of Sector123*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES1984TO1999 (0x10000000U) /* Write protection of Sector124*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES2000TO2015 (0x20000000U) /* Write protection of Sector125*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES2016TO2031 (0x40000000U) /* Write protection of Sector126*/ 
+#define OB_WRP4_PAGES2032TO2047 (0x80000000U) /* Write protection of Sector127*/ 
+
+#endif /* STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE */
+
+#define OB_WRP4_ALLPAGES        ((uint32_t)FLASH_WRPR4_WRP) /*!< Write protection of all Sectors */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#endif /* STM32L151xE || STM32L152xE || STM32L162xE || STM32L151xDX || ... */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_Read_Protection FLASHEx Option Bytes Read Protection
+  * @{
+  */ 
+#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_0         ((uint8_t)0xAAU)
+#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_1         ((uint8_t)0xBBU)
+#define OB_RDP_LEVEL_2         ((uint8_t)0xCCU) /* Warning: When enabling read protection level 2 
+                                                it is no more possible to go back to level 1 or 0 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOR_Level FLASHEx Option Bytes BOR Level
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_BOR_OFF       ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< BOR is disabled at power down, the reset is asserted when the VDD 
+                                              power supply reaches the PDR(Power Down Reset) threshold (1.5V) */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL1    ((uint8_t)0x08U) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.7V - 1.8V VDD power supply    */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL2    ((uint8_t)0x09U) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 1.9V - 2.0V VDD power supply    */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL3    ((uint8_t)0x0AU) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.3V - 2.4V VDD power supply    */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL4    ((uint8_t)0x0BU) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.55V - 2.65V VDD power supply  */
+#define OB_BOR_LEVEL5    ((uint8_t)0x0CU) /*!< BOR Reset threshold levels for 2.8V - 2.9V VDD power supply    */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_IWatchdog FLASHEx Option Bytes IWatchdog
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_IWDG_SW                     ((uint8_t)0x10U)  /*!< Software WDG selected */
+#define OB_IWDG_HW                     ((uint8_t)0x00U)  /*!< Hardware WDG selected */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STOP FLASHEx Option Bytes nRST_STOP
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_STOP_NORST                  ((uint8_t)0x20U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STOP */
+#define OB_STOP_RST                    ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STOP */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_nRST_STDBY FLASHEx Option Bytes nRST_STDBY
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_STDBY_NORST                 ((uint8_t)0x40U) /*!< No reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+#define OB_STDBY_RST                   ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< Reset generated when entering in STANDBY */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)
+    
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OptionAdv_Type FLASHEx Option Advanced Type
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define OPTIONBYTE_PCROP        (0x01U)  /*!<PCROP option byte configuration*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_OptionAdv_Type FLASHEx Option Advanced Type
+  * @{
+  */ 
+  
+#define OPTIONBYTE_BOOTCONFIG   (0x02U)  /*!<BOOTConfig option byte configuration*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)
+
+/** @defgroup  FLASHEx_PCROP_State FLASHEx PCROP State
+  * @{
+  */
+#define OB_PCROP_STATE_DISABLE        (0x00U)  /*!<Disable PCROP for selected sectors */
+#define OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE         (0x01U)  /*!<Enable PCROP for selected sectors */
+    
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup  FLASHEx_Selection_Protection_Mode FLASHEx Selection Protection Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define OB_PCROP_DESELECTED     ((uint16_t)0x0000U)            /*!< Disabled PCROP, nWPRi bits used for Write Protection on sector i */
+#define OB_PCROP_SELECTED       ((uint16_t)FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)  /*!< Enable PCROP, nWPRi bits used for PCRoP Protection on sector i   */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD */
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xBA) || defined(STM32L152xBA) || defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) \
+ || defined(STM32L162xC)
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection1 FLASHEx Option Bytes PC ReadWrite Protection 1
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Common pages for Cat1, Cat2, Cat3, Cat4 & Cat5 devices */
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES0TO15    (0x00000001U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector0 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES16TO31   (0x00000002U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector1 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES32TO47   (0x00000004U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector2 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES48TO63   (0x00000008U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector3 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES64TO79   (0x00000010U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector4 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES80TO95   (0x00000020U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector5 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES96TO111  (0x00000040U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector6 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES112TO127 (0x00000080U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector7 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES128TO143 (0x00000100U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector8 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES144TO159 (0x00000200U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector9 */  
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES160TO175 (0x00000400U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector10 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES176TO191 (0x00000800U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector11 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES192TO207 (0x00001000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector12 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES208TO223 (0x00002000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector13 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES224TO239 (0x00004000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector14 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES240TO255 (0x00008000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector15 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES256TO271 (0x00010000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector16 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES272TO287 (0x00020000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector17 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES288TO303 (0x00040000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector18 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES304TO319 (0x00080000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector19 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES320TO335 (0x00100000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector20 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES336TO351 (0x00200000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector21 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES352TO367 (0x00400000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector22 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES368TO383 (0x00800000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector23 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES384TO399 (0x01000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector24 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES400TO415 (0x02000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector25 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES416TO431 (0x04000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector26 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES432TO447 (0x08000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector27 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES448TO463 (0x10000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector28 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES464TO479 (0x20000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector29 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES480TO495 (0x40000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector30 */ 
+#define OB_PCROP1_PAGES496TO511 (0x80000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector31 */ 
+  
+#define OB_PCROP1_ALLPAGES      (0xFFFFFFFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write  protection of all Sectors */
+  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+#endif /* STM32L151xBA || STM32L152xBA || STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || STM32L162xC */
+
+#if defined(STM32L151xC) || defined(STM32L152xC) || defined(STM32L162xC)
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_PC_ReadWrite_Protection2 FLASHEx Option Bytes PC ReadWrite Protection 2
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/* Pages for Cat3, Cat4 & Cat5 devices*/
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES512TO527   (0x00000001U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector32 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES528TO543   (0x00000002U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector33 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES544TO559   (0x00000004U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector34 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES560TO575   (0x00000008U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector35 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES576TO591   (0x00000010U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector36 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES592TO607   (0x00000020U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector37 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES608TO623   (0x00000040U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector38 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES624TO639   (0x00000080U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector39 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES640TO655   (0x00000100U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector40 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES656TO671   (0x00000200U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector41 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES672TO687   (0x00000400U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector42 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES688TO703   (0x00000800U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector43 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES704TO719   (0x00001000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector44 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES720TO735   (0x00002000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector45 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES736TO751   (0x00004000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector46 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES752TO767   (0x00008000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector47 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES768TO783   (0x00010000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector48 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES784TO799   (0x00020000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector49 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES800TO815   (0x00040000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector50 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES816TO831   (0x00080000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector51 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES832TO847   (0x00100000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector52 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES848TO863   (0x00200000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector53 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES864TO879   (0x00400000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector54 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES880TO895   (0x00800000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector55 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES896TO911   (0x01000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector56 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES912TO927   (0x02000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector57 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES928TO943   (0x04000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector58 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES944TO959   (0x08000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector59 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES960TO975   (0x10000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector60 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES976TO991   (0x20000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector61 */  
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES992TO1007  (0x40000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector62 */
+#define OB_PCROP2_PAGES1008TO1023 (0x80000000U) /* PC Read/Write  protection of Sector63 */
+
+#define OB_PCROP2_ALLPAGES        (0xFFFFFFFFU) /*!< PC Read/Write  protection of all Sectors */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+#endif /* STM32L151xC || STM32L152xC || STM32L162xC */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Type_Erase_Data FLASHEx Type Erase Data
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_BYTE            (0x00U)  /*!<Erase byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_HALFWORD        (0x01U)  /*!<Erase a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEERASEDATA_WORD            (0x02U)  /*!<Erase a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Type_Program_Data FLASHEx Type Program Data
+  * @{
+  */
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_BYTE            (0x00U)  /*!<Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_HALFWORD        (0x01U)  /*!<Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_WORD            (0x02U)  /*!<Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTBYTE        (0x04U)  /*!<Fast Program byte (8-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTHALFWORD    (0x08U)  /*!<Fast Program a half-word (16-bit) at a specified address.*/
+#define FLASH_TYPEPROGRAMDATA_FASTWORD        (0x10U)  /*!<Fast Program a word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+    
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Option_Bytes_BOOT FLASHEx Option Bytes BOOT
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define OB_BOOT_BANK2                 ((uint8_t)0x00U) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+                                                            and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank 2 
+                                                            or Bank 1, depending on the activation of the bank */
+#define OB_BOOT_BANK1                 ((uint8_t)(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 >> 16U)) /*!< At startup, if boot pins are set in boot from user Flash position
+                                                            and this parameter is selected the device will boot from Bank1(Default) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup FLASHEx_Exported_Macros FLASHEx Exported Macros
+ *  @{
+ */
+ 
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the FLASH Latency.
+  * @param  __LATENCY__ FLASH Latency
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_0  FLASH Zero Latency cycle
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_1  FLASH One Latency cycle
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_SET_LATENCY(__LATENCY__)  do  { \
+                                                  if ((__LATENCY__) == FLASH_LATENCY_1) {__HAL_FLASH_ACC64_ENABLE();} \
+                                                  MODIFY_REG((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_LATENCY, (__LATENCY__)); \
+                                              } while(0U)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the FLASH Latency.
+  * @retval FLASH Latency                   
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_0  FLASH Zero Latency cycle
+  *            @arg @ref FLASH_LATENCY_1  FLASH One Latency cycle
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_GET_LATENCY()     (READ_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_LATENCY))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FLASH 64-bit access.
+  * @note    Read access 64 bit is used.
+  * @note    This bit cannot be written at the same time as the LATENCY and 
+  *          PRFTEN bits.
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_ACC64_ENABLE()    (SET_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_ACC64))
+
+  /**
+  * @brief  Disable the FLASH 64-bit access.
+  * @note     Read access 32 bit is used
+  * @note     To reset this bit, the LATENCY should be zero wait state and the 
+  *               prefetch off.
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_ACC64_DISABLE()   (CLEAR_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_ACC64))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE()    do  { __HAL_FLASH_ACC64_ENABLE(); \
+                                                  SET_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN); \
+                                                } while(0U)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the FLASH prefetch buffer.
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_DISABLE()     CLEAR_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_PRFTEN)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the FLASH power down during Sleep mode
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_SLEEP_POWERDOWN_ENABLE()      SET_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the FLASH power down during Sleep mode
+  * @retval none
+  */ 
+#define __HAL_FLASH_SLEEP_POWERDOWN_DISABLE()     CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->ACR, FLASH_ACR_SLEEP_PD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Flash Run power down mode.
+  * @note   Writing this bit  to 0 this bit, automatically the keys are
+  *         loss and a new unlock sequence is necessary to re-write it to 1.
+  */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE() do { FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY1;    \
+                                             FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY2;    \
+                                             SET_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD);  \
+                                           } while (0U)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Flash Run power down mode.
+  * @note   Writing this bit to 0 this bit, automatically the keys are
+  *         loss and a new unlock sequence is necessary to re-write it to 1.
+  */
+#define __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE() do { FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY1;    \
+                                              FLASH->PDKEYR = FLASH_PDKEY2;    \
+                                             CLEAR_BIT((FLASH->ACR), FLASH_ACR_RUN_PD);  \
+                                            } while (0U)
+                                            
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit, uint32_t *PageError);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_Erase_IT(FLASH_EraseInitTypeDef *pEraseInit);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+void              HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD) || defined(FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2)
+    
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram (FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit);
+void              HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBGetConfig(FLASH_AdvOBProgramInitTypeDef *pAdvOBInit);
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD || FLASH_OBR_nRST_BFB2 */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD)
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_SelectPCROP(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_OB_DeSelectPCROP(void);
+
+#endif /* FLASH_OBR_SPRMOD */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASHEx_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Unlock(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Lock(void);
+
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Erase(uint32_t TypeErase, uint32_t Address);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data);
+void              HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EnableFixedTimeProgram(void);
+void              HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_DisableFixedTimeProgram(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_FLASH_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h

@@ -0,0 +1,119 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */ 
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/ 
+
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/*
+  * @brief  FLASH memory functions that should be executed from internal SRAM.
+  *         These functions are defined inside the "stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c"
+  *         file.
+  */
+  
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void);
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK)
+
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage(uint32_t Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2);
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t* pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2, uint32_t* pBuffer2);
+
+#endif /* FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK */
+
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_GetError(uint32_t *Error);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group4
+  * @{
+  */
+
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address);
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_FLASH_RAMFUNC_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.h

@@ -0,0 +1,320 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of GPIO HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Types GPIO Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @brief   GPIO Init structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t Pin;       /*!< Specifies the GPIO pins to be configured.
+                           This parameter can be any value of @ref GPIO_pins */
+
+  uint32_t Mode;      /*!< Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
+                           This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_mode */
+
+  uint32_t Pull;      /*!< Specifies the Pull-up or Pull-Down activation for the selected pins.
+                           This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_pull */
+
+  uint32_t Speed;     /*!< Specifies the speed for the selected pins.
+                           This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIO_speed */
+
+  uint32_t Alternate;  /*!< Peripheral to be connected to the selected pins
+                            This parameter can be a value of @ref GPIOEx_Alternate_function_selection */
+} GPIO_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  GPIO Bit SET and Bit RESET enumeration
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  GPIO_PIN_RESET = 0,
+  GPIO_PIN_SET
+} GPIO_PinState;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Constants GPIO Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_pins GPIO pins
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_PIN_0                 ((uint16_t)0x0001U)  /* Pin 0 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_1                 ((uint16_t)0x0002U)  /* Pin 1 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_2                 ((uint16_t)0x0004U)  /* Pin 2 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_3                 ((uint16_t)0x0008U)  /* Pin 3 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_4                 ((uint16_t)0x0010U)  /* Pin 4 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_5                 ((uint16_t)0x0020U)  /* Pin 5 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_6                 ((uint16_t)0x0040U)  /* Pin 6 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_7                 ((uint16_t)0x0080U)  /* Pin 7 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_8                 ((uint16_t)0x0100U)  /* Pin 8 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_9                 ((uint16_t)0x0200U)  /* Pin 9 selected    */
+#define GPIO_PIN_10                ((uint16_t)0x0400U)  /* Pin 10 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_11                ((uint16_t)0x0800U)  /* Pin 11 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_12                ((uint16_t)0x1000U)  /* Pin 12 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_13                ((uint16_t)0x2000U)  /* Pin 13 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_14                ((uint16_t)0x4000U)  /* Pin 14 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_15                ((uint16_t)0x8000U)  /* Pin 15 selected   */
+#define GPIO_PIN_All               ((uint16_t)0xFFFFU)  /* All pins selected */
+
+#define GPIO_PIN_MASK              (0x0000FFFFU) /* PIN mask for assert test */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_mode GPIO mode
+  * @brief GPIO Configuration Mode
+  *        Elements values convention: 0xX0yz00YZ
+  *           - X  : GPIO mode or EXTI Mode
+  *           - y  : External IT or Event trigger detection
+  *           - z  : IO configuration on External IT or Event
+  *           - Y  : Output type (Push Pull or Open Drain)
+  *           - Z  : IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog)
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_INPUT                        (0x00000000U)   /*!< Input Floating Mode                   */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP                    (0x00000001U)   /*!< Output Push Pull Mode                 */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD                    (0x00000011U)   /*!< Output Open Drain Mode                */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_AF_PP                        (0x00000002U)   /*!< Alternate Function Push Pull Mode     */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_AF_OD                        (0x00000012U)   /*!< Alternate Function Open Drain Mode    */
+
+#define  GPIO_MODE_ANALOG                       (0x00000003U)   /*!< Analog Mode  */
+
+#define  GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING                    (0x10110000U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection          */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING                   (0x10210000U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection         */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING            (0x10310000U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection  */
+
+#define  GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING                   (0x10120000U)   /*!< External Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection               */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING                  (0x10220000U)   /*!< External Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection              */
+#define  GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING           (0x10320000U)   /*!< External Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection       */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_speed GPIO speed
+  * @brief GPIO Output Maximum frequency
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW       (0x00000000U) /*!< max: 400 KHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
+#define  GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM    (0x00000001U) /*!< max: 1 MHz to 2 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
+#define  GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH      (0x00000002U) /*!< max: 2 MHz to 10 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
+#define  GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH (0x00000003U) /*!< max: 8 MHz to 50 MHz, please refer to the product datasheet */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_pull GPIO pull
+  * @brief GPIO Pull-Up or Pull-Down Activation
+  * @{
+  */
+#define  GPIO_NOPULL        (0x00000000U)   /*!< No Pull-up or Pull-down activation  */
+#define  GPIO_PULLUP        (0x00000001U)   /*!< Pull-up activation                  */
+#define  GPIO_PULLDOWN      (0x00000002U)   /*!< Pull-down activation                */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private constants ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Constants GPIO Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Private_Macros GPIO Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(ACTION) (((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_RESET) || ((ACTION) == GPIO_PIN_SET))
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PIN(__PIN__)        ((((uint32_t)(__PIN__) & GPIO_PIN_MASK) != 0x00U) &&\
+                                     (((uint32_t)(__PIN__) & ~GPIO_PIN_MASK) == 0x00U))
+
+#define IS_GPIO_PULL(PULL) (((PULL) == GPIO_NOPULL) || ((PULL) == GPIO_PULLUP) || \
+                            ((PULL) == GPIO_PULLDOWN))
+
+#define IS_GPIO_SPEED(SPEED) (((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_LOW)  || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_MEDIUM) || \
+                                ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_HIGH) || ((SPEED) == GPIO_SPEED_FREQ_VERY_HIGH))
+
+#define IS_GPIO_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_INPUT)              ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP)          ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD)          ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP)              ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD)              ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING)          ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_FALLING)         ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING)  ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING)         ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_FALLING)        ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_EVT_RISING_FALLING) ||\
+                            ((MODE) == GPIO_MODE_ANALOG))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Macros GPIO Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified EXTI line flag is set or not.
+  * @param  __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line flag to check.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
+  * @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the EXTI's line pending flags.
+  * @param  __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines flags to clear.
+  *         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Checks whether the specified EXTI line is asserted or not.
+  * @param  __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
+  *          This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
+  * @retval The new state of __EXTI_LINE__ (SET or RESET).
+  */
+#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR & (__EXTI_LINE__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clears the EXTI's line pending bits.
+  * @param  __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI lines to clear.
+  *          This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->PR = (__EXTI_LINE__))
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generates a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
+  * @param  __EXTI_LINE__ specifies the EXTI line to check.
+  *          This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be(0..15)
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT(__EXTI_LINE__) (EXTI->SWIER |= (__EXTI_LINE__))
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Include GPIO HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_gpio_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions GPIO Exported Functions
+  *  @brief    GPIO Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *****************************/
+void              HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init);
+void              HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2 IO operation functions
+  *  @brief    IO operation functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* IO operation functions *****************************************************/
+GPIO_PinState     HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void              HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState);
+void              HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void              HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+void              HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/
+

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio_ex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,205 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_gpio_ex.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of GPIO HAL Extension module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_EX_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx GPIOEx
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Exported_Constants GPIOEx Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Alternate_function_selection GPIOEx Alternate function selection
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* AF 0 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF0_MCO           ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< MCO Alternate Function mapping                 */
+#define GPIO_AF0_TAMPER        ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< TAMPER  Alternate Function mapping             */
+#define GPIO_AF0_SWJ           ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< SWJ (SWD and JTAG) Alternate Function mapping  */
+#define GPIO_AF0_TRACE         ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< TRACE Alternate Function mapping               */
+#define GPIO_AF0_RTC_50Hz      ((uint8_t)0x00)  /*!< RTC_OUT Alternate Function mapping             */
+
+/* AF 1 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF1_TIM2           ((uint8_t)0x01)  /*!< TIM2 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/* AF 2 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF2_TIM3           ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< TIM3 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF2_TIM4           ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< TIM4 Alternate Function mapping */
+#if defined (STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L151xE) || defined (STM32L151xDX) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX) || defined (STM32L162xC) || defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L151xC)
+#define GPIO_AF2_TIM5           ((uint8_t)0x02)  /*!< TIM5 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+#endif /*  STM32L151xCA || STM32L151xD || STM32L152xCA || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xCA || STM32L162xD ...STM32L151xC */
+
+/* AF 3 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF3_TIM9            ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< TIM9 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF3_TIM10           ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< TIM10 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF3_TIM11           ((uint8_t)0x03)  /*!< TIM11 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+
+/* AF 4 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF4_I2C1          ((uint8_t)0x04)  /*!< I2C1 Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF4_I2C2          ((uint8_t)0x04)  /*!< I2C2 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/* AF 5 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF5_SPI1          ((uint8_t)0x05)  /*!< SPI1/I2S1 Alternate Function mapping      */
+#define GPIO_AF5_SPI2          ((uint8_t)0x05)  /*!< SPI2/I2S2 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/* AF 6 selection */
+#if defined (STM32L100xC) || defined (STM32L151xC) || defined (STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L151xE) || defined (STM32L151xDX) ||\
+    defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) ||\
+    defined (STM32L162xC) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX)
+
+#define GPIO_AF6_SPI3          ((uint8_t)0x06)  /*!< SPI3/I2S3 Alternate Function mapping */
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xC || STM32L151xC || (...) || STM32L162xD || STM32L162xE || STM32L162xDX */
+
+
+/* AF 7 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF7_USART1        ((uint8_t)0x07)  /*!< USART1 Alternate Function mapping  */
+#define GPIO_AF7_USART2        ((uint8_t)0x07)  /*!< USART2 Alternate Function mapping  */
+#define GPIO_AF7_USART3        ((uint8_t)0x07)  /*!< USART3 Alternate Function mapping  */
+
+/* AF 8 selection */
+#if defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L151xE) || defined (STM32L151xDX) ||\
+    defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) ||\
+    defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX)
+
+#define GPIO_AF8_UART4        ((uint8_t)0x08)  /*!< UART4 Alternate Function mapping  */
+#define GPIO_AF8_UART5        ((uint8_t)0x08)  /*!< UART5 Alternate Function mapping  */
+
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L151xE || STM32L151xDX || STM32L152xD || STM32L 152xE || STM32L162xD || STM32L162xE || STM32L162xDX */
+
+
+/* AF 9 selection */
+
+/* AF 10 selection */
+
+/* AF 11 selection */
+#if defined (STM32L100xB) || defined (STM32L100xBA) || defined (STM32L100xC) ||\
+    defined (STM32L152xB) || defined (STM32L152xBA) || defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) ||\
+    defined (STM32L162xC) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX)
+
+#define GPIO_AF11_LCD            ((uint8_t)0x0B)  /*!< LCD Alternate Function mapping */
+
+#endif /* STM32L100xB || STM32L100xBA || STM32L100xC || (...) || STM32L162xCA || STM32L162xD || STM32L162xE || STM32L162xDX */
+
+/* AF 12 selection */
+#if defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xD)
+
+#define GPIO_AF12_FSMC            ((uint8_t)0x0C)  /*!< FSMC Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF12_SDIO            ((uint8_t)0x0C)  /*!< SDIO Alternate Function mapping */
+
+#endif /* STM32L151xD || STM32L152xD || STM32L162xD */
+/* AF 13 selection */
+
+/* AF 14 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF14_TIM_IC1         ((uint8_t)0x0E)  /*!< TIMER INPUT CAPTURE Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF14_TIM_IC2         ((uint8_t)0x0E)  /*!< TIMER INPUT CAPTURE Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF14_TIM_IC3         ((uint8_t)0x0E)  /*!< TIMER INPUT CAPTURE Alternate Function mapping */
+#define GPIO_AF14_TIM_IC4         ((uint8_t)0x0E)  /*!< TIMER INPUT CAPTURE Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/* AF 15 selection */
+#define GPIO_AF15_EVENTOUT      ((uint8_t)0x0F)  /*!< EVENTOUT Alternate Function mapping */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup GPIOEx_Private_Macros GPIOEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+#define IS_GPIO_AF(AF)   ((AF) <= (uint8_t)0x0F)
+
+
+#if defined (STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L151xE) || defined (STM32L151xDX) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX)
+#define GPIO_GET_INDEX(__GPIOx__) (((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOA))? 0U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOB))? 1U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOC))? 2U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOD))? 3U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOE))? 4U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOH))? 5U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOF))? 6U : 7U)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L151xB) || defined (STM32L151xBA) || defined (STM32L151xC) || defined (STM32L152xB) || defined (STM32L152xBA) || defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L162xC)
+#define GPIO_GET_INDEX(__GPIOx__) (((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOA))? 0U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOB))? 1U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOC))? 2U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOD))? 3U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOE))? 4U : 5U)
+#endif
+
+#if defined (STM32L100xB) || defined (STM32L100xBA) || defined (STM32L100xC)
+#define GPIO_GET_INDEX(__GPIOx__) (((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOA))? 0U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOB))? 1U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOC))? 2U :\
+                                   ((__GPIOx__) == (GPIOD))? 3U : 5U)
+#endif
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_GPIO_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.h

@@ -0,0 +1,486 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of PWR HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Types PWR Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWR PVD configuration structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t PVDLevel;   /*!< PVDLevel: Specifies the PVD detection level.
+                            This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_detection_level */
+
+  uint32_t Mode;      /*!< Mode: Specifies the operating mode for the selected pins.
+                           This parameter can be a value of @ref PWR_PVD_Mode */
+}PWR_PVDTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Internal constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD  (0x00010000U)  /*!< External interrupt line 16 Connected to the PVD EXTI Line */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Constants PWR Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_register_alias_address PWR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */
+/* ------------- PWR registers bit address in the alias region ---------------*/
+#define PWR_OFFSET               (PWR_BASE - PERIPH_BASE)
+#define PWR_CR_OFFSET            0x00
+#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET           0x04
+#define PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB         (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CR_OFFSET)
+#define PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB        (PWR_OFFSET + PWR_CSR_OFFSET)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_CR_register_alias PWR CR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */
+/* --- CR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of LPSDSR bit */
+#define LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER        POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_LPSDSR)
+#define CR_LPSDSR_BB             ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (LPSDSR_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+
+/* Alias word address of DBP bit */
+#define DBP_BIT_NUMBER           POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_DBP)
+#define CR_DBP_BB                ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (DBP_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+
+/* Alias word address of LPRUN bit */
+#define LPRUN_BIT_NUMBER         POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_LPRUN)
+#define CR_LPRUN_BB              ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (LPRUN_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+
+/* Alias word address of PVDE bit */
+#define PVDE_BIT_NUMBER          POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_PVDE)
+#define CR_PVDE_BB               ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (PVDE_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+
+/* Alias word address of FWU bit */
+#define FWU_BIT_NUMBER           POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_FWU)
+#define CR_FWU_BB                ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (FWU_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+
+/* Alias word address of ULP bit */
+#define ULP_BIT_NUMBER           POSITION_VAL(PWR_CR_ULP)
+#define CR_ULP_BB                ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (ULP_BIT_NUMBER * 4)))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_CSR_register_alias PWR CSR Register alias address
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* --- CSR Register ---*/
+/* Alias word address of EWUP1, EWUP2 and EWUP3 bits */
+#define CSR_EWUP_BB(VAL)         ((uint32_t)(PERIPH_BB_BASE + (PWR_CSR_OFFSET_BB * 32) + (POSITION_VAL(VAL) * 4)))
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_detection_level PWR PVD detection level
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_0                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV0
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_1                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV1
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_2                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV2
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_3                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV3
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_4                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV4
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_5                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV5
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_6                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV6
+#define PWR_PVDLEVEL_7                  PWR_CR_PLS_LEV7  /* External input analog voltage
+                                                            (Compare internally to VREFINT) */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_PVD_Mode PWR PVD Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL                 (0x00000000U)   /*!< basic mode is used */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING              (0x00010001U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING             (0x00010002U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING      (0x00010003U)   /*!< External Interrupt Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING           (0x00020001U)   /*!< Event Mode with Rising edge trigger detection */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING          (0x00020002U)   /*!< Event Mode with Falling edge trigger detection */
+#define PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING   (0x00020003U)   /*!< Event Mode with Rising/Falling edge trigger detection */
+
+ /**
+ * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_state_in_SLEEP_STOP_mode PWR Regulator state in SLEEP/STOP mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON           (0x00000000U)
+#define PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON       PWR_CR_LPSDSR
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_SLEEP_mode_entry PWR SLEEP mode entry
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI             ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE             ((uint8_t)0x02)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_STOP_mode_entry PWR STOP mode entry
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI              ((uint8_t)0x01)
+#define PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE              ((uint8_t)0x02)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Regulator_Voltage_Scale PWR Regulator Voltage Scale
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1       PWR_CR_VOS_0
+#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2       PWR_CR_VOS_1
+#define PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3       PWR_CR_VOS
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Flag PWR Flag
+  * @{
+  */
+#define PWR_FLAG_WU                    PWR_CSR_WUF
+#define PWR_FLAG_SB                    PWR_CSR_SBF
+#define PWR_FLAG_PVDO                  PWR_CSR_PVDO
+#define PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY            PWR_CSR_VREFINTRDYF
+#define PWR_FLAG_VOS                   PWR_CSR_VOSF
+#define PWR_FLAG_REGLP                 PWR_CSR_REGLPF
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Macros PWR Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief  macros configure the main internal regulator output voltage.
+  * @param  __REGULATOR__ specifies the regulator output voltage to achieve
+  *         a tradeoff between performance and power consumption when the device does
+  *         not operate at the maximum frequency (refer to the datasheets for more details).
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1: Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode,
+  *                                                System frequency up to 32 MHz.
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2: Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode,
+  *                                                System frequency up to 16 MHz.
+  *            @arg PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3: Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode,
+  *                                                System frequency up to 4.2 MHz
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG(__REGULATOR__) (MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_VOS, (__REGULATOR__)))
+
+/** @brief  Check PWR flag is set or not.
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag. This flag indicates that a wakeup event
+  *                  was received from the WKUP pin or from the RTC alarm (Alarm B),
+  *                  RTC Tamper event, RTC TimeStamp event or RTC Wakeup.
+  *                  An additional wakeup event is detected if the WKUP pin is enabled
+  *                  (by setting the EWUP bit) when the WKUP pin level is already high.
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag. This flag indicates that the system was
+  *                  resumed from StandBy mode.
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_PVDO: PVD Output. This flag is valid only if PVD is enabled
+  *                  by the HAL_PWR_EnablePVD() function. The PVD is stopped by Standby mode
+  *                  For this reason, this bit is equal to 0 after Standby or reset
+  *                  until the PVDE bit is set.
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_VREFINTRDY: Internal voltage reference (VREFINT) ready flag.
+  *                 This bit indicates the state of the internal voltage reference, VREFINT.
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_VOS: Voltage Scaling select flag. A delay is required for
+  *                 the internal regulator to be ready after the voltage range is changed.
+  *                 The VOSF bit indicates that the regulator has reached the voltage level
+  *                 defined with bits VOS of PWR_CR register.
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_REGLP: Regulator LP flag. When the MCU exits from Low power run
+  *                 mode, this bit stays at 1 until the regulator is ready in main mode.
+  *                 A polling on this bit is recommended to wait for the regulator main mode.
+  *                 This bit is reset by hardware when the regulator is ready.
+  * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_GET_FLAG(__FLAG__) ((PWR->CSR & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
+
+/** @brief  Clear the PWR's pending flags.
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to clear.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_WU: Wake Up flag
+  *            @arg PWR_FLAG_SB: StandBy flag
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_CLEAR_FLAG(__FLAG__) SET_BIT(PWR->CR, ((__FLAG__) << 2))
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable interrupt on PVD Exti Line 16.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT()      SET_BIT(EXTI->IMR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable interrupt on PVD Exti Line 16.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT()     CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT()   SET_BIT(EXTI->EMR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable event on PVD Exti Line 16.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT()  CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PVD EXTI line configuration: set falling edge trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE()  SET_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Falling Trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE()  CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising edge trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE()   SET_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising Trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE()  CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PVD EXTI line configuration: set rising & falling edge trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE()  \
+  do {                                                   \
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();             \
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();            \
+  } while(0)
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disable the PVD Extended Interrupt Rising & Falling Trigger.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE()  \
+  do {                                                    \
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_EDGE();             \
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_FALLING_EDGE();            \
+  } while(0)
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Check whether the specified PVD EXTI interrupt flag is set or not.
+  * @retval EXTI PVD Line Status.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG()       (EXTI->PR & (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
+
+/**
+  * @brief Clear the PVD EXTI flag.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG()     (EXTI->PR = (PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD))
+
+/**
+  * @brief Generate a Software interrupt on selected EXTI line.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+#define __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GENERATE_SWIT()  SET_BIT(EXTI->SWIER, PWR_EXTI_LINE_PVD)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup PWR_Private_Macros PWR Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#define IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(LEVEL) (((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_0) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_1)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_2) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_3)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_4) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_5)|| \
+                                 ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_6) || ((LEVEL) == PWR_PVDLEVEL_7))
+
+
+#define IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(MODE) (((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING)|| ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_FALLING) || \
+                              ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_IT_RISING_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING) || \
+                              ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_FALLING) || ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_EVENT_RISING_FALLING) || \
+                              ((MODE) == PWR_PVD_MODE_NORMAL))
+
+#define IS_PWR_REGULATOR(REGULATOR) (((REGULATOR) == PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON) || \
+                                     ((REGULATOR) == PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON))
+
+
+#define IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE))
+
+#define IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(ENTRY) (((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI) || ((ENTRY) == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE) )
+
+#define IS_PWR_VOLTAGE_SCALING_RANGE(RANGE) (((RANGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1) || \
+                                             ((RANGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2) || \
+                                             ((RANGE) == PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3))
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/* Include PWR HAL Extension module */
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.h"
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Initialization and de-initialization functions *******************************/
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void);
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void);
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Peripheral Control functions  ************************************************/
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD);
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void);
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void);
+
+/* WakeUp pins configuration functions ****************************************/
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx);
+
+/* Low Power modes configuration functions ************************************/
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry);
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry);
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void);
+
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void);
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void);
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void);
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void);
+
+
+
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void);
+void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,118 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of PWR HAL Extension module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+ extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWREx
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Constants PWREx Exported Constants
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_WakeUp_Pins PWREx Wakeup Pins
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined (STM32L151xCA) || defined (STM32L151xD) || defined (STM32L152xCA) || defined (STM32L152xD) || defined (STM32L162xCA) || defined (STM32L162xD) || defined (STM32L151xE) || defined (STM32L151xDX) || defined (STM32L152xE) || defined (STM32L152xDX) || defined (STM32L162xE) || defined (STM32L162xDX) || defined (STM32L151xB) || defined (STM32L151xBA) || defined (STM32L151xC) || defined (STM32L152xB) || defined (STM32L152xBA) || defined (STM32L152xC) || defined (STM32L162xC)
+
+#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1                 PWR_CSR_EWUP1
+#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2                 PWR_CSR_EWUP2
+#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3                 PWR_CSR_EWUP3
+#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || \
+                                ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2) || \
+                                ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3))
+#else
+#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1                 PWR_CSR_EWUP1
+#define PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2                 PWR_CSR_EWUP2
+#define IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(PIN) (((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1) || \
+                                ((PIN) == PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2))
+#endif
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
+ *  @{
+ */
+
+/** @addtogroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Peripheral Control methods  ************************************************/
+uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void);
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableFastWakeUp(void);
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableFastWakeUp(void);
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableUltraLowPower(void);
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableUltraLowPower(void);
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* __STM32L1xx_HAL_PWR_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_spi.h

@@ -0,0 +1,746 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_spi.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of SPI HAL module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef STM32L1xx_HAL_SPI_H
+#define STM32L1xx_HAL_SPI_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Types SPI Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SPI Configuration Structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct
+{
+  uint32_t Mode;                /*!< Specifies the SPI operating mode.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Mode */
+
+  uint32_t Direction;           /*!< Specifies the SPI bidirectional mode state.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Direction */
+
+  uint32_t DataSize;            /*!< Specifies the SPI data size.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Data_Size */
+
+  uint32_t CLKPolarity;         /*!< Specifies the serial clock steady state.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity */
+
+  uint32_t CLKPhase;            /*!< Specifies the clock active edge for the bit capture.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase */
+
+  uint32_t NSS;                 /*!< Specifies whether the NSS signal is managed by
+                                     hardware (NSS pin) or by software using the SSI bit.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management */
+
+  uint32_t BaudRatePrescaler;   /*!< Specifies the Baud Rate prescaler value which will be
+                                     used to configure the transmit and receive SCK clock.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
+                                     @note The communication clock is derived from the master
+                                     clock. The slave clock does not need to be set. */
+
+  uint32_t FirstBit;            /*!< Specifies whether data transfers start from MSB or LSB bit.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission */
+
+  uint32_t TIMode;              /*!< Specifies if the TI mode is enabled or not.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_TI_mode */
+
+  uint32_t CRCCalculation;      /*!< Specifies if the CRC calculation is enabled or not.
+                                     This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_CRC_Calculation */
+
+  uint32_t CRCPolynomial;       /*!< Specifies the polynomial used for the CRC calculation.
+                                     This parameter must be an odd number between Min_Data = 1 and Max_Data = 65535 */
+} SPI_InitTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL SPI State structure definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET      = 0x00U,    /*!< Peripheral not Initialized                         */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_READY      = 0x01U,    /*!< Peripheral Initialized and ready for use           */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY       = 0x02U,    /*!< an internal process is ongoing                     */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX    = 0x03U,    /*!< Data Transmission process is ongoing               */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_RX    = 0x04U,    /*!< Data Reception process is ongoing                  */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_BUSY_TX_RX = 0x05U,    /*!< Data Transmission and Reception process is ongoing */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_ERROR      = 0x06U,    /*!< SPI error state                                    */
+  HAL_SPI_STATE_ABORT      = 0x07U     /*!< SPI abort is ongoing                               */
+} HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SPI handle Structure definition
+  */
+typedef struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef
+{
+  SPI_TypeDef                *Instance;      /*!< SPI registers base address               */
+
+  SPI_InitTypeDef            Init;           /*!< SPI communication parameters             */
+
+  uint8_t                    *pTxBuffPtr;    /*!< Pointer to SPI Tx transfer Buffer        */
+
+  uint16_t                   TxXferSize;     /*!< SPI Tx Transfer size                     */
+
+  __IO uint16_t              TxXferCount;    /*!< SPI Tx Transfer Counter                  */
+
+  uint8_t                    *pRxBuffPtr;    /*!< Pointer to SPI Rx transfer Buffer        */
+
+  uint16_t                   RxXferSize;     /*!< SPI Rx Transfer size                     */
+
+  __IO uint16_t              RxXferCount;    /*!< SPI Rx Transfer Counter                  */
+
+  void (*RxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);   /*!< function pointer on Rx ISR       */
+
+  void (*TxISR)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);   /*!< function pointer on Tx ISR       */
+
+  DMA_HandleTypeDef          *hdmatx;        /*!< SPI Tx DMA Handle parameters             */
+
+  DMA_HandleTypeDef          *hdmarx;        /*!< SPI Rx DMA Handle parameters             */
+
+  HAL_LockTypeDef            Lock;           /*!< Locking object                           */
+
+  __IO HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef  State;          /*!< SPI communication state                  */
+
+  __IO uint32_t              ErrorCode;      /*!< SPI Error code                           */
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+  void (* TxCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);             /*!< SPI Tx Completed callback          */
+  void (* RxCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);             /*!< SPI Rx Completed callback          */
+  void (* TxRxCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);           /*!< SPI TxRx Completed callback        */
+  void (* TxHalfCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);         /*!< SPI Tx Half Completed callback     */
+  void (* RxHalfCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);         /*!< SPI Rx Half Completed callback     */
+  void (* TxRxHalfCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);       /*!< SPI TxRx Half Completed callback   */
+  void (* ErrorCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);              /*!< SPI Error callback                 */
+  void (* AbortCpltCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);          /*!< SPI Abort callback                 */
+  void (* MspInitCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);            /*!< SPI Msp Init callback              */
+  void (* MspDeInitCallback)(struct __SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);          /*!< SPI Msp DeInit callback            */
+
+#endif  /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+} SPI_HandleTypeDef;
+
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL SPI Callback ID enumeration definition
+  */
+typedef enum
+{
+  HAL_SPI_TX_COMPLETE_CB_ID             = 0x00U,    /*!< SPI Tx Completed callback ID         */
+  HAL_SPI_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID             = 0x01U,    /*!< SPI Rx Completed callback ID         */
+  HAL_SPI_TX_RX_COMPLETE_CB_ID          = 0x02U,    /*!< SPI TxRx Completed callback ID       */
+  HAL_SPI_TX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID        = 0x03U,    /*!< SPI Tx Half Completed callback ID    */
+  HAL_SPI_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID        = 0x04U,    /*!< SPI Rx Half Completed callback ID    */
+  HAL_SPI_TX_RX_HALF_COMPLETE_CB_ID     = 0x05U,    /*!< SPI TxRx Half Completed callback ID  */
+  HAL_SPI_ERROR_CB_ID                   = 0x06U,    /*!< SPI Error callback ID                */
+  HAL_SPI_ABORT_CB_ID                   = 0x07U,    /*!< SPI Abort callback ID                */
+  HAL_SPI_MSPINIT_CB_ID                 = 0x08U,    /*!< SPI Msp Init callback ID             */
+  HAL_SPI_MSPDEINIT_CB_ID               = 0x09U     /*!< SPI Msp DeInit callback ID           */
+
+} HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef;
+
+/**
+  * @brief  HAL SPI Callback pointer definition
+  */
+typedef  void (*pSPI_CallbackTypeDef)(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi); /*!< pointer to an SPI callback function */
+
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Constants SPI Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Error_Code SPI Error Code
+  * @{
+  */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_NONE              (0x00000000U)   /*!< No error                               */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_MODF              (0x00000001U)   /*!< MODF error                             */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_CRC               (0x00000002U)   /*!< CRC error                              */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_OVR               (0x00000004U)   /*!< OVR error                              */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_FRE               (0x00000008U)   /*!< FRE error                              */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_DMA               (0x00000010U)   /*!< DMA transfer error                     */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_FLAG              (0x00000020U)   /*!< Error on RXNE/TXE/BSY Flag             */
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_ABORT             (0x00000040U)   /*!< Error during SPI Abort procedure       */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+#define HAL_SPI_ERROR_INVALID_CALLBACK  (0x00000080U)   /*!< Invalid Callback error                 */
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Mode SPI Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_MODE_SLAVE                  (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_MODE_MASTER                 (SPI_CR1_MSTR | SPI_CR1_SSI)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Direction SPI Direction Mode
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES            (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY     SPI_CR1_RXONLY
+#define SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE             SPI_CR1_BIDIMODE
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Data_Size SPI Data Size
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT               (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT              SPI_CR1_DFF
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Polarity SPI Clock Polarity
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_POLARITY_LOW                (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_POLARITY_HIGH               SPI_CR1_CPOL
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Clock_Phase SPI Clock Phase
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_PHASE_1EDGE                 (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_PHASE_2EDGE                 SPI_CR1_CPHA
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Slave_Select_management SPI Slave Select Management
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_NSS_SOFT                    SPI_CR1_SSM
+#define SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT              (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT             (SPI_CR2_SSOE << 16U)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler SPI BaudRate Prescaler
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2         (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4         (SPI_CR1_BR_0)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8         (SPI_CR1_BR_1)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16        (SPI_CR1_BR_1 | SPI_CR1_BR_0)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32        (SPI_CR1_BR_2)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64        (SPI_CR1_BR_2 | SPI_CR1_BR_0)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128       (SPI_CR1_BR_2 | SPI_CR1_BR_1)
+#define SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256       (SPI_CR1_BR_2 | SPI_CR1_BR_1 | SPI_CR1_BR_0)
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission SPI MSB LSB Transmission
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB                (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB                SPI_CR1_LSBFIRST
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_TI_mode SPI TI Mode
+  * @brief  SPI TI Mode not supported for Category 1 and 2
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE              (0x00000000U)
+#if defined(SPI_CR2_FRF)
+#define SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE               SPI_CR2_FRF
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_CRC_Calculation SPI CRC Calculation
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE      (0x00000000U)
+#define SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE       SPI_CR1_CRCEN
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Interrupt_definition SPI Interrupt Definition
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_IT_TXE                      SPI_CR2_TXEIE
+#define SPI_IT_RXNE                     SPI_CR2_RXNEIE
+#define SPI_IT_ERR                      SPI_CR2_ERRIE
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup SPI_Flags_definition SPI Flags Definition
+  * @{
+  */
+#define SPI_FLAG_RXNE                   SPI_SR_RXNE   /* SPI status flag: Rx buffer not empty flag       */
+#define SPI_FLAG_TXE                    SPI_SR_TXE    /* SPI status flag: Tx buffer empty flag           */
+#define SPI_FLAG_BSY                    SPI_SR_BSY    /* SPI status flag: Busy flag                      */
+#define SPI_FLAG_CRCERR                 SPI_SR_CRCERR /* SPI Error flag: CRC error flag                  */
+#define SPI_FLAG_MODF                   SPI_SR_MODF   /* SPI Error flag: Mode fault flag                 */
+#define SPI_FLAG_OVR                    SPI_SR_OVR    /* SPI Error flag: Overrun flag                    */
+#if defined(SPI_CR2_FRF)
+#define SPI_FLAG_FRE                    SPI_SR_FRE    /* SPI Error flag: TI mode frame format error flag */
+#define SPI_FLAG_MASK                   (SPI_SR_RXNE | SPI_SR_TXE | SPI_SR_BSY | SPI_SR_CRCERR\
+                                         | SPI_SR_MODF | SPI_SR_OVR | SPI_SR_FRE)
+#else
+#define SPI_FLAG_MASK                   (SPI_SR_RXNE | SPI_SR_TXE | SPI_SR_BSY\
+                                         | SPI_SR_CRCERR | SPI_SR_MODF | SPI_SR_OVR)
+#endif
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported macros -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Exported_Macros SPI Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief  Reset SPI handle state.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+#define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__)                do{                                                  \
+                                                                    (__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET;       \
+                                                                    (__HANDLE__)->MspInitCallback = NULL;            \
+                                                                    (__HANDLE__)->MspDeInitCallback = NULL;          \
+                                                                  } while(0)
+#else
+#define __HAL_SPI_RESET_HANDLE_STATE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->State = HAL_SPI_STATE_RESET)
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+
+/** @brief  Enable the specified SPI interrupts.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt source to enable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_ENABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)   SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2, (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/** @brief  Disable the specified SPI interrupts.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPIx where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the interrupt source to disable.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_DISABLE_IT(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__)  CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2, (__INTERRUPT__))
+
+/** @brief  Check whether the specified SPI interrupt source is enabled or not.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the SPI interrupt source to check.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
+  * @retval The new state of __IT__ (TRUE or FALSE).
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_GET_IT_SOURCE(__HANDLE__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR2\
+                                                              & (__INTERRUPT__)) == (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
+
+/** @brief  Check whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC error flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode fault flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_FRE: Frame format error flag
+  * @retval The new state of __FLAG__ (TRUE or FALSE).
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_GET_FLAG(__HANDLE__, __FLAG__) ((((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR) & (__FLAG__)) == (__FLAG__))
+
+/** @brief  Clear the SPI CRCERR pending flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_CRCERRFLAG(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR = (uint16_t)(~SPI_FLAG_CRCERR))
+
+/** @brief  Clear the SPI MODF pending flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_MODFFLAG(__HANDLE__)             \
+  do{                                                    \
+    __IO uint32_t tmpreg_modf = 0x00U;                   \
+    tmpreg_modf = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR;            \
+    CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SPE); \
+    UNUSED(tmpreg_modf);                                 \
+  } while(0U)
+
+/** @brief  Clear the SPI OVR pending flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_OVRFLAG(__HANDLE__)        \
+  do{                                              \
+    __IO uint32_t tmpreg_ovr = 0x00U;              \
+    tmpreg_ovr = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->DR;       \
+    tmpreg_ovr = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR;       \
+    UNUSED(tmpreg_ovr);                            \
+  } while(0U)
+
+/** @brief  Clear the SPI FRE pending flag.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_CLEAR_FREFLAG(__HANDLE__)        \
+  do{                                              \
+    __IO uint32_t tmpreg_fre = 0x00U;              \
+    tmpreg_fre = (__HANDLE__)->Instance->SR;       \
+    UNUSED(tmpreg_fre);                            \
+  }while(0U)
+
+/** @brief  Enable the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_ENABLE(__HANDLE__)  SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SPE)
+
+/** @brief  Disable the SPI peripheral.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define __HAL_SPI_DISABLE(__HANDLE__) CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_SPE)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup SPI_Private_Macros SPI Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @brief  Set the SPI transmit-only mode.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define SPI_1LINE_TX(__HANDLE__)  SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE)
+
+/** @brief  Set the SPI receive-only mode.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define SPI_1LINE_RX(__HANDLE__)  CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_BIDIOE)
+
+/** @brief  Reset the CRC calculation of the SPI.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies the SPI Handle.
+  *         This parameter can be SPI where x: 1, 2, or 3 to select the SPI peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define SPI_RESET_CRC(__HANDLE__) do{CLEAR_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN);\
+                                       SET_BIT((__HANDLE__)->Instance->CR1, SPI_CR1_CRCEN);}while(0U)
+
+/** @brief  Check whether the specified SPI flag is set or not.
+  * @param  __SR__  copy of SPI SR register.
+  * @param  __FLAG__ specifies the flag to check.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_RXNE: Receive buffer not empty flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_TXE: Transmit buffer empty flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_CRCERR: CRC error flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_MODF: Mode fault flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_OVR: Overrun flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_BSY: Busy flag
+  *            @arg SPI_FLAG_FRE: Frame format error flag
+  * @retval SET or RESET.
+  */
+#define SPI_CHECK_FLAG(__SR__, __FLAG__) ((((__SR__) & ((__FLAG__) & SPI_FLAG_MASK)) == \
+                                          ((__FLAG__) & SPI_FLAG_MASK)) ? SET : RESET)
+
+/** @brief  Check whether the specified SPI Interrupt is set or not.
+  * @param  __CR2__  copy of SPI CR2 register.
+  * @param  __INTERRUPT__ specifies the SPI interrupt source to check.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_TXE: Tx buffer empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_RXNE: RX buffer not empty interrupt enable
+  *            @arg SPI_IT_ERR: Error interrupt enable
+  * @retval SET or RESET.
+  */
+#define SPI_CHECK_IT_SOURCE(__CR2__, __INTERRUPT__) ((((__CR2__) & (__INTERRUPT__)) == \
+                                                     (__INTERRUPT__)) ? SET : RESET)
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Mode parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __MODE__ specifies the SPI Mode.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_MODE(__MODE__)      (((__MODE__) == SPI_MODE_SLAVE)   || \
+                                    ((__MODE__) == SPI_MODE_MASTER))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Direction Mode parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __MODE__ specifies the SPI Direction Mode.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Direction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)        || \
+                                    ((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_RXONLY) || \
+                                    ((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Direction Mode parameter is 2 lines.
+  * @param  __MODE__ specifies the SPI Direction Mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES(__MODE__) ((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES)
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Direction Mode parameter is 1 or 2 lines.
+  * @param  __MODE__ specifies the SPI Direction Mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES_OR_1LINE(__MODE__) (((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_2LINES) || \
+                                                    ((__MODE__) == SPI_DIRECTION_1LINE))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Data Size parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __DATASIZE__ specifies the SPI Data Size.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Data_Size
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_DATASIZE(__DATASIZE__) (((__DATASIZE__) == SPI_DATASIZE_16BIT) || \
+                                       ((__DATASIZE__) == SPI_DATASIZE_8BIT))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Serial clock steady state parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __CPOL__ specifies the SPI serial clock steady state.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Polarity
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_CPOL(__CPOL__)      (((__CPOL__) == SPI_POLARITY_LOW) || \
+                                    ((__CPOL__) == SPI_POLARITY_HIGH))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Clock Phase parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __CPHA__ specifies the SPI Clock Phase.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Clock_Phase
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_CPHA(__CPHA__)      (((__CPHA__) == SPI_PHASE_1EDGE) || \
+                                    ((__CPHA__) == SPI_PHASE_2EDGE))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Slave Select parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __NSS__ specifies the SPI Slave Select management parameter.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_Slave_Select_management
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_NSS(__NSS__)        (((__NSS__) == SPI_NSS_SOFT)       || \
+                                    ((__NSS__) == SPI_NSS_HARD_INPUT) || \
+                                    ((__NSS__) == SPI_NSS_HARD_OUTPUT))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI Baudrate prescaler parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __PRESCALER__ specifies the SPI Baudrate prescaler.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_BaudRate_Prescaler
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_BAUDRATE_PRESCALER(__PRESCALER__) (((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_2)   || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_4)   || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_8)   || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_16)  || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_32)  || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_64)  || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_128) || \
+                                                  ((__PRESCALER__) == SPI_BAUDRATEPRESCALER_256))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI MSB LSB transmission parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __BIT__ specifies the SPI MSB LSB transmission (whether data transfer starts from MSB or LSB bit).
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_MSB_LSB_transmission
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_FIRST_BIT(__BIT__)  (((__BIT__) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_MSB) || \
+                                    ((__BIT__) == SPI_FIRSTBIT_LSB))
+
+#if defined(SPI_I2SCFGR_I2SMOD)
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI TI mode parameter is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __MODE__ specifies the SPI TI mode.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_TI_mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_TIMODE(__MODE__)    (((__MODE__) == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE) || \
+                                    ((__MODE__) == SPI_TIMODE_ENABLE))
+#else
+/** @defgroup SPI_TI_mode SPI TI mode disable
+  * @brief  SPI TI Mode not supported for Category 1 and 2
+  * @{
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_TIMODE(__MODE__) ((__MODE__) == SPI_TIMODE_DISABLE)
+
+#endif
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI CRC calculation enabled state is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __CALCULATION__ specifies the SPI CRC calculation enable state.
+  *         This parameter can be a value of @ref SPI_CRC_Calculation
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_CRC_CALCULATION(__CALCULATION__) (((__CALCULATION__) == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_DISABLE) || \
+                                                 ((__CALCULATION__) == SPI_CRCCALCULATION_ENABLE))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if SPI polynomial value to be used for the CRC calculation, is in allowed range.
+  * @param  __POLYNOMIAL__ specifies the SPI polynomial value to be used for the CRC calculation.
+  *         This parameter must be a number between Min_Data = 0 and Max_Data = 65535
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_CRC_POLYNOMIAL(__POLYNOMIAL__) (((__POLYNOMIAL__) >= 0x1U)    && \
+                                               ((__POLYNOMIAL__) <= 0xFFFFU) && \
+                                              (((__POLYNOMIAL__)&0x1U) != 0U))
+
+/** @brief  Checks if DMA handle is valid.
+  * @param  __HANDLE__ specifies a DMA Handle.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+#define IS_SPI_DMA_HANDLE(__HANDLE__) ((__HANDLE__) != NULL)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Initialization/de-initialization functions  ********************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Init(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_MspInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_MspDeInit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+
+/* Callbacks Register/UnRegister functions  ***********************************/
+#if (USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS == 1U)
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_RegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, pSPI_CallbackTypeDef pCallback);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_UnRegisterCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, HAL_SPI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID);
+#endif /* USE_HAL_SPI_REGISTER_CALLBACKS */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  * @{
+  */
+/* I/O operation functions  ***************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size, uint32_t Timeout);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData, uint16_t Size,
+                                          uint32_t Timeout);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+                                             uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Transmit_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Receive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pData, uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_TransmitReceive_DMA(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi, uint8_t *pTxData, uint8_t *pRxData,
+                                              uint16_t Size);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAPause(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAResume(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_DMAStop(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+/* Transfer Abort functions */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SPI_Abort_IT(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+
+void HAL_SPI_IRQHandler(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_TxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_RxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_TxRxCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_TxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_RxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_TxRxHalfCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_ErrorCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+void HAL_SPI_AbortCpltCallback(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup SPI_Exported_Functions_Group3
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Peripheral State and Error functions ***************************************/
+HAL_SPI_StateTypeDef HAL_SPI_GetState(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+uint32_t             HAL_SPI_GetError(SPI_HandleTypeDef *hspi);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* STM32L1xx_HAL_SPI_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.h

@@ -0,0 +1,182 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.h
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Header file of TIM HAL Extended module.
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Define to prevent recursive inclusion -------------------------------------*/
+#ifndef STM32L1xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
+#define STM32L1xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal_def.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIMEx
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Exported types ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Types TIM Extended Exported Types
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of exported types -----------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported constants --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Constants TIM Extended Exported Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Remap TIM Extended Remapping
+  * @{
+  */
+/* @note STM32L1XX devices are organized in 6 categories: Cat.1, Cat.2, Cat.3, Cat.4, Cat.5, Cat.6.
+         Remap capabilities depend on the device category. As the DMA2 controller is available only in
+         Cat.3, Cat.4,Cat.5 and Cat.6 devices it is used to discriminate Cat.1 and Cat.2 devices v.s.
+         Cat.3, Cat.4, Cat.5 and Cat.6 devices. */
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM10_OC        (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM10 OC */
+#define TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM5_TGO        TIM2_OR_ITR1_RMP   /*!< TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM5 TGO */
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM11_OC        (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM3 ITR2 input is connected to TIM11 OC */
+#define TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM5_TGO        TIM2_OR_ITR1_RMP   /*!< TIM3 ITR2 input is connected to TIM5 TGO */
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define TIM_TIM9_ITR1_TIM3_TGO        (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM9 ITR1 input is connected to TIM3 TGO */
+#define TIM_TIM9_ITR1_TS              TIM9_OR_ITR1_RMP   /*!< TIM9 ITR1 input is connected to touch sensing I/O */
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+#define TIM_TIM9_GPIO                 (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+#define TIM_TIM9_LSE                  TIM_OR_TI1RMP_0    /*!< TIM9 Channel1 is connected to LSE internal clock */
+#define TIM_TIM9_GPIO1                TIM_OR_TI1RMP_1    /*!< TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+#define TIM_TIM9_GPIO2                TIM_OR_TI1RMP      /*!< TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define TIM_TIM10_TI1RMP              (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM10 Channel 1 depends on TI1_RMP */
+#define TIM_TIM10_RI                  TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_RI  /*!< TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to RI */
+#define TIM_TIM10_ETR_LSE             (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM10 ETR input is connected to LSE clock */
+#define TIM_TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TGO        TIM_OR_ETR_RMP     /*!< TIM10 ETR input is connected to TIM9 TGO */
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+#define TIM_TIM10_GPIO                (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM10 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+#define TIM_TIM10_LSI                 TIM_OR_TI1RMP_0    /*!< TIM10 Channel1 is connected to LSI internal clock */
+#define TIM_TIM10_LSE                 TIM_OR_TI1RMP_1    /*!< TIM10 Channel1 is connected to LSE internal clock */
+#define TIM_TIM10_RTC                 TIM_OR_TI1RMP      /*!< TIM10 Channel1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt */
+
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define TIM_TIM11_TI1RMP              (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM11 Channel 1 depends on TI1_RMP */
+#define TIM_TIM11_RI                  TIM_OR_TI1_RMP_RI  /*!< TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to RI */
+#define TIM_TIM11_ETR_LSE             (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM11 ETR input is connected to LSE clock */
+#define TIM_TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TGO        TIM_OR_ETR_RMP     /*!< TIM11 ETR input is connected to TIM9 TGO */
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+#define TIM_TIM11_GPIO                (0x00000000)       /*!< TIM11 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+#define TIM_TIM11_MSI                 TIM_OR_TI1RMP_0    /*!< TIM11 Channel1 is connected to MSI internal clock */
+#define TIM_TIM11_HSE_RTC             TIM_OR_TI1RMP_1    /*!< TIM11 Channel1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock */
+#define TIM_TIM11_GPIO1               TIM_OR_TI1RMP      /*!< TIM11 Channel1 is connected to GPIO */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of exported constants -------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported macro ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Macros TIM Extended Exported Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of exported macro -----------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Private_Macros TIM Extended Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+#if defined(DMA2)
+#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP)               \
+  ( (((INSTANCE) == TIM2)  && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM10_OC) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM5_TGO)))  || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM3)  && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM11_OC) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM5_TGO)))  || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM9)  && ((TIM_REMAP) <= (TIM_TIM9_ITR1_TS | TIM_TIM9_GPIO2)))                                  || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM10) && ((TIM_REMAP) <= (TIM_TIM10_RI | TIM_TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TGO | TIM_TIM10_RTC)))              || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && ((TIM_REMAP) <= (TIM_TIM11_RI | TIM_TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TGO | TIM_TIM11_GPIO1)))               \
+  )
+#else
+#define IS_TIM_REMAP(INSTANCE, TIM_REMAP)               \
+  ( (((INSTANCE) == TIM9)  && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_GPIO) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_LSE) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_GPIO1) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM9_GPIO2)))       || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM10) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM10_GPIO) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM10_LSI) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM10_LSE) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM10_RTC)))       || \
+    (((INSTANCE) == TIM11) && (((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_MSI) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_HSE_RTC) || ((TIM_REMAP) == TIM_TIM11_GPIO1)))    \
+  )
+#endif /* DMA2 */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of private macro ------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *  @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Extended Control functions  ************************************************/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                        TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig);
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+/* End of exported functions -------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+
+#endif /* STM32L1xx_HAL_TIM_EX_H */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal.c

@@ -0,0 +1,569 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   HAL module driver.
+  *          This is the common part of the HAL initialization
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+    The common HAL driver contains a set of generic and common APIs that can be
+    used by the PPP peripheral drivers and the user to start using the HAL.
+    [..]
+    The HAL contains two APIs categories:
+         (+) Common HAL APIs
+         (+) Services HAL APIs
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL HAL
+  * @brief HAL module driver.
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Private_Defines HAL Private Defines
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+ * @brief STM32L1xx HAL Driver version number V1.4.3
+   */
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN   (0x01) /*!< [31:24] main version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1   (0x04) /*!< [23:16] sub1 version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2   (0x03) /*!< [15:8]  sub2 version */
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC     (0x00) /*!< [7:0]  release candidate */
+#define __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION         ((__STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_MAIN << 24)\
+                                        |(__STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB1 << 16)\
+                                        |(__STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_SUB2 << 8 )\
+                                        |(__STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION_RC))
+
+#define IDCODE_DEVID_MASK    (0x00000FFFU)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported variables --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup HAL_Exported_Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+__IO uint32_t uwTick;
+uint32_t uwTickPrio = (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS); /* Invalid priority */
+uint32_t uwTickFreq = HAL_TICK_FREQ_DEFAULT;  /* 1KHz */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions HAL Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization Functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+   [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Initialize the Flash interface, the NVIC allocation and initial clock
+          configuration. It initializes the source of time base also when timeout
+          is needed and the backup domain when enabled.
+      (+) De-initialize common part of the HAL.
+      (+) Configure the time base source to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+          Tick interrupt priority.
+        (++) SysTick timer is used by default as source of time base, but user
+             can eventually implement his proper time base source (a general purpose
+             timer for example or other time source), keeping in mind that Time base
+             duration should be kept 1ms since PPP_TIMEOUT_VALUEs are defined and
+             handled in milliseconds basis.
+        (++) Time base configuration function (HAL_InitTick ()) is called automatically
+             at the beginning of the program after reset by HAL_Init() or at any time
+             when clock is configured, by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+        (++) Source of time base is configured  to generate interrupts at regular
+             time intervals. Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a
+             peripheral ISR process, the Tick interrupt line must have higher priority
+            (numerically lower) than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller
+            ISR process will be blocked.
+       (++) functions affecting time base configurations are declared as __weak
+             to make  override possible  in case of other  implementations in user file.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the Flash prefetch,
+  *        configures time base source, NVIC and Low level hardware
+  * @note This function is called at the beginning of program after reset and before
+  *       the clock configuration
+  * @note The time base configuration is based on MSI clock when exiting from Reset.
+  *       Once done, time base tick start incrementing.
+  *        In the default implementation,Systick is used as source of time base.
+  *        the tick variable is incremented each 1ms in its ISR.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_Init(void)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Configure Flash prefetch */
+#if (PREFETCH_ENABLE != 0)
+  __HAL_FLASH_PREFETCH_BUFFER_ENABLE();
+#endif /* PREFETCH_ENABLE */
+
+  /* Set Interrupt Group Priority */
+  HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4);
+
+  /* Use systick as time base source and configure 1ms tick (default clock after Reset is MSI) */
+  if (HAL_InitTick(TICK_INT_PRIORITY) != HAL_OK)
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Init the low level hardware */
+    HAL_MspInit();
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function de-initializes common part of the HAL and stops the source
+  *        of time base.
+  * @note This function is optional.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DeInit(void)
+{
+  /* Reset of all peripherals */
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB1_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_APB2_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_AHB_RELEASE_RESET();
+
+  /* De-Init the low level hardware */
+  HAL_MspDeInit();
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the MSP.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_MspDeInit(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_MspDeInit could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function configures the source of the time base:
+  *        The time source is configured to have 1ms time base with a dedicated
+  *        Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @note This function is called  automatically at the beginning of program after
+  *       reset by HAL_Init() or at any time when clock is reconfigured  by HAL_RCC_ClockConfig().
+  * @note In the default implementation, SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals.
+  *       Care must be taken if HAL_Delay() is called from a peripheral ISR process,
+  *       The SysTick interrupt must have higher priority (numerically lower)
+  *       than the peripheral interrupt. Otherwise the caller ISR process will be blocked.
+  *       The function is declared as __weak  to be overwritten  in case of other
+  *       implementation  in user file.
+  * @param TickPriority Tick interrupt priority.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__weak HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_InitTick(uint32_t TickPriority)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef  status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if (uwTickFreq != 0U)
+  {
+    /*Configure the SysTick to have interrupt in 1ms time basis*/
+    if (HAL_SYSTICK_Config(SystemCoreClock / (1000U / uwTickFreq)) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Configure the SysTick IRQ priority */
+      if (TickPriority < (1UL << __NVIC_PRIO_BITS))
+      {
+        HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn, TickPriority, 0U);
+        uwTickPrio = TickPriority;
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        status = HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Return function status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group2 HAL Control functions
+ *  @brief    HAL Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### HAL Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Provide a tick value in millisecond
+      (+) Provide a blocking delay in millisecond
+      (+) Suspend the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Resume the time base source interrupt
+      (+) Get the HAL API driver version
+      (+) Get the device identifier
+      (+) Get the device revision identifier
+      (+) Get the unique device identifier
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function is called to increment a global variable "uwTick"
+  *        used as application time base.
+  * @note In the default implementation, this variable is incremented each 1ms
+  *       in SysTick ISR.
+ * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *      implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_IncTick(void)
+{
+  uwTick += uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Provide a tick value in millisecond.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval tick value
+  */
+__weak uint32_t HAL_GetTick(void)
+{
+  return uwTick;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function returns a tick priority.
+  * @retval tick priority
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickPrio(void)
+{
+  return uwTickPrio;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Set new tick Freq.
+  * @param Freq tick frequency
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_SetTickFreq(uint32_t Freq)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status  = HAL_OK;
+  uint32_t prevTickFreq;
+
+  assert_param(IS_TICKFREQ(Freq));
+
+  if (uwTickFreq != Freq)
+  {
+    /* Back up uwTickFreq frequency */
+    prevTickFreq = uwTickFreq;
+
+    /* Update uwTickFreq global variable used by HAL_InitTick() */
+    uwTickFreq = Freq;
+
+   /* Apply the new tick Freq  */
+    status = HAL_InitTick(uwTickPrio);
+
+    if (status != HAL_OK)
+    {
+      /* Restore previous tick frequency */
+      uwTickFreq = prevTickFreq;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return tick frequency.
+  * @retval tick period in Hz
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetTickFreq(void)
+{
+  return uwTickFreq;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function provides minimum delay (in milliseconds) based
+  *        on variable incremented.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base.
+  *       It is used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals where uwTick
+  *       is incremented.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @param Delay specifies the delay time length, in milliseconds.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_Delay(uint32_t Delay)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+  uint32_t wait = Delay;
+
+  /* Add a period to guaranty minimum wait */
+  if (wait < HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+  {
+    wait += (uint32_t)(uwTickFreq);
+  }
+
+  while((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) < wait)
+  {
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Suspend the Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_SuspendTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be disabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is suspended.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SuspendTick(void)
+{
+  /* Disable SysTick Interrupt */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Resume the Tick increment.
+  * @note In the default implementation , SysTick timer is the source of time base. It is
+  *       used to generate interrupts at regular time intervals. Once HAL_ResumeTick()
+  *       is called, the SysTick interrupt will be enabled and so Tick increment
+  *       is resumed.
+  * @note This function is declared as __weak to be overwritten in case of other
+  *       implementations in user file.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_ResumeTick(void)
+{
+  /* Enable SysTick Interrupt */
+  SET_BIT(SysTick->CTRL,SysTick_CTRL_TICKINT_Msk);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the HAL revision
+  * @retval version: 0xXYZR (8bits for each decimal, R for RC)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetHalVersion(void)
+{
+  return __STM32L1xx_HAL_VERSION;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return the device revision identifier.
+  * @retval Device revision identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetREVID(void)
+{
+  return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) >> 16U);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the device identifier.
+  * @retval Device identifier
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetDEVID(void)
+{
+   return((DBGMCU->IDCODE) & IDCODE_DEVID_MASK);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the first word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier 31:0 bits
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw0(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)UID_BASE)));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the second word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier 63:32 bits
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw1(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 0x4U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the third word of the unique device identifier (UID based on 96 bits)
+  * @retval Device identifier 95:64 bits
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_GetUIDw2(void)
+{
+  return(READ_REG(*((uint32_t *)(UID_BASE + 0x14U))));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup HAL_Exported_Functions_Group3 DBGMCU Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    DBGMCU Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### DBGMCU Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during SLEEP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STOP mode
+      (+) Enable/Disable Debug module during STANDBY mode
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during SLEEP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGSleepMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_SLEEP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STOP mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStopMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STOP);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_EnableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  SET_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the Debug Module during STANDBY mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DBGMCU_DisableDBGStandbyMode(void)
+{
+  CLEAR_BIT(DBGMCU->CR, DBGMCU_CR_DBG_STANDBY);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,513 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   CORTEX HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the CORTEX:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *          
+  *  @verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+
+    [..]  
+    *** How to configure Interrupts using Cortex HAL driver ***
+    ===========================================================
+    [..]     
+    This section provide functions allowing to configure the NVIC interrupts (IRQ).
+    The Cortex-M3 exceptions are managed by CMSIS functions.
+   
+    (#) Configure the NVIC Priority Grouping using HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function
+
+     (#)  Configure the priority of the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() 
+
+     (#)  Enable the selected IRQ Channels using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ() 
+      
+
+     -@- When the NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. 
+         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the sub priority.
+   
+     -@- IRQ priority order (sorted by highest to lowest priority):
+        (+@) Lowest pre-emption priority
+        (+@) Lowest sub priority
+        (+@) Lowest hardware priority (IRQ number)
+ 
+    [..]  
+    *** How to configure Systick using Cortex HAL driver ***
+    ========================================================
+    [..]
+    Setup SysTick Timer for 1 msec interrupts.
+           
+   (+) The HAL_SYSTICK_Config()function calls the SysTick_Config() function which
+       is a CMSIS function that:
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Reload register with value passed as function parameter.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick IRQ priority to the lowest value (0x0F).
+        (++) Resets the SysTick Counter register.
+        (++) Configures the SysTick Counter clock source to be Core Clock Source (HCLK).
+        (++) Enables the SysTick Interrupt.
+        (++) Starts the SysTick Counter.
+    
+   (+) You can change the SysTick Clock source to be HCLK_Div8 by calling the macro
+       __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG(SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8) just after the
+       HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function call. The __HAL_CORTEX_SYSTICKCLK_CONFIG() macro is defined
+       inside the stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.h file.
+
+   (+) You can change the SysTick IRQ priority by calling the
+       HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(SysTick_IRQn,...) function just after the HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function 
+       call. The HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() call the NVIC_SetPriority() function which is a CMSIS function.
+
+   (+) To adjust the SysTick time base, use the following formula:
+                            
+       Reload Value = SysTick Counter Clock (Hz) x  Desired Time base (s)
+       (++) Reload Value is the parameter to be passed for HAL_SYSTICK_Config() function
+       (++) Reload Value should not exceed 0xFFFFFF
+   
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/*
+  Additional Tables: CORTEX_NVIC_Priority_Table
+     The table below gives the allowed values of the pre-emption priority and subpriority according
+     to the Priority Grouping configuration performed by HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping() function.
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+         NVIC_PriorityGroup   | NVIC_IRQChannelPreemptionPriority | NVIC_IRQChannelSubPriority  |       Description
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0  |                0                  |            0-15             | 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 4 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1  |                0-1                |            0-7              | 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 3 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2  |                0-3                |            0-3              | 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 2 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3  |                0-7                |            0-1              | 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 1 bits for subpriority
+       --------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------    
+        NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4  |                0-15               |            0                | 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+                              |                                   |                             | 0 bits for subpriority                       
+       ==========================================================================================================================
+*/
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX CORTEX
+  * @brief CORTEX HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions CORTEX Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions 
+ *
+@verbatim    
+  ==============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This section provide the Cortex HAL driver functions allowing to configure Interrupts
+      Systick functionalities 
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority grouping field (pre-emption priority and subpriority)
+  *         using the required unlock sequence.
+  * @param  PriorityGroup The priority grouping bits length. 
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    4 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    3 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    2 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    1 bits for subpriority
+  *         @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                    0 bits for subpriority
+  * @note   When the NVIC_PriorityGroup_0 is selected, IRQ pre-emption is no more possible. 
+  *         The pending IRQ priority will be managed only by the subpriority. 
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(uint32_t PriorityGroup)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+  
+  /* Set the PRIGROUP[10:8] bits according to the PriorityGroup parameter value */
+  NVIC_SetPriorityGrouping(PriorityGroup);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xx.h))
+  * @param  PreemptPriority The pre-emption priority for the IRQn channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority 
+  * @param  SubPriority the subpriority level for the IRQ channel.
+  *         This parameter can be a value between 0 and 15
+  *         A lower priority value indicates a higher priority.          
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PreemptPriority, uint32_t SubPriority)
+{
+  uint32_t prioritygroup = 0x00;
+  
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_SUB_PRIORITY(SubPriority));
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PREEMPTION_PRIORITY(PreemptPriority));
+  
+  prioritygroup = NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+  
+  NVIC_SetPriority(IRQn, NVIC_EncodePriority(prioritygroup, PreemptPriority, SubPriority));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @note   To configure interrupts priority correctly, the NVIC_PriorityGroupConfig()
+  *         function should be called before. 
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xx.h))
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Enable interrupt */
+  NVIC_EnableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables a device specific interrupt in the NVIC interrupt controller.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_DEVICE_IRQ(IRQn));
+  
+  /* Disable interrupt */
+  NVIC_DisableIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initiates a system reset request to reset the MCU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SystemReset(void)
+{
+  /* System Reset */
+  NVIC_SystemReset();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the System Timer and its interrupt, and starts the System Tick Timer.
+  *         Counter is in free running mode to generate periodic interrupts.
+  * @param  TicksNumb Specifies the ticks Number of ticks between two interrupts.
+  * @retval status:  - 0  Function succeeded.
+  *                  - 1  Function failed.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_SYSTICK_Config(uint32_t TicksNumb)
+{
+   return SysTick_Config(TicksNumb);
+}
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup CORTEX_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief    Cortex control functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+    [..]
+      This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the CORTEX
+      (NVIC, SYSTICK, MPU) functionalities. 
+ 
+      
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if (__MPU_PRESENT == 1)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the MPU.
+  * @param  MPU_Control Specifies the control mode of the MPU during hard fault, 
+  *          NMI, FAULTMASK and privileged accessto the default memory 
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF_NONE
+  *            @arg MPU_HARDFAULT_NMI
+  *            @arg MPU_PRIVILEGED_DEFAULT
+  *            @arg MPU_HFNMI_PRIVDEF
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Enable(uint32_t MPU_Control)
+{
+  /* Enable the MPU */
+  MPU->CTRL = (MPU_Control | MPU_CTRL_ENABLE_Msk);
+
+  /* Ensure MPU setting take effects */
+  __DSB();
+  __ISB();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the MPU.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_Disable(void)
+{
+  /* Make sure outstanding transfers are done */
+  __DMB();
+
+  /* Disable the MPU and clear the control register*/
+  MPU->CTRL  = 0;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes and configures the Region and the memory to be protected.
+  * @param  MPU_Init Pointer to a MPU_Region_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                the initialization and configuration information.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_MPU_ConfigRegion(MPU_Region_InitTypeDef *MPU_Init)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_NUMBER(MPU_Init->Number));
+  assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_ENABLE(MPU_Init->Enable));
+
+  /* Set the Region number */
+  MPU->RNR = MPU_Init->Number;
+
+  if ((MPU_Init->Enable) != RESET)
+  {
+    /* Check the parameters */
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_INSTRUCTION_ACCESS(MPU_Init->DisableExec));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_PERMISSION_ATTRIBUTE(MPU_Init->AccessPermission));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_TEX_LEVEL(MPU_Init->TypeExtField));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_SHAREABLE(MPU_Init->IsShareable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_CACHEABLE(MPU_Init->IsCacheable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_ACCESS_BUFFERABLE(MPU_Init->IsBufferable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_SUB_REGION_DISABLE(MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable));
+    assert_param(IS_MPU_REGION_SIZE(MPU_Init->Size));
+    
+    MPU->RBAR = MPU_Init->BaseAddress;
+    MPU->RASR = ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->DisableExec             << MPU_RASR_XN_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->AccessPermission        << MPU_RASR_AP_Pos)   |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->TypeExtField            << MPU_RASR_TEX_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsShareable             << MPU_RASR_S_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsCacheable             << MPU_RASR_C_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->IsBufferable            << MPU_RASR_B_Pos)    |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->SubRegionDisable        << MPU_RASR_SRD_Pos)  |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Size                    << MPU_RASR_SIZE_Pos) |
+                ((uint32_t)MPU_Init->Enable                  << MPU_RASR_ENABLE_Pos);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    MPU->RBAR = 0x00;
+    MPU->RASR = 0x00;
+  }
+}
+#endif /* __MPU_PRESENT */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority grouping field from the NVIC Interrupt Controller.
+  * @retval Priority grouping field (SCB->AIRCR [10:8] PRIGROUP field)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping(void)
+{
+  /* Get the PRIGROUP[10:8] field value */
+  return NVIC_GetPriorityGrouping();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Gets the priority of an interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))
+  * @param  PriorityGroup the priority grouping bits length.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_0: 0 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      4 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_1: 1 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      3 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_2: 2 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      2 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_3: 3 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      1 bits for subpriority
+  *           @arg NVIC_PRIORITYGROUP_4: 4 bits for pre-emption priority
+  *                                      0 bits for subpriority
+  * @param  pPreemptPriority Pointer on the Preemptive priority value (starting from 0).
+  * @param  pSubPriority Pointer on the Subpriority value (starting from 0).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn_Type IRQn, uint32_t PriorityGroup, uint32_t* pPreemptPriority, uint32_t* pSubPriority)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_NVIC_PRIORITY_GROUP(PriorityGroup));
+ /* Get priority for Cortex-M system or device specific interrupts */
+  NVIC_DecodePriority(NVIC_GetPriority(IRQn), PriorityGroup, pPreemptPriority, pSubPriority);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets Pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param  IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{ 
+  /* Set interrupt pending */
+  NVIC_SetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Gets Pending Interrupt (reads the pending register in the NVIC 
+  *         and returns the pending bit for the specified interrupt).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))  
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{ 
+  /* Return 1 if pending else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Clears the pending bit of an external interrupt.
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))  
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{ 
+  /* Clear pending interrupt */
+  NVIC_ClearPendingIRQ(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Gets active interrupt ( reads the active register in NVIC and returns the active bit).
+  * @param IRQn External interrupt number
+  *         This parameter can be an enumerator of IRQn_Type enumeration
+  *         (For the complete STM32 Devices IRQ Channels list, please refer to the appropriate CMSIS device file (stm32l1xxxx.h))  
+  * @retval status: - 0  Interrupt status is not pending.
+  *                 - 1  Interrupt status is pending.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_NVIC_GetActive(IRQn_Type IRQn)
+{ 
+  /* Return 1 if active else 0 */
+  return NVIC_GetActive(IRQn);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the SysTick clock source.
+  * @param  CLKSource specifies the SysTick clock source.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK_DIV8: AHB clock divided by 8 selected as SysTick clock source.
+  *             @arg SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK: AHB clock selected as SysTick clock source.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_CLKSourceConfig(uint32_t CLKSource)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_SYSTICK_CLK_SOURCE(CLKSource));
+  if (CLKSource == SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK)
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL |= SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    SysTick->CTRL &= ~SYSTICK_CLKSOURCE_HCLK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles SYSTICK interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_SYSTICK_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  HAL_SYSTICK_Callback();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  SYSTICK callback.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_SYSTICK_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_SYSTICK_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_CORTEX_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_dma.c

@@ -0,0 +1,908 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_dma.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   DMA HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Direct Memory Access (DMA) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *           + Peripheral State and errors functions
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable and configure the peripheral to be connected to the DMA Channel
+       (except for internal SRAM / FLASH memories: no initialization is
+       necessary). Please refer to the Reference manual for connection between peripherals
+       and DMA requests.
+
+   (#) For a given Channel, program the required configuration through the following parameters:
+       Channel request, Transfer Direction, Source and Destination data formats,
+       Circular or Normal mode, Channel Priority level, Source and Destination Increment mode
+       using HAL_DMA_Init() function.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_GetState() function to return the DMA state and HAL_DMA_GetError() in case of error
+       detection.
+
+   (#) Use HAL_DMA_Abort() function to abort the current transfer
+
+     -@-   In Memory-to-Memory transfer mode, Circular mode is not allowed.
+     *** Polling mode IO operation ***
+     =================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of Source
+           address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer() to poll for the end of current transfer, in this
+           case a fixed Timeout can be configured by User depending from his application.
+
+     *** Interrupt mode IO operation ***
+     ===================================
+     [..]
+       (+) Configure the DMA interrupt priority using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority()
+       (+) Enable the DMA IRQ handler using HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ()
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_Start_IT() to start DMA transfer after the configuration of
+           Source address and destination address and the Length of data to be transferred.
+           In this case the DMA interrupt is configured
+       (+) Use HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() called under DMA_IRQHandler() Interrupt subroutine
+       (+) At the end of data transfer HAL_DMA_IRQHandler() function is executed and user can
+              add his own function to register callbacks with HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback().
+
+     *** DMA HAL driver macros list ***
+     =============================================
+     [..]
+       Below the list of macros in DMA HAL driver.
+
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE: Enable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE: Disable the specified DMA Channel.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_FLAG: Get the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_CLEAR_FLAG: Clear the DMA Channel pending flags.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT: Enable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT: Disable the specified DMA Channel interrupts.
+       (+) __HAL_DMA_GET_IT_SOURCE: Check whether the specified DMA Channel interrupt is enabled or not.
+
+     [..]
+      (@) You can refer to the DMA HAL driver header file for more useful macros
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA DMA
+  * @brief DMA HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup DMA_Private_Functions DMA Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions DMA Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+             ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to initialize the DMA Channel source
+    and destination addresses, incrementation and data sizes, transfer direction,
+    circular/normal mode selection, memory-to-memory mode selection and Channel priority value.
+    [..]
+    The HAL_DMA_Init() function follows the DMA configuration procedures as described in
+    reference manual.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initialize the DMA according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the DMA_InitTypeDef and initialize the associated handle.
+  * @param  hdma Pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Init(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t tmp;
+
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if(hdma == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_DIRECTION(hdma->Init.Direction));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.PeriphInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_INC_STATE(hdma->Init.MemInc));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PERIPHERAL_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MEMORY_DATA_SIZE(hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_MODE(hdma->Init.Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_PRIORITY(hdma->Init.Priority));
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+  /* Compute the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif
+
+  /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the CR register value */
+  tmp = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+  /* Clear PL, MSIZE, PSIZE, MINC, PINC, CIRC, DIR and MEM2MEM bits */
+  tmp &= ((uint32_t)~(DMA_CCR_PL    | DMA_CCR_MSIZE   | DMA_CCR_PSIZE  |
+                      DMA_CCR_MINC  | DMA_CCR_PINC    | DMA_CCR_CIRC   |
+                      DMA_CCR_DIR   | DMA_CCR_MEM2MEM));
+
+  /* Prepare the DMA Channel configuration */
+  tmp |=  hdma->Init.Direction        |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphInc           | hdma->Init.MemInc           |
+          hdma->Init.PeriphDataAlignment | hdma->Init.MemDataAlignment |
+          hdma->Init.Mode                | hdma->Init.Priority;
+
+  /* Write to DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = tmp;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state*/
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+  /* Allocate lock resource and initialize it */
+  hdma->Lock = HAL_UNLOCKED;
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  DeInitialize the DMA peripheral.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_DeInit(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+
+  /* Check the DMA handle allocation */
+  if (NULL == hdma )
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_ALL_INSTANCE(hdma->Instance));
+
+  /* Disable the selected DMA Channelx */
+  __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+#if defined (DMA2)
+  /* Compute the channel index */
+  if ((uint32_t)(hdma->Instance) < (uint32_t)(DMA2_Channel1))
+  {
+    /* DMA1 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* DMA2 */
+    hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA2_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA2_Channel1)) << 2U;
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA2;
+  }
+#else
+  /* calculation of the channel index */
+  /* DMA1 */
+  hdma->ChannelIndex = (((uint32_t)hdma->Instance - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1) / ((uint32_t)DMA1_Channel2 - (uint32_t)DMA1_Channel1)) << 2U;
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress = DMA1;
+#endif
+
+  /* Reset DMA Channel CR register */
+  hdma->Instance->CCR = 0U;
+
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+  /* Clean callbacks */
+  hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+  hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+
+  /* Initialise the error code */
+  hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  /* Initialize the DMA state */
+  hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_RESET;
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group2 Input and Output operation functions
+ *  @brief   Input and Output operation functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                      #####  IO operation functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]  This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and Start DMA transfer
+      (+) Configure the source, destination address and data length and
+          Start DMA transfer with interrupt
+      (+) Abort DMA transfer
+      (+) Poll for transfer complete
+      (+) Handle DMA interrupt request
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Start the DMA Transfer with interrupt enabled.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Start_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_DMA_BUFFER_SIZE(DataLength));
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* Change DMA peripheral state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY;
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /* Disable the peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Configure the source, destination address and the data length & clear flags*/
+    DMA_SetConfig(hdma, SrcAddress, DstAddress, DataLength);
+
+    /* Enable the transfer complete interrupt */
+    /* Enable the transfer Error interrupt */
+    if(NULL != hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback )
+    {
+      /* Enable the Half transfer complete interrupt as well */
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+      __HAL_DMA_ENABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_TE));
+    }
+
+    /* Enable the Peripheral */
+    __HAL_DMA_ENABLE(hdma);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Remain BUSY */
+    status = HAL_BUSY;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Abort the DMA Transfer.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Check the DMA peripheral state */
+  if(hdma->State != HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY)
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    return status;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Aborts the DMA Transfer in Interrupt mode.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                 the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_Abort_IT(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Disable DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Disable the channel */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE(hdma);
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    /* Call User Abort callback */
+    if(hdma->XferAbortCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hdma->XferAbortCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Polling for transfer complete.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                  the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CompleteLevel Specifies the DMA level complete.
+  * @param  Timeout       Timeout duration.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_PollForTransfer(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_LevelCompleteTypeDef CompleteLevel, uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  uint32_t temp;
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_BUSY != hdma->State)
+  {
+    /* no transfer ongoing */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NO_XFER;
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Polling mode not supported in circular mode */
+  if ((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) != 0U)
+  {
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_NOT_SUPPORTED;
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Get the level transfer complete flag */
+  if (HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Half Transfer Complete flag */
+    temp = DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+  }
+
+  /* Get tick */
+  tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+  while((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & temp) == 0U)
+  {
+    if((hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU))) != 0U)
+    {
+      /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+      /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+      /* Clear all flags */
+      hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+      /* Update error code */
+      hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State= HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+      /* Process Unlocked */
+      __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+    /* Check for the Timeout */
+    if(Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if(((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > Timeout) ||  (Timeout == 0U))
+      {
+        /* Update error code */
+        hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TIMEOUT;
+
+        /* Change the DMA state */
+        hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+        /* Process Unlocked */
+        __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_FULL_TRANSFER == CompleteLevel)
+  {
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex& 0x1CU));
+
+    /* The selected Channelx EN bit is cleared (DMA is disabled and
+    all transfers are complete) */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+  }
+
+  /* Process unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle DMA interrupt request.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_DMA_IRQHandler(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  uint32_t flag_it = hdma->DmaBaseAddress->ISR;
+  uint32_t source_it = hdma->Instance->CCR;
+
+  /* Half Transfer Complete Interrupt management ******************************/
+  if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_HT1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_HT) != 0U))
+  {
+    /* Disable the half transfer interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+    if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the half transfer interrupt */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_HT);
+    }
+    /* Clear the half transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = DMA_ISR_HTIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU);
+
+    /* DMA peripheral state is not updated in Half Transfer */
+    /* but in Transfer Complete case */
+
+    if(hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Half transfer callback */
+      hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Complete Interrupt management ***********************************/
+  else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TC1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TC) != 0U))
+  {
+    
+    if((hdma->Instance->CCR & DMA_CCR_CIRC) == 0U)
+    {
+      /* Disable the transfer complete interrupt if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR */
+      /* Disable the transfer complete and error interrupt */
+      /* if the DMA mode is not CIRCULAR  */
+      __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, DMA_IT_TE | DMA_IT_TC);
+
+      /* Change the DMA state */
+      hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+    }
+    /* Clear the transfer complete flag */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_TCIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if(hdma->XferCpltCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer complete callback */
+      hdma->XferCpltCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Transfer Error Interrupt management **************************************/
+  else if (((flag_it & (DMA_FLAG_TE1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU))) != 0U) && ((source_it & DMA_IT_TE) !=  0U))
+  {
+    /* When a DMA transfer error occurs */
+    /* A hardware clear of its EN bits is performed */
+    /* Disable ALL DMA IT */
+    __HAL_DMA_DISABLE_IT(hdma, (DMA_IT_TC | DMA_IT_HT | DMA_IT_TE));
+
+    /* Clear all flags */
+    hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+    /* Update error code */
+    hdma->ErrorCode = HAL_DMA_ERROR_TE;
+
+    /* Change the DMA state */
+    hdma->State = HAL_DMA_STATE_READY;
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+    if (hdma->XferErrorCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      /* Transfer error callback */
+      hdma->XferErrorCallback(hdma);
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Nothing To Do */
+  }
+  return;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @param  pCallback            pointer to private callbacsk function which has pointer to
+  *                               a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_RegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (* pCallback)( DMA_HandleTypeDef * _hdma))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = pCallback;
+           break;
+
+     default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  UnRegister callbacks
+  * @param  hdma                 pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  CallbackID           User Callback identifer
+  *                               a HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef ENUM as parameter.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_DMA_UnRegisterCallback(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, HAL_DMA_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+    /* Process locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(hdma);
+
+  if(HAL_DMA_STATE_READY == hdma->State)
+  {
+    switch (CallbackID)
+    {
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_CPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_HALFCPLT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ERROR_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+     case  HAL_DMA_XFER_ABORT_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+    case   HAL_DMA_XFER_ALL_CB_ID:
+           hdma->XferCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferHalfCpltCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferErrorCallback = NULL;
+           hdma->XferAbortCallback = NULL;
+           break;
+
+    default:
+           status = HAL_ERROR;
+           break;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    status = HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Release Lock */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(hdma);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+
+/** @defgroup DMA_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *  @brief    Peripheral State and Errors functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+            ##### Peripheral State and Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides functions allowing to
+      (+) Check the DMA state
+      (+) Get error code
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA handle state.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *               the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval HAL state
+  */
+HAL_DMA_StateTypeDef HAL_DMA_GetState(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  /* Return DMA handle state */
+  return hdma->State;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the DMA error code.
+  * @param  hdma pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *              the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @retval DMA Error Code
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_DMA_GetError(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma)
+{
+  return hdma->ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup DMA_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets the DMA Transfer parameter.
+  * @param  hdma       pointer to a DMA_HandleTypeDef structure that contains
+  *                     the configuration information for the specified DMA Channel.
+  * @param  SrcAddress The source memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DstAddress The destination memory Buffer address
+  * @param  DataLength The length of data to be transferred from source to destination
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static void DMA_SetConfig(DMA_HandleTypeDef *hdma, uint32_t SrcAddress, uint32_t DstAddress, uint32_t DataLength)
+{
+  /* Clear all flags */
+  hdma->DmaBaseAddress->IFCR = (DMA_ISR_GIF1 << (hdma->ChannelIndex & 0x1CU));
+
+  /* Configure DMA Channel data length */
+  hdma->Instance->CNDTR = DataLength;
+
+  /* Memory to Peripheral */
+  if((hdma->Init.Direction) == DMA_MEMORY_TO_PERIPH)
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = DstAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = SrcAddress;
+  }
+  /* Peripheral to Memory */
+  else
+  {
+    /* Configure DMA Channel source address */
+    hdma->Instance->CPAR = SrcAddress;
+
+    /* Configure DMA Channel destination address */
+    hdma->Instance->CMAR = DstAddress;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_DMA_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_exti.c

@@ -0,0 +1,559 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_exti.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   EXTI HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Extended Interrupts and events controller (EXTI) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### EXTI Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    (+) Each Exti line can be configured within this driver.
+
+    (+) Exti line can be configured in 3 different modes
+        (++) Interrupt
+        (++) Event
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) Configurable Exti lines can be configured with 3 different triggers
+        (++) Rising
+        (++) Falling
+        (++) Both of them
+
+    (+) When set in interrupt mode, configurable Exti lines have two different
+        interrupts pending registers which allow to distinguish which transition
+        occurs:
+        (++) Rising edge pending interrupt
+        (++) Falling
+
+    (+) Exti lines 0 to 15 are linked to gpio pin number 0 to 15. Gpio port can
+        be selected through multiplexer.
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+
+    (#) Configure the EXTI line using HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine().
+        (++) Choose the interrupt line number by setting "Line" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) Configure the interrupt and/or event mode using "Mode" member from
+             EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For configurable lines, configure rising and/or falling trigger
+             "Trigger" member from EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure.
+        (++) For Exti lines linked to gpio, choose gpio port using "GPIOSel"
+             member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure.
+
+    (#) Get current Exti configuration of a dedicated line using
+        HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+        (++) Provide pointer on EXTI_ConfigTypeDef structure as second parameter.
+
+    (#) Clear Exti configuration of a dedicated line using HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as parameter.
+
+    (#) Register callback to treat Exti interrupts using HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback().
+        (++) Provide exiting handle as first parameter.
+        (++) Provide which callback will be registered using one value from
+             EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef.
+        (++) Provide callback function pointer.
+
+    (#) Get interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Clear interrupt pending bit using HAL_EXTI_GetPending().
+
+    (#) Generate software interrupt using HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI().
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2018 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI
+  * @{
+  */
+/** MISRA C:2012 deviation rule has been granted for following rule:
+  * Rule-18.1_b - Medium: Array `EXTICR' 1st subscript interval [0,7] may be out
+  * of bounds [0,3] in following API :
+  * HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine
+  * HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private defines -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup EXTI_Private_Constants EXTI Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group1
+  *  @brief    Configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on EXTI configuration to be set.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_SetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(pExtiConfig->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_MODE(pExtiConfig->Mode));
+
+  /* Assign line number to handle */
+  hexti->Line = pExtiConfig->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* Configure triggers for configurable lines */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    assert_param(IS_EXTI_TRIGGER(pExtiConfig->Trigger));
+
+    /* Configure rising trigger */
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      EXTI->RTSR |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      EXTI->RTSR &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+    /* Configure falling trigger */
+    /* Mask or set line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Trigger & EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      EXTI->FTSR |= maskline;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      EXTI->FTSR &= ~maskline;
+    }
+
+
+    /* Configure gpio port selection in case of gpio exti line */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PORT(pExtiConfig->GPIOSel));
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      regval |= (pExtiConfig->GPIOSel << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode : read current mode */
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    EXTI->IMR |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    EXTI->IMR &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  /* Configure event mode : read current mode */
+  /* Mask or set line */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Mode & EXTI_MODE_EVENT) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    EXTI->EMR |= maskline;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    EXTI->EMR &= ~maskline;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  pExtiConfig Pointer on structure to store Exti configuration.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_ConfigTypeDef *pExtiConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if ((hexti == NULL) || (pExtiConfig == NULL))
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* Store handle line number to configuration structure */
+  pExtiConfig->Line = hexti->Line;
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  linepos = (pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Get core mode : interrupt */
+
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((EXTI->IMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_INTERRUPT;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode = EXTI_MODE_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Get event mode */
+  /* Check if selected line is enable */
+  if ((EXTI->EMR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    pExtiConfig->Mode |= EXTI_MODE_EVENT;
+  }
+
+  /* 2] Get trigger for configurable lines : rising */
+  if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((EXTI->RTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+    }
+
+    /* Get falling configuration */
+    /* Check if configuration of selected line is enable */
+    if ((EXTI->FTSR & maskline) != 0x00u)
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->Trigger |= EXTI_TRIGGER_FALLING;
+    }
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((pExtiConfig->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = ((regval << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (3uL - (linepos & 0x03u)))) >> 24);
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+    }
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* No Trigger selected */
+    pExtiConfig->Trigger = EXTI_TRIGGER_NONE;
+    pExtiConfig->GPIOSel = 0x00u;
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear whole configuration of a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_ClearConfigLine(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* compute line mask */
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* 1] Clear interrupt mode */
+  EXTI->IMR = (EXTI->IMR & ~maskline);
+
+  /* 2] Clear event mode */
+  EXTI->EMR = (EXTI->EMR & ~maskline);
+
+  /* 3] Clear triggers in case of configurable lines */
+  if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_CONFIG) != 0x00u)
+  {
+    EXTI->RTSR = (EXTI->RTSR & ~maskline);
+    EXTI->FTSR = (EXTI->FTSR & ~maskline);
+
+    /* Get Gpio port selection for gpio lines */
+    if ((hexti->Line & EXTI_GPIO) == EXTI_GPIO)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_EXTI_GPIO_PIN(linepos));
+
+      regval = SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u];
+      regval &= ~(SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI0 << (SYSCFG_EXTICR1_EXTI1_Pos * (linepos & 0x03u)));
+      SYSCFG->EXTICR[linepos >> 2u] = regval;
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Register callback for a dedicated Exti line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  CallbackID User callback identifier.
+  *         This parameter can be one of @arg @ref EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef values.
+  * @param  pPendingCbfn function pointer to be stored as callback.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_RegisterCallback(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, EXTI_CallbackIDTypeDef CallbackID, void (*pPendingCbfn)(void))
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  switch (CallbackID)
+  {
+    case  HAL_EXTI_COMMON_CB_ID:
+      hexti->PendingCallback = pPendingCbfn;
+      break;
+
+    default:
+      status = HAL_ERROR;
+      break;
+  }
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Store line number as handle private field.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  ExtiLine Exti line number.
+  *         This parameter can be from 0 to @ref EXTI_LINE_NB.
+  * @retval HAL Status.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_EXTI_GetHandle(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t ExtiLine)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(ExtiLine));
+
+  /* Check null pointer */
+  if (hexti == NULL)
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Store line number as handle private field */
+    hexti->Line = ExtiLine;
+
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup EXTI_Exported_Functions_Group2
+  *  @brief EXTI IO functions.
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Handle EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval none.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_IRQHandler(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Get pending bit  */
+  regval = (EXTI->PR & maskline);
+  if (regval != 0x00u)
+  {
+    /* Clear pending bit */
+    EXTI->PR = maskline;
+
+    /* Call callback */
+    if (hexti->PendingCallback != NULL)
+    {
+      hexti->PendingCallback();
+    }
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be checked.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval 1 if interrupt is pending else 0.
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_EXTI_GetPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  uint32_t regval;
+  uint32_t linepos;
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  linepos = (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK);
+  maskline = (1uL << linepos);
+
+  /* return 1 if bit is set else 0 */
+  regval = ((EXTI->PR & maskline) >> linepos);
+  return regval;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Clear interrupt pending bit of a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @param  Edge Specify which pending edge as to be clear.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg @ref EXTI_TRIGGER_RISING_FALLING
+  *         This parameter is kept for compatibility with other series.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_ClearPending(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti, uint32_t Edge)
+{
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_PENDING_EDGE(Edge));
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Clear Pending bit */
+  EXTI->PR =  maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Generate a software interrupt for a dedicated line.
+  * @param  hexti Exti handle.
+  * @retval None.
+  */
+void HAL_EXTI_GenerateSWI(EXTI_HandleTypeDef *hexti)
+{
+  uint32_t maskline;
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_LINE(hexti->Line));
+  assert_param(IS_EXTI_CONFIG_LINE(hexti->Line));
+
+  /* Compute line mask */
+  maskline = (1uL << (hexti->Line & EXTI_PIN_MASK));
+
+  /* Generate Software interrupt */
+  EXTI->SWIER = maskline;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_EXTI_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_flash.c

@@ -0,0 +1,721 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_flash.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following 
+  *          functionalities of the internal FLASH memory:
+  *           + Program operations functions
+  *           + Memory Control functions 
+  *           + Peripheral State functions
+  *         
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                        ##### FLASH peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..] The Flash memory interface manages CPU AHB I-Code and D-Code accesses 
+       to the Flash memory. It implements the erase and program Flash memory operations 
+       and the read and write protection mechanisms.
+
+  [..] The Flash memory interface accelerates code execution with a system of instruction
+      prefetch. 
+
+  [..] The FLASH main features are:
+      (+) Flash memory read operations
+      (+) Flash memory program/erase operations
+      (+) Read / write protections
+      (+) Prefetch on I-Code
+      (+) Option Bytes programming
+
+
+                     ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]                             
+      This driver provides functions and macros to configure and program the FLASH 
+      memory of all STM32L1xx devices.
+    
+      (#) FLASH Memory I/O Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to erase and program the main memory:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the FLASH interface
+        (++) Erase function: Erase page
+        (++) Program functions: Fast Word and Half Page(should be 
+        executed from internal SRAM).
+  
+      (#) DATA EEPROM Programming functions: this group includes all 
+          needed functions to erase and program the DATA EEPROM memory:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the DATA EEPROM interface.
+        (++) Erase function: Erase Byte, erase HalfWord, erase Word, erase 
+             Double Word (should be executed from internal SRAM).
+        (++) Program functions: Fast Program Byte, Fast Program Half-Word, 
+             FastProgramWord, Program Byte, Program Half-Word, 
+             Program Word and Program Double-Word (should be executed 
+             from internal SRAM).
+
+      (#) FLASH Option Bytes Programming functions: this group includes all needed
+          functions to manage the Option Bytes:
+        (++) Lock and Unlock the Option Bytes
+        (++) Set/Reset the write protection
+        (++) Set the Read protection Level
+        (++) Program the user Option Bytes
+        (++) Launch the Option Bytes loader
+        (++) Set/Get the Read protection Level.
+        (++) Set/Get the BOR level.
+        (++) Get the Write protection.
+        (++) Get the user option bytes.
+    
+      (#) Interrupts and flags management functions : this group 
+          includes all needed functions to:
+        (++) Handle FLASH interrupts
+        (++) Wait for last FLASH operation according to its status
+        (++) Get error flag status
+
+    (#) FLASH Interface configuration functions: this group includes 
+      the management of following features:
+      (++) Enable/Disable the RUN PowerDown mode.
+      (++) Enable/Disable the SLEEP PowerDown mode.  
+  
+    (#) FLASH Peripheral State methods: this group includes 
+      the management of following features:
+      (++) Wait for the FLASH operation
+      (++)  Get the specific FLASH error flag
+    
+  [..] In addition to these function, this driver includes a set of macros allowing
+       to handle the following operations:
+      
+      (+) Set/Get the latency
+      (+) Enable/Disable the prefetch buffer
+      (+) Enable/Disable the 64 bit Read Access.
+      (+) Enable/Disable the Flash power-down
+      (+) Enable/Disable the FLASH interrupts
+      (+) Monitor the FLASH flags status
+          
+                 ##### Programming operation functions #####
+  ===============================================================================  
+     [..]
+     This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to manage the FLASH 
+     program operations.
+  
+    [..] The FLASH Memory Programming functions, includes the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void);
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_Lock(void);
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+    
+     [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
+     (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function to enable the flash control register and 
+         program memory access.
+     (#) Call the desired function to erase page or program data.
+     (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash program memory access 
+        (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+  
+               ##### Option Bytes Programming functions ##### 
+   ==============================================================================  
+  
+     [..] The FLASH_Option Bytes Programming_functions, includes the following functions:
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void);
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void);
+     (+) HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void);
+     (+) HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+     (+) HAL_FLASHEx_OBGetConfig(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);
+    
+     [..] Any operation of erase or program should follow these steps:
+     (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock() function to enable the Flash option control 
+         register access.
+     (#) Call the following functions to program the desired option bytes.
+         (++) HAL_FLASHEx_OBProgram(FLASH_OBProgramInitTypeDef *pOBInit);      
+     (#) Once all needed option bytes to be programmed are correctly written, call the
+         HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void) function to launch the Option Bytes programming process.
+     (#) Call the HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock() to disable the Flash option control register access (recommended
+         to protect the option Bytes against possible unwanted operations).
+  
+    [..] Proprietary code Read Out Protection (PcROP):    
+    (#) The PcROP sector is selected by using the same option bytes as the Write
+        protection. As a result, these 2 options are exclusive each other.
+    (#) To activate PCROP mode for Flash sectors(s), you need to follow the sequence below:
+        (++) Use this function HAL_FLASHEx_AdvOBProgram with PCROPState = OB_PCROP_STATE_ENABLE.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH FLASH
+  * @brief FLASH HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Constants FLASH Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro ---------------------------- ---------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Macros FLASH Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+ 
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Variables FLASH Private Variables
+  * @{
+  */
+/* Variables used for Erase pages under interruption*/
+FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Private_Functions FLASH Private Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+static  void   FLASH_SetErrorCode(void);
+extern void    FLASH_PageErase(uint32_t PageAddress);
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions FLASH Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group1 Programming operation functions 
+  *  @brief   Programming operation functions 
+  *
+@verbatim   
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program word at a specified address
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access
+  *         (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram   Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                       This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address       Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data          Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_ERROR;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Clean the error context */
+    pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+    /*Program word (32-bit) at a specified address.*/
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data;
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  }
+
+  /* Process Unlocked */
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief   Program word at a specified address  with interrupt enabled.
+  *
+  * @param  TypeProgram  Indicate the way to program at a specified address.
+  *                      This parameter can be a value of @ref FLASH_Type_Program
+  * @param  Address      Specifie the address to be programmed.
+  * @param  Data         Specifie the data to be programmed
+  * 
+  * @retval HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Program_IT(uint32_t TypeProgram, uint32_t Address, uint32_t Data)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Process Locked */
+  __HAL_LOCK(&pFlash);
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM(TypeProgram));
+  assert_param(IS_FLASH_PROGRAM_ADDRESS(Address));
+
+  /* Enable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+  __HAL_FLASH_ENABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+  
+  pFlash.Address = Address;
+  pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_PROGRAM;
+  /* Clean the error context */
+  pFlash.ErrorCode = HAL_FLASH_ERROR_NONE;
+
+  if(TypeProgram == FLASH_TYPEPROGRAM_WORD)
+  {
+    /* Program word (32-bit) at a specified address. */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = Data;
+  }
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief This function handles FLASH interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_FLASH_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  uint32_t addresstmp = 0U;
+  
+  /* Check FLASH operation error flags */
+  if( __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)     || 
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR)     || 
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_SIZERR)     || 
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR)      || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR) || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) )
+  {
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+    {
+      /* Return the faulty sector */
+      addresstmp = pFlash.Page;
+      pFlash.Page = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+    }
+    else
+    {
+      /* Return the faulty address */
+      addresstmp = pFlash.Address;
+    }
+    /* Save the Error code */
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    
+    /* FLASH error interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(addresstmp);
+
+    /* Stop the procedure ongoing */
+    pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+  }
+
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+    
+    /* Process can continue only if no error detected */
+    if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing != FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+    {
+      if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_PAGEERASE)
+      {
+        /* Nb of pages to erased can be decreased */
+        pFlash.NbPagesToErase--;
+
+        /* Check if there are still pages to erase */
+        if(pFlash.NbPagesToErase != 0U)
+        {
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Page;
+          /*Indicate user which sector has been erased */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+
+          /*Increment sector number*/
+          addresstmp = pFlash.Page + FLASH_PAGE_SIZE;
+          pFlash.Page = addresstmp;
+
+          /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+
+          FLASH_PageErase(addresstmp);
+        }
+        else
+        {
+          /* No more pages to Erase, user callback can be called. */
+          /* Reset Sector and stop Erase pages procedure */
+          pFlash.Page = addresstmp = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(addresstmp);
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+          /* If the program operation is completed, disable the PROG Bit */
+          CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+
+          /* Program ended. Return the selected address */
+          /* FLASH EOP interrupt user callback */
+          HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(pFlash.Address);
+        
+          /* Reset Address and stop Program procedure */
+          pFlash.Address = 0xFFFFFFFFU;
+          pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing = FLASH_PROC_NONE;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+
+  if(pFlash.ProcedureOnGoing == FLASH_PROC_NONE)
+  {
+    /* Operation is completed, disable the PROG and ERASE */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, (FLASH_PECR_ERASE | FLASH_PECR_PROG));
+
+    /* Disable End of FLASH Operation and Error source interrupts */
+    __HAL_FLASH_DISABLE_IT(FLASH_IT_EOP | FLASH_IT_ERR);
+
+    /* Process Unlocked */
+    __HAL_UNLOCK(&pFlash);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH end of operation interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which has been erased 
+  *                    (if 0xFFFFFFFF, it means that all the selected pages have been erased)
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_EndOfOperationCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  FLASH operation error interrupt callback
+  * @param  ReturnValue The value saved in this parameter depends on the ongoing procedure
+  *                 - Pages Erase: Address of the page which returned an error
+  *                 - Program: Address which was selected for data program
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback(uint32_t ReturnValue)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(ReturnValue);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_FLASH_OperationErrorCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */ 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions 
+ *  @brief   management functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the FLASH 
+    memory operations.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK))
+  {
+    /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK))
+    {  
+      WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY1);
+      WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY2);
+      
+      /* Verify that PELOCK is unlocked */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+    
+    /* Unlocking the program memory access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->PRGKEYR, FLASH_PRGKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->PRGKEYR, FLASH_PRGKEY2);  
+    
+    /* Verify that PRGLOCK is unlocked */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK; 
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Locks the FLASH control register access
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the PRGLOCK Bit to lock the FLASH Registers access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PRGLOCK);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Unlock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Unlock(void)
+{
+  if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK))
+  {
+    /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK))
+    {  
+      /* Unlocking FLASH_PECR register access*/
+      WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY1);
+      WRITE_REG(FLASH->PEKEYR, FLASH_PEKEY2);
+
+      /* Verify that PELOCK is unlocked */
+      if(HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PELOCK))
+      {
+        return HAL_ERROR;
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Unlocking the option bytes block access */
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY1);
+    WRITE_REG(FLASH->OPTKEYR, FLASH_OPTKEY2);
+
+    /* Verify that OPTLOCK is unlocked */
+    if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK))
+    {
+      return HAL_ERROR;
+    }
+  }
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Lock the FLASH Option Control Registers access.
+  * @retval HAL Status 
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Lock(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OPTLOCK Bit to lock the option bytes block access */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OPTLOCK);
+  
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+  
+/**
+  * @brief  Launch the option byte loading.
+  * @note   This function will reset automatically the MCU.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASH_OB_Launch(void)
+{
+  /* Set the OBL_Launch bit to launch the option byte loading */
+  SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_OBL_LAUNCH);
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  return(FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */  
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral Errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of  the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval FLASH_ErrorCode The returned value can be:
+  *            @ref FLASH_Error_Codes
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_FLASH_GetError(void)
+{
+   return pFlash.ErrorCode;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout  maximum flash operation timeout
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASH_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{
+  /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+     Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+     flag will be set */
+     
+  uint32_t tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+     
+  while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY)) 
+  { 
+    if (Timeout != HAL_MAX_DELAY)
+    {
+      if((Timeout == 0U) || ((HAL_GetTick()-tickstart) > Timeout))
+      {
+        return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+      }
+    }
+  }
+  
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)  || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || 
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR) || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASH_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* There is no error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+static void FLASH_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = 0U;
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR;
+  }
+
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_RDERR;
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR;
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+
+  /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+}  
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c

@@ -0,0 +1,644 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   FLASH RAMFUNC driver.
+  *          This file provides a Flash firmware functions which should be 
+  *          executed from internal SRAM
+  *
+  *  @verbatim
+
+    *** ARM Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using the toolchain options. 
+         Functions that are be executed in RAM should reside in a separate
+         source module. Using the 'Options for File' dialog you can simply change
+         the 'Code / Const' area of a module to a memory space in physical RAM.
+         Available memory areas are declared in the 'Target' tab of the 
+         Options for Target' dialog.
+
+    *** ICCARM Compiler ***
+    -----------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain keyword "__ramfunc".
+
+    *** GNU Compiler ***
+    --------------------
+    [..] RAM functions are defined using a specific toolchain attribute
+         "__attribute__((section(".RamFunc")))".
+
+@endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_Private_Variables
+ * @{
+ */
+extern FLASH_ProcessTypeDef pFlash;
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+  
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC FLASH_RAMFUNC
+  * @brief FLASH functions executed from RAM
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions FLASH RAM Private Functions
+ * @{
+ */
+
+static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout);
+static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode(void);
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+ 
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions FLASH RAM Exported Functions
+ *
+@verbatim  
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### ramfunc functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions that should be executed from RAM 
+    transfers.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral features functions 
+  * @{
+  */  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable  the power down mode during RUN mode.
+  * @note  This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EnableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_ENABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disable the power down mode during RUN mode.
+  * @note  This function can be used only when the user code is running from Internal SRAM.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DisableRunPowerDown(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the Power Down in Run mode*/
+  __HAL_FLASH_POWER_DOWN_DISABLE();
+
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group2 Programming and erasing operation functions 
+ *
+@verbatim  
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#if defined(FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK)
+/**
+  * @brief  Erases a specified 2 pages in program memory in parallel.
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L151xD, STM32L152xD), STM32L162xD and Cat5  devices.
+  *         To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access 
+  *        (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+  * @param  Page_Address1: The page address in program memory to be erased in 
+  *         the first Bank (BANK1). This parameter should be between FLASH_BASE
+  *         and FLASH_BANK1_END.
+  * @param  Page_Address2: The page address in program memory to be erased in 
+  *         the second Bank (BANK2). This parameter should be between FLASH_BANK2_BASE
+  *         and FLASH_BANK2_END.
+  * @note   A Page is erased in the Program memory only if the address to load 
+  *         is the start address of a page (multiple of @ref FLASH_PAGE_SIZE bytes).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_EraseParallelPage(uint32_t Page_Address1, uint32_t Page_Address2)
+{
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Proceed to erase the page */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+  
+    /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the first program page to erase */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address1 = 0x00000000U;
+    /* Write 00000000h to the first word of the second program page to erase */    
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Page_Address2 = 0x00000000U;
+ 
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+
+    /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE, PROG and PARALLBANK bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+  }     
+  /* Return the Erase Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program 2 half pages in program memory in parallel (half page size is 32 Words).
+  * @note   This function can be used only for STM32L151xD, STM32L152xD), STM32L162xD and Cat5  devices.
+  * @param  Address1: specifies the first address to be written in the first bank 
+  *        (BANK1). This parameter should be between FLASH_BASE and (FLASH_BANK1_END - FLASH_PAGE_SIZE).
+  * @param  pBuffer1: pointer to the buffer  containing the data to be  written 
+  *         to the first half page in the first bank.
+  * @param  Address2: specifies the second address to be written in the second bank
+  *        (BANK2). This parameter should be between FLASH_BANK2_BASE and (FLASH_BANK2_END - FLASH_PAGE_SIZE).
+  * @param  pBuffer2: pointer to the buffer containing the data to be  written 
+  *         to the second half page in the second bank.
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access  
+  *         (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation).
+  * @note   Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
+  * @note   If there are more than 32 words to write, after 32 words another 
+  *         Half Page programming operation starts and has to be finished.
+  * @note   A half page is written to the program memory only if the first 
+  *         address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 128 
+  *         bytes) and the 31 remaining words to load are in the same half page.
+  * @note   During the Program memory half page write all read operations are 
+  *         forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read 
+  *         operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+  * @note   If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the 
+  *         complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the 
+  *         FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the 
+  *         beginning.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_ProgramParallelHalfPage(uint32_t Address1, uint32_t* pBuffer1, uint32_t Address2, uint32_t* pBuffer2)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  uint32_t count = 0U; 
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable all IRQs */
+    primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+    __disable_irq();
+    
+    /* Proceed to program the new half page */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+
+    /* Write the first half page directly with 32 different words */
+    while(count < 32U)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint32_t*) ((uint32_t)(Address1 + (4 * count))) = *pBuffer1;
+      pBuffer1++;
+      count ++;  
+    }
+    
+    /* Write the second half page directly with 32 different words */
+    count = 0U;
+    while(count < 32U)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint32_t*) ((uint32_t)(Address2 + (4 * count))) = *pBuffer2;
+      pBuffer2++;
+      count ++;  
+    }
+    
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+    /* if the write operation is completed, disable the PROG, FPRG and PARALLBANK bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK);
+
+    /* Enable IRQs */
+    __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);    
+  }
+
+  /* Return the Write Status */
+  return status;
+}
+#endif /* FLASH_PECR_PARALLBANK */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Program a half page in program memory.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be written.
+  * @param  pBuffer pointer to the buffer  containing the data to be  written to 
+  *         the half page.
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the @ref HAL_FLASH_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the @ref HAL_FLASH_Lock() to disable the flash memory access  
+  *         (recommended to protect the FLASH memory against possible unwanted operation)
+  * @note   Half page write is possible only from SRAM.
+  * @note   If there are more than 32 words to write, after 32 words another 
+  *         Half Page programming operation starts and has to be finished.
+  * @note   A half page is written to the program memory only if the first 
+  *         address to load is the start address of a half page (multiple of 128 
+  *         bytes) and the 31 remaining words to load are in the same half page.
+  * @note   During the Program memory half page write all read operations are 
+  *         forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read 
+  *         operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+  * @note   If a PGAERR is set during a Program memory half page write, the 
+  *         complete write operation is aborted. Software should then reset the 
+  *         FPRG and PROG/DATA bits and restart the write operation from the 
+  *         beginning.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_HalfPageProgram(uint32_t Address, uint32_t* pBuffer)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  uint32_t count = 0U; 
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable all IRQs */
+    primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+    __disable_irq();
+
+    /* Proceed to program the new half page */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+    
+    /* Write one half page directly with 32 different words */
+    while(count < 32U)
+    {
+      *(__IO uint32_t*) ((uint32_t)(Address + (4 * count))) = *pBuffer;
+      pBuffer++;
+      count ++;  
+    }
+
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+ 
+    /* If the write operation is completed, disable the PROG and FPRG bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_PROG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+
+    /* Enable IRQs */
+    __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+  }
+   
+  /* Return the Write Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group3 Peripheral errors functions 
+ *  @brief    Peripheral errors functions 
+ *
+@verbatim   
+ ===============================================================================
+                      ##### Peripheral errors functions #####
+ ===============================================================================  
+    [..]
+    This subsection permit to get in run-time errors of  the FLASH peripheral.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the specific FLASH errors flag.
+  * @param  Error pointer is the error value. It can be a mixed of:
+@if STM32L100xB
+@elif STM32L100xBA
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L151xB
+@elif STM32L151xBA
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L152xB
+@elif STM32L152xBA
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+@elif STM32L100xC
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L151xC
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L152xC
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR FLASH Option User validity error
+@elif STM32L162xC
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD      FLASH Read Protection error flag (PCROP)
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR FLASH Option User validity error
+@else
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR FLASH Option User validity error
+@endif
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA     FLASH Programming Alignment error flag
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP     FLASH Write protected error flag
+  *            @arg @ref HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV    FLASH Option valid error flag 
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_GetError(uint32_t * Error)
+{ 
+  *Error = pFlash.ErrorCode;
+  return HAL_OK;  
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Exported_Functions_Group4 DATA EEPROM functions
+  *
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Erase a double word in data memory.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be erased.
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the HAL_FLASH_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+  *         and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect 
+  *         the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+  * @note   Data memory double word erase is possible only from SRAM.
+  * @note   A double word is erased to the data memory only if the first address 
+  *         to load is the start address of a double word (multiple of 8 bytes).
+  * @note   During the Data memory double word erase, all read operations are 
+  *         forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read 
+  *         operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_EraseDoubleWord(uint32_t Address)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+  
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable all IRQs */
+    primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+    __disable_irq();
+
+    /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to erase the next double word */
+    /* Set the ERASE bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+
+    /* Set DATA bit */
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_DATA);
+   
+    /* Write 00000000h to the 2 words to erase */
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = 0x00000000U;
+    Address += 4U;
+    *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = 0x00000000U;
+   
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+    /* If the erase operation is completed, disable the ERASE and DATA bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_ERASE);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_DATA);
+
+    /* Enable IRQs */
+    __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+ 
+  }  
+      
+  /* Return the erase status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Write a double word in data memory without erase.
+  * @param  Address specifies the address to be written.
+  * @param  Data specifies the data to be written.
+  * @note   To correctly run this function, the HAL_FLASH_EEPROM_Unlock() function
+  *         must be called before.
+  *         Call the HAL_FLASH_EEPROM_Lock() to he data EEPROM access
+  *         and Flash program erase control register access(recommended to protect 
+  *         the DATA_EEPROM against possible unwanted operation).
+  * @note   Data memory double word write is possible only from SRAM.
+  * @note   A data memory double word is written to the data memory only if the 
+  *         first address to load is the start address of a double word (multiple 
+  *         of double word).
+  * @note   During the Data memory double word write, all read operations are 
+  *         forbidden (this includes DMA read operations and debugger read 
+  *         operations such as breakpoints, periodic updates, etc.).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */ 
+__RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_FLASHEx_DATAEEPROM_ProgramDoubleWord(uint32_t Address, uint64_t Data)
+{
+  uint32_t primask_bit;
+  HAL_StatusTypeDef status = HAL_OK;
+
+  /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+  status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+  
+  if(status == HAL_OK)
+  {
+    /* Disable all IRQs */
+    primask_bit = __get_PRIMASK();
+    __disable_irq();
+
+    /* If the previous operation is completed, proceed to program the new data*/
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+    SET_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_DATA);
+    
+    /* Write the 2 words */  
+     *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) Data;
+     Address += 4U;
+     *(__IO uint32_t *)Address = (uint32_t) (Data >> 32);
+     
+    /* Wait for last operation to be completed */
+    status = FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(FLASH_TIMEOUT_VALUE);
+    
+    /* If the write operation is completed, disable the FPRG and DATA bits */
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_FPRG);
+    CLEAR_BIT(FLASH->PECR, FLASH_PECR_DATA);     
+
+    /* Enable IRQs */
+    __set_PRIMASK(primask_bit);
+  }
+      
+  /* Return the Write Status */
+  return status;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup FLASH_RAMFUNC_Private_Functions
+  * @{
+  */ 
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Set the specific FLASH error flag.
+  * @retval HAL Status
+  */
+static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode(void)
+{
+  uint32_t flags = 0U;
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_WRP;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_PGA;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR;
+  }
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTV;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR;
+  }
+
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_RD;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_RDERR;
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR))
+  {
+    pFlash.ErrorCode |= HAL_FLASH_ERROR_OPTVUSR;
+    flags |= FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR;
+  }
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+
+  /* Clear FLASH error pending bits */
+  __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(flags);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}  
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Wait for a FLASH operation to complete.
+  * @param  Timeout maximum flash operationtimeout
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+static __RAM_FUNC HAL_StatusTypeDef FLASHRAM_WaitForLastOperation(uint32_t Timeout)
+{ 
+    /* Wait for the FLASH operation to complete by polling on BUSY flag to be reset.
+       Even if the FLASH operation fails, the BUSY flag will be reset and an error
+       flag will be set */
+       
+    while(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_BSY) && (Timeout != 0x00U)) 
+    { 
+      Timeout--;
+    }
+    
+    if(Timeout == 0x00U)
+    {
+      return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+    }
+    
+  /* Check FLASH End of Operation flag  */
+  if (__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP))
+  {
+    /* Clear FLASH End of Operation pending bit */
+    __HAL_FLASH_CLEAR_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_EOP);
+  }
+  
+  if(__HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_WRPERR)  || 
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERR) || 
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_RDERR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_RDERR) || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_RDERR */
+#if defined(FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR)
+      __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_OPTVERRUSR) || 
+#endif /* FLASH_SR_OPTVERRUSR */
+     __HAL_FLASH_GET_FLAG(FLASH_FLAG_PGAERR))
+  {
+    /*Save the error code*/
+    FLASHRAM_SetErrorCode();
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+
+  /* There is no error flag set */
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_FLASH_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+     
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.c

@@ -0,0 +1,550 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   GPIO HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the General Purpose Input/Output (GPIO) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + IO operation functions
+  *
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### GPIO Peripheral features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+  Each port bit of the general-purpose I/O (GPIO) ports can be individually
+  configured by software in several modes:
+  (+) Input mode
+  (+) Analog mode
+  (+) Output mode
+  (+) Alternate function mode
+  (+) External interrupt/event lines
+
+  [..]
+  During and just after reset, the alternate functions and external interrupt
+  lines are not active and the I/O ports are configured in input floating mode.
+
+  [..]
+  All GPIO pins have weak internal pull-up and pull-down resistors, which can be
+  activated or not.
+
+  [..]
+  In Output or Alternate mode, each IO can be configured on open-drain or push-pull
+  type and the IO speed can be selected depending on the VDD value.
+
+  [..]
+  The microcontroller IO pins are connected to onboard peripherals/modules through a
+  multiplexer that allows only one peripheral s alternate function (AF) connected
+  to an IO pin at a time. In this way, there can be no conflict between peripherals
+  sharing the same IO pin.
+
+  [..]
+  All ports have external interrupt/event capability. To use external interrupt
+  lines, the port must be configured in input mode. All available GPIO pins are
+  connected to the 16 external interrupt/event lines from EXTI0 to EXTI15.
+
+  [..]
+  The external interrupt/event controller consists of up to 28 edge detectors
+  (depending on products 16 lines are connected to GPIO) for generating event/interrupt
+  requests (each input line can be independently configured to select the type
+  (interrupt or event) and the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+  Each line can also be masked independently.
+
+            ##### How to use this driver #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+   (#) Enable the GPIO AHB clock using the following function : __GPIOx_CLK_ENABLE().
+
+   (#) Configure the GPIO pin(s) using HAL_GPIO_Init().
+       (++) Configure the IO mode using "Mode" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+       (++) Activate Pull-up, Pull-down resistor using "Pull" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef
+            structure.
+       (++) In case of Output or alternate function mode selection: the speed is
+            configured through "Speed" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure,
+            the speed is configurable: Low, Medium and High.
+       (++) If alternate mode is selected, the alternate function connected to the IO
+            is configured through "Alternate" member from GPIO_InitTypeDef structure
+       (++) Analog mode is required when a pin is to be used as ADC channel
+            or DAC output.
+       (++) In case of external interrupt/event selection the "Mode" member from
+            GPIO_InitTypeDef structure select the type (interrupt or event) and
+            the corresponding trigger event (rising or falling or both).
+
+   (#) In case of external interrupt/event mode selection, configure NVIC IRQ priority
+       mapped to the EXTI line using HAL_NVIC_SetPriority() and enable it using
+       HAL_NVIC_EnableIRQ().
+
+   (#) HAL_GPIO_DeInit allows to set register values to their reset value. It's also
+       recommended to use it to unconfigure pin which was used as an external interrupt
+       or in event mode. That's the only way to reset corresponding bit in EXTI & SYSCFG
+       registers.
+
+   (#) To get the level of a pin configured in input mode use HAL_GPIO_ReadPin().
+
+   (#) To set/reset the level of a pin configured in output mode use
+       HAL_GPIO_WritePin()/HAL_GPIO_TogglePin().
+
+   (#) To lock pin configuration until next reset use HAL_GPIO_LockPin().
+
+   (#) During and just after reset, the alternate functions are not
+       active and the GPIO pins are configured in input floating mode (except JTAG
+       pins).
+
+   (#) The LSE oscillator pins OSC32_IN and OSC32_OUT can be used as general purpose
+       (PC14 and PC15, respectively) when the LSE oscillator is off. The LSE has
+       priority over the GPIO function.
+
+   (#) The HSE oscillator pins OSC_IN/OSC_OUT can be used as
+       general purpose PH0 and PH1, respectively, when the HSE oscillator is off.
+       The HSE has priority over the GPIO function.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO
+  * @brief GPIO HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Private_Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+#define GPIO_MODE             (0x00000003U)
+#define EXTI_MODE             (0x10000000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_IT          (0x00010000U)
+#define GPIO_MODE_EVT         (0x00020000U)
+#define RISING_EDGE           (0x00100000U)
+#define FALLING_EDGE          (0x00200000U)
+#define GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE      (0x00000010U)
+
+#define GPIO_NUMBER           (16U)
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Exported functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group1
+ *  @brief    Initialization and Configuration functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and Configuration functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the GPIOx peripheral according to the specified parameters in the GPIO_Init.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Init pointer to a GPIO_InitTypeDef structure that contains
+  *         the configuration information for the specified GPIO peripheral.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_Init(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, GPIO_InitTypeDef *GPIO_Init)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
+  uint32_t temp = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Init->Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_MODE(GPIO_Init->Mode));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PULL(GPIO_Init->Pull));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while (((GPIO_Init->Pin) >> position) != 0)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Init->Pin) & (1U << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent)
+    {
+      /*--------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* In case of Output or Alternate function mode selection */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) ||
+          (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_OUTPUT_OD) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Speed parameter */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_SPEED(GPIO_Init->Speed));
+        /* Configure the IO Speed */
+        temp = GPIOx->OSPEEDR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
+        SET_BIT(temp, GPIO_Init->Speed << (position * 2));
+        GPIOx->OSPEEDR = temp;
+
+        /* Configure the IO Output Type */
+        temp = GPIOx->OTYPER;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+        SET_BIT(temp, ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_OUTPUT_TYPE) >> 4) << position);
+        GPIOx->OTYPER = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Activate the Pull-up or Pull down resistor for the current IO */
+      temp = GPIOx->PUPDR;
+      CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
+      SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Pull) << (position * 2));
+      GPIOx->PUPDR = temp;
+
+      /* In case of Alternate function mode selection */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_PP) || (GPIO_Init->Mode == GPIO_MODE_AF_OD))
+      {
+        /* Check the Alternate function parameters */
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+        assert_param(IS_GPIO_AF(GPIO_Init->Alternate));
+
+        /* Configure Alternate function mapped with the current IO */
+        /* Identify AFRL or AFRH register based on IO position*/
+        temp = GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3];
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4));
+        SET_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)(GPIO_Init->Alternate) << (((uint32_t)position & 0x07U) * 4));
+        GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3] = temp;
+      }
+
+      /* Configure IO Direction mode (Input, Output, Alternate or Analog) */
+      temp = GPIOx->MODER;
+      CLEAR_BIT(temp, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
+      SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE) << (position * 2));
+      GPIOx->MODER = temp;
+
+      /*--------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration ------------------------*/
+      /* Configure the External Interrupt or event for the current IO */
+      if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & EXTI_MODE) == EXTI_MODE)
+      {
+        /* Enable SYSCFG Clock */
+        __HAL_RCC_SYSCFG_CLK_ENABLE();
+
+        temp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (0x0FU) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+        SET_BIT(temp, (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx)) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+        SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2] = temp;
+
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->IMR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_IT) == GPIO_MODE_IT)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent);
+        }
+        EXTI->IMR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->EMR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & GPIO_MODE_EVT) == GPIO_MODE_EVT)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent);
+        }
+        EXTI->EMR = temp;
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        temp = EXTI->RTSR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & RISING_EDGE) == RISING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent);
+        }
+        EXTI->RTSR = temp;
+
+        temp = EXTI->FTSR;
+        CLEAR_BIT(temp, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        if ((GPIO_Init->Mode & FALLING_EDGE) == FALLING_EDGE)
+        {
+          SET_BIT(temp, iocurrent);
+        }
+        EXTI->FTSR = temp;
+      }
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  De-initializes the GPIOx peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *         This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_DeInit(GPIO_TypeDef  *GPIOx, uint32_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t position = 0x00;
+  uint32_t iocurrent = 0x00;
+  uint32_t tmp = 0x00;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_ALL_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Configure the port pins */
+  while ((GPIO_Pin >> position) != 0)
+  {
+    /* Get current io position */
+    iocurrent = (GPIO_Pin) & (1U << position);
+
+    if (iocurrent)
+    {
+      /*------------------------- EXTI Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Clear the External Interrupt or Event for the current IO */
+
+      tmp = SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2];
+      tmp &= ((0x0FU) << (4 * (position & 0x03)));
+      if (tmp == (GPIO_GET_INDEX(GPIOx) << (4 * (position & 0x03))))
+      {
+        /* Clear EXTI line configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->IMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->EMR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+        /* Clear Rising Falling edge configuration */
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->RTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+        CLEAR_BIT(EXTI->FTSR, (uint32_t)iocurrent);
+
+        tmp = (0x0FU) << (4 * (position & 0x03));
+        CLEAR_BIT(SYSCFG->EXTICR[position >> 2], tmp);
+      }
+
+      /*------------------------- GPIO Mode Configuration --------------------*/
+      /* Configure IO Direction in Input Floting Mode */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->MODER, GPIO_MODER_MODER0 << (position * 2));
+
+      /* Configure the default Alternate Function in current IO */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->AFR[position >> 3], 0xFU << ((uint32_t)(position & 0x07U) * 4)) ;
+      /* Deactivate the Pull-up oand Pull-down resistor for the current IO */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->PUPDR, GPIO_PUPDR_PUPDR0 << (position * 2));
+
+      /* Configure the default value IO Output Type */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OTYPER, GPIO_OTYPER_OT_0 << position) ;
+
+      /* Configure the default value for IO Speed */
+      CLEAR_BIT(GPIOx->OSPEEDR, GPIO_OSPEEDER_OSPEEDR0 << (position * 2));
+    }
+
+    position++;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @addtogroup GPIO_Exported_Functions_Group2
+ *  @brief GPIO Read, Write, Toggle, Lock and EXTI management functions.
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                       ##### IO operation functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Reads the specified input port pin.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to read.
+  *         This parameter can be GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @retval The input port pin value.
+  */
+GPIO_PinState HAL_GPIO_ReadPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  GPIO_PinState bitstatus;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  if ((GPIOx->IDR & GPIO_Pin) != (uint32_t)GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_SET;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    bitstatus = GPIO_PIN_RESET;
+  }
+  return bitstatus;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Sets or clears the selected data port bit.
+  * @note   This function uses GPIOx_BSRR register to allow atomic read/modify
+  *         accesses. In this way, there is no risk of an IRQ occurring between
+  *         the read and the modify access.
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the port bit to be written.
+  *          This parameter can be one of GPIO_PIN_x where x can be (0..15).
+  * @param  PinState specifies the value to be written to the selected bit.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the GPIO_PinState enum values:
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_RESET: to clear the port pin
+  *            @arg GPIO_PIN_SET: to set the port pin
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_WritePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin, GPIO_PinState PinState)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN_ACTION(PinState));
+
+  if (PinState != GPIO_PIN_RESET)
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    GPIOx->BSRR = (uint32_t)GPIO_Pin << 16 ;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Toggles the specified GPIO pin
+  * @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin specifies the pins to be toggled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_TogglePin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  uint32_t odr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* get current Ouput Data Register value */
+  odr = GPIOx->ODR;
+
+  /* Set selected pins that were at low level, and reset ones that were high */
+  GPIOx->BSRR = ((odr & GPIO_Pin) << GPIO_NUMBER) | (~odr & GPIO_Pin);
+}
+
+/**
+* @brief  Locks GPIO Pins configuration registers.
+* @note   The locked registers are GPIOx_MODER, GPIOx_OTYPER, GPIOx_OSPEEDR,
+*         GPIOx_PUPDR, GPIOx_AFRL and GPIOx_AFRH.
+* @note   The configuration of the locked GPIO pins can no longer be modified
+*         until the next reset.
+* @note   Limitation concerning GPIOx_OTYPER: Locking of GPIOx_OTYPER[i] with i = 15..8
+*         depends from setting of GPIOx_LCKR[i-8] and not from GPIOx_LCKR[i].
+*         GPIOx_LCKR[i-8] is locking GPIOx_OTYPER[i] together with GPIOx_OTYPER[i-8].
+*         It is not possible to lock GPIOx_OTYPER[i] with i = 15..8, without locking also
+*         GPIOx_OTYPER[i-8].
+*         Workaround: When calling HAL_GPIO_LockPin with GPIO_Pin from GPIO_PIN_8 to GPIO_PIN_15,
+*         you must call also HAL_GPIO_LockPin with GPIO_Pin - 8.
+*         (When locking a pin from GPIO_PIN_8 to GPIO_PIN_15, you must lock also the corresponding
+*         GPIO_PIN_0 to GPIO_PIN_7).
+* @param  GPIOx where x can be (A..G depending on device used) to select the GPIO peripheral for STM32L1XX family devices
+* @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port bit to be locked.
+*         This parameter can be any combination of GPIO_Pin_x where x can be (0..15).
+* @retval None
+*/
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_GPIO_LockPin(GPIO_TypeDef *GPIOx, uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  __IO uint32_t tmp = GPIO_LCKR_LCKK;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_LOCK_INSTANCE(GPIOx));
+  assert_param(IS_GPIO_PIN(GPIO_Pin));
+
+  /* Apply lock key write sequence */
+  SET_BIT(tmp, GPIO_Pin);
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Reset LCKx bit(s): LCKK='0' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = GPIO_Pin;
+  /* Set LCKx bit(s): LCKK='1' + LCK[15-0] */
+  GPIOx->LCKR = tmp;
+  /* Read LCKK register. This read is mandatory to complete key lock sequence */
+  tmp = GPIOx->LCKR;
+
+  /* Read again in order to confirm lock is active */
+  if ((GPIOx->LCKR & GPIO_LCKR_LCKK) != RESET)
+  {
+    return HAL_OK;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    return HAL_ERROR;
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles EXTI interrupt request.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_IRQHandler(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* EXTI line interrupt detected */
+  if (__HAL_GPIO_EXTI_GET_IT(GPIO_Pin) != RESET)
+  {
+    __HAL_GPIO_EXTI_CLEAR_IT(GPIO_Pin);
+    HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(GPIO_Pin);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  EXTI line detection callbacks.
+  * @param  GPIO_Pin Specifies the port pin connected to corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback(uint16_t GPIO_Pin)
+{
+  /* Prevent unused argument(s) compilation warning */
+  UNUSED(GPIO_Pin);
+
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_GPIO_EXTI_Callback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_GPIO_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.c

@@ -0,0 +1,650 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   PWR HAL module driver.
+  *
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Initialization/de-initialization functions
+  *           + Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR PWR
+  * @brief    PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#define PVD_MODE_IT               (0x00010000U)
+#define PVD_MODE_EVT              (0x00020000U)
+#define PVD_RISING_EDGE           (0x00000001U)
+#define PVD_FALLING_EDGE          (0x00000002U)
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions PWR Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group1 Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *  @brief   Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+              ##### Initialization and de-initialization functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+      After reset, the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC backup data
+      registers) is protected against possible unwanted
+      write accesses.
+      To enable access to the RTC Domain and RTC registers, proceed as follows:
+        (+) Enable the Power Controller (PWR) APB1 interface clock using the
+            __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE() macro.
+        (+) Enable access to RTC domain using the HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess() function.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Deinitializes the PWR peripheral registers to their default reset values.
+  * @note   Before calling this function, the VOS[1:0] bits should be configured
+  *         to "10" and the system frequency has to be configured accordingly.
+  *         To configure the VOS[1:0] bits, use the PWR_VoltageScalingConfig()
+  *         function.
+  * @note   ULP and FWU bits are not reset by this function.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DeInit(void)
+{
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_FORCE_RESET();
+  __HAL_RCC_PWR_RELEASE_RESET();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers ).
+  * @note   If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  /* Enable access to RTC and backup registers */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables access to the backup domain (RTC registers, RTC
+  *         backup data registers).
+  * @note   If the HSE divided by 2, 4, 8 or 16 is used as the RTC clock, the
+  *         Backup Domain Access should be kept enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableBkUpAccess(void)
+{
+  /* Disable access to RTC and backup registers */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_DBP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWR_Exported_Functions_Group2 Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+
+    *** PVD configuration ***
+    =========================
+    [..]
+      (+) The PVD is used to monitor the VDD power supply by comparing it to a
+          threshold selected by the PVD Level (PLS[2:0] bits in the PWR_CR).
+      (+) The PVD can use an external input analog voltage (PVD_IN) which is compared
+      internally to VREFINT. The PVD_IN (PB7) has to be configured in Analog mode
+      when PWR_PVDLevel_7 is selected (PLS[2:0] = 111).
+
+      (+) A PVDO flag is available to indicate if VDD/VDDA is higher or lower
+          than the PVD threshold. This event is internally connected to the EXTI
+          line16 and can generate an interrupt if enabled. This is done through
+          __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT() macro.
+      (+) The PVD is stopped in Standby mode.
+
+    *** WakeUp pin configuration ***
+    ================================
+    [..]
+      (+) WakeUp pin is used to wake up the system from Standby mode. This pin is
+          forced in input pull-down configuration and is active on rising edges.
+      (+) There are two or three WakeUp pins:
+          WakeUp Pin 1 on PA.00.
+          WakeUp Pin 2 on PC.13.
+          WakeUp Pin 3 on PE.06. : Only on product with GPIOE available
+
+    [..]
+    *** Main and Backup Regulators configuration ***
+    ================================================
+
+      (+) The main internal regulator can be configured to have a tradeoff between
+          performance and power consumption when the device does not operate at
+          the maximum frequency. This is done through __HAL_PWR_VOLTAGESCALING_CONFIG()
+          macro which configure VOS bit in PWR_CR register:
+        (++) When this bit is set (Regulator voltage output Scale 1 mode selected)
+             the System frequency can go up to 32 MHz.
+        (++) When this bit is reset (Regulator voltage output Scale 2 mode selected)
+             the System frequency can go up to 16 MHz.
+        (++) When this bit is reset (Regulator voltage output Scale 3 mode selected)
+             the System frequency can go up to 4.2 MHz.
+
+        Refer to the datasheets for more details.
+
+    *** Low Power modes configuration ***
+    =====================================
+     [..]
+      The device features 5 low-power modes:
+      (+) Low power run mode: regulator in low power mode, limited clock frequency,
+        limited number of peripherals running.
+      (+) Sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, peripherals kept running.
+      (+) Low power sleep mode: Cortex-M3 core stopped, limited clock frequency,
+         limited number of peripherals running, regulator in low power mode.
+      (+) Stop mode: All clocks are stopped, regulator running, regulator in low power mode.
+      (+) Standby mode: VCORE domain powered off
+
+   *** Low power run mode ***
+   =========================
+    [..]
+       To further reduce the consumption when the system is in Run mode, the regulator can be
+        configured in low power mode. In this mode, the system frequency should not exceed
+        MSI frequency range1.
+        In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+        (++) VCORE in range2
+        (++) Decrease the system frequency tonot exceed the frequency of MSI frequency range1.
+        (++) The regulator is forced in low power mode using the HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode()
+             function.
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) The regulator is forced in Main regulator mode using the HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode()
+              function.
+        (++) Increase the system frequency if needed.
+
+   *** Sleep mode ***
+   ==================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) Any peripheral interrupt acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt
+              controller (NVIC) can wake up the device from Sleep mode.
+
+   *** Low power sleep mode ***
+   ============================
+    [..]
+      (+) Entry:
+          The Low power sleep mode is entered by using the HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFx)
+              functions with
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+       (+) The Flash memory can be switched off by using the control bits (SLEEP_PD in the FLASH_ACR register.
+             This reduces power consumption but increases the wake-up time.
+
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) If the WFI instruction was used to enter Low power sleep mode, any peripheral interrupt
+              acknowledged by the nested vectored interrupt controller (NVIC) can wake up the device
+              from Low power sleep mode. If the WFE instruction was used to enter Low power sleep mode,
+              the MCU exits Sleep mode as soon as an event occurs.
+
+   *** Stop mode ***
+   =================
+    [..]
+      The Stop mode is based on the Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode combined with peripheral
+      clock gating. The voltage regulator can be configured either in normal or low-power mode.
+      In Stop mode, all clocks in the VCORE domain are stopped, the PLL, the MSI, the HSI and
+      the HSE RC oscillators are disabled. Internal SRAM and register contents are preserved.
+      To get the lowest consumption in Stop mode, the internal Flash memory also enters low
+      power mode. When the Flash memory is in power-down mode, an additional startup delay is
+      incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+      To minimize the consumption In Stop mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature
+      sensor can be switched off before entering Stop mode. They can be switched on again by
+      software after exiting Stop mode using the ULP bit in the PWR_CR register.
+      In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+           The Stop mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON, PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI )
+             function with:
+          (++) Main regulator ON.
+          (++) Low Power regulator ON.
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+          (++) PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) By issuing an interrupt or a wakeup event, the MSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+
+   *** Standby mode ***
+   ====================
+     [..]
+      The Standby mode allows to achieve the lowest power consumption. It is based on the
+      Cortex-M3 deepsleep mode, with the voltage regulator disabled. The VCORE domain is
+      consequently powered off. The PLL, the MSI, the HSI oscillator and the HSE oscillator are
+      also switched off. SRAM and register contents are lost except for the RTC registers, RTC
+      backup registers and Standby circuitry.
+
+      To minimize the consumption In Standby mode, VREFINT, the BOR, PVD, and temperature
+       sensor can be switched off before entering the Standby mode. They can be switched
+       on again by software after exiting the Standby mode.
+       function.
+
+      (+) Entry:
+        (++) The Standby mode is entered using the HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode() function.
+      (+) Exit:
+        (++) WKUP pin rising edge, RTC alarm (Alarm A and Alarm B), RTC wakeup,
+             tamper event, time-stamp event, external reset in NRST pin, IWDG reset.
+
+   *** Auto-wakeup (AWU) from low-power mode ***
+   =============================================
+    [..]
+      The MCU can be woken up from low-power mode by an RTC Alarm event, an RTC
+      Wakeup event, a tamper event, a time-stamp event, or a comparator event,
+      without depending on an external interrupt (Auto-wakeup mode).
+
+    (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+             (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 17 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt
+                   or Event modes) and Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT()
+                   function
+             (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_Init()
+                   and HAL_RTC_SetTime() functions.
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+             is necessary to:
+             (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 19 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt or Event modes) and
+                   Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT()
+                   or HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT() functions.
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to:
+             (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 20 to be sensitive to rising edges (Interrupt or Event modes) and
+                   Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() function.
+             (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer()
+                   function.
+
+    (+) RTC auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Standby mode
+        (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC alarm event, it is necessary to:
+             (+++) Enable the RTC Alarm Interrupt using the HAL_RTC_SetAlarm_IT() function.
+             (+++) Configure the RTC to generate the RTC alarm using the HAL_RTC_Init()
+                   and HAL_RTC_SetTime() functions.
+        (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC Tamper or time stamp event, it
+             is necessary to:
+             (+++) Enable the RTC Tamper or time stamp Interrupt and Configure the RTC to
+                   detect the tamper or time stamp event using the HAL_RTCEx_SetTimeStamp_IT()
+                   or HAL_RTCEx_SetTamper_IT()functions.
+        (++) To wake up from the Standby mode with an RTC WakeUp event, it is necessary to:
+             (+++) Enable the RTC WakeUp Interrupt and Configure the RTC to generate the RTC WakeUp event
+                   using the HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer_IT() and HAL_RTCEx_SetWakeUpTimer() functions.
+
+    (+) Comparator auto-wakeup (AWU) from the Stop mode
+        (++) To wake up from the Stop mode with an comparator 1 or comparator 2 wakeup
+             event, it is necessary to:
+             (+++) Configure the EXTI Line 21 or EXTI Line 22 for comparator to be sensitive to to the
+                   selected edges (falling, rising or falling and rising) (Interrupt or Event modes) using
+                   the COMP functions.
+             (+++) Configure the comparator to generate the event.
+
+
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the voltage threshold detected by the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @param  sConfigPVD pointer to an PWR_PVDTypeDef structure that contains the configuration
+  *         information for the PVD.
+  * @note   Refer to the electrical characteristics of your device datasheet for
+  *         more details about the voltage threshold corresponding to each
+  *         detection level.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_ConfigPVD(PWR_PVDTypeDef *sConfigPVD)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_LEVEL(sConfigPVD->PVDLevel));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_PVD_MODE(sConfigPVD->Mode));
+
+  /* Set PLS[7:5] bits according to PVDLevel value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PLS, sConfigPVD->PVDLevel);
+
+  /* Clear any previous config. Keep it clear if no event or IT mode is selected */
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_EVENT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_DISABLE_RISING_FALLING_EDGE();
+
+  /* Configure interrupt mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_IT) == PVD_MODE_IT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure event mode */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_MODE_EVT) == PVD_MODE_EVT)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_EVENT();
+  }
+
+  /* Configure the edge */
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_RISING_EDGE) == PVD_RISING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+  }
+
+  if((sConfigPVD->Mode & PVD_FALLING_EDGE) == PVD_FALLING_EDGE)
+  {
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_ENABLE_FALLING_EDGE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnablePVD(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the power voltage detector */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Power Voltage Detector(PVD).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisablePVD(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the power voltage detector */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_PVDE_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to enable.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3: Only on product with GPIOE available
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Enable the EWUPx pin */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables the WakeUp PINx functionality.
+  * @param WakeUpPinx: Specifies the Power Wake-Up pin to disable.
+  *        This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN1
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN2
+  *           @arg PWR_WAKEUP_PIN3: Only on product with GPIOE available
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableWakeUpPin(uint32_t WakeUpPinx)
+{
+  /* Check the parameter */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_WAKEUP_PIN(WakeUpPinx));
+  /* Disable the EWUPx pin */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_EWUP_BB(WakeUpPinx) = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Sleep mode.
+  * @note  In Sleep mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in SLEEP mode.
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: SLEEP mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param SLEEPEntry: Specifies if SLEEP mode is entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *           When WFI entry is used, tick interrupt have to be disabled if not desired as
+  *           the interrupt wake up source.
+  *           This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI: enter SLEEP mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFE: enter SLEEP mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSLEEPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t SLEEPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_SLEEP_ENTRY(SLEEPEntry));
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in Sleep mode: Set PDDS and LPSDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPSDSR), Regulator);
+
+  /* Clear SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select SLEEP mode entry -------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(SLEEPEntry == PWR_SLEEPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Stop mode.
+  * @note  In Stop mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @note  When exiting Stop mode by using an interrupt or a wakeup event,
+  *        MSI RC oscillator is selected as system clock.
+  * @note  When the voltage regulator operates in low power mode, an additional
+  *         startup delay is incurred when waking up from Stop mode.
+  *         By keeping the internal regulator ON during Stop mode, the consumption
+  *         is higher although the startup time is reduced.
+  * @param Regulator: Specifies the regulator state in Stop mode.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_MAINREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with regulator ON
+  *            @arg PWR_LOWPOWERREGULATOR_ON: Stop mode with low power regulator ON
+  * @param STOPEntry: Specifies if Stop mode in entered with WFI or WFE instruction.
+  *          This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI: Enter Stop mode with WFI instruction
+  *            @arg PWR_STOPENTRY_WFE: Enter Stop mode with WFE instruction
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTOPMode(uint32_t Regulator, uint8_t STOPEntry)
+{
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_REGULATOR(Regulator));
+  assert_param(IS_PWR_STOP_ENTRY(STOPEntry));
+
+  /* Select the regulator state in Stop mode: Set PDDS and LPSDSR bit according to PWR_Regulator value */
+  MODIFY_REG(PWR->CR, (PWR_CR_PDDS | PWR_CR_LPSDSR), Regulator);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* Select Stop mode entry --------------------------------------------------*/
+  if(STOPEntry == PWR_STOPENTRY_WFI)
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+    __WFI();
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Request Wait For Event */
+    __SEV();
+    __WFE();
+    __WFE();
+  }
+  /* Reset SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enters Standby mode.
+  * @note  In Standby mode, all I/O pins are high impedance except for:
+  *          - Reset pad (still available)
+  *          - RTC_AF1 pin (PC13) if configured for tamper, time-stamp, RTC
+  *            Alarm out, or RTC clock calibration out.
+  *          - WKUP pin 1 (PA0) if enabled.
+  *          - WKUP pin 2 (PC13) if enabled.
+  *          - WKUP pin 3 (PE6) if enabled.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnterSTANDBYMode(void)
+{
+  /* Select Standby mode */
+  SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_PDDS);
+
+  /* Set SLEEPDEEP bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPDEEP_Msk));
+
+  /* This option is used to ensure that store operations are completed */
+#if defined ( __CC_ARM)
+  __force_stores();
+#endif
+  /* Request Wait For Interrupt */
+  __WFI();
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Indicates Sleep-On-Exit when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  *       Setting this bit is useful when the processor is expected to run only on
+  *       interruptions handling.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Set SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables Sleep-On-Exit feature when returning from Handler mode to Thread mode.
+  * @note Clears SLEEPONEXIT bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, the processor
+  *       re-enters SLEEP mode when an interruption handling is over.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSleepOnExit(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SLEEPONEXIT bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SLEEPONEXIT_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Enables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Sets SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_EnableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Set SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  SET_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief Disables CORTEX M3 SEVONPEND bit.
+  * @note Clears SEVONPEND bit of SCR register. When this bit is set, this causes
+  *       WFE to wake up when an interrupt moves from inactive to pended.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_DisableSEVOnPend(void)
+{
+  /* Clear SEVONPEND bit of Cortex System Control Register */
+  CLEAR_BIT(SCB->SCR, ((uint32_t)SCB_SCR_SEVONPEND_Msk));
+}
+
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  This function handles the PWR PVD interrupt request.
+  * @note   This API should be called under the PVD_IRQHandler().
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWR_PVD_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check PWR exti flag */
+  if(__HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_GET_FLAG() != RESET)
+  {
+    /* PWR PVD interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_PWR_PVDCallback();
+
+    /* Clear PWR Exti pending bit */
+    __HAL_PWR_PVD_EXTI_CLEAR_FLAG();
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  PWR PVD interrupt callback
+  * @retval None
+  */
+__weak void HAL_PWR_PVDCallback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function Should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the HAL_PWR_PVDCallback could be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,161 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended PWR HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Power Controller (PWR) peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Initialization and de-initialization functions
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx PWREx
+  * @brief    PWR HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions PWREx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup PWREx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Peripheral Extended Features Functions
+  * @brief    Low Power modes configuration functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+
+ ===============================================================================
+                 ##### Peripheral extended features functions #####
+ ===============================================================================
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief Return Voltage Scaling Range.
+  * @retval VOS bit field (PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE1, PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE2 or PWR_REGULATOR_VOLTAGE_SCALE3)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_PWREx_GetVoltageRange(void)
+{
+  return  (PWR->CR & PWR_CR_VOS);
+}
+
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode.
+  * @note   This bit works in conjunction with ULP bit.
+  *         Means, when ULP = 1 and FWU = 1 :VREFINT startup time is ignored when
+  *         exiting from low power mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableFastWakeUp(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the fast wake up */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FWU_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Fast WakeUp from Ultra Low Power mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableFastWakeUp(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the fast wake up */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_FWU_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the Ultra Low Power mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableUltraLowPower(void)
+{
+  /* Enable the Ultra Low Power mode */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ULP_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the Ultra Low Power mode
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_DisableUltraLowPower(void)
+{
+  /* Disable the Ultra Low Power mode */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_ULP_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enters the Low Power Run mode.
+  * @note   Low power run mode can only be entered when VCORE is in range 2.
+  *         In addition, the dynamic voltage scaling must not be used when Low
+  *         power run mode is selected. Only Stop and Sleep modes with regulator
+  *         configured in Low power mode is allowed when Low power run mode is
+  *         selected.
+  * @note   In Low power run mode, all I/O pins keep the same state as in Run mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_PWREx_EnableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+  /* Enters the Low Power Run mode */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPSDSR_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPRUN_BB  = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Exits the Low Power Run mode.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_PWREx_DisableLowPowerRunMode(void)
+{
+  /* Exits the Low Power Run mode */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPRUN_BB  = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CR_LPSDSR_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_PWR_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,440 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   Extended RCC HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities RCC extension peripheral:
+  *           + Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright(c) 2017 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx RCCEx
+  * @brief RCC Extension HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Constants RCCEx Private Constants
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private macro -------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Private_Macros RCCEx Private Macros
+  * @{
+  */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private functions ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions RCCEx Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup RCCEx_Exported_Functions_Group1 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *  @brief  Extended Peripheral Control functions
+ *
+@verbatim
+ ===============================================================================
+                ##### Extended Peripheral Control functions  #####
+ ===============================================================================
+    [..]
+    This subsection provides a set of functions allowing to control the RCC Clocks
+    frequencies.
+    [..]
+    (@) Important note: Care must be taken when HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig() is used to
+        select the RTC clock source; in this case the Backup domain will be reset in
+        order to modify the RTC Clock source, as consequence RTC registers (including
+        the backup registers) are set to their reset values.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Initializes the RCC extended peripherals clocks according to the specified
+  *         parameters in the RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC/LCD clock).
+  * @retval HAL status
+  * @note   If HAL_ERROR returned, first switch-OFF HSE clock oscillator with @ref HAL_RCC_OscConfig()
+  *         to possibly update HSE divider.
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_RCCEx_PeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t tickstart;
+  uint32_t temp_reg;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection));
+
+  /*------------------------------- RTC/LCD Configuration ------------------------*/
+  if ((((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+#if defined(LCD)
+   || (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD)
+#endif /* LCD */
+     )
+  {
+    /* check for RTC Parameters used to output RTCCLK */
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection));
+    }
+
+#if defined(LCD)
+    if(((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD)
+    {
+      assert_param(IS_RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE(PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection));
+    }
+#endif /* LCD */
+
+    FlagStatus       pwrclkchanged = RESET;
+
+    /* As soon as function is called to change RTC clock source, activation of the
+       power domain is done. */
+    /* Requires to enable write access to Backup Domain of necessary */
+    if(__HAL_RCC_PWR_IS_CLK_DISABLED())
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_ENABLE();
+      pwrclkchanged = SET;
+    }
+
+    if(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+    {
+      /* Enable write access to Backup domain */
+      SET_BIT(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP);
+
+      /* Wait for Backup domain Write protection disable */
+      tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+      while(HAL_IS_BIT_CLR(PWR->CR, PWR_CR_DBP))
+      {
+        if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart) > RCC_DBP_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+        {
+          return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Check if user wants to change HSE RTC prescaler whereas HSE is enabled */
+    temp_reg = (RCC->CR & RCC_CR_RTCPRE);
+    if ((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CR_RTCPRE))
+#if defined (LCD)
+     || (temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection & RCC_CR_RTCPRE))
+#endif /* LCD */
+       )
+    { /* Check HSE State */
+      if ((PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL) == RCC_CSR_RTCSEL_HSE)
+      {
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+        {
+          /* To update HSE divider, first switch-OFF HSE clock oscillator*/
+          return HAL_ERROR;
+        }
+      }
+    }
+
+    /* Reset the Backup domain only if the RTC Clock source selection is modified from reset value */
+    temp_reg = (RCC->CSR & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL);
+
+    if((temp_reg != 0x00000000U) && (((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL)) \
+      && (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC))
+#if defined(LCD)
+      || ((temp_reg != (PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection & RCC_CSR_RTCSEL)) \
+       && (((PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection) & RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD) == RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD))
+#endif /* LCD */
+     ))
+    {
+      /* Store the content of CSR register before the reset of Backup Domain */
+      temp_reg = (RCC->CSR & ~(RCC_CSR_RTCSEL));
+
+      /* RTC Clock selection can be changed only if the Backup Domain is reset */
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_FORCE();
+      __HAL_RCC_BACKUPRESET_RELEASE();
+
+      /* Restore the Content of CSR register */
+      RCC->CSR = temp_reg;
+
+       /* Wait for LSERDY if LSE was enabled */
+      if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(temp_reg, RCC_CSR_LSEON))
+      {
+        /* Get Start Tick */
+        tickstart = HAL_GetTick();
+
+        /* Wait till LSE is ready */
+        while(__HAL_RCC_GET_FLAG(RCC_FLAG_LSERDY) == 0U)
+        {
+          if((HAL_GetTick() - tickstart ) > RCC_LSE_TIMEOUT_VALUE)
+          {
+            return HAL_TIMEOUT;
+          }
+        }
+      }
+    }
+    __HAL_RCC_RTC_CONFIG(PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection);
+
+    /* Require to disable power clock if necessary */
+    if(pwrclkchanged == SET)
+    {
+      __HAL_RCC_PWR_CLK_DISABLE();
+    }
+  }
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Get the PeriphClkInit according to the internal RCC configuration registers.
+  * @param  PeriphClkInit pointer to an RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef structure that
+  *         returns the configuration information for the Extended Peripherals clocks(RTC/LCD clocks).
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKConfig(RCC_PeriphCLKInitTypeDef  *PeriphClkInit)
+{
+  uint32_t srcclk;
+
+  /* Set all possible values for the extended clock type parameter------------*/
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection = RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC;
+#if defined(LCD)
+  PeriphClkInit->PeriphClockSelection |= RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD;
+#endif /* LCD */
+
+  /* Get the RTC/LCD configuration -----------------------------------------------*/
+  srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+  if (srcclk != RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIV2)
+  {
+    /* Source clock is LSE or LSI*/
+    PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk;
+  }
+  else
+  {
+    /* Source clock is HSE. Need to get the prescaler value*/
+    PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection = srcclk | (READ_BIT(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_RTCPRE));
+  }
+#if defined(LCD)
+  PeriphClkInit->LCDClockSelection = PeriphClkInit->RTCClockSelection;
+#endif /* LCD */
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Return the peripheral clock frequency
+  * @note   Return 0 if peripheral clock is unknown
+  * @param  PeriphClk Peripheral clock identifier
+  *         This parameter can be one of the following values:
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC      RTC peripheral clock
+  *            @arg @ref RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD      LCD peripheral clock (*)
+  * @note   (*) means that this peripheral is not present on all the devices
+  * @retval Frequency in Hz (0: means that no available frequency for the peripheral)
+  */
+uint32_t HAL_RCCEx_GetPeriphCLKFreq(uint32_t PeriphClk)
+{
+  uint32_t frequency = 0;
+  uint32_t srcclk;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_RCC_PERIPHCLOCK(PeriphClk));
+
+  switch (PeriphClk)
+  {
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_RTC:
+#if defined(LCD)
+  case RCC_PERIPHCLK_LCD:
+#endif /* LCD */
+    {
+      /* Get the current RTC source */
+      srcclk = __HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_SOURCE();
+
+      /* Check if LSE is ready if RTC clock selection is LSE */
+      if (srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSE)
+      {
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSERDY))
+        {
+          frequency = LSE_VALUE;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Check if LSI is ready if RTC clock selection is LSI */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_LSI)
+      {
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CSR, RCC_CSR_LSIRDY))
+        {
+          frequency = LSI_VALUE;
+        }
+      }
+      /* Check if HSE is ready and if RTC clock selection is HSE */
+      else if (srcclk == RCC_RTCCLKSOURCE_HSE_DIVX)
+      {
+        if (HAL_IS_BIT_SET(RCC->CR, RCC_CR_HSERDY))
+        {
+          /* Get the current HSE clock divider */
+          switch (__HAL_RCC_GET_RTC_HSE_PRESCALER())
+          {
+            case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_16:  /* HSE DIV16 has been selected */
+            {
+              frequency = HSE_VALUE / 16U;
+              break;
+            }
+            case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_8:   /* HSE DIV8 has been selected  */
+            {
+              frequency = HSE_VALUE / 8U;
+              break;
+            }
+            case RCC_RTC_HSE_DIV_4:   /* HSE DIV4 has been selected  */
+            {
+              frequency = HSE_VALUE / 4U;
+              break;
+            }
+            default:                  /* HSE DIV2 has been selected  */
+            {
+              frequency = HSE_VALUE / 2U;
+              break;
+            }
+          }
+        }
+      }
+      else
+      {
+        /* No clock source, frequency default init at 0 */
+      }
+      break;
+    }
+
+  default:
+    break;
+  }
+
+  return(frequency);
+}
+
+#if defined(RCC_LSECSS_SUPPORT)
+/**
+  * @brief  Enables the LSE Clock Security System.
+  * @note   If a failure is detected on the external 32 kHz oscillator, the LSE clock is no longer supplied
+  *         to the RTC but no hardware action is made to the registers.
+  *         In Standby mode a wakeup is generated. In other modes an interrupt can be sent to wakeup
+  *         the software (see Section 5.3.4: Clock interrupt register (RCC_CIR) on page 104).
+  *         The software MUST then disable the LSECSSON bit, stop the defective 32 kHz oscillator
+  *         (disabling LSEON), and can change the RTC clock source (no clock or LSI or HSE, with
+  *         RTCSEL), or take any required action to secure the application.
+  * @note   LSE CSS available only for high density and medium+ devices
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS(void)
+{
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSECSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Disables the LSE Clock Security System.
+  * @note   Once enabled this bit cannot be disabled, except after an LSE failure detection
+  *         (LSECSSD=1). In that case the software MUST disable the LSECSSON bit.
+  *         Reset by power on reset and RTC software reset (RTCRST bit).
+  * @note   LSE CSS available only for high density and medium+ devices
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_DisableLSECSS(void)
+{
+  /* Disable LSE CSS */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSECSSON_BB = (uint32_t)DISABLE;
+
+  /* Disable LSE CSS IT */
+  __HAL_RCC_DISABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Enable the LSE Clock Security System IT & corresponding EXTI line.
+  * @note   LSE Clock Security System IT is mapped on RTC EXTI line 19
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_EnableLSECSS_IT(void)
+{
+  /* Enable LSE CSS */
+  *(__IO uint32_t *) CSR_LSECSSON_BB = (uint32_t)ENABLE;
+
+  /* Enable LSE CSS IT */
+  __HAL_RCC_ENABLE_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+
+  /* Enable IT on EXTI Line 19 */
+  __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_IT();
+  __HAL_RCC_LSECSS_EXTI_ENABLE_RISING_EDGE();
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief Handle the RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt request.
+  * @retval None
+  */
+void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_IRQHandler(void)
+{
+  /* Check RCC LSE CSSF flag  */
+  if(__HAL_RCC_GET_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS))
+  {
+    /* RCC LSE Clock Security System interrupt user callback */
+    HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback();
+
+    /* Clear RCC LSE CSS pending bit */
+    __HAL_RCC_CLEAR_IT(RCC_IT_LSECSS);
+  }
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  RCCEx LSE Clock Security System interrupt callback.
+  * @retval none
+  */
+__weak void HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback(void)
+{
+  /* NOTE : This function should not be modified, when the callback is needed,
+            the @ref HAL_RCCEx_LSECSS_Callback should be implemented in the user file
+   */
+}
+#endif /* RCC_LSECSS_SUPPORT */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+#endif /* HAL_RCC_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.c

@@ -0,0 +1,227 @@
+/**
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @file    stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.c
+  * @author  MCD Application Team
+  * @brief   TIM HAL module driver.
+  *          This file provides firmware functions to manage the following
+  *          functionalities of the Timer Extended peripheral:
+  *           + Time Master and Slave synchronization configuration
+  *           + Time OCRef clear configuration
+  *           + Timer remapping capabilities configuration
+  @verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                      ##### TIMER Extended features #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    The Timer Extended features include:
+    (#) Synchronization circuit to control the timer with external signals and to
+        interconnect several timers together.
+
+  @endverbatim
+  ******************************************************************************
+  * @attention
+  *
+  * <h2><center>&copy; Copyright (c) 2016 STMicroelectronics.
+  * All rights reserved.</center></h2>
+  *
+  * This software component is licensed by ST under BSD 3-Clause license,
+  * the "License"; You may not use this file except in compliance with the
+  * License. You may obtain a copy of the License at:
+  *                        opensource.org/licenses/BSD-3-Clause
+  *
+  ******************************************************************************
+  */
+
+/* Includes ------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+#include "stm32l1xx_hal.h"
+
+/** @addtogroup STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/** @defgroup TIMEx TIMEx
+  * @brief TIM Extended HAL module driver
+  * @{
+  */
+
+#ifdef HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED
+
+/* Private typedef -----------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private define ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private macros ------------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private variables ---------------------------------------------------------*/
+/* Private function prototypes -----------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Exported functions --------------------------------------------------------*/
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions TIM Extended Exported Functions
+  * @{
+  */
+/** @defgroup TIMEx_Exported_Functions_Group5 Extended Peripheral Control functions
+  * @brief    Peripheral Control functions
+  *
+@verbatim
+  ==============================================================================
+                    ##### Peripheral Control functions #####
+  ==============================================================================
+  [..]
+    This section provides functions allowing to:
+      (+) Configure Master synchronization.
+      (+) Configure timer remapping capabilities.
+
+@endverbatim
+  * @{
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIM in master mode.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  sMasterConfig pointer to a TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef structure that
+  *         contains the selected trigger output (TRGO) and the Master/Slave
+  *         mode.
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_MasterConfigSynchronization(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim,
+                                                        TIM_MasterConfigTypeDef *sMasterConfig)
+{
+  uint32_t tmpcr2;
+  uint32_t tmpsmcr;
+
+  /* Check the parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MASTER_INSTANCE(htim->Instance));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_TRGO_SOURCE(sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger));
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_MSM_STATE(sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode));
+
+  /* Check input state */
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Change the handler state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_BUSY;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx CR2 register value */
+  tmpcr2 = htim->Instance->CR2;
+
+  /* Get the TIMx SMCR register value */
+  tmpsmcr = htim->Instance->SMCR;
+
+  /* Reset the MMS Bits */
+  tmpcr2 &= ~TIM_CR2_MMS;
+  /* Select the TRGO source */
+  tmpcr2 |=  sMasterConfig->MasterOutputTrigger;
+
+  /* Update TIMx CR2 */
+  htim->Instance->CR2 = tmpcr2;
+
+  if (IS_TIM_SLAVE_INSTANCE(htim->Instance))
+  {
+    /* Reset the MSM Bit */
+    tmpsmcr &= ~TIM_SMCR_MSM;
+    /* Set master mode */
+    tmpsmcr |= sMasterConfig->MasterSlaveMode;
+
+    /* Update TIMx SMCR */
+    htim->Instance->SMCR = tmpsmcr;
+  }
+
+  /* Change the htim state */
+  htim->State = HAL_TIM_STATE_READY;
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @brief  Configures the TIMx Remapping input capabilities.
+  * @param  htim TIM handle.
+  * @param  Remap specifies the TIM remapping source.
+  *
+  *         For TIM2, the parameter can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM10_OC:      TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM10 OC
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM2_ITR1_TIM5_TGO:      TIM2 ITR1 input is connected to TIM5 TGO
+  *
+  *         For TIM3, the parameter can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM11_OC:      TIM3 ITR2 input is connected to TIM11 OC
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM3_ITR2_TIM5_TGO:      TIM3 ITR2 input is connected to TIM5 TGO
+  *
+  *         For TIM9, the parameter is a combination of 2 fields (field1 | field2):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_ITR1_TIM3_TGO:      TIM9 ITR1 input is connected to TIM3 TGO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_ITR1_TS:            TIM9 ITR1 input is connected to touch sensing I/O
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_GPIO:               TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_LSE:                TIM9 Channel1 is connected to LSE internal clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_GPIO1:              TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM9_GPIO2:              TIM9 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *
+  *         For TIM10, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_TI1RMP:            TIM10 Channel 1 depends on TI1_RMP
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_RI:                TIM10 Channel 1 is connected to RI
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_ETR_LSE:           TIM10 ETR input is connected to LSE clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_ETR_TIM9_TGO:      TIM10 ETR input is connected to TIM9 TGO
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_GPIO:              TIM10 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_LSI:               TIM10 Channel1 is connected to LSI internal clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_LSE:               TIM10 Channel1 is connected to LSE internal clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM10_RTC:               TIM10 Channel1 is connected to RTC wakeup interrupt
+  *
+  *         For TIM11, the parameter is a combination of 3 fields (field1 | field2 | field3):
+  *
+  *                   field1 can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_TI1RMP:            TIM11 Channel 1 depends on TI1_RMP
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_RI:                TIM11 Channel 1 is connected to RI
+  *
+  *                   field2 can have the following values:(see note)
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_ETR_LSE:           TIM11 ETR input is connected to LSE clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_ETR_TIM9_TGO:      TIM11 ETR input is connected to TIM9 TGO
+  *
+  *                   field3 can have the following values:
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO:     TIM11 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_MSI:      TIM11 Channel1 is connected to MSI internal clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_HSE_RTC:  TIM11 Channel1 is connected to HSE_RTC clock
+  *            @arg TIM_TIM11_GPIO1:    TIM11 Channel1 is connected to GPIO
+  *
+  * @note   Available only in Cat.3, Cat.4,Cat.5 and Cat.6 devices.
+  *
+  * @retval HAL status
+  */
+HAL_StatusTypeDef HAL_TIMEx_RemapConfig(TIM_HandleTypeDef *htim, uint32_t Remap)
+{
+  __HAL_LOCK(htim);
+
+  /* Check parameters */
+  assert_param(IS_TIM_REMAP(htim->Instance, Remap));
+
+  /* Set the Timer remapping configuration */
+  WRITE_REG(htim->Instance->OR, Remap);
+
+  __HAL_UNLOCK(htim);
+
+  return HAL_OK;
+}
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+
+#endif /* HAL_TIM_MODULE_ENABLED */
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/**
+  * @}
+  */
+
+/************************ (C) COPYRIGHT STMicroelectronics *****END OF FILE****/

cubemx/Makefile

@@ -0,0 +1,102 @@
+##########################################################################################################################
+# File automatically-generated by tool: [projectgenerator] version: [3.10.0-B14] date: [Wed Jan 06 00:56:58 CET 2021] 
+##########################################################################################################################
+
+# ------------------------------------------------
+# Generic Makefile (based on gcc)
+#
+# ChangeLog :
+#	2017-02-10 - Several enhancements + project update mode
+#   2015-07-22 - first version
+# ------------------------------------------------
+
+######################################
+# source
+######################################
+# C sources
+C_SOURCES =  \
+Core/Src/main.c \
+Core/Src/gpio.c \
+Core/Src/dma.c \
+Core/Src/spi.c \
+Core/Src/stm32l1xx_it.c \
+Core/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_msp.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_spi.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_rcc_ex.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_flash.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ex.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_flash_ramfunc.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_gpio.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_dma.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_pwr_ex.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_cortex.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_exti.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_tim.c \
+Drivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_tim_ex.c \
+Core/Src/system_stm32l1xx.c \
+Core/Src/freertos.c \
+Core/Src/stm32l1xx_hal_timebase_tim.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/list.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/queue.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/stream_buffer.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/tasks.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/timers.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/MemMang/heap_4.c \
+Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/port.c
+
+# ASM sources
+ASM_SOURCES =  \
+startup_stm32l152xc.s
+
+#######################################
+# CFLAGS
+#######################################
+# cpu
+CPU = -mcpu=cortex-m3
+
+# fpu
+# NONE for Cortex-M0/M0+/M3
+
+# float-abi
+
+
+# mcu
+MCU = $(CPU) -mthumb $(FPU) $(FLOAT-ABI)
+
+# macros for gcc
+# AS defines
+AS_DEFS = 
+
+# C defines
+C_DEFS =  \
+-DUSE_HAL_DRIVER \
+-DSTM32L152xC
+
+
+# AS includes
+AS_INCLUDES = 
+
+# C includes
+C_INCLUDES =  \
+-ICore/Inc \
+-IDrivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc \
+-IDrivers/STM32L1xx_HAL_Driver/Inc/Legacy \
+-IDrivers/CMSIS/Device/ST/STM32L1xx/Include \
+-IDrivers/CMSIS/Include \
+-IMiddlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include \
+-IMiddlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2 \
+-IMiddlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3
+
+#######################################
+# LDFLAGS
+#######################################
+# link script
+LDSCRIPT = STM32L152RCTx_FLASH.ld
+
+# *** EOF ***

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os.h

@@ -0,0 +1,837 @@
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portions Copyright © 2017 STMicroelectronics International N.V. All rights reserved.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 2013-2017 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ * Project:      CMSIS-RTOS API
+ * Title:        cmsis_os.h header file
+ *
+ * Version 0.02
+ *    Initial Proposal Phase
+ * Version 0.03
+ *    osKernelStart added, optional feature: main started as thread
+ *    osSemaphores have standard behavior
+ *    osTimerCreate does not start the timer, added osTimerStart
+ *    osThreadPass is renamed to osThreadYield
+ * Version 1.01
+ *    Support for C++ interface
+ *     - const attribute removed from the osXxxxDef_t typedefs
+ *     - const attribute added to the osXxxxDef macros
+ *    Added: osTimerDelete, osMutexDelete, osSemaphoreDelete
+ *    Added: osKernelInitialize
+ * Version 1.02
+ *    Control functions for short timeouts in microsecond resolution:
+ *    Added: osKernelSysTick, osKernelSysTickFrequency, osKernelSysTickMicroSec
+ *    Removed: osSignalGet
+ * Version 2.0.0
+ *    OS objects creation without macros (dynamic creation and resource allocation):
+ *     - added: osXxxxNew functions which replace osXxxxCreate
+ *     - added: osXxxxAttr_t structures
+ *     - deprecated: osXxxxCreate functions, osXxxxDef_t structures
+ *     - deprecated: osXxxxDef and osXxxx macros
+ *    osStatus codes simplified and renamed to osStatus_t
+ *    osEvent return structure deprecated
+ *    Kernel:
+ *     - added: osKernelInfo_t and osKernelGetInfo
+ *     - added: osKernelState_t and osKernelGetState (replaces osKernelRunning)
+ *     - added: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock
+ *     - added: osKernelSuspend, osKernelResume
+ *     - added: osKernelGetTickCount, osKernelGetTickFreq
+ *     - renamed osKernelSysTick to osKernelGetSysTimerCount
+ *     - replaced osKernelSysTickFrequency with osKernelGetSysTimerFreq
+ *     - deprecated osKernelSysTickMicroSec
+ *    Thread:
+ *     - extended number of thread priorities
+ *     - renamed osPrioriry to osPrioriry_t
+ *     - replaced osThreadCreate with osThreadNew
+ *     - added: osThreadGetName
+ *     - added: osThreadState_t and osThreadGetState
+ *     - added: osThreadGetStackSize, osThreadGetStackSpace
+ *     - added: osThreadSuspend, osThreadResume
+ *     - added: osThreadJoin, osThreadDetach, osThreadExit
+ *     - added: osThreadGetCount, osThreadEnumerate
+ *     - added: Thread Flags (moved from Signals)
+ *    Signals:
+ *     - renamed osSignals to osThreadFlags (moved to Thread Flags)
+ *     - changed return value of Set/Clear/Wait functions
+ *     - Clear function limited to current running thread
+ *     - extended Wait function (options)
+ *     - added: osThreadFlagsGet
+ *    Event Flags:
+ *     - added new independent object for handling Event Flags
+ *    Delay and Wait functions:
+ *     - added: osDelayUntil
+ *     - deprecated: osWait
+ *    Timer:
+ *     - replaced osTimerCreate with osTimerNew
+ *     - added: osTimerGetName, osTimerIsRunning
+ *    Mutex:
+ *     - extended: attributes (Recursive, Priority Inherit, Robust)
+ *     - replaced osMutexCreate with osMutexNew
+ *     - renamed osMutexWait to osMutexAcquire
+ *     - added: osMutexGetName, osMutexGetOwner
+ *    Semaphore:
+ *     - extended: maximum and initial token count
+ *     - replaced osSemaphoreCreate with osSemaphoreNew
+ *     - renamed osSemaphoreWait to osSemaphoreAcquire (changed return value)
+ *     - added: osSemaphoreGetName, osSemaphoreGetCount
+ *    Memory Pool:
+ *     - using osMemoryPool prefix instead of osPool
+ *     - replaced osPoolCreate with osMemoryPoolNew
+ *     - extended osMemoryPoolAlloc (timeout)
+ *     - added: osMemoryPoolGetName
+ *     - added: osMemoryPoolGetCapacity, osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize
+ *     - added: osMemoryPoolGetCount, osMemoryPoolGetSpace
+ *     - added: osMemoryPoolDelete
+ *     - deprecated: osPoolCAlloc
+ *    Message Queue:
+ *     - extended: fixed size message instead of a single 32-bit value
+ *     - using osMessageQueue prefix instead of osMessage
+ *     - replaced osMessageCreate with osMessageQueueNew
+ *     - updated: osMessageQueuePut, osMessageQueueGet
+ *     - added: osMessageQueueGetName
+ *     - added: osMessageQueueGetCapacity, osMessageQueueGetMsgSize
+ *     - added: osMessageQueueGetCount, osMessageQueueGetSpace
+ *     - added: osMessageQueueReset, osMessageQueueDelete
+ *    Mail Queue:
+ *     - deprecated (superseded by extended Message Queue functionality)
+ * Version 2.1.0
+ *    Support for critical and uncritical sections (nesting safe):
+ *    - updated: osKernelLock, osKernelUnlock
+ *    - added: osKernelRestoreLock
+ *    Updated Thread and Event Flags:
+ *    - changed flags parameter and return type from int32_t to uint32_t
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef CMSIS_OS_H_
+#define CMSIS_OS_H_
+
+#define osCMSIS             0x20001U    ///< API version (main[31:16].sub[15:0])
+
+#define osCMSIS_FreeRTOS    0xA0001U    ///< RTOS identification and version (main[31:16].sub[15:0])
+
+#define osKernelSystemId    "FreeRTOS V10.0.1" ///< RTOS identification string
+
+#define osFeature_MainThread  0         ///< main thread      1=main can be thread, 0=not available
+#define osFeature_Signals     24U       ///< maximum number of Signal Flags available per thread
+#define osFeature_Semaphore   65535U    ///< maximum count for \ref osSemaphoreCreate function
+#define osFeature_Wait        0         ///< osWait function: 1=available, 0=not available
+#define osFeature_SysTick     1         ///< osKernelSysTick functions: 1=available, 0=not available
+#define osFeature_Pool        0         ///< Memory Pools:    1=available, 0=not available
+#define osFeature_MessageQ    1         ///< Message Queues:  1=available, 0=not available
+#define osFeature_MailQ       0         ///< Mail Queues:     1=available, 0=not available
+
+#if   defined(__CC_ARM)
+#define os_InRegs __value_in_regs
+#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
+#define os_InRegs __attribute__((value_in_regs))
+#else
+#define os_InRegs
+#endif
+
+#include "cmsis_os2.h"
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+// ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ====
+
+/// Priority values.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef enum {
+  osPriorityIdle          = -3,         ///< Priority: idle (lowest)
+  osPriorityLow           = -2,         ///< Priority: low
+  osPriorityBelowNormal   = -1,         ///< Priority: below normal
+  osPriorityNormal        =  0,         ///< Priority: normal (default)
+  osPriorityAboveNormal   = +1,         ///< Priority: above normal
+  osPriorityHigh          = +2,         ///< Priority: high
+  osPriorityRealtime      = +3,         ///< Priority: realtime (highest)
+  osPriorityError         = 0x84,       ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority.
+  osPriorityReserved      = 0x7FFFFFFF  ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osPriority;
+#else
+#define osPriority osPriority_t
+#endif
+
+/// Entry point of a thread.
+typedef void (*os_pthread) (void const *argument);
+
+/// Entry point of a timer call back function.
+typedef void (*os_ptimer) (void const *argument);
+
+/// Timer type.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef enum {
+  osTimerOnce             = 0,          ///< One-shot timer.
+  osTimerPeriodic         = 1           ///< Repeating timer.
+} os_timer_type;
+#else
+#define os_timer_type osTimerType_t
+#endif
+
+/// Timeout value.
+#define osWaitForever       0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value.
+
+/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef enum {
+  osOK                    =    0,       ///< Function completed; no error or event occurred.
+  osEventSignal           = 0x08,       ///< Function completed; signal event occurred.
+  osEventMessage          = 0x10,       ///< Function completed; message event occurred.
+  osEventMail             = 0x20,       ///< Function completed; mail event occurred.
+  osEventTimeout          = 0x40,       ///< Function completed; timeout occurred.
+  osErrorParameter        = 0x80,       ///< Parameter error: a mandatory parameter was missing or specified an incorrect object.
+  osErrorResource         = 0x81,       ///< Resource not available: a specified resource was not available.
+  osErrorTimeoutResource  = 0xC1,       ///< Resource not available within given time: a specified resource was not available within the timeout period.
+  osErrorISR              = 0x82,       ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
+  osErrorISRRecursive     = 0x83,       ///< Function called multiple times from ISR with same object.
+  osErrorPriority         = 0x84,       ///< System cannot determine priority or thread has illegal priority.
+  osErrorNoMemory         = 0x85,       ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
+  osErrorValue            = 0x86,       ///< Value of a parameter is out of range.
+  osErrorOS               = 0xFF,       ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
+  osStatusReserved        = 0x7FFFFFFF  ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osStatus;
+#else
+typedef int32_t                  osStatus;
+#define osEventSignal           (0x08)
+#define osEventMessage          (0x10)
+#define osEventMail             (0x20)
+#define osEventTimeout          (0x40)
+#define osErrorOS               osError
+#define osErrorTimeoutResource  osErrorTimeout
+#define osErrorISRRecursive     (-126)
+#define osErrorValue            (-127)
+#define osErrorPriority         (-128)
+#endif
+
+
+// >>> the following data type definitions may be adapted towards a specific RTOS
+
+/// Thread ID identifies the thread.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef void *osThreadId;
+#else
+#define osThreadId osThreadId_t
+#endif
+
+/// Timer ID identifies the timer.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef void *osTimerId;
+#else
+#define osTimerId osTimerId_t
+#endif
+
+/// Mutex ID identifies the mutex.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef void *osMutexId;
+#else
+#define osMutexId osMutexId_t
+#endif
+
+/// Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef void *osSemaphoreId;
+#else
+#define osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreId_t
+#endif
+
+/// Pool ID identifies the memory pool.
+typedef void *osPoolId;
+
+/// Message ID identifies the message queue.
+typedef void *osMessageQId;
+
+/// Mail ID identifies the mail queue.
+typedef void *osMailQId;
+
+
+/// Thread Definition structure contains startup information of a thread.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_thread_def {
+  os_pthread                 pthread;   ///< start address of thread function
+  osPriority               tpriority;   ///< initial thread priority
+  uint32_t                 instances;   ///< maximum number of instances of that thread function
+  uint32_t                 stacksize;   ///< stack size requirements in bytes; 0 is default stack size
+} osThreadDef_t;
+#else
+typedef struct os_thread_def {
+  os_pthread                 pthread;   ///< start address of thread function
+  osThreadAttr_t                attr;   ///< thread attributes
+} osThreadDef_t;
+#endif
+
+/// Timer Definition structure contains timer parameters.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_timer_def {
+  os_ptimer                   ptimer;   ///< start address of a timer function
+} osTimerDef_t;
+#else
+typedef struct os_timer_def {
+  os_ptimer                   ptimer;   ///< start address of a timer function
+  osTimerAttr_t                 attr;   ///< timer attributes
+} osTimerDef_t;
+#endif
+
+/// Mutex Definition structure contains setup information for a mutex.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_mutex_def {
+  uint32_t                     dummy;   ///< dummy value
+} osMutexDef_t;
+#else
+#define osMutexDef_t osMutexAttr_t
+#endif
+
+/// Semaphore Definition structure contains setup information for a semaphore.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_semaphore_def {
+  uint32_t                     dummy;   ///< dummy value
+} osSemaphoreDef_t;
+#else
+#define osSemaphoreDef_t osSemaphoreAttr_t
+#endif
+
+/// Definition structure for memory block allocation.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_pool_def {
+  uint32_t                   pool_sz;   ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
+  uint32_t                   item_sz;   ///< size of an item
+  void                         *pool;   ///< pointer to memory for pool
+} osPoolDef_t;
+#else
+typedef struct os_pool_def {
+  uint32_t                   pool_sz;   ///< number of items (elements) in the pool
+  uint32_t                   item_sz;   ///< size of an item
+  osMemoryPoolAttr_t            attr;   ///< memory pool attributes
+} osPoolDef_t;
+#endif
+
+/// Definition structure for message queue.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
+  uint32_t                  queue_sz;   ///< number of elements in the queue
+  void                         *pool;   ///< memory array for messages
+} osMessageQDef_t;
+#else
+typedef struct os_messageQ_def {
+  uint32_t                  queue_sz;   ///< number of elements in the queue
+  osMessageQueueAttr_t          attr;   ///< message queue attributes
+} osMessageQDef_t;
+#endif
+
+/// Definition structure for mail queue.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
+  uint32_t                  queue_sz;   ///< number of elements in the queue
+  uint32_t                   item_sz;   ///< size of an item
+  void                         *pool;   ///< memory array for mail
+} osMailQDef_t;
+#else
+typedef struct os_mailQ_def {
+  uint32_t                  queue_sz;   ///< number of elements in the queue
+  uint32_t                   item_sz;   ///< size of an item
+  void                         *mail;   ///< pointer to mail
+  osMemoryPoolAttr_t         mp_attr;   ///< memory pool attributes
+  osMessageQueueAttr_t       mq_attr;   ///< message queue attributes
+} osMailQDef_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/// Event structure contains detailed information about an event.
+typedef struct {
+  osStatus                    status;   ///< status code: event or error information
+  union {
+    uint32_t                       v;   ///< message as 32-bit value
+    void                          *p;   ///< message or mail as void pointer
+    int32_t                  signals;   ///< signal flags
+  } value;                              ///< event value
+  union {
+    osMailQId                mail_id;   ///< mail id obtained by \ref osMailCreate
+    osMessageQId          message_id;   ///< message id obtained by \ref osMessageCreate
+  } def;                                ///< event definition
+} osEvent;
+
+
+//  ==== Kernel Management Functions ====
+
+/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel for creating objects.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osKernelInitialize (void);
+#endif
+
+/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osKernelStart (void);
+#endif
+
+/// Check if the RTOS kernel is already started.
+/// \return 0 RTOS is not started, 1 RTOS is started.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+int32_t osKernelRunning(void);
+#endif
+
+#if (defined(osFeature_SysTick) && (osFeature_SysTick != 0))  // System Timer available
+
+/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer counter.
+/// \return RTOS kernel system timer as 32-bit value
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+uint32_t osKernelSysTick (void);
+#else
+#define  osKernelSysTick osKernelGetSysTimerCount
+#endif
+
+/// The RTOS kernel system timer frequency in Hz.
+/// \note Reflects the system timer setting and is typically defined in a configuration file.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+#define osKernelSysTickFrequency 100000000
+#endif
+
+/// Convert a microseconds value to a RTOS kernel system timer value.
+/// \param         microsec     time value in microseconds.
+/// \return time value normalized to the \ref osKernelSysTickFrequency
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec * (osKernelSysTickFrequency)) / 1000000)
+#else
+#define osKernelSysTickMicroSec(microsec) (((uint64_t)microsec *  osKernelGetSysTimerFreq()) / 1000000)
+#endif
+
+#endif  // System Timer available
+
+
+//  ==== Thread Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create a Thread Definition with function, priority, and stack requirements.
+/// \param         name          name of the thread function.
+/// \param         priority      initial priority of the thread function.
+/// \param         instances     number of possible thread instances (used to statically allocate memory).
+/// \param         stacksz       stack size (in bytes) requirements for the thread function.
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \
+extern const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osThreadDef(name, priority, instances, stacksz) \
+static uint32_t os_thread_stack##name[(stacksz)?(((stacksz+3)/4)):1]; \
+static StaticTask_t os_thread_cb_##name; \
+const osThreadDef_t os_thread_def_##name = \
+{ (name), \
+  { NULL, osThreadDetached, \
+    (instances == 1) ? (&os_thread_cb_##name) : NULL,\
+    (instances == 1) ? sizeof(StaticTask_t) : 0U, \
+    ((stacksz) && (instances == 1)) ? (&os_thread_stack##name) : NULL, \
+    4*((stacksz+3)/4), \
+    (priority), 0U, 0U } }
+#endif
+
+/// Access a Thread definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the thread definition object.
+#define osThread(name) \
+&os_thread_def_##name
+
+/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads and set it to state READY.
+/// \param[in]     thread_def    thread definition referenced with \ref osThread.
+/// \param[in]     argument      pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
+/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osThreadId osThreadCreate (const osThreadDef_t *thread_def, void *argument);
+
+/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
+/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osThreadId osThreadGetId (void);
+#endif
+
+/// Change priority of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \param[in]     priority      new priority value for the thread function.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId thread_id, osPriority priority);
+#endif
+
+/// Get current priority of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return current priority value of the specified thread.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osPriority osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId thread_id);
+#endif
+
+/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osThreadYield (void);
+#endif
+
+/// Terminate execution of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osThreadTerminate (osThreadId thread_id);
+#endif
+
+
+//  ==== Signal Management ====
+
+/// Set the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \param[in]     signals       specifies the signal flags of the thread that should be set.
+/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters.
+int32_t osSignalSet (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
+
+/// Clear the specified Signal Flags of an active thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \param[in]     signals       specifies the signal flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
+/// \return previous signal flags of the specified thread or 0x80000000 in case of incorrect parameters or call from ISR.
+int32_t osSignalClear (osThreadId thread_id, int32_t signals);
+
+/// Wait for one or more Signal Flags to become signaled for the current \b RUNNING thread.
+/// \param[in]     signals       wait until all specified signal flags set or 0 for any single signal flag.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return event flag information or error code.
+os_InRegs osEvent osSignalWait (int32_t signals, uint32_t millisec);
+
+
+//  ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
+
+/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osDelay (uint32_t millisec);
+#endif
+
+#if (defined (osFeature_Wait) && (osFeature_Wait != 0))  // Generic Wait available
+
+/// Wait for Signal, Message, Mail, or Timeout.
+/// \param[in] millisec          \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
+/// \return event that contains signal, message, or mail information or error code.
+os_InRegs osEvent osWait (uint32_t millisec);
+
+#endif  // Generic Wait available
+
+
+//  ==== Timer Management Functions ====
+
+/// Define a Timer object.
+/// \param         name          name of the timer object.
+/// \param         function      name of the timer call back function.
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
+extern const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osTimerDef(name, function) \
+static StaticTimer_t os_timer_cb_##name; \
+const osTimerDef_t os_timer_def_##name = \
+{ (function), { NULL, 0U, (&os_timer_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticTimer_t) } }
+#endif
+
+/// Access a Timer definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the timer object.
+#define osTimer(name) \
+&os_timer_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_def     timer object referenced with \ref osTimer.
+/// \param[in]     type          osTimerOnce for one-shot or osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
+/// \param[in]     argument      argument to the timer call back function.
+/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osTimerId osTimerCreate (const osTimerDef_t *timer_def, os_timer_type type, void *argument);
+
+/// Start or restart a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time delay" value of the timer.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osTimerStart (osTimerId timer_id, uint32_t millisec);
+#endif
+
+/// Stop a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osTimerStop (osTimerId timer_id);
+#endif
+
+/// Delete a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osTimerDelete (osTimerId timer_id);
+#endif
+
+
+//  ==== Mutex Management Functions ====
+
+/// Define a Mutex.
+/// \param         name          name of the mutex object.
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osMutexDef(name) \
+extern const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osMutexDef(name) \
+static StaticSemaphore_t os_mutex_cb_##name; \
+const osMutexDef_t os_mutex_def_##name = \
+{ NULL, osMutexRecursive | osMutexPrioInherit, (&os_mutex_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) }
+#endif
+
+/// Access a Mutex definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the mutex object.
+#define osMutex(name) \
+&os_mutex_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_def     mutex definition referenced with \ref osMutex.
+/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMutexId osMutexCreate (const osMutexDef_t *mutex_def);
+
+/// Wait until a Mutex becomes available.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osMutexWait (osMutexId mutex_id, uint32_t millisec);
+#else
+#define  osMutexWait osMutexAcquire
+#endif
+
+/// Release a Mutex that was obtained by \ref osMutexWait.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osMutexRelease (osMutexId mutex_id);
+#endif
+
+/// Delete a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osMutexDelete (osMutexId mutex_id);
+#endif
+
+
+//  ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
+
+#if (defined (osFeature_Semaphore) && (osFeature_Semaphore != 0U))  // Semaphore available
+
+/// Define a Semaphore object.
+/// \param         name          name of the semaphore object.
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
+extern const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osSemaphoreDef(name) \
+static StaticSemaphore_t os_semaphore_cb_##name; \
+const osSemaphoreDef_t os_semaphore_def_##name = \
+{ NULL, 0U, (&os_semaphore_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticSemaphore_t) }
+#endif
+
+/// Access a Semaphore definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the semaphore object.
+#define osSemaphore(name) \
+&os_semaphore_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_def semaphore definition referenced with \ref osSemaphore.
+/// \param[in]     count         maximum and initial number of available tokens.
+/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osSemaphoreId osSemaphoreCreate (const osSemaphoreDef_t *semaphore_def, int32_t count);
+
+/// Wait until a Semaphore token becomes available.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return number of available tokens, or -1 in case of incorrect parameters.
+int32_t osSemaphoreWait (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id, uint32_t millisec);
+
+/// Release a Semaphore token.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
+#endif
+
+/// Delete a Semaphore object.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore object referenced with \ref osSemaphoreCreate.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+#if (osCMSIS < 0x20000U)
+osStatus osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId semaphore_id);
+#endif
+
+#endif  // Semaphore available
+
+
+//  ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
+
+#if (defined(osFeature_Pool) && (osFeature_Pool != 0))  // Memory Pool available
+
+/// \brief Define a Memory Pool.
+/// \param         name          name of the memory pool.
+/// \param         no            maximum number of blocks (objects) in the memory pool.
+/// \param         type          data type of a single block (object).
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
+extern const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osPoolDef(name, no, type) \
+const osPoolDef_t os_pool_def_##name = \
+{ (no), sizeof(type), NULL }
+#endif
+
+/// \brief Access a Memory Pool definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the memory pool
+#define osPool(name) \
+&os_pool_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object.
+/// \param[in]     pool_def      memory pool definition referenced with \ref osPool.
+/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osPoolId osPoolCreate (const osPoolDef_t *pool_def);
+
+/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     pool_id       memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
+/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
+void *osPoolAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
+
+/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool and set memory block to zero.
+/// \param[in]     pool_id       memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
+/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory available.
+void *osPoolCAlloc (osPoolId pool_id);
+
+/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     pool_id       memory pool ID obtain referenced with \ref osPoolCreate.
+/// \param[in]     block         address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus osPoolFree (osPoolId pool_id, void *block);
+
+#endif  // Memory Pool available
+
+
+//  ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
+
+#if (defined(osFeature_MessageQ) && (osFeature_MessageQ != 0))  // Message Queue available
+
+/// \brief Create a Message Queue Definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the queue.
+/// \param         queue_sz      maximum number of messages in the queue.
+/// \param         type          data type of a single message element (for debugger).
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
+extern const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osMessageQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
+static StaticQueue_t os_mq_cb_##name; \
+static uint32_t os_mq_data_##name[(queue_sz) * sizeof(type)]; \
+const osMessageQDef_t os_messageQ_def_##name = \
+{ (queue_sz), \
+  { NULL, 0U, (&os_mq_cb_##name), sizeof(StaticQueue_t), \
+              (&os_mq_data_##name), sizeof(os_mq_data_##name) } }
+#endif
+
+/// \brief Access a Message Queue Definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the queue
+#define osMessageQ(name) \
+&os_messageQ_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object.
+/// \param[in]     queue_def     message queue definition referenced with \ref osMessageQ.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
+/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMessageQId osMessageCreate (const osMessageQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
+
+/// Put a Message to a Queue.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
+/// \param[in]     info          message information.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus osMessagePut (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t info, uint32_t millisec);
+
+/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      message queue ID obtained with \ref osMessageCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return event information that includes status code.
+os_InRegs osEvent osMessageGet (osMessageQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
+
+#endif  // Message Queue available
+
+
+//  ==== Mail Queue Management Functions ====
+
+#if (defined(osFeature_MailQ) && (osFeature_MailQ != 0))  // Mail Queue available
+
+/// \brief Create a Mail Queue Definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the queue.
+/// \param         queue_sz      maximum number of mails in the queue.
+/// \param         type          data type of a single mail element.
+#if defined (osObjectsExternal)  // object is external
+#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
+extern const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name
+#else                            // define the object
+#define osMailQDef(name, queue_sz, type) \
+const osMailQDef_t os_mailQ_def_##name = \
+{ (queue_sz), sizeof(type), NULL }
+#endif
+
+/// \brief Access a Mail Queue Definition.
+/// \param         name          name of the queue
+#define osMailQ(name) \
+&os_mailQ_def_##name
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Mail Queue object.
+/// \param[in]     queue_def     mail queue definition referenced with \ref osMailQ.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID (obtained by \ref osThreadCreate or \ref osThreadGetId) or NULL.
+/// \return mail queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMailQId osMailCreate (const osMailQDef_t *queue_def, osThreadId thread_id);
+
+/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
+/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
+void *osMailAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
+
+/// Allocate a memory block for mail from a mail memory pool and set memory block to zero.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out
+/// \return pointer to memory block that can be filled with mail or NULL in case of error.
+void *osMailCAlloc (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
+
+/// Put a Mail into a Queue.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
+/// \param[in]     mail          pointer to memory with mail to put into a queue.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus osMailPut (osMailQId queue_id, const void *mail);
+
+/// Get a Mail from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
+/// \param[in]     millisec      \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return event information that includes status code.
+os_InRegs osEvent osMailGet (osMailQId queue_id, uint32_t millisec);
+
+/// Free a memory block by returning it to a mail memory pool.
+/// \param[in]     queue_id      mail queue ID obtained with \ref osMailCreate.
+/// \param[in]     mail          pointer to memory block that was obtained with \ref osMailGet.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus osMailFree (osMailQId queue_id, void *mail);
+
+#endif  // Mail Queue available
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  // CMSIS_OS_H_

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/CMSIS_RTOS_V2/cmsis_os2.h

@@ -0,0 +1,734 @@
+/* --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portions Copyright © 2017 STMicroelectronics International N.V. All rights reserved.
+ * Portions Copyright (c) 2013-2017 ARM Limited. All rights reserved.
+ * --------------------------------------------------------------------------
+ *
+ * SPDX-License-Identifier: Apache-2.0
+ *
+ * Licensed under the Apache License, Version 2.0 (the License); you may
+ * not use this file except in compliance with the License.
+ * You may obtain a copy of the License at
+ *
+ * www.apache.org/licenses/LICENSE-2.0
+ *
+ * Unless required by applicable law or agreed to in writing, software
+ * distributed under the License is distributed on an AS IS BASIS, WITHOUT
+ * WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS OF ANY KIND, either express or implied.
+ * See the License for the specific language governing permissions and
+ * limitations under the License.
+ *
+ *      Name:    cmsis_os2.h
+ *      Purpose: CMSIS RTOS2 wrapper for FreeRTOS
+ *
+ *---------------------------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef CMSIS_OS2_H_
+#define CMSIS_OS2_H_
+
+#ifndef __NO_RETURN
+#if   defined(__CC_ARM)
+#define __NO_RETURN __declspec(noreturn)
+#elif defined(__ARMCC_VERSION) && (__ARMCC_VERSION >= 6010050)
+#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#elif defined(__GNUC__)
+#define __NO_RETURN __attribute__((__noreturn__))
+#elif defined(__ICCARM__)
+#define __NO_RETURN __noreturn
+#else
+#define __NO_RETURN
+#endif
+#endif
+
+#include <stdint.h>
+#include <stddef.h>
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+extern "C"
+{
+#endif
+
+
+//  ==== Enumerations, structures, defines ====
+
+/// Version information.
+typedef struct {
+  uint32_t                       api;   ///< API version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec).
+  uint32_t                    kernel;   ///< Kernel version (major.minor.rev: mmnnnrrrr dec).
+} osVersion_t;
+
+/// Kernel state.
+typedef enum {
+  osKernelInactive        =  0,         ///< Inactive.
+  osKernelReady           =  1,         ///< Ready.
+  osKernelRunning         =  2,         ///< Running.
+  osKernelLocked          =  3,         ///< Locked.
+  osKernelSuspended       =  4,         ///< Suspended.
+  osKernelError           = -1,         ///< Error.
+  osKernelReserved        = 0x7FFFFFFFU ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osKernelState_t;
+
+/// Thread state.
+typedef enum {
+  osThreadInactive        =  0,         ///< Inactive.
+  osThreadReady           =  1,         ///< Ready.
+  osThreadRunning         =  2,         ///< Running.
+  osThreadBlocked         =  3,         ///< Blocked.
+  osThreadTerminated      =  4,         ///< Terminated.
+  osThreadError           = -1,         ///< Error.
+  osThreadReserved        = 0x7FFFFFFF  ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osThreadState_t;
+
+/// Priority values.
+typedef enum {
+  osPriorityNone          =  0,         ///< No priority (not initialized).
+  osPriorityIdle          =  1,         ///< Reserved for Idle thread.
+  osPriorityLow           =  8,         ///< Priority: low
+  osPriorityLow1          =  8+1,       ///< Priority: low + 1
+  osPriorityLow2          =  8+2,       ///< Priority: low + 2
+  osPriorityLow3          =  8+3,       ///< Priority: low + 3
+  osPriorityLow4          =  8+4,       ///< Priority: low + 4
+  osPriorityLow5          =  8+5,       ///< Priority: low + 5
+  osPriorityLow6          =  8+6,       ///< Priority: low + 6
+  osPriorityLow7          =  8+7,       ///< Priority: low + 7
+  osPriorityBelowNormal   = 16,         ///< Priority: below normal
+  osPriorityBelowNormal1  = 16+1,       ///< Priority: below normal + 1
+  osPriorityBelowNormal2  = 16+2,       ///< Priority: below normal + 2
+  osPriorityBelowNormal3  = 16+3,       ///< Priority: below normal + 3
+  osPriorityBelowNormal4  = 16+4,       ///< Priority: below normal + 4
+  osPriorityBelowNormal5  = 16+5,       ///< Priority: below normal + 5
+  osPriorityBelowNormal6  = 16+6,       ///< Priority: below normal + 6
+  osPriorityBelowNormal7  = 16+7,       ///< Priority: below normal + 7
+  osPriorityNormal        = 24,         ///< Priority: normal
+  osPriorityNormal1       = 24+1,       ///< Priority: normal + 1
+  osPriorityNormal2       = 24+2,       ///< Priority: normal + 2
+  osPriorityNormal3       = 24+3,       ///< Priority: normal + 3
+  osPriorityNormal4       = 24+4,       ///< Priority: normal + 4
+  osPriorityNormal5       = 24+5,       ///< Priority: normal + 5
+  osPriorityNormal6       = 24+6,       ///< Priority: normal + 6
+  osPriorityNormal7       = 24+7,       ///< Priority: normal + 7
+  osPriorityAboveNormal   = 32,         ///< Priority: above normal
+  osPriorityAboveNormal1  = 32+1,       ///< Priority: above normal + 1
+  osPriorityAboveNormal2  = 32+2,       ///< Priority: above normal + 2
+  osPriorityAboveNormal3  = 32+3,       ///< Priority: above normal + 3
+  osPriorityAboveNormal4  = 32+4,       ///< Priority: above normal + 4
+  osPriorityAboveNormal5  = 32+5,       ///< Priority: above normal + 5
+  osPriorityAboveNormal6  = 32+6,       ///< Priority: above normal + 6
+  osPriorityAboveNormal7  = 32+7,       ///< Priority: above normal + 7
+  osPriorityHigh          = 40,         ///< Priority: high
+  osPriorityHigh1         = 40+1,       ///< Priority: high + 1
+  osPriorityHigh2         = 40+2,       ///< Priority: high + 2
+  osPriorityHigh3         = 40+3,       ///< Priority: high + 3
+  osPriorityHigh4         = 40+4,       ///< Priority: high + 4
+  osPriorityHigh5         = 40+5,       ///< Priority: high + 5
+  osPriorityHigh6         = 40+6,       ///< Priority: high + 6
+  osPriorityHigh7         = 40+7,       ///< Priority: high + 7
+  osPriorityRealtime      = 48,         ///< Priority: realtime
+  osPriorityRealtime1     = 48+1,       ///< Priority: realtime + 1
+  osPriorityRealtime2     = 48+2,       ///< Priority: realtime + 2
+  osPriorityRealtime3     = 48+3,       ///< Priority: realtime + 3
+  osPriorityRealtime4     = 48+4,       ///< Priority: realtime + 4
+  osPriorityRealtime5     = 48+5,       ///< Priority: realtime + 5
+  osPriorityRealtime6     = 48+6,       ///< Priority: realtime + 6
+  osPriorityRealtime7     = 48+7,       ///< Priority: realtime + 7
+  osPriorityISR           = 56,         ///< Reserved for ISR deferred thread.
+  osPriorityError         = -1,         ///< System cannot determine priority or illegal priority.
+  osPriorityReserved      = 0x7FFFFFFF  ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osPriority_t;
+
+/// Entry point of a thread.
+typedef void (*osThreadFunc_t) (void *argument);
+
+/// Timer callback function.
+typedef void (*osTimerFunc_t) (void *argument);
+
+/// Timer type.
+typedef enum {
+  osTimerOnce               = 0,          ///< One-shot timer.
+  osTimerPeriodic           = 1           ///< Repeating timer.
+} osTimerType_t;
+
+// Timeout value.
+#define osWaitForever         0xFFFFFFFFU ///< Wait forever timeout value.
+
+// Flags options (\ref osThreadFlagsWait and \ref osEventFlagsWait).
+#define osFlagsWaitAny        0x00000000U ///< Wait for any flag (default).
+#define osFlagsWaitAll        0x00000001U ///< Wait for all flags.
+#define osFlagsNoClear        0x00000002U ///< Do not clear flags which have been specified to wait for.
+
+// Flags errors (returned by osThreadFlagsXxxx and osEventFlagsXxxx).
+#define osFlagsError          0x80000000U ///< Error indicator.
+#define osFlagsErrorUnknown   0xFFFFFFFFU ///< osError (-1).
+#define osFlagsErrorTimeout   0xFFFFFFFEU ///< osErrorTimeout (-2).
+#define osFlagsErrorResource  0xFFFFFFFDU ///< osErrorResource (-3).
+#define osFlagsErrorParameter 0xFFFFFFFCU ///< osErrorParameter (-4).
+#define osFlagsErrorISR       0xFFFFFFFAU ///< osErrorISR (-6).
+
+// Thread attributes (attr_bits in \ref osThreadAttr_t).
+#define osThreadDetached      0x00000000U ///< Thread created in detached mode (default)
+#define osThreadJoinable      0x00000001U ///< Thread created in joinable mode
+
+// Mutex attributes (attr_bits in \ref osMutexAttr_t).
+#define osMutexRecursive      0x00000001U ///< Recursive mutex.
+#define osMutexPrioInherit    0x00000002U ///< Priority inherit protocol.
+#define osMutexRobust         0x00000008U ///< Robust mutex.
+
+/// Status code values returned by CMSIS-RTOS functions.
+typedef enum {
+  osOK                      =  0,         ///< Operation completed successfully.
+  osError                   = -1,         ///< Unspecified RTOS error: run-time error but no other error message fits.
+  osErrorTimeout            = -2,         ///< Operation not completed within the timeout period.
+  osErrorResource           = -3,         ///< Resource not available.
+  osErrorParameter          = -4,         ///< Parameter error.
+  osErrorNoMemory           = -5,         ///< System is out of memory: it was impossible to allocate or reserve memory for the operation.
+  osErrorISR                = -6,         ///< Not allowed in ISR context: the function cannot be called from interrupt service routines.
+  osStatusReserved          = 0x7FFFFFFF  ///< Prevents enum down-size compiler optimization.
+} osStatus_t;
+
+
+/// \details Thread ID identifies the thread.
+typedef void *osThreadId_t;
+
+/// \details Timer ID identifies the timer.
+typedef void *osTimerId_t;
+
+/// \details Event Flags ID identifies the event flags.
+typedef void *osEventFlagsId_t;
+
+/// \details Mutex ID identifies the mutex.
+typedef void *osMutexId_t;
+
+/// \details Semaphore ID identifies the semaphore.
+typedef void *osSemaphoreId_t;
+
+/// \details Memory Pool ID identifies the memory pool.
+typedef void *osMemoryPoolId_t;
+
+/// \details Message Queue ID identifies the message queue.
+typedef void *osMessageQueueId_t;
+
+
+#ifndef TZ_MODULEID_T
+#define TZ_MODULEID_T
+/// \details Data type that identifies secure software modules called by a process.
+typedef uint32_t TZ_ModuleId_t;
+#endif
+
+
+/// Attributes structure for thread.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the thread
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+  void                   *stack_mem;    ///< memory for stack
+  uint32_t                stack_size;   ///< size of stack
+  osPriority_t              priority;   ///< initial thread priority (default: osPriorityNormal)
+  TZ_ModuleId_t            tz_module;   ///< TrustZone module identifier
+  uint32_t                  reserved;   ///< reserved (must be 0)
+} osThreadAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for timer.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the timer
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+} osTimerAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for event flags.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the event flags
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+} osEventFlagsAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for mutex.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the mutex
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+} osMutexAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for semaphore.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the semaphore
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+} osSemaphoreAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for memory pool.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the memory pool
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+  void                      *mp_mem;    ///< memory for data storage
+  uint32_t                   mp_size;   ///< size of provided memory for data storage
+} osMemoryPoolAttr_t;
+
+/// Attributes structure for message queue.
+typedef struct {
+  const char                   *name;   ///< name of the message queue
+  uint32_t                 attr_bits;   ///< attribute bits
+  void                      *cb_mem;    ///< memory for control block
+  uint32_t                   cb_size;   ///< size of provided memory for control block
+  void                      *mq_mem;    ///< memory for data storage
+  uint32_t                   mq_size;   ///< size of provided memory for data storage
+} osMessageQueueAttr_t;
+
+
+//  ==== Kernel Management Functions ====
+
+/// Initialize the RTOS Kernel.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osKernelInitialize (void);
+
+///  Get RTOS Kernel Information.
+/// \param[out]    version       pointer to buffer for retrieving version information.
+/// \param[out]    id_buf        pointer to buffer for retrieving kernel identification string.
+/// \param[in]     id_size       size of buffer for kernel identification string.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osKernelGetInfo (osVersion_t *version, char *id_buf, uint32_t id_size);
+
+/// Get the current RTOS Kernel state.
+/// \return current RTOS Kernel state.
+osKernelState_t osKernelGetState (void);
+
+/// Start the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osKernelStart (void);
+
+/// Lock the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
+int32_t osKernelLock (void);
+
+/// Unlock the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \return previous lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
+int32_t osKernelUnlock (void);
+
+/// Restore the RTOS Kernel scheduler lock state.
+/// \param[in]     lock          lock state obtained by \ref osKernelLock or \ref osKernelUnlock.
+/// \return new lock state (1 - locked, 0 - not locked, error code if negative).
+int32_t osKernelRestoreLock (int32_t lock);
+
+/// Suspend the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \return time in ticks, for how long the system can sleep or power-down.
+uint32_t osKernelSuspend (void);
+
+/// Resume the RTOS Kernel scheduler.
+/// \param[in]     sleep_ticks   time in ticks for how long the system was in sleep or power-down mode.
+void osKernelResume (uint32_t sleep_ticks);
+
+/// Get the RTOS kernel tick count.
+/// \return RTOS kernel current tick count.
+uint32_t osKernelGetTickCount (void);
+
+/// Get the RTOS kernel tick frequency.
+/// \return frequency of the kernel tick in hertz, i.e. kernel ticks per second.
+uint32_t osKernelGetTickFreq (void);
+
+/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer count.
+/// \return RTOS kernel current system timer count as 32-bit value.
+uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerCount (void);
+
+/// Get the RTOS kernel system timer frequency.
+/// \return frequency of the system timer in hertz, i.e. timer ticks per second.
+uint32_t osKernelGetSysTimerFreq (void);
+
+
+//  ==== Thread Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create a thread and add it to Active Threads.
+/// \param[in]     func          thread function.
+/// \param[in]     argument      pointer that is passed to the thread function as start argument.
+/// \param[in]     attr          thread attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osThreadId_t osThreadNew (osThreadFunc_t func, void *argument, const osThreadAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osThreadGetName (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Return the thread ID of the current running thread.
+/// \return thread ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osThreadId_t osThreadGetId (void);
+
+/// Get current thread state of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return current thread state of the specified thread.
+osThreadState_t osThreadGetState (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Get stack size of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return stack size in bytes.
+uint32_t osThreadGetStackSize (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Get available stack space of a thread based on stack watermark recording during execution.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return remaining stack space in bytes.
+uint32_t osThreadGetStackSpace (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Change priority of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \param[in]     priority      new priority value for the thread function.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadSetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id, osPriority_t priority);
+
+/// Get current priority of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return current priority value of the specified thread.
+osPriority_t osThreadGetPriority (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Pass control to next thread that is in state \b READY.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadYield (void);
+
+/// Suspend execution of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadSuspend (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Resume execution of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadResume (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Detach a thread (thread storage can be reclaimed when thread terminates).
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadDetach (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Wait for specified thread to terminate.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadJoin (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Terminate execution of current running thread.
+__NO_RETURN void osThreadExit (void);
+
+/// Terminate execution of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osThreadTerminate (osThreadId_t thread_id);
+
+/// Get number of active threads.
+/// \return number of active threads.
+uint32_t osThreadGetCount (void);
+
+/// Enumerate active threads.
+/// \param[out]    thread_array  pointer to array for retrieving thread IDs.
+/// \param[in]     array_items   maximum number of items in array for retrieving thread IDs.
+/// \return number of enumerated threads.
+uint32_t osThreadEnumerate (osThreadId_t *thread_array, uint32_t array_items);
+
+
+//  ==== Thread Flags Functions ====
+
+/// Set the specified Thread Flags of a thread.
+/// \param[in]     thread_id     thread ID obtained by \ref osThreadNew or \ref osThreadGetId.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags of the thread that shall be set.
+/// \return thread flags after setting or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osThreadFlagsSet (osThreadId_t thread_id, uint32_t flags);
+
+/// Clear the specified Thread Flags of current running thread.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags of the thread that shall be cleared.
+/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osThreadFlagsClear (uint32_t flags);
+
+/// Get the current Thread Flags of current running thread.
+/// \return current thread flags.
+uint32_t osThreadFlagsGet (void);
+
+/// Wait for one or more Thread Flags of the current running thread to become signaled.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags to wait for.
+/// \param[in]     options       specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx).
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return thread flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osThreadFlagsWait (uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout);
+
+
+//  ==== Generic Wait Functions ====
+
+/// Wait for Timeout (Time Delay).
+/// \param[in]     ticks         \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osDelay (uint32_t ticks);
+
+/// Wait until specified time.
+/// \param[in]     ticks         absolute time in ticks
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osDelayUntil (uint32_t ticks);
+
+
+//  ==== Timer Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize a timer.
+/// \param[in]     func          function pointer to callback function.
+/// \param[in]     type          \ref osTimerOnce for one-shot or \ref osTimerPeriodic for periodic behavior.
+/// \param[in]     argument      argument to the timer callback function.
+/// \param[in]     attr          timer attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return timer ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osTimerId_t osTimerNew (osTimerFunc_t func, osTimerType_t type, void *argument, const osTimerAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osTimerGetName (osTimerId_t timer_id);
+
+/// Start or restart a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
+/// \param[in]     ticks         \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue "time ticks" value of the timer.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osTimerStart (osTimerId_t timer_id, uint32_t ticks);
+
+/// Stop a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osTimerStop (osTimerId_t timer_id);
+
+/// Check if a timer is running.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
+/// \return 0 not running, 1 running.
+uint32_t osTimerIsRunning (osTimerId_t timer_id);
+
+/// Delete a timer.
+/// \param[in]     timer_id      timer ID obtained by \ref osTimerNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osTimerDelete (osTimerId_t timer_id);
+
+
+//  ==== Event Flags Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize an Event Flags object.
+/// \param[in]     attr          event flags attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return event flags ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osEventFlagsId_t osEventFlagsNew (const osEventFlagsAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of an Event Flags object.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osEventFlagsGetName (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
+
+/// Set the specified Event Flags.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags that shall be set.
+/// \return event flags after setting or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osEventFlagsSet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags);
+
+/// Clear the specified Event Flags.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags that shall be cleared.
+/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osEventFlagsClear (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags);
+
+/// Get the current Event Flags.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \return current event flags.
+uint32_t osEventFlagsGet (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
+
+/// Wait for one or more Event Flags to become signaled.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \param[in]     flags         specifies the flags to wait for.
+/// \param[in]     options       specifies flags options (osFlagsXxxx).
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return event flags before clearing or error code if highest bit set.
+uint32_t osEventFlagsWait (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id, uint32_t flags, uint32_t options, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Delete an Event Flags object.
+/// \param[in]     ef_id         event flags ID obtained by \ref osEventFlagsNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osEventFlagsDelete (osEventFlagsId_t ef_id);
+
+
+//  ==== Mutex Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     attr          mutex attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return mutex ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMutexId_t osMutexNew (const osMutexAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osMutexGetName (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
+
+/// Acquire a Mutex or timeout if it is locked.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMutexAcquire (osMutexId_t mutex_id, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Release a Mutex that was acquired by \ref osMutexAcquire.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMutexRelease (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
+
+/// Get Thread which owns a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
+/// \return thread ID of owner thread or NULL when mutex was not acquired.
+osThreadId_t osMutexGetOwner (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
+
+/// Delete a Mutex object.
+/// \param[in]     mutex_id      mutex ID obtained by \ref osMutexNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMutexDelete (osMutexId_t mutex_id);
+
+
+//  ==== Semaphore Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Semaphore object.
+/// \param[in]     max_count     maximum number of available tokens.
+/// \param[in]     initial_count initial number of available tokens.
+/// \param[in]     attr          semaphore attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return semaphore ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osSemaphoreId_t osSemaphoreNew (uint32_t max_count, uint32_t initial_count, const osSemaphoreAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a Semaphore object.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osSemaphoreGetName (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
+
+/// Acquire a Semaphore token or timeout if no tokens are available.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osSemaphoreAcquire (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Release a Semaphore token up to the initial maximum count.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osSemaphoreRelease (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
+
+/// Get current Semaphore token count.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
+/// \return number of tokens available.
+uint32_t osSemaphoreGetCount (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
+
+/// Delete a Semaphore object.
+/// \param[in]     semaphore_id  semaphore ID obtained by \ref osSemaphoreNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osSemaphoreDelete (osSemaphoreId_t semaphore_id);
+
+
+//  ==== Memory Pool Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Memory Pool object.
+/// \param[in]     block_count   maximum number of memory blocks in memory pool.
+/// \param[in]     block_size    memory block size in bytes.
+/// \param[in]     attr          memory pool attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return memory pool ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMemoryPoolId_t osMemoryPoolNew (uint32_t block_count, uint32_t block_size, const osMemoryPoolAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a Memory Pool object.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osMemoryPoolGetName (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+/// Allocate a memory block from a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return address of the allocated memory block or NULL in case of no memory is available.
+void *osMemoryPoolAlloc (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Return an allocated memory block back to a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \param[in]     block         address of the allocated memory block to be returned to the memory pool.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMemoryPoolFree (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id, void *block);
+
+/// Get maximum number of memory blocks in a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return maximum number of memory blocks.
+uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCapacity (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+/// Get memory block size in a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return memory block size in bytes.
+uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetBlockSize (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+/// Get number of memory blocks used in a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return number of memory blocks used.
+uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetCount (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+/// Get number of memory blocks available in a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return number of memory blocks available.
+uint32_t osMemoryPoolGetSpace (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+/// Delete a Memory Pool object.
+/// \param[in]     mp_id         memory pool ID obtained by \ref osMemoryPoolNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMemoryPoolDelete (osMemoryPoolId_t mp_id);
+
+
+//  ==== Message Queue Management Functions ====
+
+/// Create and Initialize a Message Queue object.
+/// \param[in]     msg_count     maximum number of messages in queue.
+/// \param[in]     msg_size      maximum message size in bytes.
+/// \param[in]     attr          message queue attributes; NULL: default values.
+/// \return message queue ID for reference by other functions or NULL in case of error.
+osMessageQueueId_t osMessageQueueNew (uint32_t msg_count, uint32_t msg_size, const osMessageQueueAttr_t *attr);
+
+/// Get name of a Message Queue object.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return name as NULL terminated string.
+const char *osMessageQueueGetName (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Put a Message into a Queue or timeout if Queue is full.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \param[in]     msg_ptr       pointer to buffer with message to put into a queue.
+/// \param[in]     msg_prio      message priority.
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMessageQueuePut (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, const void *msg_ptr, uint8_t msg_prio, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Get a Message from a Queue or timeout if Queue is empty.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \param[out]    msg_ptr       pointer to buffer for message to get from a queue.
+/// \param[out]    msg_prio      pointer to buffer for message priority or NULL.
+/// \param[in]     timeout       \ref CMSIS_RTOS_TimeOutValue or 0 in case of no time-out.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMessageQueueGet (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id, void *msg_ptr, uint8_t *msg_prio, uint32_t timeout);
+
+/// Get maximum number of messages in a Message Queue.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return maximum number of messages.
+uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCapacity (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Get maximum message size in a Memory Pool.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return maximum message size in bytes.
+uint32_t osMessageQueueGetMsgSize (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Get number of queued messages in a Message Queue.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return number of queued messages.
+uint32_t osMessageQueueGetCount (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Get number of available slots for messages in a Message Queue.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return number of available slots for messages.
+uint32_t osMessageQueueGetSpace (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Reset a Message Queue to initial empty state.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMessageQueueReset (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+/// Delete a Message Queue object.
+/// \param[in]     mq_id         message queue ID obtained by \ref osMessageQueueNew.
+/// \return status code that indicates the execution status of the function.
+osStatus_t osMessageQueueDelete (osMessageQueueId_t mq_id);
+
+
+#ifdef  __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif  // CMSIS_OS2_H_

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/croutine.c

@@ -0,0 +1,353 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "croutine.h"
+
+/* Remove the whole file is co-routines are not being used. */
+#if( configUSE_CO_ROUTINES != 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Some kernel aware debuggers require data to be viewed to be global, rather
+ * than file scope.
+ */
+#ifdef portREMOVE_STATIC_QUALIFIER
+	#define static
+#endif
+
+
+/* Lists for ready and blocked co-routines. --------------------*/
+static List_t pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES ];	/*< Prioritised ready co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList1;									/*< Delayed co-routines. */
+static List_t xDelayedCoRoutineList2;									/*< Delayed co-routines (two lists are used - one for delays that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t * pxDelayedCoRoutineList;									/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used. */
+static List_t * pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;							/*< Points to the delayed co-routine list currently being used to hold co-routines that have overflowed the current tick count. */
+static List_t xPendingReadyCoRoutineList;								/*< Holds co-routines that have been readied by an external event.  They cannot be added directly to the ready lists as the ready lists cannot be accessed by interrupts. */
+
+/* Other file private variables. --------------------------------*/
+CRCB_t * pxCurrentCoRoutine = NULL;
+static UBaseType_t uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = 0;
+static TickType_t xCoRoutineTickCount = 0, xLastTickCount = 0, xPassedTicks = 0;
+
+/* The initial state of the co-routine when it is created. */
+#define corINITIAL_STATE	( 0 )
+
+/*
+ * Place the co-routine represented by pxCRCB into the appropriate ready queue
+ * for the priority.  It is inserted at the end of the list.
+ *
+ * This macro accesses the co-routine ready lists and therefore must not be
+ * used from within an ISR.
+ */
+#define prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB )																		\
+{																													\
+	if( pxCRCB->uxPriority > uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority )															\
+	{																												\
+		uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority = pxCRCB->uxPriority;															\
+	}																												\
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ pxCRCB->uxPriority ] ), &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );	\
+}
+
+/*
+ * Utility to ready all the lists used by the scheduler.  This is called
+ * automatically upon the creation of the first co-routine.
+ */
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void );
+
+/*
+ * Co-routines that are readied by an interrupt cannot be placed directly into
+ * the ready lists (there is no mutual exclusion).  Instead they are placed in
+ * in the pending ready list in order that they can later be moved to the ready
+ * list by the co-routine scheduler.
+ */
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void );
+
+/*
+ * Macro that looks at the list of co-routines that are currently delayed to
+ * see if any require waking.
+ *
+ * Co-routines are stored in the queue in the order of their wake time -
+ * meaning once one co-routine has been found whose timer has not expired
+ * we need not look any further down the list.
+ */
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void );
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+{
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+CRCB_t *pxCoRoutine;
+
+	/* Allocate the memory that will store the co-routine control block. */
+	pxCoRoutine = ( CRCB_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( CRCB_t ) );
+	if( pxCoRoutine )
+	{
+		/* If pxCurrentCoRoutine is NULL then this is the first co-routine to
+		be created and the co-routine data structures need initialising. */
+		if( pxCurrentCoRoutine == NULL )
+		{
+			pxCurrentCoRoutine = pxCoRoutine;
+			prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists();
+		}
+
+		/* Check the priority is within limits. */
+		if( uxPriority >= configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES )
+		{
+			uxPriority = configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - 1;
+		}
+
+		/* Fill out the co-routine control block from the function parameters. */
+		pxCoRoutine->uxState = corINITIAL_STATE;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxPriority = uxPriority;
+		pxCoRoutine->uxIndex = uxIndex;
+		pxCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction = pxCoRoutineCode;
+
+		/* Initialise all the other co-routine control block parameters. */
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+		vListInitialiseItem( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+
+		/* Set the co-routine control block as a link back from the ListItem_t.
+		This is so we can get back to the containing CRCB from a generic item
+		in a list. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), pxCoRoutine );
+
+		/* Event lists are always in priority order. */
+		listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCoRoutine->xEventListItem ), ( ( TickType_t ) configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES - ( TickType_t ) uxPriority ) );
+
+		/* Now the co-routine has been initialised it can be added to the ready
+		list at the correct priority. */
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCoRoutine );
+
+		xReturn = pdPASS;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = errCOULD_NOT_ALLOCATE_REQUIRED_MEMORY;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+TickType_t xTimeToWake;
+
+	/* Calculate the time to wake - this may overflow but this is
+	not a problem. */
+	xTimeToWake = xCoRoutineTickCount + xTicksToDelay;
+
+	/* We must remove ourselves from the ready list before adding
+	ourselves to the blocked list as the same list item is used for
+	both lists. */
+	( void ) uxListRemove( ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+	/* The list item will be inserted in wake time order. */
+	listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ), xTimeToWake );
+
+	if( xTimeToWake < xCoRoutineTickCount )
+	{
+		/* Wake time has overflowed.  Place this item in the
+		overflow list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* The wake time has not overflowed, so we can use the
+		current block list. */
+		vListInsert( ( List_t * ) pxDelayedCoRoutineList, ( ListItem_t * ) &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xGenericListItem ) );
+	}
+
+	if( pxEventList )
+	{
+		/* Also add the co-routine to an event list.  If this is done then the
+		function must be called with interrupts disabled. */
+		vListInsert( pxEventList, &( pxCurrentCoRoutine->xEventListItem ) );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckPendingReadyList( void )
+{
+	/* Are there any co-routines waiting to get moved to the ready list?  These
+	are co-routines that have been readied by an ISR.  The ISR cannot access
+	the	ready lists itself. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+
+		/* The pending ready list can be accessed by an ISR. */
+		portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+		{
+			pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( (&xPendingReadyCoRoutineList) );
+			( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+		}
+		portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+		( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+		prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxUnblockedCRCB );
+	}
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvCheckDelayedList( void )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxCRCB;
+
+	xPassedTicks = xTaskGetTickCount() - xLastTickCount;
+	while( xPassedTicks )
+	{
+		xCoRoutineTickCount++;
+		xPassedTicks--;
+
+		/* If the tick count has overflowed we need to swap the ready lists. */
+		if( xCoRoutineTickCount == 0 )
+		{
+			List_t * pxTemp;
+
+			/* Tick count has overflowed so we need to swap the delay lists.  If there are
+			any items in pxDelayedCoRoutineList here then there is an error! */
+			pxTemp = pxDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxDelayedCoRoutineList = pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList;
+			pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = pxTemp;
+		}
+
+		/* See if this tick has made a timeout expire. */
+		while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList ) == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			pxCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxDelayedCoRoutineList );
+
+			if( xCoRoutineTickCount < listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) ) )
+			{
+				/* Timeout not yet expired. */
+				break;
+			}
+
+			portDISABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+			{
+				/* The event could have occurred just before this critical
+				section.  If this is the case then the generic list item will
+				have been moved to the pending ready list and the following
+				line is still valid.  Also the pvContainer parameter will have
+				been set to NULL so the following lines are also valid. */
+				( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xGenericListItem ) );
+
+				/* Is the co-routine waiting on an event also? */
+				if( pxCRCB->xEventListItem.pvContainer )
+				{
+					( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+				}
+			}
+			portENABLE_INTERRUPTS();
+
+			prvAddCoRoutineToReadyQueue( pxCRCB );
+		}
+	}
+
+	xLastTickCount = xCoRoutineTickCount;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void )
+{
+	/* See if any co-routines readied by events need moving to the ready lists. */
+	prvCheckPendingReadyList();
+
+	/* See if any delayed co-routines have timed out. */
+	prvCheckDelayedList();
+
+	/* Find the highest priority queue that contains ready co-routines. */
+	while( listLIST_IS_EMPTY( &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) ) )
+	{
+		if( uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority == 0 )
+		{
+			/* No more co-routines to check. */
+			return;
+		}
+		--uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority;
+	}
+
+	/* listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY walks through the list, so the co-routines
+	 of the	same priority get an equal share of the processor time. */
+	listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxCurrentCoRoutine, &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxTopCoRoutineReadyPriority ] ) );
+
+	/* Call the co-routine. */
+	( pxCurrentCoRoutine->pxCoRoutineFunction )( pxCurrentCoRoutine, pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxIndex );
+
+	return;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static void prvInitialiseCoRoutineLists( void )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxPriority;
+
+	for( uxPriority = 0; uxPriority < configMAX_CO_ROUTINE_PRIORITIES; uxPriority++ )
+	{
+		vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &( pxReadyCoRoutineLists[ uxPriority ] ) );
+	}
+
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList1 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xDelayedCoRoutineList2 );
+	vListInitialise( ( List_t * ) &xPendingReadyCoRoutineList );
+
+	/* Start with pxDelayedCoRoutineList using list1 and the
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList using list2. */
+	pxDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList1;
+	pxOverflowDelayedCoRoutineList = &xDelayedCoRoutineList2;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList )
+{
+CRCB_t *pxUnblockedCRCB;
+BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+	/* This function is called from within an interrupt.  It can only access
+	event lists and the pending ready list.  This function assumes that a
+	check has already been made to ensure pxEventList is not empty. */
+	pxUnblockedCRCB = ( CRCB_t * ) listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxEventList );
+	( void ) uxListRemove( &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+	vListInsertEnd( ( List_t * ) &( xPendingReadyCoRoutineList ), &( pxUnblockedCRCB->xEventListItem ) );
+
+	if( pxUnblockedCRCB->uxPriority >= pxCurrentCoRoutine->uxPriority )
+	{
+		xReturn = pdTRUE;
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		xReturn = pdFALSE;
+	}
+
+	return xReturn;
+}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_CO_ROUTINES == 0 */
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/event_groups.c

@@ -0,0 +1,738 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/* Standard includes. */
+#include <stdlib.h>
+
+/* Defining MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE prevents task.h from redefining
+all the API functions to use the MPU wrappers.  That should only be done when
+task.h is included from an application file. */
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "FreeRTOS.h"
+#include "task.h"
+#include "timers.h"
+#include "event_groups.h"
+
+/* Lint e961 and e750 are suppressed as a MISRA exception justified because the
+MPU ports require MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE to be defined for the
+header files above, but not in this file, in order to generate the correct
+privileged Vs unprivileged linkage and placement. */
+#undef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE /*lint !e961 !e750. */
+
+/* The following bit fields convey control information in a task's event list
+item value.  It is important they don't clash with the
+taskEVENT_LIST_ITEM_VALUE_IN_USE definition. */
+#if configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS == 1
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x0100U
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x0200U
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x0400U
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff00U
+#else
+	#define eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT	0x01000000UL
+	#define eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET	0x02000000UL
+	#define eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS			0x04000000UL
+	#define eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES	0xff000000UL
+#endif
+
+typedef struct xEventGroupDefinition
+{
+	EventBits_t uxEventBits;
+	List_t xTasksWaitingForBits;		/*< List of tasks waiting for a bit to be set. */
+
+	#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+		UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber;
+	#endif
+
+	#if( ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		uint8_t ucStaticallyAllocated; /*< Set to pdTRUE if the event group is statically allocated to ensure no attempt is made to free the memory. */
+	#endif
+} EventGroup_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/*
+ * Test the bits set in uxCurrentEventBits to see if the wait condition is met.
+ * The wait condition is defined by xWaitForAllBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is
+ * pdTRUE then the wait condition is met if all the bits set in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are also set in uxCurrentEventBits.  If xWaitForAllBits is pdFALSE then the
+ * wait condition is met if any of the bits set in uxBitsToWait for are also set
+ * in uxCurrentEventBits.
+ */
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* A StaticEventGroup_t object must be provided. */
+		configASSERT( pxEventGroupBuffer );
+
+		#if( configASSERT_DEFINED == 1 )
+		{
+			/* Sanity check that the size of the structure used to declare a
+			variable of type StaticEventGroup_t equals the size of the real
+			event group structure. */
+			volatile size_t xSize = sizeof( StaticEventGroup_t );
+			configASSERT( xSize == sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
+		}
+		#endif /* configASSERT_DEFINED */
+
+		/* The user has provided a statically allocated event group - use it. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pxEventGroupBuffer; /*lint !e740 EventGroup_t and StaticEventGroup_t are guaranteed to have the same size and alignment requirement - checked by configASSERT(). */
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note that
+				this event group was created statically in case the event group
+				is later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void )
+	{
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits;
+
+		/* Allocate the event group. */
+		pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) pvPortMalloc( sizeof( EventGroup_t ) );
+
+		if( pxEventBits != NULL )
+		{
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits = 0;
+			vListInitialise( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ) );
+
+			#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+			{
+				/* Both static and dynamic allocation can be used, so note this
+				event group was allocated statically in case the event group is
+				later deleted. */
+				pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated = pdFALSE;
+			}
+			#endif /* configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION */
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_CREATE_FAILED();
+		}
+
+		return ( EventGroupHandle_t ) pxEventBits;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventBits_t uxOriginalBitValue, uxReturn;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		uxOriginalBitValue = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		if( ( ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet ) & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			/* All the rendezvous bits are now set - no need to block. */
+			uxReturn = ( uxOriginalBitValue | uxBitsToSet );
+
+			/* Rendezvous always clear the bits.  They will have been cleared
+			already unless this is the only task in the rendezvous. */
+			pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+
+			xTicksToWait = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+
+				/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+				task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+				found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+				vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT | eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ), xTicksToWait );
+
+				/* This assignment is obsolete as uxReturn will get set after
+				the task unblocks, but some compilers mistakenly generate a
+				warning about uxReturn being returned without being set if the
+				assignment is omitted. */
+				uxReturn = 0;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* The rendezvous bits were not set, but no block time was
+				specified - just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* Although the task got here because it timed out before the
+				bits it was waiting for were set, it is possible that since it
+				unblocked another task has set the bits.  If this is the case
+				then it needs to clear the bits before exiting. */
+				if( ( uxReturn & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+				{
+					pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* Control bits might be set as the task had blocked should not be
+		returned. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_SYNC_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn, uxControlBits = 0;
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet, xAlreadyYielded;
+BaseType_t xTimeoutOccurred = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to wait on the bits used by the kernel
+	itself, and that at least one bit is being requested. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToWaitFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+	configASSERT( uxBitsToWaitFor != 0 );
+	#if ( ( INCLUDE_xTaskGetSchedulerState == 1 ) || ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+	{
+		configASSERT( !( ( xTaskGetSchedulerState() == taskSCHEDULER_SUSPENDED ) && ( xTicksToWait != 0 ) ) );
+	}
+	#endif
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Check to see if the wait condition is already met or not. */
+		xWaitConditionMet = prvTestWaitCondition( uxCurrentEventBits, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits );
+
+		if( xWaitConditionMet != pdFALSE )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has already been met so there is no need to
+			block. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTicksToWait = ( TickType_t ) 0;
+
+			/* Clear the wait bits if requested to do so. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		else if( xTicksToWait == ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* The wait condition has not been met, but no block time was
+			specified, so just return the current value. */
+			uxReturn = uxCurrentEventBits;
+			xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task is going to block to wait for its required bits to be
+			set.  uxControlBits are used to remember the specified behaviour of
+			this call to xEventGroupWaitBits() - for use when the event bits
+			unblock the task. */
+			if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			if( xWaitForAllBits != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				uxControlBits |= eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+
+			/* Store the bits that the calling task is waiting for in the
+			task's event list item so the kernel knows when a match is
+			found.  Then enter the blocked state. */
+			vTaskPlaceOnUnorderedEventList( &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits ), ( uxBitsToWaitFor | uxControlBits ), xTicksToWait );
+
+			/* This is obsolete as it will get set after the task unblocks, but
+			some compilers mistakenly generate a warning about the variable
+			being returned without being set if it is not done. */
+			uxReturn = 0;
+
+			traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_BLOCK( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor );
+		}
+	}
+	xAlreadyYielded = xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	if( xTicksToWait != ( TickType_t ) 0 )
+	{
+		if( xAlreadyYielded == pdFALSE )
+		{
+			portYIELD_WITHIN_API();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked to wait for its required bits to be set - at this
+		point either the required bits were set or the block time expired.  If
+		the required bits were set they will have been stored in the task's
+		event list item, and they should now be retrieved then cleared. */
+		uxReturn = uxTaskResetEventItemValue();
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+			{
+				/* The task timed out, just return the current event bit value. */
+				uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+				/* It is possible that the event bits were updated between this
+				task leaving the Blocked state and running again. */
+				if( prvTestWaitCondition( uxReturn, uxBitsToWaitFor, xWaitForAllBits ) != pdFALSE )
+				{
+					if( xClearOnExit != pdFALSE )
+					{
+						pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToWaitFor;
+					}
+					else
+					{
+						mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+					}
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+				xTimeoutOccurred = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			/* The task unblocked because the bits were set. */
+		}
+
+		/* The task blocked so control bits may have been set. */
+		uxReturn &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+	}
+	traceEVENT_GROUP_WAIT_BITS_END( xEventGroup, uxBitsToWaitFor, xTimeoutOccurred );
+
+	/* Prevent compiler warnings when trace macros are not used. */
+	( void ) xTimeoutOccurred;
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to clear the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToClear & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	taskENTER_CRITICAL();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+
+		/* The value returned is the event group value prior to the bits being
+		cleared. */
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+
+		/* Clear the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	taskEXIT_CRITICAL();
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear )
+	{
+		BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_CLEAR_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+UBaseType_t uxSavedInterruptStatus;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+EventBits_t uxReturn;
+
+	uxSavedInterruptStatus = portSET_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR();
+	{
+		uxReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+	}
+	portCLEAR_INTERRUPT_MASK_FROM_ISR( uxSavedInterruptStatus );
+
+	return uxReturn;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet )
+{
+ListItem_t *pxListItem, *pxNext;
+ListItem_t const *pxListEnd;
+List_t *pxList;
+EventBits_t uxBitsToClear = 0, uxBitsWaitedFor, uxControlBits;
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+BaseType_t xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+	/* Check the user is not attempting to set the bits used by the kernel
+	itself. */
+	configASSERT( xEventGroup );
+	configASSERT( ( uxBitsToSet & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES ) == 0 );
+
+	pxList = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+	pxListEnd = listGET_END_MARKER( pxList ); /*lint !e826 !e740 The mini list structure is used as the list end to save RAM.  This is checked and valid. */
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+
+		pxListItem = listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList );
+
+		/* Set the bits. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits |= uxBitsToSet;
+
+		/* See if the new bit value should unblock any tasks. */
+		while( pxListItem != pxListEnd )
+		{
+			pxNext = listGET_NEXT( pxListItem );
+			uxBitsWaitedFor = listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem );
+			xMatchFound = pdFALSE;
+
+			/* Split the bits waited for from the control bits. */
+			uxControlBits = uxBitsWaitedFor & eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+			uxBitsWaitedFor &= ~eventEVENT_BITS_CONTROL_BYTES;
+
+			if( ( uxControlBits & eventWAIT_FOR_ALL_BITS ) == ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+			{
+				/* Just looking for single bit being set. */
+				if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+			}
+			else if( ( uxBitsWaitedFor & pxEventBits->uxEventBits ) == uxBitsWaitedFor )
+			{
+				/* All bits are set. */
+				xMatchFound = pdTRUE;
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				/* Need all bits to be set, but not all the bits were set. */
+			}
+
+			if( xMatchFound != pdFALSE )
+			{
+				/* The bits match.  Should the bits be cleared on exit? */
+				if( ( uxControlBits & eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+				{
+					uxBitsToClear |= uxBitsWaitedFor;
+				}
+				else
+				{
+					mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+				}
+
+				/* Store the actual event flag value in the task's event list
+				item before removing the task from the event list.  The
+				eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET bit is set so the task knows
+				that is was unblocked due to its required bits matching, rather
+				than because it timed out. */
+				vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxListItem, pxEventBits->uxEventBits | eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+			}
+
+			/* Move onto the next list item.  Note pxListItem->pxNext is not
+			used here as the list item may have been removed from the event list
+			and inserted into the ready/pending reading list. */
+			pxListItem = pxNext;
+		}
+
+		/* Clear any bits that matched when the eventCLEAR_EVENTS_ON_EXIT_BIT
+		bit was set in the control word. */
+		pxEventBits->uxEventBits &= ~uxBitsToClear;
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+
+	return pxEventBits->uxEventBits;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+{
+EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+const List_t *pxTasksWaitingForBits = &( pxEventBits->xTasksWaitingForBits );
+
+	vTaskSuspendAll();
+	{
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_DELETE( xEventGroup );
+
+		while( listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxTasksWaitingForBits ) > ( UBaseType_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			/* Unblock the task, returning 0 as the event list is being deleted
+			and cannot therefore have any bits set. */
+			configASSERT( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext != ( const ListItem_t * ) &( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd ) );
+			vTaskRemoveFromUnorderedEventList( pxTasksWaitingForBits->xListEnd.pxNext, eventUNBLOCKED_DUE_TO_BIT_SET );
+		}
+
+		#if( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 0 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group can only have been allocated dynamically - free
+			it again. */
+			vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+		}
+		#elif( ( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) && ( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 ) )
+		{
+			/* The event group could have been allocated statically or
+			dynamically, so check before attempting to free the memory. */
+			if( pxEventBits->ucStaticallyAllocated == ( uint8_t ) pdFALSE )
+			{
+				vPortFree( pxEventBits );
+			}
+			else
+			{
+				mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+			}
+		}
+		#endif /* configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION */
+	}
+	( void ) xTaskResumeAll();
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'set bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupSetBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToSet );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* For internal use only - execute a 'clear bits' command that was pended from
+an interrupt. */
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear )
+{
+	( void ) xEventGroupClearBits( pvEventGroup, ( EventBits_t ) ulBitsToClear );
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+static BaseType_t prvTestWaitCondition( const EventBits_t uxCurrentEventBits, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits )
+{
+BaseType_t xWaitConditionMet = pdFALSE;
+
+	if( xWaitForAllBits == pdFALSE )
+	{
+		/* Task only has to wait for one bit within uxBitsToWaitFor to be
+		set.  Is one already set? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) != ( EventBits_t ) 0 )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		/* Task has to wait for all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor to be set.
+		Are they set already? */
+		if( ( uxCurrentEventBits & uxBitsToWaitFor ) == uxBitsToWaitFor )
+		{
+			xWaitConditionMet = pdTRUE;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			mtCOVERAGE_TEST_MARKER();
+		}
+	}
+
+	return xWaitConditionMet;
+}
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 ) && ( INCLUDE_xTimerPendFunctionCall == 1 ) && ( configUSE_TIMERS == 1 ) )
+
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+	{
+	BaseType_t xReturn;
+
+		traceEVENT_GROUP_SET_BITS_FROM_ISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet );
+		xReturn = xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
+
+	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup )
+	{
+	UBaseType_t xReturn;
+	EventGroup_t *pxEventBits = ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup;
+
+		if( xEventGroup == NULL )
+		{
+			xReturn = 0;
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			xReturn = pxEventBits->uxEventGroupNumber;
+		}
+
+		return xReturn;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if ( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+
+	void vEventGroupSetNumber( void * xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber )
+	{
+		( ( EventGroup_t * ) xEventGroup )->uxEventGroupNumber = uxEventGroupNumber;
+	}
+
+#endif /* configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/StackMacros.h

@@ -0,0 +1,133 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef STACK_MACROS_H
+#define STACK_MACROS_H
+
+#ifndef _MSC_VER /* Visual Studio doesn't support #warning. */
+	#warning The name of this file has changed to stack_macros.h.  Please update your code accordingly.  This source file (which has the original name) will be removed in future released.
+#endif
+
+/*
+ * Call the stack overflow hook function if the stack of the task being swapped
+ * out is currently overflowed, or looks like it might have overflowed in the
+ * past.
+ *
+ * Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to 1 will cause the macro to check
+ * the current stack state only - comparing the current top of stack value to
+ * the stack limit.  Setting configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW to greater than 1
+ * will also cause the last few stack bytes to be checked to ensure the value
+ * to which the bytes were set when the task was created have not been
+ * overwritten.  Note this second test does not guarantee that an overflowed
+ * stack will always be recognised.
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack <= pxCurrentTCB->pxStack )										\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	/* Only the current stack state is to be checked. */
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+																										\
+		/* Is the currently saved stack pointer within the stack limit? */								\
+		if( pxCurrentTCB->pxTopOfStack >= pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack )									\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW == 1 */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH < 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																\
+	{																									\
+		const uint32_t * const pulStack = ( uint32_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxStack;							\
+		const uint32_t ulCheckValue = ( uint32_t ) 0xa5a5a5a5;											\
+																										\
+		if( ( pulStack[ 0 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 1 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 2 ] != ulCheckValue ) ||												\
+			( pulStack[ 3 ] != ulCheckValue ) )												\
+		{																								\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );	\
+		}																								\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#if( ( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) && ( portSTACK_GROWTH > 0 ) )
+
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()																								\
+	{																																	\
+	int8_t *pcEndOfStack = ( int8_t * ) pxCurrentTCB->pxEndOfStack;																		\
+	static const uint8_t ucExpectedStackBytes[] = {	tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE,		\
+													tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE, tskSTACK_FILL_BYTE };	\
+																																		\
+																																		\
+		pcEndOfStack -= sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes );																					\
+																																		\
+		/* Has the extremity of the task stack ever been written over? */																\
+		if( memcmp( ( void * ) pcEndOfStack, ( void * ) ucExpectedStackBytes, sizeof( ucExpectedStackBytes ) ) != 0 )					\
+		{																																\
+			vApplicationStackOverflowHook( ( TaskHandle_t ) pxCurrentTCB, pxCurrentTCB->pcTaskName );									\
+		}																																\
+	}
+
+#endif /* #if( configCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW > 1 ) */
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/* Remove stack overflow macro if not being used. */
+#ifndef taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW
+	#define taskCHECK_FOR_STACK_OVERFLOW()
+#endif
+
+
+
+#endif /* STACK_MACROS_H */
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/croutine.h

@@ -0,0 +1,720 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef CO_ROUTINE_H
+#define CO_ROUTINE_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h must appear in source files before include croutine.h"
+#endif
+
+#include "list.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Used to hide the implementation of the co-routine control block.  The
+control block structure however has to be included in the header due to
+the macro implementation of the co-routine functionality. */
+typedef void * CoRoutineHandle_t;
+
+/* Defines the prototype to which co-routine functions must conform. */
+typedef void (*crCOROUTINE_CODE)( CoRoutineHandle_t, UBaseType_t );
+
+typedef struct corCoRoutineControlBlock
+{
+	crCOROUTINE_CODE 	pxCoRoutineFunction;
+	ListItem_t			xGenericListItem;	/*< List item used to place the CRCB in ready and blocked queues. */
+	ListItem_t			xEventListItem;		/*< List item used to place the CRCB in event lists. */
+	UBaseType_t 		uxPriority;			/*< The priority of the co-routine in relation to other co-routines. */
+	UBaseType_t 		uxIndex;			/*< Used to distinguish between co-routines when multiple co-routines use the same co-routine function. */
+	uint16_t 			uxState;			/*< Used internally by the co-routine implementation. */
+} CRCB_t; /* Co-routine control block.  Note must be identical in size down to uxPriority with TCB_t. */
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate(
+                                 crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxPriority,
+                                 UBaseType_t uxIndex
+                               );</pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new co-routine and add it to the list of co-routines that are
+ * ready to run.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineCode Pointer to the co-routine function.  Co-routine
+ * functions require special syntax - see the co-routine section of the WEB
+ * documentation for more information.
+ *
+ * @param uxPriority The priority with respect to other co-routines at which
+ *  the co-routine will run.
+ *
+ * @param uxIndex Used to distinguish between different co-routines that
+ * execute the same function.  See the example below and the co-routine section
+ * of the WEB documentation for further information.
+ *
+ * @return pdPASS if the co-routine was successfully created and added to a ready
+ * list, otherwise an error code defined with ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vFlashCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ static const char cLedToFlash[ 2 ] = { 5, 6 };
+ static const TickType_t uxFlashRates[ 2 ] = { 200, 400 };
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // This co-routine just delays for a fixed period, then toggles
+         // an LED.  Two co-routines are created using this function, so
+         // the uxIndex parameter is used to tell the co-routine which
+         // LED to flash and how int32_t to delay.  This assumes xQueue has
+         // already been created.
+         vParTestToggleLED( cLedToFlash[ uxIndex ] );
+         crDELAY( xHandle, uxFlashRates[ uxIndex ] );
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // Function that creates two co-routines.
+ void vOtherFunction( void )
+ {
+ uint8_t ucParameterToPass;
+ TaskHandle_t xHandle;
+
+     // Create two co-routines at priority 0.  The first is given index 0
+     // so (from the code above) toggles LED 5 every 200 ticks.  The second
+     // is given index 1 so toggles LED 6 every 400 ticks.
+     for( uxIndex = 0; uxIndex < 2; uxIndex++ )
+     {
+         xCoRoutineCreate( vFlashCoRoutine, 0, uxIndex );
+     }
+ }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xCoRoutineCreate xCoRoutineCreate
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineCreate( crCOROUTINE_CODE pxCoRoutineCode, UBaseType_t uxPriority, UBaseType_t uxIndex );
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );</pre>
+ *
+ * Run a co-routine.
+ *
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule() executes the highest priority co-routine that is able
+ * to run.  The co-routine will execute until it either blocks, yields or is
+ * preempted by a task.  Co-routines execute cooperatively so one
+ * co-routine cannot be preempted by another, but can be preempted by a task.
+ *
+ * If an application comprises of both tasks and co-routines then
+ * vCoRoutineSchedule should be called from the idle task (in an idle task
+ * hook).
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // This idle task hook will schedule a co-routine each time it is called.
+ // The rest of the idle task will execute between co-routine calls.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+	vCoRoutineSchedule();
+ }
+
+ // Alternatively, if you do not require any other part of the idle task to
+ // execute, the idle task hook can call vCoRoutineScheduler() within an
+ // infinite loop.
+ void vApplicationIdleHook( void )
+ {
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        vCoRoutineSchedule();
+    }
+ }
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup vCoRoutineSchedule vCoRoutineSchedule
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+void vCoRoutineSchedule( void );
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crSTART( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle );</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the start of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crSTART( pxCRCB ) switch( ( ( CRCB_t * )( pxCRCB ) )->uxState ) { case 0:
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+ crEND();</pre>
+ *
+ * This macro MUST always be called at the end of a co-routine function.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static int32_t ulAVariable;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+          // Co-routine functionality goes here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crSTART crSTART
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crEND() }
+
+/*
+ * These macros are intended for internal use by the co-routine implementation
+ * only.  The macros should not be used directly by application writers.
+ */
+#define crSET_STATE0( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = (__LINE__ * 2); return; case (__LINE__ * 2):
+#define crSET_STATE1( xHandle ) ( ( CRCB_t * )( xHandle ) )->uxState = ((__LINE__ * 2)+1); return; case ((__LINE__ * 2)+1):
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ *<pre>
+ crDELAY( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, TickType_t xTicksToDelay );</pre>
+ *
+ * Delay a co-routine for a fixed period of time.
+ *
+ * crDELAY can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the co-routine to delay.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should delay
+ * for.  The actual amount of time this equates to is defined by
+ * configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant portTICK_PERIOD_MS
+ * can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine to be created.
+ void vACoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ // This may not be necessary for const variables.
+ // We are to delay for 200ms.
+ static const xTickType xDelayTime = 200 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+     // Must start every co-routine with a call to crSTART();
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+        // Delay for 200ms.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, xDelayTime );
+
+        // Do something here.
+     }
+
+     // Must end every co-routine with a call to crEND();
+     crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crDELAY crDELAY
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crDELAY( xHandle, xTicksToDelay )												\
+	if( ( xTicksToDelay ) > 0 )															\
+	{																					\
+		vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( ( xTicksToDelay ), NULL );							\
+	}																					\
+	crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );
+
+/**
+ * <pre>
+ crQUEUE_SEND(
+                  CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                  QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                  void *pvItemToQueue,
+                  TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                  BaseType_t *pxResult
+             )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue on which the data will be posted.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the data being posted onto the queue.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied from pvItemToQueue into the queue
+ * itself.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for space to become available on the queue, should space not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see example
+ * below).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully posted onto the queue, otherwise it will be set to an
+ * error defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+ // Co-routine function that blocks for a fixed period then posts a number onto
+ // a queue.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xNumberToPost = 0;
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+
+    // Co-routines must begin with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // This assumes the queue has already been created.
+        crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &xNumberToPost, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult != pdPASS )
+        {
+            // The message was not posted!
+        }
+
+        // Increment the number to be posted onto the queue.
+        xNumberToPost++;
+
+        // Delay for 100 ticks.
+        crDELAY( xHandle, 100 );
+    }
+
+    // Co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+    crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND crQUEUE_SEND
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xTicksToWait, pxResult )			\
+{																						\
+	*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue) , ( pvItemToQueue) , ( xTicksToWait ) );	\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED )												\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*pxResult = xQueueCRSend( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), 0 );					\
+	}																					\
+	if( *pxResult == errQUEUE_YIELD )													\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*pxResult = pdPASS;																\
+	}																					\
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_RECEIVE(
+                     CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle,
+                     QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                     void *pvBuffer,
+                     TickType_t xTicksToWait,
+                     BaseType_t *pxResult
+                 )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE() are the co-routine
+ * equivalent to the xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND and crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be used from a co-routine whereas
+ * xQueueSend() and xQueueReceive() can only be used from tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE can only be called from the co-routine function itself - not
+ * from within a function called by the co-routine function.  This is because
+ * co-routines do not maintain their own stack.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xHandle The handle of the calling co-routine.  This is the xHandle
+ * parameter of the co-routine function.
+ *
+ * @param pxQueue The handle of the queue from which the data will be received.
+ * The handle is obtained as the return value when the queue is created using
+ * the xQueueCreate() API function.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer The buffer into which the received item is to be copied.
+ * The number of bytes of each queued item is specified when the queue is
+ * created.  This number of bytes is copied into pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param xTickToDelay The number of ticks that the co-routine should block
+ * to wait for data to become available from the queue, should data not be
+ * available immediately. The actual amount of time this equates to is defined
+ * by configTICK_RATE_HZ (set in FreeRTOSConfig.h).  The constant
+ * portTICK_PERIOD_MS can be used to convert ticks to milliseconds (see the
+ * crQUEUE_SEND example).
+ *
+ * @param pxResult The variable pointed to by pxResult will be set to pdPASS if
+ * data was successfully retrieved from the queue, otherwise it will be set to
+ * an error code as defined within ProjDefs.h.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine receives the number of an LED to flash from a queue.  It
+ // blocks on the queue until the number is received.
+ static void prvCoRoutineFlashWorkTask( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // Variables in co-routines must be declared static if they must maintain value across a blocking call.
+ static BaseType_t xResult;
+ static UBaseType_t uxLEDToFlash;
+
+    // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+    crSTART( xHandle );
+
+    for( ;; )
+    {
+        // Wait for data to become available on the queue.
+        crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+        if( xResult == pdPASS )
+        {
+            // We received the LED to flash - flash it!
+            vParTestToggleLED( uxLEDToFlash );
+        }
+    }
+
+    crEND();
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE crQUEUE_RECEIVE
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, pxQueue, pvBuffer, xTicksToWait, pxResult )			\
+{																						\
+	*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), ( xTicksToWait ) );		\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_BLOCKED ) 											\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE0( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*( pxResult ) = xQueueCRReceive( ( pxQueue) , ( pvBuffer ), 0 );				\
+	}																					\
+	if( *( pxResult ) == errQUEUE_YIELD )												\
+	{																					\
+		crSET_STATE1( ( xHandle ) );													\
+		*( pxResult ) = pdPASS;															\
+	}																					\
+}
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvItemToQueue,
+                            BaseType_t xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken
+                       )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to send data to a queue
+ * that is being used from within a co-routine.
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvItemToQueue A pointer to the item that is to be placed on the
+ * queue.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from pvItemToQueue
+ * into the queue storage area.
+ *
+ * @param xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken This is included so an ISR can post onto
+ * the same queue multiple times from a single interrupt.  The first call
+ * should always pass in pdFALSE.  Subsequent calls should pass in
+ * the value returned from the previous call.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE if a co-routine was woken by posting onto the queue.  This is
+ * used by the ISR to determine if a context switch may be required following
+ * the ISR.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that blocks on a queue waiting for characters to be received.
+ static void vReceivingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Wait for data to become available on the queue.  This assumes the
+         // queue xCommsRxQueue has already been created!
+         crQUEUE_RECEIVE( xHandle, xCommsRxQueue, &uxLEDToFlash, portMAX_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         // Was a character received?
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // Process the character here.
+         }
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to send characters received on a serial port to
+ // a co-routine.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cRxedChar;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     // We loop around reading characters until there are none left in the UART.
+     while( UART_RX_REG_NOT_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Obtain the character from the UART.
+         cRxedChar = UART_RX_REG;
+
+         // Post the character onto a queue.  xCRWokenByPost will be pdFALSE
+         // the first time around the loop.  If the post causes a co-routine
+         // to be woken (unblocked) then xCRWokenByPost will be set to pdTRUE.
+         // In this manner we can ensure that if more than one co-routine is
+         // blocked on the queue only one is woken by this ISR no matter how
+         // many characters are posted to the queue.
+         xCRWokenByPost = crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( xCommsRxQueue, &cRxedChar, xCRWokenByPost );
+     }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvItemToQueue, xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) xQueueCRSendFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvItemToQueue ), ( xCoRoutinePreviouslyWoken ) )
+
+
+/**
+ * croutine. h
+ * <pre>
+  crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR(
+                            QueueHandle_t pxQueue,
+                            void *pvBuffer,
+                            BaseType_t * pxCoRoutineWoken
+                       )</pre>
+ *
+ * The macro's crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() are the
+ * co-routine equivalent to the xQueueSendFromISR() and xQueueReceiveFromISR()
+ * functions used by tasks.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_SEND_FROM_ISR() and crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR() can only be used to
+ * pass data between a co-routine and and ISR, whereas xQueueSendFromISR() and
+ * xQueueReceiveFromISR() can only be used to pass data between a task and and
+ * ISR.
+ *
+ * crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR can only be called from an ISR to receive data
+ * from a queue that is being used from within a co-routine (a co-routine
+ * posted to the queue).
+ *
+ * See the co-routine section of the WEB documentation for information on
+ * passing data between tasks and co-routines and between ISR's and
+ * co-routines.
+ *
+ * @param xQueue The handle to the queue on which the item is to be posted.
+ *
+ * @param pvBuffer A pointer to a buffer into which the received item will be
+ * placed.  The size of the items the queue will hold was defined when the
+ * queue was created, so this many bytes will be copied from the queue into
+ * pvBuffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxCoRoutineWoken A co-routine may be blocked waiting for space to become
+ * available on the queue.  If crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR causes such a
+ * co-routine to unblock *pxCoRoutineWoken will get set to pdTRUE, otherwise
+ * *pxCoRoutineWoken will remain unchanged.
+ *
+ * @return pdTRUE an item was successfully received from the queue, otherwise
+ * pdFALSE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // A co-routine that posts a character to a queue then blocks for a fixed
+ // period.  The character is incremented each time.
+ static void vSendingCoRoutine( CoRoutineHandle_t xHandle, UBaseType_t uxIndex )
+ {
+ // cChar holds its value while this co-routine is blocked and must therefore
+ // be declared static.
+ static char cCharToTx = 'a';
+ BaseType_t xResult;
+
+     // All co-routines must start with a call to crSTART().
+     crSTART( xHandle );
+
+     for( ;; )
+     {
+         // Send the next character to the queue.
+         crQUEUE_SEND( xHandle, xCoRoutineQueue, &cCharToTx, NO_DELAY, &xResult );
+
+         if( xResult == pdPASS )
+         {
+             // The character was successfully posted to the queue.
+         }
+		 else
+		 {
+			// Could not post the character to the queue.
+		 }
+
+         // Enable the UART Tx interrupt to cause an interrupt in this
+		 // hypothetical UART.  The interrupt will obtain the character
+		 // from the queue and send it.
+		 ENABLE_RX_INTERRUPT();
+
+		 // Increment to the next character then block for a fixed period.
+		 // cCharToTx will maintain its value across the delay as it is
+		 // declared static.
+		 cCharToTx++;
+		 if( cCharToTx > 'x' )
+		 {
+			cCharToTx = 'a';
+		 }
+		 crDELAY( 100 );
+     }
+
+     // All co-routines must end with a call to crEND().
+     crEND();
+ }
+
+ // An ISR that uses a queue to receive characters to send on a UART.
+ void vUART_ISR( void )
+ {
+ char cCharToTx;
+ BaseType_t xCRWokenByPost = pdFALSE;
+
+     while( UART_TX_REG_EMPTY() )
+     {
+         // Are there any characters in the queue waiting to be sent?
+		 // xCRWokenByPost will automatically be set to pdTRUE if a co-routine
+		 // is woken by the post - ensuring that only a single co-routine is
+		 // woken no matter how many times we go around this loop.
+         if( crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, &cCharToTx, &xCRWokenByPost ) )
+		 {
+			 SEND_CHARACTER( cCharToTx );
+		 }
+     }
+ }</pre>
+ * \defgroup crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR
+ * \ingroup Tasks
+ */
+#define crQUEUE_RECEIVE_FROM_ISR( pxQueue, pvBuffer, pxCoRoutineWoken ) xQueueCRReceiveFromISR( ( pxQueue ), ( pvBuffer ), ( pxCoRoutineWoken ) )
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the co-routine macros only.
+ * The macro nature of the co-routine implementation requires that the
+ * prototype appears here.  The function should not be used by application
+ * writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the current co-routine from its ready list and places it in the
+ * appropriate delayed list.
+ */
+void vCoRoutineAddToDelayedList( TickType_t xTicksToDelay, List_t *pxEventList );
+
+/*
+ * This function is intended for internal use by the queue implementation only.
+ * The function should not be used by application writers.
+ *
+ * Removes the highest priority co-routine from the event list and places it in
+ * the pending ready list.
+ */
+BaseType_t xCoRoutineRemoveFromEventList( const List_t *pxEventList );
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* CO_ROUTINE_H */

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/deprecated_definitions.h

@@ -0,0 +1,279 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+#define DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H
+
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.  The
+definitions below remain in the code for backward compatibility only.  New
+projects should not use them. */
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\pc\portmacro.h"
+	typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef OPEN_WATCOM_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\owatcom\16bitdos\flsh186\portmacro.h"
+	typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MEGA_AVR
+	#include "../portable/GCC/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MEGA_AVR
+	#include "../portable/IAR/ATMega323/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC24_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_DSPIC_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC24_dsPIC/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC18F_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC18F/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MPLAB_PIC32MX_PORT
+	#include "../../Source/portable/MPLAB/PIC32MX/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _FEDPICC
+	#include "libFreeRTOS/Include/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SDCC_CYGNAL
+	#include "../../Source/portable/SDCC/Cygnal/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC2000/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARM7_ECLIPSE
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_LPC23xx
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_LPC23xx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_MSP430
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\MSP430\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MSP430
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ROWLEY_MSP430
+	#include "../../Source/portable/Rowley/MSP430F449/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef ARM7_LPC21xx_KEIL_RVDS
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\RVDS\ARM7_LPC21xx\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_GCC
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91SAM7S/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM7_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM7S64\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef SAM9XE_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\AtmelSAM9XE\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef LPC2000_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\LPC2000\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR71X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR71x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR75X_GCC
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\GCC\STR75x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef STR91X_IAR
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\IAR\STR91x\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_H8S
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/H8S2329/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_AT91FR40008
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM7_AT91FR40008/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef RVDS_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+	#include "../../Source/portable/RVDS/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3_LM3S102
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_ARMCM3
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARM_CM3
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef IAR_ARMCM3_LM
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/ARM_CM3/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef HCS12_CODE_WARRIOR
+	#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef MICROBLAZE_GCC
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MicroBlaze/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef TERN_EE
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\Paradigm\Tern_EE\small\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_HCS12
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/HCS12/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_MCF5235
+    #include "../../Source/portable/GCC/MCF5235/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_GCC
+	#include "../../../Source/portable/GCC/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef COLDFIRE_V2_CODEWARRIOR
+	#include "../../Source/portable/CodeWarrior/ColdFire_V2/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC405
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC405_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef GCC_PPC440
+	#include "../../Source/portable/GCC/PPC440_Xilinx/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef _16FX_SOFTUNE
+	#include "..\..\Source\portable\Softune\MB96340\portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_INDUSTRIAL_PC_PORT
+	/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+	FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+	#include "frconfig.h"
+	#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\PC\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef BCC_FLASH_LITE_186_PORT
+	/* A short file name has to be used in place of the normal
+	FreeRTOSConfig.h when using the Borland compiler. */
+	#include "frconfig.h"
+	#include "..\portable\BCC\16BitDOS\flsh186\prtmacro.h"
+    typedef void ( __interrupt __far *pxISR )();
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __GNUC__
+   #ifdef __AVR32_AVR32A__
+	   #include "portmacro.h"
+   #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __ICCAVR32__
+   #ifdef __CORE__
+      #if __CORE__ == __AVR32A__
+	      #include "portmacro.h"
+      #endif
+   #endif
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __91467D
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __96340
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Fx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx3_L__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Jx2__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_V850ES_Hx2__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/V850ES/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __IAR_78K0R_Kx3L__
+	#include "../../Source/portable/IAR/78K0R/portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#endif /* DEPRECATED_DEFINITIONS_H */
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/event_groups.h

@@ -0,0 +1,756 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef EVENT_GROUPS_H
+#define EVENT_GROUPS_H
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error "include FreeRTOS.h" must appear in source files before "include event_groups.h"
+#endif
+
+/* FreeRTOS includes. */
+#include "timers.h"
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * An event group is a collection of bits to which an application can assign a
+ * meaning.  For example, an application may create an event group to convey
+ * the status of various CAN bus related events in which bit 0 might mean "A CAN
+ * message has been received and is ready for processing", bit 1 might mean "The
+ * application has queued a message that is ready for sending onto the CAN
+ * network", and bit 2 might mean "It is time to send a SYNC message onto the
+ * CAN network" etc.  A task can then test the bit values to see which events
+ * are active, and optionally enter the Blocked state to wait for a specified
+ * bit or a group of specified bits to be active.  To continue the CAN bus
+ * example, a CAN controlling task can enter the Blocked state (and therefore
+ * not consume any processing time) until either bit 0, bit 1 or bit 2 are
+ * active, at which time the bit that was actually active would inform the task
+ * which action it had to take (process a received message, send a message, or
+ * send a SYNC).
+ *
+ * The event groups implementation contains intelligence to avoid race
+ * conditions that would otherwise occur were an application to use a simple
+ * variable for the same purpose.  This is particularly important with respect
+ * to when a bit within an event group is to be cleared, and when bits have to
+ * be set and then tested atomically - as is the case where event groups are
+ * used to create a synchronisation point between multiple tasks (a
+ * 'rendezvous').
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventGroup
+ */
+
+
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *
+ * Type by which event groups are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate() returns an EventGroupHandle_t variable that can then
+ * be used as a parameter to other event group functions.
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventGroupHandle_t EventGroupHandle_t
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+typedef void * EventGroupHandle_t;
+
+/*
+ * The type that holds event bits always matches TickType_t - therefore the
+ * number of bits it holds is set by configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS (16 bits if set to 1,
+ * 32 bits if set to 0.
+ *
+ * \defgroup EventBits_t EventBits_t
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+typedef TickType_t EventBits_t;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new event group.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
+ * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
+ * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
+ * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
+ * event bits within an event group.
+ *
+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
+ * returned.  If there was insufficient FreeRTOS heap available to create the
+ * event group then NULL is returned.  See http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+	// Declare a variable to hold the created event group.
+	EventGroupHandle_t xCreatedEventGroup;
+
+	// Attempt to create the event group.
+	xCreatedEventGroup = xEventGroupCreate();
+
+	// Was the event group created successfully?
+	if( xCreatedEventGroup == NULL )
+	{
+		// The event group was not created because there was insufficient
+		// FreeRTOS heap available.
+	}
+	else
+	{
+		// The event group was created.
+	}
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupCreate xEventGroupCreate
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreate( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( EventGroupHandle_t * pxEventGroupBuffer );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Create a new event group.
+ *
+ * Internally, within the FreeRTOS implementation, event groups use a [small]
+ * block of memory, in which the event group's structure is stored.  If an event
+ * groups is created using xEventGropuCreate() then the required memory is
+ * automatically dynamically allocated inside the xEventGroupCreate() function.
+ * (see http://www.freertos.org/a00111.html).  If an event group is created
+ * using xEventGropuCreateStatic() then the application writer must instead
+ * provide the memory that will get used by the event group.
+ * xEventGroupCreateStatic() therefore allows an event group to be created
+ * without using any dynamic memory allocation.
+ *
+ * Although event groups are not related to ticks, for internal implementation
+ * reasons the number of bits available for use in an event group is dependent
+ * on the configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS setting in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  If
+ * configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is 1 then each event group contains 8 usable bits (bit
+ * 0 to bit 7).  If configUSE_16_BIT_TICKS is set to 0 then each event group has
+ * 24 usable bits (bit 0 to bit 23).  The EventBits_t type is used to store
+ * event bits within an event group.
+ *
+ * @param pxEventGroupBuffer pxEventGroupBuffer must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticEventGroup_t, which will be then be used to hold the event group's data
+ * structures, removing the need for the memory to be allocated dynamically.
+ *
+ * @return If the event group was created then a handle to the event group is
+ * returned.  If pxEventGroupBuffer was NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+	// StaticEventGroup_t is a publicly accessible structure that has the same
+	// size and alignment requirements as the real event group structure.  It is
+	// provided as a mechanism for applications to know the size of the event
+	// group (which is dependent on the architecture and configuration file
+	// settings) without breaking the strict data hiding policy by exposing the
+	// real event group internals.  This StaticEventGroup_t variable is passed
+	// into the xSemaphoreCreateEventGroupStatic() function and is used to store
+	// the event group's data structures
+	StaticEventGroup_t xEventGroupBuffer;
+
+	// Create the event group without dynamically allocating any memory.
+	xEventGroup = xEventGroupCreateStatic( &xEventGroupBuffer );
+   </pre>
+ */
+#if( configSUPPORT_STATIC_ALLOCATION == 1 )
+	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( 	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+										const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+										const BaseType_t xClearOnExit,
+										const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits,
+										const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * [Potentially] block to wait for one or more bits to be set within a
+ * previously created event group.
+ *
+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested.  The
+ * event group must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
+ * inside the event group.  For example, to wait for bit 0 and/or bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05.  To wait for bits 0 and/or bit 1 and/or bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07.  Etc.
+ *
+ * @param xClearOnExit If xClearOnExit is set to pdTRUE then any bits within
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor that are set within the event group will be cleared before
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns if the wait condition was met (if the function
+ * returns for a reason other than a timeout).  If xClearOnExit is set to
+ * pdFALSE then the bits set in the event group are not altered when the call to
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returns.
+ *
+ * @param xWaitForAllBits If xWaitForAllBits is set to pdTRUE then
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when either all the bits in uxBitsToWaitFor
+ * are set or the specified block time expires.  If xWaitForAllBits is set to
+ * pdFALSE then xEventGroupWaitBits() will return when any one of the bits set
+ * in uxBitsToWaitFor is set or the specified block time expires.  The block
+ * time is specified by the xTicksToWait parameter.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
+ * for one/all (depending on the xWaitForAllBits value) of the bits specified by
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
+ * for became set, or the block time expired.  Test the return value to know
+ * which bits were set.  If xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because its timeout
+ * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set.  If
+ * xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because the bits it was waiting for were set
+ * then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
+ * automatically cleared in the case that xClearOnExit parameter was set to
+ * pdTRUE.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+   const TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+		// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit 0 or bit 4 to be set within
+		// the event group.  Clear the bits before exiting.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupWaitBits(
+					xEventGroup,	// The event group being tested.
+					BIT_0 | BIT_4,	// The bits within the event group to wait for.
+					pdTRUE,			// BIT_0 and BIT_4 should be cleared before returning.
+					pdFALSE,		// Don't wait for both bits, either bit will do.
+					xTicksToWait );	// Wait a maximum of 100ms for either bit to be set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because both bits were set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_0 was set.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because just BIT_4 was set.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// xEventGroupWaitBits() returned because xTicksToWait ticks passed
+			// without either BIT_0 or BIT_4 becoming set.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupWaitBits xEventGroupWaitBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Clear bits within an event group.  This function cannot be called from an
+ * interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear
+ * in the event group.  For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to
+ * 0x08.  To clear bit 3 and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group before the specified bits were cleared.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupClearBits(
+								xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+								BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being cleared.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 were set before xEventGroupClearBits() was
+			// called.  Both will now be clear (not set).
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 was set before xEventGroupClearBits() was called.  It will
+			// now be clear.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 were set in the first place.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBits xEventGroupClearBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupClearBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed
+ * while interrupts are disabled, so protects event groups that are accessed
+ * from tasks by suspending the scheduler rather than disabling interrupts.  As
+ * a result event groups cannot be accessed directly from an interrupt service
+ * routine.  Therefore xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR() sends a message to the
+ * timer task to have the clear operation performed in the context of the timer
+ * task.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be cleared.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToClear A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to clear.
+ * For example, to clear bit 3 only, set uxBitsToClear to 0x08.  To clear bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToClear to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
+ * if the timer service queue was full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+		// Clear bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	 // The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 ); // The bits being set.
+
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// The message was posted successfully.
+		}
+  }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+	#define xEventGroupClearBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToClear ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupClearBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToClear, NULL )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Set bits within an event group.
+ * This function cannot be called from an interrupt.  xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
+ * is a version that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group will automatically unblock tasks that are
+ * blocked waiting for the bits.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time the call to
+ * xEventGroupSetBits() returns.  There are two reasons why the returned value
+ * might have the bits specified by the uxBitsToSet parameter cleared.  First,
+ * if setting a bit results in a task that was waiting for the bit leaving the
+ * blocked state then it is possible the bit will be cleared automatically
+ * (see the xClearBitOnExit parameter of xEventGroupWaitBits()).  Second, any
+ * unblocked (or otherwise Ready state) task that has a priority above that of
+ * the task that called xEventGroupSetBits() will execute and may change the
+ * event group value before the call to xEventGroupSetBits() returns.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   void aFunction( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup )
+   {
+   EventBits_t uxBits;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		uxBits = xEventGroupSetBits(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4 );// The bits being set.
+
+		if( ( uxBits & ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) ) == ( BIT_0 | BIT_4 ) )
+		{
+			// Both bit 0 and bit 4 remained set when the function returned.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_0 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 0 remained set when the function returned, but bit 4 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 4 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 4 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else if( ( uxBits & BIT_4 ) != 0 )
+		{
+			// Bit 4 remained set when the function returned, but bit 0 was
+			// cleared.  It might be that bit 0 was cleared automatically as a
+			// task that was waiting for bit 0 was removed from the Blocked
+			// state.
+		}
+		else
+		{
+			// Neither bit 0 nor bit 4 remained set.  It might be that a task
+			// was waiting for both of the bits to be set, and the bits were
+			// cleared as the task left the Blocked state.
+		}
+   }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBits xEventGroupSetBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupSetBits() that can be called from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * Setting bits in an event group is not a deterministic operation because there
+ * are an unknown number of tasks that may be waiting for the bit or bits being
+ * set.  FreeRTOS does not allow nondeterministic operations to be performed in
+ * interrupts or from critical sections.  Therefore xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR()
+ * sends a message to the timer task to have the set operation performed in the
+ * context of the timer task - where a scheduler lock is used in place of a
+ * critical section.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are to be set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to set.
+ * For example, to set bit 3 only, set uxBitsToSet to 0x08.  To set bit 3
+ * and bit 0 set uxBitsToSet to 0x09.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken As mentioned above, calling this function
+ * will result in a message being sent to the timer daemon task.  If the
+ * priority of the timer daemon task is higher than the priority of the
+ * currently running task (the task the interrupt interrupted) then
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will be set to pdTRUE by
+ * xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(), indicating that a context switch should be
+ * requested before the interrupt exits.  For that reason
+ * *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.  See the
+ * example code below.
+ *
+ * @return If the request to execute the function was posted successfully then
+ * pdPASS is returned, otherwise pdFALSE is returned.  pdFALSE will be returned
+ * if the timer service queue was full.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+   <pre>
+   #define BIT_0	( 1 << 0 )
+   #define BIT_4	( 1 << 4 )
+
+   // An event group which it is assumed has already been created by a call to
+   // xEventGroupCreate().
+   EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup;
+
+   void anInterruptHandler( void )
+   {
+   BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken, xResult;
+
+		// xHigherPriorityTaskWoken must be initialised to pdFALSE.
+		xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;
+
+		// Set bit 0 and bit 4 in xEventGroup.
+		xResult = xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR(
+							xEventGroup,	// The event group being updated.
+							BIT_0 | BIT_4   // The bits being set.
+							&xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+		// Was the message posted successfully?
+		if( xResult == pdPASS )
+		{
+			// If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken is now set to pdTRUE then a context
+			// switch should be requested.  The macro used is port specific and
+			// will be either portYIELD_FROM_ISR() or portEND_SWITCHING_ISR() -
+			// refer to the documentation page for the port being used.
+			portYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+		}
+  }
+   </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#if( configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1 )
+	BaseType_t xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+	#define xEventGroupSetBitsFromISR( xEventGroup, uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xTimerPendFunctionCallFromISR( vEventGroupSetBitsCallback, ( void * ) xEventGroup, ( uint32_t ) uxBitsToSet, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupSync(	EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet,
+									const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor,
+									TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Atomically set bits within an event group, then wait for a combination of
+ * bits to be set within the same event group.  This functionality is typically
+ * used to synchronise multiple tasks, where each task has to wait for the other
+ * tasks to reach a synchronisation point before proceeding.
+ *
+ * This function cannot be used from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * The function will return before its block time expires if the bits specified
+ * by the uxBitsToWait parameter are set, or become set within that time.  In
+ * this case all the bits specified by uxBitsToWait will be automatically
+ * cleared before the function returns.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group in which the bits are being tested.  The
+ * event group must have previously been created using a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToSet The bits to set in the event group before determining
+ * if, and possibly waiting for, all the bits specified by the uxBitsToWait
+ * parameter are set.
+ *
+ * @param uxBitsToWaitFor A bitwise value that indicates the bit or bits to test
+ * inside the event group.  For example, to wait for bit 0 and bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x05.  To wait for bits 0 and bit 1 and bit 2 set
+ * uxBitsToWaitFor to 0x07.  Etc.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time (specified in 'ticks') to wait
+ * for all of the bits specified by uxBitsToWaitFor to become set.
+ *
+ * @return The value of the event group at the time either the bits being waited
+ * for became set, or the block time expired.  Test the return value to know
+ * which bits were set.  If xEventGroupSync() returned because its timeout
+ * expired then not all the bits being waited for will be set.  If
+ * xEventGroupSync() returned because all the bits it was waiting for were
+ * set then the returned value is the event group value before any bits were
+ * automatically cleared.
+ *
+ * Example usage:
+ <pre>
+ // Bits used by the three tasks.
+ #define TASK_0_BIT		( 1 << 0 )
+ #define TASK_1_BIT		( 1 << 1 )
+ #define TASK_2_BIT		( 1 << 2 )
+
+ #define ALL_SYNC_BITS ( TASK_0_BIT | TASK_1_BIT | TASK_2_BIT )
+
+ // Use an event group to synchronise three tasks.  It is assumed this event
+ // group has already been created elsewhere.
+ EventGroupHandle_t xEventBits;
+
+ void vTask0( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+ EventBits_t uxReturn;
+ TickType_t xTicksToWait = 100 / portTICK_PERIOD_MS;
+
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 0 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// sync point.  The other two tasks will set the other two bits defined
+		// by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the synchronisation
+		// point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait a maximum of 100ms
+		// for this to happen.
+		uxReturn = xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_0_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, xTicksToWait );
+
+		if( ( uxReturn & ALL_SYNC_BITS ) == ALL_SYNC_BITS )
+		{
+			// All three tasks reached the synchronisation point before the call
+			// to xEventGroupSync() timed out.
+		}
+	}
+ }
+
+ void vTask1( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 1 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_1_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	 }
+ }
+
+ void vTask2( void *pvParameters )
+ {
+	 for( ;; )
+	 {
+		// Perform task functionality here.
+
+		// Set bit 2 in the event flag to note this task has reached the
+		// synchronisation point.  The other two tasks will set the other two
+		// bits defined by ALL_SYNC_BITS.  All three tasks have reached the
+		// synchronisation point when all the ALL_SYNC_BITS are set.  Wait
+		// indefinitely for this to happen.
+		xEventGroupSync( xEventBits, TASK_2_BIT, ALL_SYNC_BITS, portMAX_DELAY );
+
+		// xEventGroupSync() was called with an indefinite block time, so
+		// this task will only reach here if the syncrhonisation was made by all
+		// three tasks, so there is no need to test the return value.
+	}
+ }
+
+ </pre>
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupSync xEventGroupSync
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Returns the current value of the bits in an event group.  This function
+ * cannot be used from an interrupt.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBits() was called.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBits xEventGroupGetBits
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+#define xEventGroupGetBits( xEventGroup ) xEventGroupClearBits( xEventGroup, 0 )
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * A version of xEventGroupGetBits() that can be called from an ISR.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The event group bits at the time xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR() was called.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR
+ * \ingroup EventGroup
+ */
+EventBits_t xEventGroupGetBitsFromISR( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/**
+ * event_groups.h
+ *<pre>
+	void xEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+ </pre>
+ *
+ * Delete an event group that was previously created by a call to
+ * xEventGroupCreate().  Tasks that are blocked on the event group will be
+ * unblocked and obtain 0 as the event group's value.
+ *
+ * @param xEventGroup The event group being deleted.
+ */
+void vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/* For internal use only. */
+void vEventGroupSetBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToSet ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vEventGroupClearBitsCallback( void *pvEventGroup, const uint32_t ulBitsToClear ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+#if (configUSE_TRACE_FACILITY == 1)
+	UBaseType_t uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+	void vEventGroupSetNumber( void* xEventGroup, UBaseType_t uxEventGroupNumber ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* EVENT_GROUPS_H */
+
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/list.h

@@ -0,0 +1,411 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * This is the list implementation used by the scheduler.  While it is tailored
+ * heavily for the schedulers needs, it is also available for use by
+ * application code.
+ *
+ * list_ts can only store pointers to list_item_ts.  Each ListItem_t contains a
+ * numeric value (xItemValue).  Most of the time the lists are sorted in
+ * descending item value order.
+ *
+ * Lists are created already containing one list item.  The value of this
+ * item is the maximum possible that can be stored, it is therefore always at
+ * the end of the list and acts as a marker.  The list member pxHead always
+ * points to this marker - even though it is at the tail of the list.  This
+ * is because the tail contains a wrap back pointer to the true head of
+ * the list.
+ *
+ * In addition to it's value, each list item contains a pointer to the next
+ * item in the list (pxNext), a pointer to the list it is in (pxContainer)
+ * and a pointer to back to the object that contains it.  These later two
+ * pointers are included for efficiency of list manipulation.  There is
+ * effectively a two way link between the object containing the list item and
+ * the list item itself.
+ *
+ *
+ * \page ListIntroduction List Implementation
+ * \ingroup FreeRTOSIntro
+ */
+
+#ifndef INC_FREERTOS_H
+	#error FreeRTOS.h must be included before list.h
+#endif
+
+#ifndef LIST_H
+#define LIST_H
+
+/*
+ * The list structure members are modified from within interrupts, and therefore
+ * by rights should be declared volatile.  However, they are only modified in a
+ * functionally atomic way (within critical sections of with the scheduler
+ * suspended) and are either passed by reference into a function or indexed via
+ * a volatile variable.  Therefore, in all use cases tested so far, the volatile
+ * qualifier can be omitted in order to provide a moderate performance
+ * improvement without adversely affecting functional behaviour.  The assembly
+ * instructions generated by the IAR, ARM and GCC compilers when the respective
+ * compiler's options were set for maximum optimisation has been inspected and
+ * deemed to be as intended.  That said, as compiler technology advances, and
+ * especially if aggressive cross module optimisation is used (a use case that
+ * has not been exercised to any great extend) then it is feasible that the
+ * volatile qualifier will be needed for correct optimisation.  It is expected
+ * that a compiler removing essential code because, without the volatile
+ * qualifier on the list structure members and with aggressive cross module
+ * optimisation, the compiler deemed the code unnecessary will result in
+ * complete and obvious failure of the scheduler.  If this is ever experienced
+ * then the volatile qualifier can be inserted in the relevant places within the
+ * list structures by simply defining configLIST_VOLATILE to volatile in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (as per the example at the bottom of this comment block).
+ * If configLIST_VOLATILE is not defined then the preprocessor directives below
+ * will simply #define configLIST_VOLATILE away completely.
+ *
+ * To use volatile list structure members then add the following line to
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h (without the quotes):
+ * "#define configLIST_VOLATILE volatile"
+ */
+#ifndef configLIST_VOLATILE
+	#define configLIST_VOLATILE
+#endif /* configSUPPORT_CROSS_MODULE_OPTIMISATION */
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/* Macros that can be used to place known values within the list structures,
+then check that the known values do not get corrupted during the execution of
+the application.   These may catch the list data structures being overwritten in
+memory.  They will not catch data errors caused by incorrect configuration or
+use of FreeRTOS.*/
+#if( configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES == 0 )
+	/* Define the macros to do nothing. */
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+	#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )
+#else
+	/* Define macros that add new members into the list structures. */
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue1;
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				TickType_t xListItemIntegrityValue2;
+	#define listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE					TickType_t xListIntegrityValue1;
+	#define listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE					TickType_t xListIntegrityValue2;
+
+	/* Define macros that set the new structure members to known values. */
+	#define listSET_FIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )		( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_SECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE( pxItem )	( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_1_VALUE( pxList )		( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+	#define listSET_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_2_VALUE( pxList )		( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 = pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE
+
+	/* Define macros that will assert if one of the structure members does not
+	contain its expected value. */
+	#define listTEST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY( pxItem )		configASSERT( ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxItem )->xListItemIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+	#define listTEST_LIST_INTEGRITY( pxList )			configASSERT( ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue1 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) && ( ( pxList )->xListIntegrityValue2 == pdINTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE ) )
+#endif /* configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES */
+
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the only type of object that a list can contain.
+ */
+struct xLIST_ITEM
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;			/*< The value being listed.  In most cases this is used to sort the list in descending order. */
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;		/*< Pointer to the next ListItem_t in the list. */
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;	/*< Pointer to the previous ListItem_t in the list. */
+	void * pvOwner;										/*< Pointer to the object (normally a TCB) that contains the list item.  There is therefore a two way link between the object containing the list item and the list item itself. */
+	void * configLIST_VOLATILE pvContainer;				/*< Pointer to the list in which this list item is placed (if any). */
+	listSECOND_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+};
+typedef struct xLIST_ITEM ListItem_t;					/* For some reason lint wants this as two separate definitions. */
+
+struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_ITEM_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE			/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	configLIST_VOLATILE TickType_t xItemValue;
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxNext;
+	struct xLIST_ITEM * configLIST_VOLATILE pxPrevious;
+};
+typedef struct xMINI_LIST_ITEM MiniListItem_t;
+
+/*
+ * Definition of the type of queue used by the scheduler.
+ */
+typedef struct xLIST
+{
+	listFIRST_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+	volatile UBaseType_t uxNumberOfItems;
+	ListItem_t * configLIST_VOLATILE pxIndex;			/*< Used to walk through the list.  Points to the last item returned by a call to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY (). */
+	MiniListItem_t xListEnd;							/*< List item that contains the maximum possible item value meaning it is always at the end of the list and is therefore used as a marker. */
+	listSECOND_LIST_INTEGRITY_CHECK_VALUE				/*< Set to a known value if configUSE_LIST_DATA_INTEGRITY_CHECK_BYTES is set to 1. */
+} List_t;
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem, pxOwner )		( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner = ( void * ) ( pxOwner ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to get the owner of a list item.  The owner of a list item
+ * is the object (usually a TCB) that contains the list item.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER listSET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_OWNER( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to set the value of the list item.  In most cases the value is
+ * used to sort the list in descending order.
+ *
+ * \page listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listSET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem, xValue )	( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue = ( xValue ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item.  The value can
+ * represent anything - for example the priority of a task, or the time at
+ * which a task should be unblocked.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to retrieve the value of the list item at the head of a given
+ * list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE listGET_LIST_ITEM_VALUE
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_ITEM_VALUE_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )	( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext->xItemValue )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item at the head of the list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )	( ( ( pxList )->xListEnd ).pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item at the head of the list.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_NEXT listGET_NEXT
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_NEXT( pxListItem )	( ( pxListItem )->pxNext )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list item that marks the end of the list
+ *
+ * \page listGET_END_MARKER listGET_END_MARKER
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_END_MARKER( pxList )	( ( ListItem_t const * ) ( &( ( pxList )->xListEnd ) ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to determine if a list contains any items.  The macro will
+ * only have the value true if the list is empty.
+ *
+ * \page listLIST_IS_EMPTY listLIST_IS_EMPTY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_EMPTY( pxList )	( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems == ( UBaseType_t ) 0 ) )
+
+/*
+ * Access macro to return the number of items in the list.
+ */
+#define listCURRENT_LIST_LENGTH( pxList )	( ( pxList )->uxNumberOfItems )
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the next entry in a list.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list
+ * and returns that entry's pxOwner parameter.  Using multiple calls to this
+ * function it is therefore possible to move through every item contained in
+ * a list.
+ *
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxTCB pxTCB is set to the address of the owner of the next list item.
+ * @param pxList The list from which the next item owner is to be returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY( pxTCB, pxList )										\
+{																							\
+List_t * const pxConstList = ( pxList );													\
+	/* Increment the index to the next item and return the item, ensuring */				\
+	/* we don't return the marker used at the end of the list.  */							\
+	( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;							\
+	if( ( void * ) ( pxConstList )->pxIndex == ( void * ) &( ( pxConstList )->xListEnd ) )	\
+	{																						\
+		( pxConstList )->pxIndex = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pxNext;						\
+	}																						\
+	( pxTCB ) = ( pxConstList )->pxIndex->pvOwner;											\
+}
+
+
+/*
+ * Access function to obtain the owner of the first entry in a list.  Lists
+ * are normally sorted in ascending item value order.
+ *
+ * This function returns the pxOwner member of the first item in the list.
+ * The pxOwner parameter of a list item is a pointer to the object that owns
+ * the list item.  In the scheduler this is normally a task control block.
+ * The pxOwner parameter effectively creates a two way link between the list
+ * item and its owner.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list from which the owner of the head item is to be
+ * returned.
+ *
+ * \page listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+#define listGET_OWNER_OF_HEAD_ENTRY( pxList )  ( (&( ( pxList )->xListEnd ))->pxNext->pvOwner )
+
+/*
+ * Check to see if a list item is within a list.  The list item maintains a
+ * "container" pointer that points to the list it is in.  All this macro does
+ * is check to see if the container and the list match.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list we want to know if the list item is within.
+ * @param pxListItem The list item we want to know if is in the list.
+ * @return pdTRUE if the list item is in the list, otherwise pdFALSE.
+ */
+#define listIS_CONTAINED_WITHIN( pxList, pxListItem ) ( ( BaseType_t ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer == ( void * ) ( pxList ) ) )
+
+/*
+ * Return the list a list item is contained within (referenced from).
+ *
+ * @param pxListItem The list item being queried.
+ * @return A pointer to the List_t object that references the pxListItem
+ */
+#define listLIST_ITEM_CONTAINER( pxListItem ) ( ( pxListItem )->pvContainer )
+
+/*
+ * This provides a crude means of knowing if a list has been initialised, as
+ * pxList->xListEnd.xItemValue is set to portMAX_DELAY by the vListInitialise()
+ * function.
+ */
+#define listLIST_IS_INITIALISED( pxList ) ( ( pxList )->xListEnd.xItemValue == portMAX_DELAY )
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list is used!  This initialises all the members
+ * of the list structure and inserts the xListEnd item into the list as a
+ * marker to the back of the list.
+ *
+ * @param pxList Pointer to the list being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialise vListInitialise
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialise( List_t * const pxList ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Must be called before a list item is used.  This sets the list container to
+ * null so the item does not think that it is already contained in a list.
+ *
+ * @param pxItem Pointer to the list item being initialised.
+ *
+ * \page vListInitialiseItem vListInitialiseItem
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInitialiseItem( ListItem_t * const pxItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted into the list in
+ * a position determined by its item value (descending item value order).
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The item that is to be placed in the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsert vListInsert
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsert( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Insert a list item into a list.  The item will be inserted in a position
+ * such that it will be the last item within the list returned by multiple
+ * calls to listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY.
+ *
+ * The list member pxIndex is used to walk through a list.  Calling
+ * listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY increments pxIndex to the next item in the list.
+ * Placing an item in a list using vListInsertEnd effectively places the item
+ * in the list position pointed to by pxIndex.  This means that every other
+ * item within the list will be returned by listGET_OWNER_OF_NEXT_ENTRY before
+ * the pxIndex parameter again points to the item being inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxList The list into which the item is to be inserted.
+ *
+ * @param pxNewListItem The list item to be inserted into the list.
+ *
+ * \page vListInsertEnd vListInsertEnd
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+void vListInsertEnd( List_t * const pxList, ListItem_t * const pxNewListItem ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Remove an item from a list.  The list item has a pointer to the list that
+ * it is in, so only the list item need be passed into the function.
+ *
+ * @param uxListRemove The item to be removed.  The item will remove itself from
+ * the list pointed to by it's pxContainer parameter.
+ *
+ * @return The number of items that remain in the list after the list item has
+ * been removed.
+ *
+ * \page uxListRemove uxListRemove
+ * \ingroup LinkedList
+ */
+UBaseType_t uxListRemove( ListItem_t * const pxItemToRemove ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/message_buffer.h

@@ -0,0 +1,779 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+
+/*
+ * Message buffers build functionality on top of FreeRTOS stream buffers.
+ * Whereas stream buffers are used to send a continuous stream of data from one
+ * task or interrupt to another, message buffers are used to send variable
+ * length discrete messages from one task or interrupt to another.  Their
+ * implementation is light weight, making them particularly suited for interrupt
+ * to task and core to core communication scenarios.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * timeout to 0.
+ *
+ * Message buffers hold variable length messages.  To enable that, when a
+ * message is written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes
+ * are also written to store the message's length (that happens internally, with
+ * the API function).  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so writing a 10 byte message to a message buffer on a 32-bit
+ * architecture will actually reduce the available space in the message buffer
+ * by 14 bytes (10 byte are used by the message, and 4 bytes to hold the length
+ * of the message).
+ */
+
+#ifndef FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+#define FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H
+
+/* Message buffers are built onto of stream buffers. */
+#include "stream_buffer.h"
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+/**
+ * Type by which message buffers are referenced.  For example, a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() returns an MessageBufferHandle_t variable that can
+ * then be used as a parameter to xMessageBufferSend(), xMessageBufferReceive(),
+ * etc.
+ */
+typedef void * MessageBufferHandle_t;
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Creates a new message buffer using dynamically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreateStatic() for a version that uses statically allocated
+ * memory (memory that is allocated at compile time).
+ *
+ * configSUPPORT_DYNAMIC_ALLOCATION must be set to 1 or left undefined in
+ * FreeRTOSConfig.h for xMessageBufferCreate() to be available.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The total number of bytes (not messages) the message
+ * buffer will be able to hold at any one time.  When a message is written to
+ * the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to
+ * store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a
+ * 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architectures a 10 byte message will
+ * take up 14 bytes of message buffer space.
+ *
+ * @return If NULL is returned, then the message buffer cannot be created
+ * because there is insufficient heap memory available for FreeRTOS to allocate
+ * the message buffer data structures and storage area.  A non-NULL value being
+ * returned indicates that the message buffer has been created successfully -
+ * the returned value should be stored as the handle to the created message
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+void vAFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+const size_t xMessageBufferSizeBytes = 100;
+
+    // Create a message buffer that can hold 100 bytes.  The memory used to hold
+    // both the message buffer structure and the messages themselves is allocated
+    // dynamically.  Each message added to the buffer consumes an additional 4
+    // bytes which are used to hold the lengh of the message.
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreate( xMessageBufferSizeBytes );
+
+    if( xMessageBuffer == NULL )
+    {
+        // There was not enough heap memory space available to create the
+        // message buffer.
+    }
+    else
+    {
+        // The message buffer was created successfully and can now be used.
+    }
+
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreate xMessageBufferCreate
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreate( xBufferSizeBytes ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreate( xBufferSizeBytes, ( size_t ) 0, pdTRUE )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBufferCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes,
+                                                  uint8_t *pucMessageBufferStorageArea,
+                                                  StaticMessageBuffer_t *pxStaticMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ * Creates a new message buffer using statically allocated memory.  See
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() for a version that uses dynamically allocated memory.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferSizeBytes The size, in bytes, of the buffer pointed to by the
+ * pucMessageBufferStorageArea parameter.  When a message is written to the
+ * message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store
+ * the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture a 10 byte message will take up
+ * 14 bytes of message buffer space.  The maximum number of bytes that can be
+ * stored in the message buffer is actually (xBufferSizeBytes - 1).
+ *
+ * @param pucMessageBufferStorageArea Must point to a uint8_t array that is at
+ * least xBufferSizeBytes + 1 big.  This is the array to which messages are
+ * copied when they are written to the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param pxStaticMessageBuffer Must point to a variable of type
+ * StaticMessageBuffer_t, which will be used to hold the message buffer's data
+ * structure.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer is created successfully then a handle to the
+ * created message buffer is returned. If either pucMessageBufferStorageArea or
+ * pxStaticmessageBuffer are NULL then NULL is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+
+// Used to dimension the array used to hold the messages.  The available space
+// will actually be one less than this, so 999.
+#define STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES 1000
+
+// Defines the memory that will actually hold the messages within the message
+// buffer.
+static uint8_t ucStorageBuffer[ STORAGE_SIZE_BYTES ];
+
+// The variable used to hold the message buffer structure.
+StaticMessageBuffer_t xMessageBufferStruct;
+
+void MyFunction( void )
+{
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+    xMessageBuffer = xMessageBufferCreateStatic( sizeof( ucBufferStorage ),
+                                                 ucBufferStorage,
+                                                 &xMessageBufferStruct );
+
+    // As neither the pucMessageBufferStorageArea or pxStaticMessageBuffer
+    // parameters were NULL, xMessageBuffer will not be NULL, and can be used to
+    // reference the created message buffer in other message buffer API calls.
+
+    // Other code that uses the message buffer can go here.
+}
+
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferCreateStatic xMessageBufferCreateStatic
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer ) ( MessageBufferHandle_t ) xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( xBufferSizeBytes, 0, pdTRUE, pucMessageBufferStorageArea, pxStaticMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSend( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                           const void *pvTxData,
+                           size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                           TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+<pre>
+ *
+ * Sends a discrete message to the message buffer.  The message can be any
+ * length that fits within the buffer's free space, and is copied into the
+ * buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the calling task should remain
+ * in the Blocked state to wait for enough space to become available in the
+ * message buffer, should the message buffer have insufficient space when
+ * xMessageBufferSend() is called.  The calling task will never block if
+ * xTicksToWait is zero.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so the
+ * absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The macro
+ * pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds into
+ * a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will cause
+ * the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes written to the message buffer.  If the call to
+ * xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough space to write the
+ * message into the message buffer then zero is returned.  If the call did not
+ * time out then xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+uint8_t ucArrayToSend[] = { 0, 1, 2, 3 };
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+const TickType_t x100ms = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 100 );
+
+    // Send an array to the message buffer, blocking for a maximum of 100ms to
+    // wait for enough space to be available in the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) ucArrayToSend, sizeof( ucArrayToSend ), x100ms );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != sizeof( ucArrayToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The call to xMessageBufferSend() times out before there was enough
+        // space in the buffer for the data to be written.
+    }
+
+    // Send the string to the message buffer.  Return immediately if there is
+    // not enough space in the buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, ( void * ) pcStringToSend, strlen( pcStringToSend ), 0 );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSend xMessageBufferSend
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSend( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferSend( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSendFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                  const void *pvTxData,
+                                  size_t xDataLengthBytes,
+                                  BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+<pre>
+ *
+ * Interrupt safe version of the API function that sends a discrete message to
+ * the message buffer.  The message can be any length that fits within the
+ * buffer's free space, and is copied into the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferSend() to write to a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() to write to a message buffer from an interrupt
+ * service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to which a message is
+ * being sent.
+ *
+ * @param pvTxData A pointer to the message that is to be copied into the
+ * message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xDataLengthBytes The length of the message.  That is, the number of
+ * bytes to copy from pvTxData into the message buffer.  When a message is
+ * written to the message buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also
+ * written to store the message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes
+ * on a 32-bit architecture, so on most 32-bit architecture setting
+ * xDataLengthBytes to 20 will reduce the free space in the message buffer by 24
+ * bytes (20 bytes of message data and 4 bytes to hold the message length).
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for data.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() can make data available, and so cause a task that
+ * was waiting for data to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and the
+ * unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task (the
+ * task that was interrupted), then, internally, xMessageBufferSendFromISR()
+ * will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.  If
+ * xMessageBufferSendFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  This will
+ * ensure that the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready
+ * state task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it
+ * is passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes actually written to the message buffer.  If the
+ * message buffer didn't have enough free space for the message to be stored
+ * then 0 is returned, otherwise xDataLengthBytes is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+size_t xBytesSent;
+char *pcStringToSend = "String to send";
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE; // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Attempt to send the string to the message buffer.
+    xBytesSent = xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) pcStringToSend,
+                                            strlen( pcStringToSend ),
+                                            &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xBytesSent != strlen( pcStringToSend ) )
+    {
+        // The string could not be added to the message buffer because there was
+        // not enough free space in the buffer.
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferSendFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendFromISR xMessageBufferSendFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvTxData, xDataLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferReceive( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                              void *pvRxData,
+                              size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                              TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Receives a discrete message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of
+ * variable length and are copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param xTicksToWait The maximum amount of time the task should remain in the
+ * Blocked state to wait for a message, should the message buffer be empty.
+ * xMessageBufferReceive() will return immediately if xTicksToWait is zero and
+ * the message buffer is empty.  The block time is specified in tick periods, so
+ * the absolute time it represents is dependent on the tick frequency.  The
+ * macro pdMS_TO_TICKS() can be used to convert a time specified in milliseconds
+ * into a time specified in ticks.  Setting xTicksToWait to portMAX_DELAY will
+ * cause the task to wait indefinitely (without timing out), provided
+ * INCLUDE_vTaskSuspend is set to 1 in FreeRTOSConfig.h.  Tasks do not use any
+ * CPU time when they are in the Blocked state.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.  If xMessageBufferReceive() times out before a message became available
+ * then zero is returned.  If the length of the message is greater than
+ * xBufferLengthBytes then the message will be left in the message buffer and
+ * zero is returned.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+void vAFunction( MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+const TickType_t xBlockTime = pdMS_TO_TICKS( 20 );
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.  Wait in the Blocked
+    // state (so not using any CPU processing time) for a maximum of 100ms for
+    // a message to become available.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer,
+                                            ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                            sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                            xBlockTime );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceive xMessageBufferReceive
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceive( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait ) xStreamBufferReceive( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, xTicksToWait )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer,
+                                     void *pvRxData,
+                                     size_t xBufferLengthBytes,
+                                     BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * An interrupt safe version of the API function that receives a discrete
+ * message from a message buffer.  Messages can be of variable length and are
+ * copied out of the buffer.
+ *
+ * ***NOTE***:  Uniquely among FreeRTOS objects, the stream buffer
+ * implementation (so also the message buffer implementation, as message buffers
+ * are built on top of stream buffers) assumes there is only one task or
+ * interrupt that will write to the buffer (the writer), and only one task or
+ * interrupt that will read from the buffer (the reader).  It is safe for the
+ * writer and reader to be different tasks or interrupts, but, unlike other
+ * FreeRTOS objects, it is not safe to have multiple different writers or
+ * multiple different readers.  If there are to be multiple different writers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a writing API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferSend()) inside a critical section and set the send
+ * block time to 0.  Likewise, if there are to be multiple different readers
+ * then the application writer must place each call to a reading API function
+ * (such as xMessageBufferRead()) inside a critical section and set the receive
+ * block time to 0.
+ *
+ * Use xMessageBufferReceive() to read from a message buffer from a task.  Use
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() to read from a message buffer from an
+ * interrupt service routine (ISR).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer from which a message
+ * is being received.
+ *
+ * @param pvRxData A pointer to the buffer into which the received message is
+ * to be copied.
+ *
+ * @param xBufferLengthBytes The length of the buffer pointed to by the pvRxData
+ * parameter.  This sets the maximum length of the message that can be received.
+ * If xBufferLengthBytes is too small to hold the next message then the message
+ * will be left in the message buffer and 0 will be returned.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken  It is possible that a message buffer will
+ * have a task blocked on it waiting for space to become available.  Calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() can make space available, and so cause a task
+ * that is waiting for space to leave the Blocked state.  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() causes a task to leave the Blocked state, and
+ * the unblocked task has a priority higher than the currently executing task
+ * (the task that was interrupted), then, internally,
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() will set *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken to pdTRUE.
+ * If xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() sets this value to pdTRUE, then normally a
+ * context switch should be performed before the interrupt is exited.  That will
+ * ensure the interrupt returns directly to the highest priority Ready state
+ * task.  *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be set to pdFALSE before it is
+ * passed into the function.  See the code example below for an example.
+ *
+ * @return The length, in bytes, of the message read from the message buffer, if
+ * any.
+ *
+ * Example use:
+<pre>
+// A message buffer that has already been created.
+MessageBuffer_t xMessageBuffer;
+
+void vAnInterruptServiceRoutine( void )
+{
+uint8_t ucRxData[ 20 ];
+size_t xReceivedBytes;
+BaseType_t xHigherPriorityTaskWoken = pdFALSE;  // Initialised to pdFALSE.
+
+    // Receive the next message from the message buffer.
+    xReceivedBytes = xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer,
+                                                  ( void * ) ucRxData,
+                                                  sizeof( ucRxData ),
+                                                  &xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+
+    if( xReceivedBytes > 0 )
+    {
+        // A ucRxData contains a message that is xReceivedBytes long.  Process
+        // the message here....
+    }
+
+    // If xHigherPriorityTaskWoken was set to pdTRUE inside
+    // xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR() then a task that has a priority above the
+    // priority of the currently executing task was unblocked and a context
+    // switch should be performed to ensure the ISR returns to the unblocked
+    // task.  In most FreeRTOS ports this is done by simply passing
+    // xHigherPriorityTaskWoken into taskYIELD_FROM_ISR(), which will test the
+    // variables value, and perform the context switch if necessary.  Check the
+    // documentation for the port in use for port specific instructions.
+    taskYIELD_FROM_ISR( xHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+}
+</pre>
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pvRxData, xBufferLengthBytes, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+void vMessageBufferDelete( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Deletes a message buffer that was previously created using a call to
+ * xMessageBufferCreate() or xMessageBufferCreateStatic().  If the message
+ * buffer was created using dynamic memory (that is, by xMessageBufferCreate()),
+ * then the allocated memory is freed.
+ *
+ * A message buffer handle must not be used after the message buffer has been
+ * deleted.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer to be deleted.
+ *
+ */
+#define vMessageBufferDelete( xMessageBuffer ) vStreamBufferDelete( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsFull( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is full.  A message buffer is full if it
+ * cannot accept any more messages, of any size, until space is made available
+ * by a message being removed from the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is full then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsFull( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsFull( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferIsEmpty( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Tests to see if a message buffer is empty (does not contain any messages).
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer referenced by xMessageBuffer is empty then
+ * pdTRUE is returned.  Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferIsEmpty( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferIsEmpty( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReset( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * Resets a message buffer to its initial empty state, discarding any message it
+ * contained.
+ *
+ * A message buffer can only be reset if there are no tasks blocked on it.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being reset.
+ *
+ * @return If the message buffer was reset then pdPASS is returned.  If the
+ * message buffer could not be reset because either there was a task blocked on
+ * the message queue to wait for space to become available, or to wait for a
+ * a message to be available, then pdFAIL is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReset xMessageBufferReset
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReset( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferReset( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+<pre>
+size_t xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( MessageBufferHandle_t xMessageBuffer ) );
+</pre>
+ * Returns the number of bytes of free space in the message buffer.
+ *
+ * @param xMessageBuffer The handle of the message buffer being queried.
+ *
+ * @return The number of bytes that can be written to the message buffer before
+ * the message buffer would be full.  When a message is written to the message
+ * buffer an additional sizeof( size_t ) bytes are also written to store the
+ * message's length.  sizeof( size_t ) is typically 4 bytes on a 32-bit
+ * architecture, so if xMessageBufferSpacesAvailable() returns 10, then the size
+ * of the largest message that can be written to the message buffer is 6 bytes.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable
+ * \ingroup MessageBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSpaceAvailable( xMessageBuffer ) xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is sent to a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task that
+ * was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive then
+ * the sbSEND_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to remove it
+ * from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() does the same
+ * thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to implement their own
+ * version of sbSEND_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer to which data was
+ * written.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferSendCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferSendCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+/**
+ * message_buffer.h
+ *
+<pre>
+BaseType_t xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( MessageBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, BaseType_t *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+</pre>
+ *
+ * For advanced users only.
+ *
+ * The sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro is called from within the FreeRTOS APIs when
+ * data is read out of a message buffer or stream buffer.  If there was a task
+ * that was blocked on the message or stream buffer waiting for data to arrive
+ * then the sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED() macro sends a notification to the task to
+ * remove it from the Blocked state.  xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR()
+ * does the same thing.  It is provided to enable application writers to
+ * implement their own version of sbRECEIVE_COMPLETED(), and MUST NOT BE USED AT
+ * ANY OTHER TIME.
+ *
+ * See the example implemented in FreeRTOS/Demo/Minimal/MessageBufferAMP.c for
+ * additional information.
+ *
+ * @param xStreamBuffer The handle of the stream buffer from which data was
+ * read.
+ *
+ * @param pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken should be
+ * initialised to pdFALSE before it is passed into
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR().  If calling
+ * xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR() removes a task from the Blocked state,
+ * and the task has a priority above the priority of the currently running task,
+ * then *pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken will get set to pdTRUE indicating that a
+ * context switch should be performed before exiting the ISR.
+ *
+ * @return If a task was removed from the Blocked state then pdTRUE is returned.
+ * Otherwise pdFALSE is returned.
+ *
+ * \defgroup xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR
+ * \ingroup StreamBufferManagement
+ */
+#define xMessageBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken ) xStreamBufferReceiveCompletedFromISR( ( StreamBufferHandle_t ) xMessageBuffer, pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken )
+
+#if defined( __cplusplus )
+} /* extern "C" */
+#endif
+
+#endif	/* !defined( FREERTOS_MESSAGE_BUFFER_H ) */

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_prototypes.h

@@ -0,0 +1,155 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*
+ * When the MPU is used the standard (non MPU) API functions are mapped to
+ * equivalents that start "MPU_", the prototypes for which are defined in this
+ * header files.  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_ version
+ * which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting then demoting code,
+ * so the kernel code always runs will full privileges.
+ */
+
+
+#ifndef MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+#define MPU_PROTOTYPES_H
+
+/* MPU versions of tasks.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreate( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint16_t usStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, TaskHandle_t * const pxCreatedTask );
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskCreateStatic( TaskFunction_t pxTaskCode, const char * const pcName, const uint32_t ulStackDepth, void * const pvParameters, UBaseType_t uxPriority, StackType_t * const puxStackBuffer, StaticTask_t * const pxTaskBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCreateRestrictedStatic( const TaskParameters_t * const pxTaskDefinition, TaskHandle_t *pxCreatedTask );
+void MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions( TaskHandle_t xTask, const MemoryRegion_t * const pxRegions );
+void MPU_vTaskDelete( TaskHandle_t xTaskToDelete );
+void MPU_vTaskDelay( const TickType_t xTicksToDelay );
+void MPU_vTaskDelayUntil( TickType_t * const pxPreviousWakeTime, const TickType_t xTimeIncrement );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskAbortDelay( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+eTaskState MPU_eTaskGetState( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+void MPU_vTaskGetInfo( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskStatus_t *pxTaskStatus, BaseType_t xGetFreeStackSpace, eTaskState eState );
+void MPU_vTaskPrioritySet( TaskHandle_t xTask, UBaseType_t uxNewPriority );
+void MPU_vTaskSuspend( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSuspend );
+void MPU_vTaskResume( TaskHandle_t xTaskToResume );
+void MPU_vTaskStartScheduler( void );
+void MPU_vTaskSuspendAll( void );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskResumeAll( void );
+TickType_t MPU_xTaskGetTickCount( void );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks( void );
+char * MPU_pcTaskGetName( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery );
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetHandle( const char *pcNameToQuery );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+void MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask, TaskHookFunction_t pxHookFunction );
+TaskHookFunction_t MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+void MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToSet, BaseType_t xIndex, void *pvValue );
+void * MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer( TaskHandle_t xTaskToQuery, BaseType_t xIndex );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook( TaskHandle_t xTask, void *pvParameter );
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle( void );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState( TaskStatus_t * const pxTaskStatusArray, const UBaseType_t uxArraySize, uint32_t * const pulTotalRunTime );
+void MPU_vTaskList( char * pcWriteBuffer );
+void MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats( char *pcWriteBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGenericNotify( TaskHandle_t xTaskToNotify, uint32_t ulValue, eNotifyAction eAction, uint32_t *pulPreviousNotificationValue );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyWait( uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnEntry, uint32_t ulBitsToClearOnExit, uint32_t *pulNotificationValue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+uint32_t MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake( BaseType_t xClearCountOnExit, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear( TaskHandle_t xTask );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskIncrementTick( void );
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle( void );
+void MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut( TimeOut_t * const pxTimeOut, TickType_t * const pxTicksToWait );
+void MPU_vTaskMissedYield( void );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState( void );
+
+/* MPU versions of queue.h API functions. */
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericSend( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const void * const pvItemToQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait, const BaseType_t xCopyPosition );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueReceive( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueuePeek( QueueHandle_t xQueue, void * const pvBuffer, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake( QueueHandle_t xQueue, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable( const QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+void MPU_vQueueDelete( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutex( const uint8_t ucQueueType );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic( const uint8_t ucQueueType, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic( const UBaseType_t uxMaxCount, const UBaseType_t uxInitialCount, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue );
+void* MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder( QueueHandle_t xSemaphore );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t xMutex, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive( QueueHandle_t pxMutex );
+void MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry( QueueHandle_t xQueue, const char *pcName );
+void MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+const char * MPU_pcQueueGetName( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreate( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, const uint8_t ucQueueType );
+QueueHandle_t MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic( const UBaseType_t uxQueueLength, const UBaseType_t uxItemSize, uint8_t *pucQueueStorage, StaticQueue_t *pxStaticQueue, const uint8_t ucQueueType );
+QueueSetHandle_t MPU_xQueueCreateSet( const UBaseType_t uxEventQueueLength );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueAddToSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet( QueueSetMemberHandle_t xQueueOrSemaphore, QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet );
+QueueSetMemberHandle_t MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet( QueueSetHandle_t xQueueSet, const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+BaseType_t MPU_xQueueGenericReset( QueueHandle_t xQueue, BaseType_t xNewQueue );
+void MPU_vQueueSetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue, UBaseType_t uxQueueNumber );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxQueueGetQueueNumber( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+uint8_t MPU_ucQueueGetQueueType( QueueHandle_t xQueue );
+
+/* MPU versions of timers.h API functions. */
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreate( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction );
+TimerHandle_t MPU_xTimerCreateStatic( const char * const pcTimerName, const TickType_t xTimerPeriodInTicks, const UBaseType_t uxAutoReload, void * const pvTimerID, TimerCallbackFunction_t pxCallbackFunction, StaticTimer_t *pxTimerBuffer );
+void * MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID( const TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+void MPU_vTimerSetTimerID( TimerHandle_t xTimer, void *pvNewID );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+TaskHandle_t MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle( void );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall( PendedFunction_t xFunctionToPend, void *pvParameter1, uint32_t ulParameter2, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+const char * MPU_pcTimerGetName( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetPeriod( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+TickType_t MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime( TimerHandle_t xTimer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerCreateTimerTask( void );
+BaseType_t MPU_xTimerGenericCommand( TimerHandle_t xTimer, const BaseType_t xCommandID, const TickType_t xOptionalValue, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken, const TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+
+/* MPU versions of event_group.h API functions. */
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreate( void );
+EventGroupHandle_t MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic( StaticEventGroup_t *pxEventGroupBuffer );
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, const BaseType_t xClearOnExit, const BaseType_t xWaitForAllBits, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupClearBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToClear );
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSetBits( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet );
+EventBits_t MPU_xEventGroupSync( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup, const EventBits_t uxBitsToSet, const EventBits_t uxBitsToWaitFor, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+void MPU_vEventGroupDelete( EventGroupHandle_t xEventGroup );
+UBaseType_t MPU_uxEventGroupGetNumber( void* xEventGroup );
+
+/* MPU versions of message/stream_buffer.h API functions. */
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSend( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, const void *pvTxData, size_t xDataLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceive( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, TickType_t xTicksToWait );
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, void *pvRxData, size_t xBufferLengthBytes, BaseType_t * const pxHigherPriorityTaskWoken );
+void MPU_vStreamBufferDelete( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferReset( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+size_t MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer );
+BaseType_t MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel( StreamBufferHandle_t xStreamBuffer, size_t xTriggerLevel );
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer );
+StreamBufferHandle_t MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic( size_t xBufferSizeBytes, size_t xTriggerLevelBytes, BaseType_t xIsMessageBuffer, uint8_t * const pucStreamBufferStorageArea, StaticStreamBuffer_t * const pxStaticStreamBuffer );
+
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_PROTOTYPES_H */
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/mpu_wrappers.h

@@ -0,0 +1,181 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+#define MPU_WRAPPERS_H
+
+/* This file redefines API functions to be called through a wrapper macro, but
+only for ports that are using the MPU. */
+#ifdef portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS
+
+	/* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE will be defined when this file is
+	included from queue.c or task.c to prevent it from having an effect within
+	those files. */
+	#ifndef MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE
+
+		/*
+		 * Map standard (non MPU) API functions to equivalents that start
+		 * "MPU_".  This will cause the application code to call the MPU_
+		 * version, which wraps the non-MPU version with privilege promoting
+		 * then demoting code, so the kernel code always runs will full
+		 * privileges.
+		 */
+
+		/* Map standard tasks.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTaskCreate								MPU_xTaskCreate
+		#define xTaskCreateStatic						MPU_xTaskCreateStatic
+		#define xTaskCreateRestricted					MPU_xTaskCreateRestricted
+		#define vTaskAllocateMPURegions					MPU_vTaskAllocateMPURegions
+		#define vTaskDelete								MPU_vTaskDelete
+		#define vTaskDelay								MPU_vTaskDelay
+		#define vTaskDelayUntil							MPU_vTaskDelayUntil
+		#define xTaskAbortDelay							MPU_xTaskAbortDelay
+		#define uxTaskPriorityGet						MPU_uxTaskPriorityGet
+		#define eTaskGetState							MPU_eTaskGetState
+		#define vTaskGetInfo							MPU_vTaskGetInfo
+		#define vTaskPrioritySet						MPU_vTaskPrioritySet
+		#define vTaskSuspend							MPU_vTaskSuspend
+		#define vTaskResume								MPU_vTaskResume
+		#define vTaskSuspendAll							MPU_vTaskSuspendAll
+		#define xTaskResumeAll							MPU_xTaskResumeAll
+		#define xTaskGetTickCount						MPU_xTaskGetTickCount
+		#define uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks					MPU_uxTaskGetNumberOfTasks
+		#define pcTaskGetName							MPU_pcTaskGetName
+		#define xTaskGetHandle							MPU_xTaskGetHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark				MPU_uxTaskGetStackHighWaterMark
+		#define vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_vTaskSetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag				MPU_xTaskGetApplicationTaskTag
+		#define vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_vTaskSetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer		MPU_pvTaskGetThreadLocalStoragePointer
+		#define xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook			MPU_xTaskCallApplicationTaskHook
+		#define xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle					MPU_xTaskGetIdleTaskHandle
+		#define uxTaskGetSystemState					MPU_uxTaskGetSystemState
+		#define vTaskList								MPU_vTaskList
+		#define vTaskGetRunTimeStats					MPU_vTaskGetRunTimeStats
+		#define xTaskGenericNotify						MPU_xTaskGenericNotify
+		#define xTaskNotifyWait							MPU_xTaskNotifyWait
+		#define ulTaskNotifyTake						MPU_ulTaskNotifyTake
+		#define xTaskNotifyStateClear					MPU_xTaskNotifyStateClear
+
+		#define xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle				MPU_xTaskGetCurrentTaskHandle
+		#define vTaskSetTimeOutState					MPU_vTaskSetTimeOutState
+		#define xTaskCheckForTimeOut					MPU_xTaskCheckForTimeOut
+		#define xTaskGetSchedulerState					MPU_xTaskGetSchedulerState
+
+		/* Map standard queue.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xQueueGenericSend						MPU_xQueueGenericSend
+		#define xQueueReceive							MPU_xQueueReceive
+		#define xQueuePeek								MPU_xQueuePeek
+		#define xQueueSemaphoreTake						MPU_xQueueSemaphoreTake
+		#define uxQueueMessagesWaiting					MPU_uxQueueMessagesWaiting
+		#define uxQueueSpacesAvailable					MPU_uxQueueSpacesAvailable
+		#define vQueueDelete							MPU_vQueueDelete
+		#define xQueueCreateMutex						MPU_xQueueCreateMutex
+		#define xQueueCreateMutexStatic					MPU_xQueueCreateMutexStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore			MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphore
+		#define xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic		MPU_xQueueCreateCountingSemaphoreStatic
+		#define xQueueGetMutexHolder					MPU_xQueueGetMutexHolder
+		#define xQueueTakeMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueTakeMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGiveMutexRecursive				MPU_xQueueGiveMutexRecursive
+		#define xQueueGenericCreate						MPU_xQueueGenericCreate
+		#define xQueueGenericCreateStatic				MPU_xQueueGenericCreateStatic
+		#define xQueueCreateSet							MPU_xQueueCreateSet
+		#define xQueueAddToSet							MPU_xQueueAddToSet
+		#define xQueueRemoveFromSet						MPU_xQueueRemoveFromSet
+		#define xQueueSelectFromSet						MPU_xQueueSelectFromSet
+		#define xQueueGenericReset						MPU_xQueueGenericReset
+
+		#if( configQUEUE_REGISTRY_SIZE > 0 )
+			#define vQueueAddToRegistry						MPU_vQueueAddToRegistry
+			#define vQueueUnregisterQueue					MPU_vQueueUnregisterQueue
+			#define pcQueueGetName							MPU_pcQueueGetName
+		#endif
+
+		/* Map standard timer.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xTimerCreate							MPU_xTimerCreate
+		#define xTimerCreateStatic						MPU_xTimerCreateStatic
+		#define pvTimerGetTimerID						MPU_pvTimerGetTimerID
+		#define vTimerSetTimerID						MPU_vTimerSetTimerID
+		#define xTimerIsTimerActive						MPU_xTimerIsTimerActive
+		#define xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle			MPU_xTimerGetTimerDaemonTaskHandle
+		#define xTimerPendFunctionCall					MPU_xTimerPendFunctionCall
+		#define pcTimerGetName							MPU_pcTimerGetName
+		#define xTimerGetPeriod							MPU_xTimerGetPeriod
+		#define xTimerGetExpiryTime						MPU_xTimerGetExpiryTime
+		#define xTimerGenericCommand					MPU_xTimerGenericCommand
+
+		/* Map standard event_group.h API functions to the MPU equivalents. */
+		#define xEventGroupCreate						MPU_xEventGroupCreate
+		#define xEventGroupCreateStatic					MPU_xEventGroupCreateStatic
+		#define xEventGroupWaitBits						MPU_xEventGroupWaitBits
+		#define xEventGroupClearBits					MPU_xEventGroupClearBits
+		#define xEventGroupSetBits						MPU_xEventGroupSetBits
+		#define xEventGroupSync							MPU_xEventGroupSync
+		#define vEventGroupDelete						MPU_vEventGroupDelete
+
+		/* Map standard message/stream_buffer.h API functions to the MPU
+		equivalents. */
+		#define xStreamBufferSend						MPU_xStreamBufferSend
+		#define xStreamBufferSendFromISR				MPU_xStreamBufferSendFromISR
+		#define xStreamBufferReceive					MPU_xStreamBufferReceive
+		#define xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR				MPU_xStreamBufferReceiveFromISR
+		#define vStreamBufferDelete						MPU_vStreamBufferDelete
+		#define xStreamBufferIsFull						MPU_xStreamBufferIsFull
+		#define xStreamBufferIsEmpty					MPU_xStreamBufferIsEmpty
+		#define xStreamBufferReset						MPU_xStreamBufferReset
+		#define xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable			MPU_xStreamBufferSpacesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferBytesAvailable				MPU_xStreamBufferBytesAvailable
+		#define xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel			MPU_xStreamBufferSetTriggerLevel
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreate				MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreate
+		#define xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic		MPU_xStreamBufferGenericCreateStatic
+
+
+		/* Remove the privileged function macro, but keep the PRIVILEGED_DATA
+		macro so applications can place data in privileged access sections
+		(useful when using statically allocated objects). */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+
+	#else /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+		/* Ensure API functions go in the privileged execution section. */
+		#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION __attribute__((section("privileged_functions")))
+		#define PRIVILEGED_DATA __attribute__((section("privileged_data")))
+
+	#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_INCLUDED_FROM_API_FILE */
+
+#else /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+	#define PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION
+	#define PRIVILEGED_DATA
+	#define portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS 0
+
+#endif /* portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS */
+
+
+#endif /* MPU_WRAPPERS_H */
+

cubemx/Middlewares/Third_Party/FreeRTOS/Source/include/portable.h

@@ -0,0 +1,165 @@
+/*
+ * FreeRTOS Kernel V10.0.1
+ * Copyright (C) 2017 Amazon.com, Inc. or its affiliates.  All Rights Reserved.
+ *
+ * Permission is hereby granted, free of charge, to any person obtaining a copy of
+ * this software and associated documentation files (the "Software"), to deal in
+ * the Software without restriction, including without limitation the rights to
+ * use, copy, modify, merge, publish, distribute, sublicense, and/or sell copies of
+ * the Software, and to permit persons to whom the Software is furnished to do so,
+ * subject to the following conditions:
+ *
+ * The above copyright notice and this permission notice shall be included in all
+ * copies or substantial portions of the Software.
+ *
+ * THE SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED "AS IS", WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EXPRESS OR
+ * IMPLIED, INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS
+ * FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE AND NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT SHALL THE AUTHORS OR
+ * COPYRIGHT HOLDERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY CLAIM, DAMAGES OR OTHER LIABILITY, WHETHER
+ * IN AN ACTION OF CONTRACT, TORT OR OTHERWISE, ARISING FROM, OUT OF OR IN
+ * CONNECTION WITH THE SOFTWARE OR THE USE OR OTHER DEALINGS IN THE SOFTWARE.
+ *
+ * http://www.FreeRTOS.org
+ * http://aws.amazon.com/freertos
+ *
+ * 1 tab == 4 spaces!
+ */
+
+/*-----------------------------------------------------------
+ * Portable layer API.  Each function must be defined for each port.
+ *----------------------------------------------------------*/
+
+#ifndef PORTABLE_H
+#define PORTABLE_H
+
+/* Each FreeRTOS port has a unique portmacro.h header file.  Originally a
+pre-processor definition was used to ensure the pre-processor found the correct
+portmacro.h file for the port being used.  That scheme was deprecated in favour
+of setting the compiler's include path such that it found the correct
+portmacro.h file - removing the need for the constant and allowing the
+portmacro.h file to be located anywhere in relation to the port being used.
+Purely for reasons of backward compatibility the old method is still valid, but
+to make it clear that new projects should not use it, support for the port
+specific constants has been moved into the deprecated_definitions.h header
+file. */
+#include "deprecated_definitions.h"
+
+/* If portENTER_CRITICAL is not defined then including deprecated_definitions.h
+did not result in a portmacro.h header file being included - and it should be
+included here.  In this case the path to the correct portmacro.h header file
+must be set in the compiler's include path. */
+#ifndef portENTER_CRITICAL
+	#include "portmacro.h"
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 32
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x001f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 16
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x000f )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 8
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK ( 0x0007 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 4
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0003 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 2
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0001 )
+#endif
+
+#if portBYTE_ALIGNMENT == 1
+	#define portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK	( 0x0000 )
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portBYTE_ALIGNMENT_MASK
+	#error "Invalid portBYTE_ALIGNMENT definition"
+#endif
+
+#ifndef portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS
+	#define portNUM_CONFIGURABLE_REGIONS 1
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+extern "C" {
+#endif
+
+#include "mpu_wrappers.h"
+
+/*
+ * Setup the stack of a new task so it is ready to be placed under the
+ * scheduler control.  The registers have to be placed on the stack in
+ * the order that the port expects to find them.
+ *
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters, BaseType_t xRunPrivileged ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#else
+	StackType_t *pxPortInitialiseStack( StackType_t *pxTopOfStack, TaskFunction_t pxCode, void *pvParameters ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+/* Used by heap_5.c. */
+typedef struct HeapRegion
+{
+	uint8_t *pucStartAddress;
+	size_t xSizeInBytes;
+} HeapRegion_t;
+
+/*
+ * Used to define multiple heap regions for use by heap_5.c.  This function
+ * must be called before any calls to pvPortMalloc() - not creating a task,
+ * queue, semaphore, mutex, software timer, event group, etc. will result in
+ * pvPortMalloc being called.
+ *
+ * pxHeapRegions passes in an array of HeapRegion_t structures - each of which
+ * defines a region of memory that can be used as the heap.  The array is
+ * terminated by a HeapRegions_t structure that has a size of 0.  The region
+ * with the lowest start address must appear first in the array.
+ */
+void vPortDefineHeapRegions( const HeapRegion_t * const pxHeapRegions ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+
+/*
+ * Map to the memory management routines required for the port.
+ */
+void *pvPortMalloc( size_t xSize ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortFree( void *pv ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+void vPortInitialiseBlocks( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+size_t xPortGetMinimumEverFreeHeapSize( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Setup the hardware ready for the scheduler to take control.  This generally
+ * sets up a tick interrupt and sets timers for the correct tick frequency.
+ */
+BaseType_t xPortStartScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * Undo any hardware/ISR setup that was performed by xPortStartScheduler() so
+ * the hardware is left in its original condition after the scheduler stops
+ * executing.
+ */
+void vPortEndScheduler( void ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+
+/*
+ * The structures and methods of manipulating the MPU are contained within the
+ * port layer.
+ *
+ * Fills the xMPUSettings structure with the memory region information
+ * contained in xRegions.
+ */
+#if( portUSING_MPU_WRAPPERS == 1 )
+	struct xMEMORY_REGION;
+	void vPortStoreTaskMPUSettings( xMPU_SETTINGS *xMPUSettings, const struct xMEMORY_REGION * const xRegions, StackType_t *pxBottomOfStack, uint32_t ulStackDepth ) PRIVILEGED_FUNCTION;
+#endif
+
+#ifdef __cplusplus
+}
+#endif
+
+#endif /* PORTABLE_H */
+